IMAGE EVALUATBON
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
/y
1.0
I.I
1.25
134
Hi
l£
m
1.4
Jj6
6"
V]
^
A
"-4' ^
^^^
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716/ 872-4503
CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHfVI/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions
Instiii't Canadian de microreproductions historiques
1980
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques
The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur
I I Covers damaged/
Couverture endommagde
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul6e
I I Cover title missing/
Le titre de couverture manque
Coloured maps/
Cartes g^ographiques en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
D
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material/
Reli6 avec d'autres documents
Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
La reliure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge intirieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela Mait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmdes.
Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppldmentaires;
L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage
sont indiquis ci-dessous.
I I Coloured pages/
D
Pages de couleur
Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes
Pages restored and/oi
Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes
Pages discoloured, stained or foxec
Pages d^colordes, tachetdes ou piquies
Pages detached/
Pages ddtachdes
Showthrough/
Transparence
Quality of prir
Qualiti in^gale de i'impression
Includes supplementary materii
Comprend du matdriel supplementaire
Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible
□ Pages damaged/
Pages
I I Pages restored and/or laminated/
r~~| Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
I I Pages detached/
l~71 Showthrough/
I I Quality of print varies/
I I Includes supplementary material/
I I Only edition available/
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6t^ filmies d nouveau de fapon d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
Th
to
Th
po
of
fill
Or
be
th(
sic
oti
fir
sic
or
Th
sh
Til
wl
Ml
dif
en
be
rig
re(
m(
This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est fiimd au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous.
10X
14X
18X
22X
26X
30X
T
12X
16X
20X
24X
28X
32X
The copy filmed here he* been reproduced ^henka
to the generosity off:
Douglas Library
Queen's University
L'exemplaire ffllm* f ut reproduit grice A la
gAnArosit* de:
Douglas Library
Queen's University
The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or Illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.
The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol — ^> (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies
Les images suivantes ont AtA reprodultes avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetA de l'exemplaire f ilm«, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
fllmage.
Les exempiaires origlnaux dont la couverture en
papier est ImprimAe sont filmte en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exempiaires
origlnaux sont filmte en commen^ant par la
premidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et an terminant par
la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la
derniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE ". le
symbols V signifie "FIN".
Maps, plates, charts, ex. ;.u be lilmed at
different reduction ratios. !..>. j too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams Illustrate the
method:
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre
filmAs A des taux de reduction diffirents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour 6tre
reproduit en un seul ciichi, il est fiimi A partir
de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droits,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images nicessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
iliustrent la mAthode.
1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
34i
N]
AL
£1
VaeA
Book
And for
344
ADYKBTisiminni.
JAMES ¥ANNEYAR»
BOOKSELLER,
344 YOJ^QE STREET,
TOI^ONTO.
THE SUBSCRIBER CALLS ATTENTION TO HIS STOCK OF
NEW & SECOND-HAND BOOKS
EMBRACING NOT ONLY
SCHOOL AND COLLEGE BOOKS,
. BUT THOSE OF
ALL DEPARTMENTS OF LITERATURE.
PARTICULAR ATTENTION, HOWEVER, GIVEN TO
EOIJCAT
AL B'OOH^f
AND THE
' COLLEGIATE TEXT BOOKS,
ITseil in the Toronto University and the various Colleges, Literary
Institutes, Seminaries, and Public and Private Schools
throughput the Dominion.
Prampt attention given to all orders from the country, and
Boob FuBishod at tlw Very Lowest Baits,
And foi*warded by Mail or Express, as may be for the interest of the Pm-chaHPr.
JAMES VANNEVAR,
344 YONQE STREET,
TORONTO.
'fS*-'* '
8BOotnc> BOOM imou blm strkbt.
A1>VEKTIHBMEMT8.
r>-A.■^^soIT BXioxxisxis.
ST. JAMES STBEET, MONTBEAL.
Hk Publish the followinar* Text Books.
4H.25
U 60
26
2 00
By dr. DAWSON, F.R.S., F.G.8., &c.
Principal of the Vniverrity of MeOill College.
A Hand-Book of Zoolosry ; With examples from Canadian Si^ecies, Recent and
Fossil. Part 1. Invertebrata
This Hand- Book is neatly printed, and profusely illustrated by nearly 300 wood
en;,'raving8. Prepared by the author for use in his own classes, it is peculiarly adapted
as t» text book for Canadian Schools, as the subjects selecteil for illnstratiun have been
chosen from the animals found in the woods and waters of this Country, or from the
leading species of its fossil remains. The advanta.,'e and importance of this will be
recognized by all teachers who have taught this branch of science.
By henry H. miles, M.A., LL.D.
Secretary to the Department of PMic I^mtructinn for the Province of Quebec.
The School History of Canada; Prepared for use in the Elementary and Model
Schools, with many wood enjjravings, a map of New France and New England, and a
map of the operations at the siej^e of Quebec in 1759, with appendices, giving an out-
line of the Constitution of the Dominion of Conada, a Table of Chronology, and Ques-
tions for Examination
The Child's History of Canada; Prepared for the ^ise of Elementary Schools, and of
the Young Reader, with Maps and Illustrations
Histoire da Canada pour les enfants: ^ I'usage des Ecoles El^meutaries-Traduit
de I'Edition Anglaise, par L. Devisme, B.A., de r(Jniversit6 de France
The History of Canada under the French Regime, 1535-1763 This volume is
recommended as a Reading book in the higher Academies. It is a volume of 535 pages,
and is illustrated by many Maps and Plans. An appendix is given containing Notes
and Documents explanatory of the Text '. ....
This series of Histories has been approved by the Council of Public Instruction
for use in the English and French Schools.
By PROFESSOR DAREY, M.A.
Professor of the French Language and Literature in the Univertity ofMcGitl College.
The Dominion Phrase Book, or the Student's Companion ; for practically ac-
quiring the French and English Languages
Conrs de Lectures FranQaisO}; .\ selection from the classic writers of France, con-
taining many from the leading Authors of the present day, with a copious vocabulary.
By N. DUVAL, B.A.
Teacher of tite French Language in the Schoo'g of the Protestant Commvmioners of Education
for the City of MonVeal,
Elementary French Ghrammar ; containing a selection of General Rules from
the most approved French Grammars, with Exercises in French and English, illustra-
ting the rules given
Introduction to the Juvenile French Oour»e. first year
Introduction to the Juvenile French Course, second year
Lectures Choises pour la Jeunesse /•:•.■ i.V"
Consisting of a collection of short and simple stories in French, with a vocabulary.
Canadian Elementary School Atlas ; for the use of Junior classes
Contents —
En$j:land and Wales.
Scotland.
Ireland.
Central Europe.
India.
Canada.
A very cheap and yet complete little Atlas, which will supply a want often felt
by the teacher, who, requh-ing an Atlas to accompany the elementary English Ueo-
graphies, has yet been hindered by the prices of those in ordinary use from introducing
one into his classes. The Maps, which are similar to those in Keith Johnstons ele-
mentary Atlases, are clear and attractive.
Avery complete collection of Educational works and School requisi*:'-'! always kept on hand.
I )AW80N BaoTHKRS invite Teachers to call and inspect their stock. W Catalogues sent ••
Teachers on application. ,
3(1
75
An
Mt
10
oio
0^30
25
1. Hemispheres.
7.
2, Europe.
8.
3. Asia.
9.
4. Africa.
10.
5. North America.
11.
6. South America.
12.
1.3, United States.
14. Australia.
1.5. New Zealand.
16. Palestine.
THE
Canak ^toationai f irettors,
AND
YEAK BOOK FOR 1876;
OOKTAIVINO AN AOCOUHT OF THE
U 60
2r>
2 00
'Mi
7r.
4»
10
QlO
0^30
25
hand,
ent to
Elemenltaj^y, NoRiviAi. AjNyo Secondary Schools,
■ ANIJ THE *
WITH THBIB STAFFS AND THUB 00UB8ES OF BTODT ; SBFARATB SOHOOIiS ; PBOFEBBIOHAL aOHOOLS ;
SCHOOUI FOB THE DKAF, DUMB AND BLIND; BBFOBMATOBT AND INDOfiTBIAL
80H00L8, ETO. ; TOOETHBB WITH ANNALS OF LE0I8LATI0N, AND
Digests of the existing School Laws and Regulations ;
i
THE PBOVISIONS FOB BELtOIOOS INSTB0OTION, FOB SCHOOL INSPECTION, AND FOB THl BXAMINA-
TION OF TBAOHEBS ; LISTS OF OEBTIFIOATBD TBAOHBBS, AND THE MBM BEBS OF liDUOATIONAL
BODIES AND ADTHOBITIES ; WITH mSOBLLANBOUS SCHOOL STATISTICS, FOB
ONTARIO, QUEBEC, NOVA SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK, PRINCE EDWARD
ISLAND, BRITISH COLUMBIA AND MANITOBA.
i -
' »
EDITED BY
ALEXANDER MARLING, LL.B.,
OHUr OLIRK, BDUCATION DIPARTMBNT, ONTARIO.
■u-..'n5v' >
:*:' •>
" Just OB the twig is bent, the tree't inclined,"— PorE.
■!» ;■.«
HUNTER, ROSE & CO., 26 WELLINGTON SIREET.
■f
Entered according to the Act o( the Parliament of Canada, in the year one tliinisniid eight hundred
and 8evonty-8ix, by Uvntkr, Rose & Co., in the Office of the Minister of Agriculture.
PRINTED BV
BDNTER, HOSE AND 00,,
TORONTO.
®o the imwna iBnttion mmln, fj., |j|: j.^
AS A SLIGHT TRIBUTE
TO niSTINOUISHEn PUBLIC SERVICES, .' 1 '
AND A8 A SOUVENIR OP A PROLONGED OFFICIAL CONNEXION,
THIS VOLUME IS RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED.
■^ •
89090
1 i. t <;L
,.;;,*>'i;,^-
'-. , ■■ i
* '. ■■'.'. ;i*'''V. A'i,;. ^i... :/.= J,v,, „ ■
PREFACE.
The Imperial Act which gave Canada her new charter, placed the great and
vitally important function of providing for the instruction of the young in the
ki'eping of the several Provincial Legislatures.
But although the Local Parliaments alone may make laws on Education, it can
never be less than a matter of high National consequence ; the voter in Prince
Edward Island influences the legislation that affects British Columbia ; every
lover of his country must be interested in 'the moral, intellectual and material
condition of the remotest districts, as well as of his own province, and a due
provision for public instruction in every part is an essential element in a true
national progress. < .
The book which is now submitted to the public is an attempt to assist those
who feel an interest in the welfare of the country, and especially in its scholastic
institutions, to inform themselves of what is being done in this regard. Since
the Union Act of 1867, all the older provinces have revised their legislation on
the subject, and the younger members of the Confederation have laid new foun.
dations. There are doubtless still many deficiencies, but we may point with some
pride to the equipment in both the elementary and the higher walks of
learning, and to the intelligent liberality of the people in providing the neces-
sary appliances, in a country by no means wealthy, and the foundations of whose
institutions have been so recently laid.
Owing to the divisions of religious opinion, the systematic daily teaching of
children in religion is much impeded. The State is generally prevented from
giving much more than a secular education, but it throws — in Canada at
least — no obstacles in the way of the Church ; it rather encourages her to do the
work for which she was commissioned, and which may not be done by the agency
of the secular power.
yI preface.
The LegifllaturoB havo done what they could. Th«y have, aided in Homo caseH
hy endowments, provided for the intellectual culture of the youth of the country
BO far as secular studies are concerned ; if their religious culture is neglected, the
fault will bo solely with the churches — clergy and people together. And the
fault will be of grave import, for whether in religious or in secular teaching,
youth is the golden time, and to allow children to be deprived of religious in-
struction cannot be a less wrong, both to them and to the country, than to neglect
their secular learning. The future can only be propitious if both Church and
State shall do their duty in se*ng that not only the well-to-do, but every class
of the people is reached by the influente of a sound system of education, both
secular and religious.
The account here given of tho Universities and Schools, and the Digests of
the School Laws and Regulations, have been compiled with great care, and,
although much compressed, it is hoped will be found sufficiently full to be of
service, and to give an accurate view of the system pursued in each province.
Efforts were made to secure full information, and with a few exceptions they
succeeded. If, however, the publication is continued in a subsequent year, it
may no doubt be improved, and the Editor will feel indebted for any intelligence
or suggestions that may reach him from any quarter.
The matter has been culled from many sources, but chiefly from ofiicial
documents. Many of the early historical references and annals are taken from
an Essay by Dr. Hodgins, Deputy Superintendent of Education for Ontario.*
The Superintendehts of Education in other provinces, and some of the Heads
of Colleges and Schools have sent information which has been inserted. Thanks
are also due to Inspectors of schools in Ontario, who in the midst of their press-
ing and multifarious duties have found time to obtain some facts for the book.
The Adjutant-General, Colonel Powell, and the Inspector of Asylums, Mr. Lan^j-
muir, have kindly responded to inquiries. To any who have given their aid,
and to the Printer for the pains taken with a somewhat difficult task, a cordial
acknowledgment is rendered.
* Published in "Eighty Years' Progress of British North America." Use has also bee^
made of the valuable Educational Directory compiled by Thomas Hodgins, Eeq., Q.C., in 1857.
NOTE.
VU
ome cases
e country
ected, the
And the
teaching,
ligious in-
)o neglect
iurch and
'ery class
bion, both
)igests of
are, and,
I to be of
province,
ions they
b year, it
belligence
n official
ceil from
Ontario.*
e Heads
Thanks
sir press-
he book.
r. L&n^r-
leir aid,
cordial
Since the foUoMring pages were printed, a Bill has been introduced and is now
passing through the Legislature of Ontario, by which the functions of the Coun-
cil of Public Instruction are suspended, and their powers and duties transferred
to the Education Department, such Department to consist of the Executive
Council or a Committee thereof. The functions and duties of the Chief Super-
intendent are vested in one of the sivid Committee, to be designated " The Min-
ister of Education," who may also be a member of the Legislature.
It has been announced that, in accordance with this Bill, the Rev. Dr. Ryerson
retires from the position of Chief Superintendent, which he has held for more
than thirty-one years, and that the Hou. Adam Crooks, Q.G., M.P.P., will be
appointed Minister of Edu<5ation. *
The members of the Executive Council are the Hon. O. Mowat, Premier,
Hon. A, Crooks, Hon. T. B. Pardee, Hon. 0. F. Fraser, Hon. S. C. Wood.
In reading the digests of laws for Ontario^ therefore, as contained in this book,
it will be neceasary to substitute " Minister of Education " and " Education
Department " for " Chief Superintendent " and " Council of Public Instruction,"
respectively. ^
Sherbourne Street, Toronto,
January, 1876.
also bee,
in 1867.
CONTENTS.
'«
Ifvovinte of (f)ntario.
Elementary, Normal, and High
Schools.
PAGE.
Annals orLegiBlation and Progress.
1. From 1789 to the School Act of 1850 ;
2. Amendment Acts— Grammar Schools
— Separate Schools — County ^Conven-
tions, 1850-1870 ; 3. Acts of 1871 and
1874— Some Results of Thirty Years . . 1-5
The* School System.
1. Municipalities and Public School
Boards ; 2. Teachers — Inspectors — Ex-
aminers — Visitors — Separate Schools ;
3. Collegiate Institutes and High
Schools ; 4. Religious Insti-uction ; 5.
The Chief Superintendent and Council. 7-10
The Education Department (see Preface) 1 1
The Council of Publictlnatruction do 12
A Digest of the Public School Act do
1. Preliminary («ec«. 1-4) 12
2. The Rural Trustees («ecs.. 5-45) 12
3. The Township Councils (seex. 46-60) . . 15
4. The County (!o\mcil8 (sec«. 61-66) .... 16
.5. The Cities, Towns and Villages (mcis.
67-89) 17
6. The Teachers (tecs. 90-102) 19
7. The Inspectors (sees. 103-114) 20
8. The Examiners {sees. 115-12;i) 22
9. The Visitors {sees. 124-126) 23
10. The Chief Superintendent (aee*. 127-140) 23
11. The Greneral and Special Provisions
(sees. 141-158) 25
12. The Penal Clauses [sees. 159-190) .... 26
13. The Repealing, Confirming and Inter-
pretation Clauses 27
The Public School Regulations, Con-
densed
Terms — Hours— Holidays 27
Religious and Moral Instruction 28
The Inspectors —The Examiners 28
The Annual Examinations for Certificates 29
Conditions required of Candidates 29
Value and Duration of Certificates . iJO
Certificates of Monitors and Assistants . . Mi
Subjects of Examination for Third, Se-
cond and First Class Certificates 30
Duties of Teachers 31
Duties of Pupils — Trustees 32
Course of Study for Public Schi>ols.
Memorandum on the Programme 32
Prescribed Subjects for eacli Class and
Hours of Study per Week 33
Normal and Model Schools 34
General Regtilations, Normal School 35
Practice in Model School 36
PA<iK.
Entrance Examination and C'ourse of
Study for Second Division ;<♦•
Special Subjects for Entrance, and Course
of Study m First Division 37 ■
Staff at Toronto— Staff at Ottawa 37
The Central Committee of Examiners . 88
The Public School Inspectors 38
The County Examiners 38
Provincial Certificates granted to Pub-
lic School Teachers now valid.
Note 40
1. First Class Certificates granted by the
Chief SuperintendenttoTeachers trained
in the Normal School, on the recommen-
dation of the Masters, 18.53-71 ; also of
the Second Class, from 1866-71 41
2. First and Second Class Certificates
fronted by the Chief Superintendent to
'eachers trained in the Normal School,
on the Rei>ort of the Central Committee
of Examiners as to attainments, and of
the Principal as to ability and aptitude
to teach, 1874-75 47
3. First and Second Class Certificates
granted by the Council of Public In-
struction, on the recommendation of the
Central Committee, 1874-75 48
4. Second Class CJertificates granted by tlie
Coimty and City Boards, 1871-75 49
The Council of Public Instruction, the
Chief Superintendent and the High
Schools. A Digest of the Act 37
Victoria, cap. 27 {see Preface).
1. The Council (sees. 1-28) do .... 55
2. The Chief Superintendent (sees. 25-;J3). 57
3. The High Schools and their Districts
(sees. 34-43) ^ 57
4. Mimicipal Councils and High Schools
(sees. 44-49) 58
5. High School Tnistees (sees. 50-65) .... 58
6. High School Grants and Moneys (sees.
66-71) 59
7. High School Ma-sters (sees. 77-86) ... 59
8. High Schools Sites and Property (sees.
r.7-97) 60
9. Collegiate Institutes -Military Instruc-
tions-Penalty (.m-,-<. 98-102) 60
10. i; nealing and Confirming Clauses (sees.
103, 104) 61
The High School Regulations, Con-
densed.
Tei-ms— Hours— Holidays-Religious In-
stniction 61
Dvities of High School Inspectors 61 . .
Certificatesof Qualification for Heiwl Mas-
tecs, Assistant Masters and Monitors . 61
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
PAGE.
Ee^'iilationH for the AdmisHion of Pupils . 62
Subjects of the Entrance Exauiiuation . . 63
The Semi-annual Apportionment of the
. High School Grant 63
Programme of Studies in tlie High SchoolH
—Lower Hcli/ool ; Upper Scfiool 63, 64
The Inspectors of High Schools 65
The Collegiate Institutes and High
Schools 65
Statistical Table, showing each School, its
county, when established, Chairman,
Secretary, Expenditure in 1874, Pu[)il8,
Fees, Mastei-s and Assistants 66
List of Authorized Text-Books.
For the High and Public Schools 72
Other Colleoiatk and Private
Schools.
Upper Canada College , Toronto 73
Trinity College School, Port Hope .... 74
The Canadian Literary Institute,
Woodstock 75
The Wesleyan Female College, Hamil-
ton 76
The Bishop Hellrauth Chllege, London 77
The Bishop Strachan School, Toronto. 77
The Bishop Hellmuth Ladies' College,
London 79
Albert College Grammar School, Belle-
ville 79
Alexandra College, Belleville 80
Ontario Ladies' College, Whitby 80
Brantford Young Liidies' College 81
Ladies' Institute, Brookhurst, Cobourg 82
Young Ladies' Institute: Notre Dame
du Sacre Ccmir 83
St. Joseph's Convent, Toronto 136
A ssumption College, Sandwich 84
Church of England Ladies' School.
Ottawa 84
Ottawa Ladies' College 85
The Ladies' Educational Association
of Toronto 85
St. Michael's College, Toronto 86
Ofhe.- y'l ivate Schools 86
The Univkusities.
.\nuals of Legislation 87
The University of Toronto.
Constitution ; Senate 88
Facultf/ of Arts,
Junior Matriculation Examination;
First Year or Senior Matriculation ;
Final Examiuation for b.A .89-91
PAGE.
Faculty of Medicine.
Matriculation Examination : Degrees
of M.B. and M.D.; Scholarships . . . .92-94
Faculty of Law.
Jimior Matriculation Examination ;
First Year or Senior Matriculation ;
Second and Third Years and Degree
Examinations 94-95
School of Civil Engineering.
Matriculation Examination ; First and
Second Years 96
Department of AgrictiUure 97
University College, Toronto.
Visitor, Professors and Officers ; Course
of Instruction ; Regulations for Students
and Residence ; Terms ; Examinations ;
Fees 97-99
University of Victoria College, Co-
bourg.
History ; Senate ; College Board ... .99, 100
Faculty of Arts.
Professors ; Admission ; Degree of
B.A.; De^ee of M.A.; Matriculation
Examination ; Additional for Honors ;
Discipline ; Residence ; Religious Ser-
vices ; Fees 100, 101
Scientific Department.
Degree of B.Sc 101
Faculty of Medicine.
L'Ecole de M^decine et de Chirurgie,
Montreal ; Professors ; Degree of M. D. ;
Fees ; Course of Study ; Matriculation ;
Primary Examination ; Final liJxami-
nation 101, 102
Faculty of Law,
Examiners ; Courses of Study ; First,
Second, Third and Fourth Years ; De-
gree of LL.B.; Fees 102, 103
Faculty of Theology.
Professors ; Preliminary Studies ; De-
gree of B.D.; Candidates for the Minis-
try ; Fees 103
Queen's University and College,
Kingston.
Historical Sketch ; Senate ; Board of
Trustees; Professors and Officers. .104, 105
Faculty of Arts.
Curriculum for B.A. ; Matriculation
Examination; Degree of M.A. ; Resi-
dence ; the Library ; the Observatory ;
the Museum ; Fees 106
Honorary Degree of LL.D 106
Graduation in Science.
Degree of B.Sc 106
Faculty of Theology.
Matriculation; Divinity Lectures; Ex-
aminations ; Degree of B.D. ; Degi-ee
ofD.D. • 107
Fncwty of Medicine.
Examinations ; Degree of M.D 107
University of Trinity College, Toronto.
Historical Sketch ; Convocation ; Test ;
Exemptions 108
Proceedings in Arts.
Residence; Matriculation ; Fees ; the
Previous Examinati(m ; Degree of B.A.
Pass Examination ; Honor Examina-
tion at B.A.— 1. Classical Honors ; 2.
Mathematical Honors 108-110
CONTENTS.
!(.'*
XI
PAGE.
Bgrees
....92-94
ition ;
ition ;
)egree
94-95
st and
96
97
[^oTirae
udents
itionn ;
97-99
, Oo-
....99, 100
•ee of
Illation
honors ;
lis Ser-
...100, 101
101
irurgie,
M.D.;
ilation ;
lihiami-
...101, 102
First,
: De-
.102, 103
; De-
Mims-
io;h
,rd oi
.104, 105
lation
Resi-
iatory ;
' . 106
. 106
. 106
; Ex-
egree
.... 107
107
onto.
Test ;
108
; the
B.A.
ina-
ira; 2.
108-110
PAGE.
Proceed iiuja in Diriniti/,
Conditions of Admission ; -Examina-
tions ; Degree of B.D. ; Degi-ee of 1).I). ;
Fees 110, 111
Proceedinffs in Medicine.
Degree of M.B. ; Course of Study and
Examinatid is Ill
Special Subjects.
Moral Science ; Philosophy ; Scripture
History ; Physical Science ; French ;
Drawing ; Music Ill
Fees for Matriculation and Degrees Ill
Coqjoration of Trinity College ; Trus-
tees ; Council Ill
Museum ; Libraiy Ill
The Present Society.
The Provost: Professors in Divinity,
Arts and Medicine ; Graduates 112
Ottawa College.
Historical Sketch : Board of Trustees ;
Oificers and Professoi's 112, 113
Courses of Study— 1. Commercial ancl
Preparatory ; 2. Civil Engineering ; ?
For Degree of B.A 113
Terms and Fees 113
Albert University, Belleville.
Historical Sketch ; the Senate ; Board of
Management ; Professors 113, 114
Faculty of Arts.
Matriculation ; Examinations ; Degree
of B.A 114, 115
Faculty of Law.
Matriculation ; Examinations ; Degree
Bachelor ; Fees 115
Faculty of Music.
Matriculation ; Degree ; Fees 115
Faculty of Theology.
Requirements ; Fees 115
Faculty of Engineeriny.
Matriculation ; Examinations : Diploma
of CE. ; Diploma of Mining Engineer;
Fees 116
Department of Agriculture.
Lectures ; Diploma ; Fees 116
Profe.ssional and Scientific Schools
AND Societies, &c.
Knox College, Toronto
Board of Management ; Senate ; Ex-
aminers ; Instructors 116, 117
Conditions of Admission ; Examinations ;
Scholarships ; Residence ; Expenses. . . 117
Canadian Literaiy Institute, Theologi-
cal Department, Woodstock.
Board of Trustees ; Committees ; Ex-
aminers ; Instructors 117, 118
Conditions of Admission; Course of Study 118
Huron College, London.
Historical Sketch ; Principles ; Cori^ora-
tion 1«
Matriculation ; Course of Study ; Ex-
aminations ; Residence; Fees 118, 119
The Law Society of Ontario.
Historical Sketch ;Vi8itor8 ; Treasurer ;
Benchers ; Secretary 119
General Conditions of Admission of Bar-
risters or Attorneys ; Fees ; Admission
of Students and Intermediate Examina-
! tioiis ; Fees ; Final Exauiinations ....
! Tlie Law School.
I The Course ; the Scholarships of the
I First, Second, Third and Fourth Years
I The College of Phys -ns and Surgeons
j ^ of Ontario.
Powers ; Council ; Oflicers ; Examinei-s ;
Matriculation ; Conditions of Admis-
sion ; Medical Curriculum ; Examina-
tions ; Fees 121,
iThe Toronto School of Medicine.
Professors ; Sessions ; Courses ; Fees. . . .
Medical Dexjartment, Trinity College,
Toronto .
Sessions ; Courses ; Fees
Royal College of Physician.s and Sur-
geons, Kingston.
Professors ; Courses ; Sessions
The Ontario College of Pliarniacy
Royal College of Dental Surgeons.
School of Dentistry ; Otficers
Military College, Kingston.
Objects ; Conditions of Admi,^sion
The Preliminary Examination ; Further
Examination ; Regulations ; Course of
Instruction ; Final Examination . . 124,
School of Gunnery, ''A" Battery,
Kingston.
Objects ; Instructional Staff ; Courses of
instruction ; Examinations 125,
Ontario Veterinary College, Toronto.
Professors and Subjects ; Fees
PAGE.
120
120
Veterinary Medical Association.
Objects ; Officers 126,
School of Practical Science, Toronto.
Objects ; Courses of Instruction
Ontario School of Agriculture, Guelph.
Objects ; Conditions of Admission ; ('ourse
of Study ; Daily llnutine ; H(morary
Council ; Instructors ; Fees
Commerciiil Colleges and Schools.
British American ; Mr. Day's ; Tjondou ;
Orillia ; Rockwoorl
The Canadian Institute, Tonmtn.
Historical Sketch and Objects ; meetings;
The Caiuulinn Journal ; Officers
The Ontario Society of Artists, Toronto.
Objects; Officers; Fees; Exhibitions ..
The Entomological Society.
Officers ; ThcEntomologiU
The Agricultural and Arts Associatiim.
Exhibitions ; Membi-rs of Council . .129,
The Mechanics' Institutes.
Functions ; Prizes ; Classes ; Examina-
tions ; Association
Ottawa Literary and Scientitic Society.
122
123
123
123
123
124
124
125
126
126
127
127'
128
128
129
12i»
129
130
i;^o
130
xu
PROVINCE OP QUEBEC.
PAGE. I
The Ontario Association for the Ad-
vancement of Education. I
Objects ; Fees ; Sections ; Officers 131 1
The Educational Museum and Library,
at the Education Department.
Statuary ; Paintings ; Engravings ; Mo- !
dels ; Natural History ; Philosophical i
and School Apparatus, &;c.; Books on ;
Canadian History, and on Education, :
Science and Art 131
Special Schools.
The Ontario Institution for the Edu-
cation of the Blind, Rrantford. i
Description ; Officers ; Course of Instruc-
tion ; Fees 132
The Ontario Institution for the Edu-
cation of the Deaf and Dumb,
Belleville.
PAOE.
Officers; fkiurse of Study ; Terms .132, 1.33
The Shingwauk Industrial Home,
Sault Ste. Marie.
Object ; Plan of Work ; Staff ; Means of
Support 13;i
The Separate Schools.
Kinds of Schools authorized ; Digest of
the Roman Catholic Separate School
Act, 1863 (26 Vic, cap. 5) IXi, 134
The Orphan Homes — Industrial Schools.
Objects ; Digest of the Industrial Schools
Act, 1874 {S7 Vic. , cap. ,29) 1.34, 1.3,5
[The Reformatory School, Penetan-
guishene 135
Physical Educati«m— Military Drill ... 135
The Sunday Schools 136
^xovintt of (^mhts.
Elementary, Normal and Secondary
Schools.
Early Annals ; Distinctive Features ;
Progress 137-139
Summary of the Education Law.
1. Cap. 15, L. C. Con. StattUes (1860).
The Superior Education Fund ; Libra-
ries ; Normal Schools {sees, 1-17)
The Council and the Superintendent
(18-26)
The Common Schools ; Commissioners
(27-54)
The Dissentient Schools (55-58) 140
The Powers and Duties of Commission-
ers and t^e Cur« (SO^.^) 140, 141
The Pupils ; Fees ; Oirls' Schools (66-
71)
Visitation ; Assessments ; Grants (72-
102)
The Examination of Teachers ; Exemp-
tions (103-113) 141,
The Inspectors and Visitors (114-122) . .
The Special Provisions (123-139) 142
2. Cap. 16 L. C. Con. Statutes.
Fabri<iue Schools 142
3. Cap. 17 L. C. Con. Statutes.
Trustees of the Royal Institution and
McGill College . ." 143
4. 27 Vic., cam. 11 and 24, and 29 Vic,
cap. 49.
School Commissi'^' -'•s' Power of Taxa-
tion 143
5. 29 Vic, cap. 4
The continuec ...udity of Teachers'
Certificates 143
6. 30 Vic, cap. 31.
Amendment of cap. 15; compulsory sale
of a School Site 143
7. 31 Vic, cap. 10.
• The Minister of Education or a Sujjcr-
intendent - Appointment and Powers 143
140]
140
140
141
141
142
142
8. 31 Vic. cap. 22.
Local Aid in Quebec and Montreal ;
Normal School Students 144
9. 32 Vi<:, cap. 16.
Constitution of the Council ; Superior
Education Grant ; Dissentients (1-16) 144
Commissioners, Assessments and Fees
in Quebec and Montreal Poor Schools
(17-38) 144
10. 3* Vic, cap. 12.
Local Aid, &c. , in Montreal 144
11. 35 Vic, cap. 12.
Local Aid, &c. , in Quebec ; the Council
(1-6) 145
Teachers' Agreements ; School Site Aj-
bitrations i7-ll) 145
12. TheActoflSir}.
The Superintendent and the Council ;
their Powers, &c 146
The Education Department 145
The Council of Public Instruction.
The Committees 145
The Normal and Model Schools.
Jacques Cartier School, MoDtreal.
Staff ; Students 146
Laval School, Quebec.
Staff ; Students ; Course of Study for
Male Teachers ; Course for Female
Teachers 146
McGill Scho >1, Montreal.
Staff ; Stuflents ; Courses of Study for
the three Diplomas— Elementary, Mo-
del and Academy 147, 148
The Examination of Teachers.
Summary of the Regulations ; Examin-
ing Boards ; Subjects ; Numbers JSx-
amined 148, 149
PAUB.
132, 13:^
)me,
,nH of
138
!8t of
chool
.l;^:i,
134
,hoole
shoulB
.1.S4,
135
etan-
135
ill...
135
130
(itreal ;
144
uperior
8 (1-16) 144
d Fees
Schools
. 144
. 144
youncil
.. 145
ite Ar-
.. 145
uncil ;
. 145
...145
.. 145
.146
for
lemale
.. 146
ly for
I, Mo-
.147, 148
min-
JSx-
.148, 14»
CONTENTS.
XIU
The Inspectors.
Names ; Districts :
PAGE.
Residences 149, 150
The Colleges.
Courses of Study •.—Clmaical Colleffea. —
Dates of Founaation ; Pupils ; Govern-
ing Body ; Value of E8t»;cea ; Annual
Expenditure ; Teaching Staflf . . . .160, 151
Industrial CuHCHf^.—Hi do .... Wl
«
7'he Universities.
McGill College and University, Mon-
treal.
Historical Sketch ; Affiliated (Colleges and
Schools ; Visitor ; Governors ; Princi-
pal ; Fellows ; Secretaries 152, 153
Officers of Ivstruction.
Professors ; Lecturers 153, 154
tucvlty of Arts,
Matriculation and Admission ; Course
for B. A. ; Scholarships and Exhibitions ;
Examinations ; Exemptions ; Degree of
M.A.; Theological Students ; Fees 154, 155
Department of Practical and Applied
Science.
Matriculation and Admission ; Degrees ;
Examinations ; Fees 156
Facultji of Medicine.
Session ; Fees ; Matriculation ^ Course
of Lectures ; Primary and Fmal Ex-
aminations ; Degree ... 156, 157
Faculty of Law.
Matriculation ; Course of Lectures ; De-
gree of B.C.L.; Degree of D.C.L,; Fees 157
School Examinations fw the Certificate of
tlie University, and the title of Asso-
ciate in Arts.
Subjects of Examination, 1876; Preli-
minary Subjects ; Optional Subjects . . 158
The University of Laval, Quebec.
General Information ; Visitor ; Rector ;
Members of Council ; Secretaries 159
Faculty of Theology.
Profesaors 159
Faculty of Law.
Professors ; Course of Study ; Examin-
ations ; Degrees ; Lf centiates .... 159, 160
Faculty of Medicine.
Professors ; Course of Study ; Examin-
ations ; Degrees ; License to Practise.. 160
Faculty of Arts.
Two Courses of Study ; Examinations ;
Degrees 160, 161
Fees ; Statistics ; Collection of Paint-
ings 161
Affiliated Colleges or Schools.
Conditions of Affiliation ; List 161
Affiliated Great Seminaries.
Conations ; List of Seminaries 161
Qroebec Semiuary.
Superior ; Directors ; Associates ; the
Great Seminary ; the Minor Seminary ;
Directors and Professors 161, 162
University of Bishop's College, Len-
noxville.
President ; Visitor ; Corporation and Offi-
cers ; Professors 162
Medical Faculty, Montreal.
The Professors 162, 163
Professional Colleoes ani> Colleoiate
Schools.
PAOK.
Montreal CpUege 163
St. Mary's College, Montreal.
Management ; Courses ; Fees 163
Presbyterian College, Montreal.
Senate ; Examiners ; Professors Ka^i
Wesleyan Theological
treal
College, Mon-
l(i4
Congregational ( !oUege of British North
America, Montreal.
Board ; Officers and Professors : Course .
164
The Legal Profession.
Constitution ; Examinations for Admis-
sion as Students, and for Admission to
Practise 164, l(i.'> ,
College of Physicians and Surgeons ... 165
School of Medicine and Surgery, Mon-
treal 102,165
Institut Medical de L'Ecole Canadi-
enne, Montreal 165
Pharmaceutical Association of the Pro-
vince 165
Montreal School of Pharmacy 1 (>5
School of Gunnery, "B" Battery,
Quebec.
History ; Instructional Staff ; Admission 105
Catholic Commercial Academy and
Polytechnic School, MontreaJ.
1. The Academy ; Course ; Instructors ;
Fees 166, 167
2. The Polytechnic School do do . . 167
Montmagixy College 167
High School, Montreal 167
High School, Quebec 167
Bishop's College School, Lennoxville.. 168
Special Schools.
Convent of the Congregation of Notre
Dame 168
The Bishop's School 168
Ladies of the Sacred Heart 168
Colonial Church and School Society.
Schools and Officers 168, 169
Inatitut des Fr^res des Ecoles Chre-
tiennes.
Object ; History ; Coiurse ; Fees 16S>
Maitrise St. Pierre School 169
Providence du Sacre Coeur Infant
School J69
Deaf and Dumb Asylum 169
Protestant Institution for Deaf Mutes 169
XIV
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
• PAQE.
Monastery of the Good Shepherd 1 70
Reformatory School 170
«
LiTBHARY AND SCIENTIFIC S0CIRTIE8.
Institut Canadien 170
Institut Canadien Francais 170
Soci6t^ Historique 170
PAOE.
Natural History Society 170
Numismatic and Antiquarian Society.. 171
Society of Canadian Artists 171
Institut des Artisans Oaiiadiens 171
The Fraser Institute ; Mercantile Li-
brary Ascociation ; Mechanics' In-
, stitutes ; Marine Schools ; Military
Drill 171
E
f vovittce of ItQvn Jl^cotia.
Elementary, Normal and Secondary
Schools.
Special Features of the System ; Sta-
tistics 172,173
Summary of the School Law.
1. The Council and the Superintendent. ITA
2. The OommiBsioners 173
3. The Inspectors 174
4. The Trubtees and their Secretary 175
.5. The School Section ; School Meetings 176
6. The Normal and Model Schools ; the
Academies 176
7. School Lands and Btiildings 176
8. School Accommodations and Number
of Teachers 177
9. Grading and Classification 177
10. Conduct, Government and Health . . 178
11. Text-Books, Apparatus and Libraries 178
12. School Examinations ; Licensing
Teachers 178
13. Penalties 178
14. Employment and Payment of Teach-
ers and Distribu'uio'.» of Grants 178
15 The County Frind; Aid to Poor Sec-
tions ; Sectional Assessment 179
If. Exemptiond 180
1' . The City of Halifax 180
18. Miscella/ieous 181
Summary cf the Regulations on Schools
and on the Examination of Teach-
ers.
1. Normal School at Truro 181
2. C junty Academies 182
3. School Accommodations 182
4. HoTirs and Vacations 182
6. Books and Apparatus 182, 183
6. Examination of Teachers 183
Syllabus of Examination.
Bequu-ements common to all Grades;
Grade E. ; Grade D. ; Grade C. ; Grade
B.; Grade A. 18;^, 185
The Council of Public Instruction 185
The Provincial Examiners 185
The Inspectors 185
The Normal School 181,185
The County Academies.
Head Masters ; Teachers ; Pupils 185
The Special Academies.
Principals ; Teachers ; Pupils 186
New Glasgow High School 186
Institution for the Deaf and Dumb ... 186
The Universities.
King's College/ Windsor.
Patron ; Board of Governors ; Faculty ;
Students admissible 186, 187
Nominxtitions 187
Facultij of AHs.
Examination for Matriculation ; Ter-
minal Examiuatiomi ; Responsions ;
B. A. Examination ; Associates ; Honor
Subjects 187, 188
School of Civil Engineering.
Matriculation : Course ; Examination ;
Diploma of C.E. ; Fees 189
Terms and Discipline ; Academical Year ;
Residence 189
The Library and Museum 189
Officers of the Incorporated Alumni 189
The Collegiate School, Windsor 190
Dalhousie College and University.
Governors ; Senate ; Professors in Arts . . 190
Matricidation Examinations: Course for
Degree of B.A. ; Honor Courses ; De-
free of M.A. ; Discipline; Library;
'ees 190-192
Statistics of the Colleges.
King's ;* Dalhousie ; Acadia ; St. Francis
Xavier ; Mount Allison ; St. Mary's. . 192
Pictou Academy 192
Military Drill 192
PAOX.
170
iety..l71
171
171
J Li-
' In-
iitary
171
185
185
..181,185
185
186
186
nb ...180
r. .186, 187
.... 187
Ter-
ons ;
onor
187, 188
ation ;
. . 189
Year;
... 189
... 189
... 189
....190
\jtB.. 190
■se for
;De-
rary;
..190-192
ranciB
■'».. 192
192
,192
CONTENTS.
^toviwtt of ^m Iruttjeiwirk*
Secondary i
Elbmuntaby, Normal and
Schools.
PAGE.
Distinctive Features ; Statistics... 193, 194
Summary of the School Law.
1. The Board of Education and the Su-
perintendent ' 194
2. The Inspectors i . . . 195
3. Payment of Teachers ; Provincial
Aid ; Assessments 195, 196
4. The School District 197
5. Election of Trustees 197
6. Duties of Trustees 198
7. Trustees' Secretary ; Assessments ;
Returns ; Audit 198
8. Teachers ; Superior Schools ; Libraries 199
9. Special Provisions 199
to. Cities and Towns 199
11. Grammar Schools ; The Schools Non-
Sectarian 200
Summary of the Regulations.
1. Boundaries ; Agreements ; Accommo-
dations 200, 201
Prescribed Apparatus, Books, &c 201
Evening Schools ; Terms ; Devotions ;
Duty of Teacher and Pupils 201
Teachers' Licenses ; the Examinations ;
Sytlahus : Kemiiaements of all Candi-
dates ; Class III. ; Class II. ; Class
I. ; Grammar School Class 202, 204
Libraries; Superior and Grammar
School Grants, &c. ; the Training
School 204
XV
PAGE.
2.
3.
5.
The Board of Education 204
The Provincial Examiners 204
The Inspectors 204
The Normal School 204
The Grammar Schools 205
Reformatory and Industrial Schools... 205>
The Universities.
The University oF New Brunswick .... 200-
Visitor ; (Corporation and Members of
Senate ; Examiners 206
Undergraiduates ; Students in Special Un-
dergraduate Courses ; Partial Students ;
Occasior.ivl Students 20«»
AdmisHion Examinaticms 206
Ereshman Year ; Books for Honor Cer-
tificates 207
Junior Year; Books for Honor Certifi-
cates 207
Senior Year : Books for Honor Certifi-
cates 207, 208
The Higher D^rees 208
Scholarships ; Residence ; Expenses .... 20S
Associated Alumni 2(li»
Mount Allison Wesleyan College and
Academies, Sackville.
College Corporation ; Faculty ; Reriuire-
ments for Admission ; Fees ; Degree. 209, 210
Faculty of Theology.
Degree of B.D 210
Male Amdemy.
Teachers 210
Commercial College.
Teachers ; Course ; Fees 210
Wesleyan Female Academy.
Teachers ; Courses ; Expenses 210
Military Drill 211
f yovittce of prince MvimHi ^^\m&.
Elementary, Secondary and Normal i
Schools. '
Statistics 212 {
Summary of the School Law.
1. Board of Education ; Examiners ; Dis-
tricts 212
2. School-houses ; Attendance ; Teachers'
Allowances 212, 213
3. Classification of Teachers ; Exemp-
tions ; Pupils 213
4. Vacations ; Free Schools ; Trustees ;
Assessments ; Visitors 213
5. Charlottetown 214
6. Georgetown 214
7. Normal School 214
The Visitors 215
The Normal School 215
Military Drill 215
^ovittce of §viti)eitt €o1ttmfri»*
statistics ..» 216
Summary of the School Law and Regu-
lations ; Authorized Books 216, 217
The Superintendent and Board of
Education 217
St. Paul's School, Nanaimo 217
Militai-y Drill 217
xn
RELIGIOUS IN8TRU0T1ON— ADDENDA.
i^aviiur t( ^Mviiolm,
Statifltios 216
Summar}' of the ReguUtioni 218
The Superintundenta 218
Manitoba Wasleyan Institute 218
Manitoba College 219
3t. John's College 220
Military Drill 220
$leU0i0tDII fn]gitVt»ti«tl 221 | i^A4ttt4iton High Schools, &o 224
N.B. — A note on the Ontario Education Depari^ment Act, 1876, is appended to the
Preface.
•i.-: .,■.-.,
219
220
220
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
224
ded to the
iBUmtnim> iioimal antl piglt J^rltaalisi.
Annals of Legislation and Progress.
I.— From 1789 to the School Act of 1850.
In the year 1 789, Governor Lord Dorchester, acting on a memorial represent-
ing the deficiency of means of instruction for the young, caused the Surveyors-
Oeneral to set apart endowments of land in all new townships for schools, but
for a long time no revenue was available from this source. The Provinces of
ITpper and Lower Canada were established by Parliament in 1791, John Graves
.Simcoo being the first Governor (1792) of the Upper Province. In 1795-6, the
dovernor and the Bishop of Quebec endeavoured to move the Imperial Govejn-
laent to provide for the establishment of schools ; and in 1797, on a memorial from
the Provincial Legislature, the Imperial Government proposed the establishment
of free district Grammar Schools, and in du^ time of Colleges. The chief provin-
cial officials presented to the Governor in the foUovvingyear a report recommend-
ing a grant of 500,000 acres of land for four Grammar Schools — one for each
district — and for a University at York (Toronto) ; also a grant of ^£3,000 to each
District for buiklings for the iichool and the Master. The Rev. J. Strachan ar-
rived to take charge of the College in December, 1799, but found that the pro-
ject was abandoned and the Governor was gone to England. The Grammar
School scheme was given up in conse(pience of there being no revenue from tlie
endowment. Mr. Strachan having been ordained in 1803, openeil a school at
Cornwall in the following year, which afterwards attained celebrity. Classical
Schools had previously been established at Cataraqui (Kingston), by the Rev.
Dr. Stuart (1785), and at Newark (Niagara), by the Rev. .vlr. Addison (1792),
aa 1 the Rev. Mr. Burns (1794). A school was also supported by the King at
Mohawk, Grand River, for the Six Nation Indians, and there were in those
early days, a few other schools kept here and there, at the military posts.
In 1806-8 Acts were passed establishing a Grammar School in each of the eight
Districts into which the Province was then divided, and granting £100 per annum
fur the master, who was to be nominated by trustees appointed by the Governor,
whose sanction was also required of the teacher's appointment.
In 1815 the Midland District School Society was incorporated.
During this time, while efforts were being made to provide for the higher in-
struction of the few, there was no system devised for providing a plain education
for the general population. But in 1816 an Act for the establishment of Common
Schools was passed, and £6,000 annually set apart to aid them. The people of
each Town, Village and Township were authorized to meet and elect three trus-
tees, who should appoint a teacher, make regulations, and select textbooks from a
list prepared by a District Board of Education, to whom they were to report. No
PROVINCE OF ONTAKIO.
I-
School was tu have less thnn twenty pupils ; the grant was limited to £25 ; the
remainder of the sum required was to be made up by subscription, and no rate
bills or assessments were authorized.
After a trial of this law for four years, an Act was passed in 1820 reducin- the
grant from 924,000 to $10,000 ; the amount for • ich district being $1,000, uiill the
master's allowance reduced from $100 to $50.
An additional Uriimmar School was provided for in 1819, and the nine schools
were enjoined to hold annual examinations ; to report to the Governor ; and to
educate ten ( 'ommon School pupils free of charge. When the pupils in attend-
ance were not more than ten, the grants were to be reduced from £100 to £50.
Sir Peregrine Maitland, in 1823, obtained permission from the Imperial Gov-
ernment to establish a Board of Bxlucation for the Province, with power to .sup-
erintend the Schools and manage the University and School lands. In l^^l.'-^, the
operation of the Act was extended to .schools for the Indians, not already provi-
ded for ; also for the examination of teachers by County Boards.
On 4tb Jamiary, 1830, Upper Canada College was opened.
In 1831 the Assembly recommended a grant of £4,400 annually for eleven free
Grammar Schools, and £2,000 for a Provincial Seminary at York. £50 were also
to be given for a school for each of the 132 Townships.
In 1832, the Provincial Board of Education ceased, and the lands were resumed
by the Crown.
In 1836, a (Commission, consisting of Drs. Duncombe, Morrison, and Brace,
was appointed to examine School systems in the neighbouring States. Dr. Dun-
combe performed this duty, and drafted a bill in which a grant ol $60,000 per
annum was proposed for Commcii Schools. He observed in the United States
the same defects, as to both Schools and Teachers, as in our own country.
In 1839, partly in pursuance of the scheme proposed in 1831, the District
Schools were converted into Grammar Schools ; five trustees for each to be ap-
pointed by Government. A part of the University endowment and 250,000
acres of Crown Lands were set apar*^. for their support. Half the revenue of
King's College, till it should be established.was granted to Upper Canada College.
On condition of an equal sum being raised by the inhabitants, £200 was granted
for the erection of the Grammar School in each District. Also £100 to each of
four other Grammar Schools at least six miles from the County Town and having
sixty scholars.
In 1841 the Parliament of the United Provinces established a system of Com-
mon Schools for Canada, with an annual grant of $200,000.
In 1843, an Act applicable to the Upper Province was passed repealing that of
1841. In this Act both Protestant and Roman Catholic Separate Schools were
permitted, as they had been, under some different conditions, in the Act of 1841.
The Rev, Dr. Ryerson, having been appointed Superintendent of Schools in
1844, undertook, as a preliminary measure, a thorough examination of European
and American systems of education, and presented a Report, in which he sug-
gested the principles upon which our system of schools was afterwards con-
structed.
In 1847, an Act was pas'sed providing for Common Schools in Cities and Towns.
Instead of Separate Schools under a distinct management, the trustees could by
this Act establish either denominational or mixed schools. The Normal School
was established in Toronto the same year.
The Act was rather hastily repealed in 1849 by a new Act, which, however,
was found impracticable and could not be put into operation.
In 1850 the comprehensive School Bill prepared by the Chief Superintendent
was submitted to the Legislature by the Government, and became law.
were
In
£25 ; the
id no rat«
lucitiL the
lO, iintl the
I no 8ch(«>ls
r ; and to
in attend-
) to £50.
terial Gov-
rer to sup-
1 1)<J-1, the
^ady provi-
eleven free
were also
ire resumed
and Bruce,
Dr. Pun-
560,000 per
lited States
ntry.
ihe District
ill to be ap-
,nd 250,000
revenue of
la College.
as granted
to each of
and haying
tern ol Com-
iling that of
[chools were
LCtofl841.
Schools in
;»f European
he sug-
Irwards con-
land Towns.
3S could by
braal School
», however,
jrintendent
KLKMKNTARY, NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS. 5
II. — Amendment Ada. — Orammar Schools. — Separate Schools. — Countu Conventions,
1850-1870.
In 1853 an Amendment Act was passed introducing several improvements in
the Common School system, which experience had shown to be needed. Protes-
tant and Coloured Separate Schools wore now permitted as well as Roman
Catholic.
In the same year, the Chief Superintendent prepared a draft of Bill for amend-
ing the condition of the Grammar Schools, by providing a more ellicient super-
vision, and by obtaining funds by local taxation for their support. But the Gram-
mar Schools had never been popular, and the Legislature refused to enact the
latter portion of the scheme, which was an essential feature, and for want of
which these important schools were crippled for many years after. Among
other provisions, the Act provided for the examination of candidates for the po-
sition of Head Master in a Grammar School, who were not graduates, liy a Com-
mittee of Examiners (one of whom was to be the Head Master of tht> Normal
School), appointed by the Couijcil of Public Instruction. The Council was also
authorized to appoint Inspectors, and fix their salaries. The schools were by
this Act brought partially under tli« control of the Department, and general reg-
ulations for their government were issued. The Council prescribed the subjects
of the Matriculation Examination (with Honors) in the Faculty of Arts in the
Toronto University, as the subjects of the Master's Examination.
In 1855, after much controversy, another Roman Catholic Separate School
Act was passed.
In 1858 the Model Grammar School was established at Toronto, to exhibit
the best system of mauHgement and teaching, and to serve as a training School
for Grammar School Masters. The school did some good service, but its contin-
uance was deemed unnecessary by the Government, and it was closed at mid-
summer, 18(5.3.
In Jarmary, February, and Maich, 1860, the Chief Superintendent visited
every County, to consult the local school authorities and friends of education on
any needed changes in the law, and to give any explanations desired. Three
topics chiefly engaged the attention of these Conventions, viz : Vagrant Chil-
dren, Free Schools, and the Grammar Schools.
Resolutions were passed in the majority of the meetings in favour of introduc-
ing the principle of compulsory education ; of compelling the County Councils to
provide means for the support of the Grammar Schools, and of doing away with
the necessity of the annual vote on the question of a free school, by enacting
that all the Common Schools should be free. Other miscellaneous resolutions
were also adopted in various places.
In September, i860, H. R. H. the Prince of Wales visited Toronto and other
parts of the Province, and evinced his desire to encourage education by founding
prizes in some of the principal institutions of learning.
In May, an Act was passed providing more effectually for School Trustee
elections ; the formation of union sections ; the appointment of Auditors, and de-
fining more particularly the powers of the Chief and Local Superintendents, the
Trustees and Teachers. The Act secured greater regularity in the Trustees' ac-
counts, and also enacted certain penalties for ofiFences.
In March, 1862, the Chief Superintendent submitted to the Government a
draft of Bill for providing for the education of neglected children, particularly in
the cities and towns, by enlisting and aiding the efforts of benevolent associations
or of churches, in promoting that object ; and in an accompanying memorandum
he exhibited the increasing prevalence of juvenile crime, and the urgent need of
PROVINCK OK ONTARIO.
developing and encouraging voluntary n-ligions cfforta to stem tlio advancing
tide. The Bill, however, was not enatte<l.
In the same year, a Hill was brought in hy a privnte member of Parliament,
which pr(tvi<led largely increase 1 privileges fftr the promoters of Roman Catholic
Separate Schools. Tne measure was strongly opposed, but the clauses which
would have been injurious to the Public School system were modified, and an Act
which was accepted by the Roman Catholic authorities on the one side, an<l the
Chief Superintendent on the other, as a final settlement of the ouestion, was
agreed to, was finally passed by Parliament, and received the Royal Assent 6th
May, 1863 (26 Vic. cap. 5). By this Act those Roman Cathctlics who desire to
cstiiblish Separate Schools may do ^o where they are strong enough to siipporr
them, but it is a principle of the Bill that the individual ratepayer has th«»
option of supporting them, or of withdrawing his support. None can be suppor-
ters except Roman Catholics of the neighbourhood, and they are then exempted
from certain school rates. The Trustee elections are similar to those of P\iblic
School Trustees. The teachers are to be duly c«^rtificated, unless they belong to
religious communities. The schools share in the legislative grant in proportion
to their attendance, and are subject to inspection.
In 1865, an amendment Act was passed for the Grammar Schools, embracing
some of the principles contained in the Bill of 1853, but then rejected. The Trus-
tees were by this Act required to be elected partly by the County and partly by
the Town, and an important provision was enacted by which the grants were
made conditional upon a sum equal to one half the grant being raised from local
sources, and also expended for salaries. The distinction between Senior an. I
Junior Schools was abolished, and the grants were to be apportioned on the av
erage attendance of pupils in the prescribed programme. No adtlitional scliooi
was to be established unless the fund would permit a grant of $300, without di
minishing the sum of the funds available for the preceding year. Arbitration
was prescribed as the mode of settling any disputes as to masters' salaries ; an al-
lowance was made for Meteorological observers; the examining board for Head
Masters was abolished, and future appointments were reserved for graduates of
Universities in the British Dominions, mv. ing the rights of those already in the
service. A grant of f 50 per annum was authorized for any school of which the
Head Master should pass an examination in the subjects of a course of Element-
ary Military Instruction, prescribed by the Governor in Council, proviiled a class
of not less than live pupils were taught for six mouths in such course ; and such
classes and instruction were made subject to government inspection and oversight.
The Council of Public Instruction were, by this Act, einpowered to issue Provin-
cial certificates.
Regulations were thereupon adopted, basing the distribution of the grant on the
average attendance of pupils in classics, and all pupils were to learn the classics.
Any school not maintaining an average often such pupils, or not adequately housed,
was deprived of the grant. The inspector was empowered to admit pupils,
and the admissions by the Master were made subject to the Inspector's approval.
A revised programme of study was at the same time adopted.
In January, February and March, 1866, Dr. Ryerson again held a series of
County Conventions of the local municipal and school authorities, to explain
proposed anieudiuents, and ascertain the wishes of the people.
One subject was the appointment of Township Boards of Trustees, instead of
the present system of a difterent Board of Trustees for each inilividual rural
school — a sy&tem so cumbrous, and opposing so many obstacles to improvement,
that it is singular it has proved so long lived. Of the forty county meetingp,
twenty-five expressed a desire for the township system, also two County Coun-
cils
of
him
the
tun
li
£du
iiere
been
enac
hast;
than
on t
In
cons
resu
gislat
in tlu
In
advancing
Parliament,
in Catholic
uses which
,an<l an Act
le, and the
cHtion, was
Assent 5th
lo desire to
to support
er has the
\ he suppor-
f\ exempte<l
e of Public
•y V)eh»ng to
proportion
embracing
. ThcTrus-
d partly by
grants were
(I from local
Senior an. I
I on the av
ional school
without ili
Arbitration
ries ; an al-
ii for Head
raduates of
ady in the
which the
f Element-
ided a class
; and such
\ oversight,
isue Provin-
muitonthc
the classics.
•ly housed,
lit pupds,
I's approval.
la series of
Ito explain
[instead of
Idual rural
)rovemen*,
meeting?,
[nty Coun-
* KLKMKNTAKY, NUKMAL AND HIUll HCIIUOL8. 5
cils. Thirty-five meetings affirmed the principle of the appointment of Boards
of Examiners by the Governor in Council ; of uiufoiin examination papers, and
simultaneous examinations. Thirty-seven meetings declared it to be the duty of
the State to render penal the neglect uf parents to avail themselves of the oppor
(unities ofTorded for the instruction of their children.
In 1808, the Chief Superintendent presented a Sp'.^cial Report on Systems of
Education in other Countries, with his suggestions as to what was now needed
here. Twelve improvements were suggested in this report which have since
been embodied in the laws and regulations, with two exceptions, viz. : the
enactment of u fixed Viiuhnuin for teacln^rs' salaries, and a check upon the tno
hasty dismissal of a teacher, by requiring the concurrence of a higher authority
than the Tmstites. He also submitted, at the desin* of the government, a report
un the establishment of Schools for the deaf and dumb, and the bHnd.
In l8Uy, Feijruary and March, County Conventicuis were again held to
con.su It the local school auihorities on the changeii needed in the law, and the
results subsequently embodied in two bills, which were recommended to the Le-
gislature by the Government ; the bills, however, received so many ameutlnu'iil.s
ill the house, that they were finally withdrawn.
Wl.—Acts of 1871 and \»7i.So7ne resulta of T/tirty Veais.
In 1871, a most important measure was passed (.34 Vic. cap. 32) eiiactin'^
iiiiuiy of the improvements that had long been in vain sougiit for in thi> Scliool
Law. By this Act, all the Public Schools were made free ; trustees were rompelled
to provide adequate school accommodation ; the principle of compulsory education
was introduced ; well-qualihed County Inspectors were substituted for townshij*
superintendents, and their remuneration provided for. New County Boards of
Examiners were constituted ; first and second class certificates, thereafter granted,
were made valid during good behaviour. Further encouragement was given to
the establishment of 'iownship Boards of Trustees ; the size of sections was
regulated, and an appeal provided from the decision of the council in boundai v
(juestions. The compidsoiy sale of a school site, where necessary, was alho
l)rovided for. Matters of dispute between trustees and teachers were referred
to the County Judge instead of to arbitrators. The Grammar Schools were to
be designated High Schools, and the sanction of the Government required for
any new Scliool. \. more effective way was provided for raising local funds for
tludr support ; the minimum grant was increased from $300 to $400, and a Boai d
uf Examiners for the admission of pupils was constituted. An additional sum
of $750 j)er annum was granted to any High School which should attain to the
standard required for a Collegiate Institute. Common Schools were now termed
Public Schools. Industrial Schools were authorized ; all public school teachers
were compelled to contribute to the Superannuation Fund, and other minor
iniproveniei.ts were provided. The Council of Public Instruction also made the
new regulations required by this law.
In 1872, Mr. \V. McCabe, amemberof the Council of Public Instruction, offered
a gold medal for the candidate who should be first in the Examination ot
Teachers in 1873, which had the effect of inducing the Governuient to place a
sum in the estimates of the following year for gold, silver and bronze medals to
be annually awaided to the teachers who should take the best five positions in
the first-class certificate examination. Two additional High School Inspectors
were also appointed in 1873. A School Bill was brought in this year making
further provision for raising funds for High Schools, the appointment of
trustees, and the admission of pupils. The teachers of both High and Public
6
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Schools were to be admitted to the superannuation allowance, and the amount in
creased. Several improvements affecting the practical working of the school laws
were also introduced. This measure, although it passed a second reading, was
withdrawn in the Session of 1873, but was passed with amendments in 1874,
when the whole school law was consolidated, and regulations thereupon adopted.
The system of examinations introduced in 1871 has ameliorated the profession
of teaching, giving it greater stability, with a nearer approach to uniformity of
standaM in the examinations throughout the Province, whereas under the
previous system great irregularity and laxity occurred in many of the counties.
Another provision was introduced in the Bill of 1874, which had not previ-
ously appeared, for the election of representatives of the teachers, of the colleges,
and of the public school inspectors as members of the Council" of Public
Instruction, as well as for a rotation of the members appointed by Government.
It was also enacted that purchasers of books from the booksellers, for school
purposes, should have the same grant allowed as purchasers at the official de-
pository. Hitherto the privilege of receiviug^the aid of fifty per cent, added to
local contributions for approved books, was confined to those who p\irchased from
the Depository attached to the Department at Toronto. Since the establishment
of that Depository, twenty-five years ago, books, maps, globes, and other appara-
tus, to the value of $738,737, have been supplied to the Schools, of which the
people have paid directly $435,846, aided by $302,891 from Legislative grants.
The newly- constituted Council met on the 1st September, 1874, and resolved
that their sessions should be private, as heretofore.
Several sessions were held during 1874-1875, during which regulations for
the Public, High and Normal Schools were adopted, including an improved
mode of dividing the High School grant ; books were added to the approved
lists; some steps were taken in the revision of the text-books in use, and
resolutions were adopted respecting books treating of religion and morals, and
books for the Separate Schools. Appointments to masterships in the Ottawa
Normal School were made ; first-class certificates and medals were awarded, and
teachers' pensions were granted. A committee was appointed to examine the
Depository and its operations, but the Council finally resolved to request the
Government to deal with that matter.
The following table exhibits the progress of the system : —
Progress of the Puhlk School system duriny Thirty Years.
Year.
Population
between
iiees 5-16.
Number of
Schools.
Pupils.
96,756
151,891
204,168
371,695
464,047
Teachers.
2,860 (18
3,476
3,539
4,625
5,736
Amount
expended
from Grants.
Amount raised
and expended
from local sources.
1844
1850
1854
1864
1874
183,539
259.258
277,922
424,565
511,603
2,610
3,059
3,244
4,224
4,758
45) No
76,067
90,490
168,226
267,782
report.
$334,405
663,850
1,117,092
2,597,550
Of the 5,736 teachers, there were 215 with first class, and 857 with second
clas*^ provincial certificates ; 979 with first and second class old county board
certificates, and 3,069 new thiid class. The remaining 616 had interim
certificates.
R. C. Separate Schools are included above. Of these there were 44 in 1854 ; |
147 with 17,365 pupils in 1864, and 166 with 22,786 pupils in 1874.
ELEMENTARY, NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS.
amount in
school laws
ading, was
its in 1874,
)n adopted.
3 profession
iformity of
under tlie
; counties.
[ not previ-
,he colleges,
[' of Public
rovernment.
i, for school
B official de-
it. added to
chased from
tablishment
;hcr appara-
■ which the
ive grants,
ind resolved
;ulations for
i,n improved
he approved
n use, and
morals, and
the Ottawa
ivarded, and
xamine the
request the
Dount raised
d expended
local sources.
$334,405
663,860
1,117,092
2,-597,550
■with second
unty board
ad interim
U in 1854 ;
Progress of the. High Scfimls.
In 1854 there were 64 Grammar Schools, and among the pupils were 175 unable
to rfead, and 547 unable to write. The number on the roll was 4,287, and the
average attendance is estimated at 2,200. The trustees reported that 1,32G were
in the first four rules of arithmetic. There were 99 teachers, and the total ex-
penditure for salaries, building and equi])ment was $47,033, including a grant
of 121,940
There are now 103 High Schools, with about 240 qualified teacher and an
average attendance of 4,621 pupils who have passed a rigid entrance examina-
tion ; the number enrolled last year was 7,871. The expenditure in 1874, in-
cluding a grant of $78,494, was $286,593. . .
. The School System.
I. — MunicipalUies and Fuhlic School Boards.
The Municipal system of Ontario, which has been of the utmost value to the
people as a school of self-government, has also been an effective ally of the
school system, the municipal and school authorities in every locality being en-
gaged in joint efforts for providing schools and raising funds for their support.
The system has thus struck its roots firmly iu the country, and the government
grant is now liberally supplemented by local taxation imposed by the people
in their municipalities and sections, for the public schools, and in like manner the
grant for the High Schools calls forth nearly three times its amount, in local aid.
The Townships are divided by their councils into school set;tions as above stated,
each of a suffici. tsize to support an efficient school, the dimensions being limited
by law ; but if two thirds of the school sections so desire, there may be one school
board of five for the whole Township, who may establish the schools required.
Otherwise there are three trustees for tlie section, elected by the ratepayers. The
trustees have very large powers : they appoint the teacher, who must, however, be
duly certificated ; they fix his salary ; purchase a school-site, for which they can
compel a sale ; build the school-house, and levy rates for all the funds that in their
opinipn are required. They can have their rates levied by the Municipal authorities
at their option. They may establish a circulating library, and may, with the con-
sent of the township council, borrow money for school purposes.
The Cities, Towns, and Villages have larger Boards, but their duties are simi-
lar, except that in cities and towns they appoint their own Inspector. They
do not themselves levy rates, but they make their requisition upon the Municipal
Council, which is obliged to provide the sums according to the estimate of the
trustees.
The obligations of the trustees are as extensive as their powers. They incur
personal responsibility for moneys lost to their section or municipality through
any wilful neglect. They aie b'^und to provide adequate school accommodation
(defined by regulation) for all children of school age ; to employ a sufficient num-
ber of qualified teachers ; to permit all residents between the ages o^ five and
twenty-one to attend school free of all charge (except an optional charge of twen-
ty cent^ a month in Cities, Towns, and Villages, for text books and contingencies,
and in certain cases for non-residents, at fifty cents per month) ; they must keep
their schools open, and send to the Auditors, the Inspectors, and the Chief Super-
intendent, the required accounts and reports. They must take a census of the
children between seven and twelve years of age in tLoir bounds, and if any have
not received instruction for four months in th" year, they must notify the parents,
and if the neglect continue, are to impose a rate of a dollar a month for every
8
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
V:k
ili
such child, or complain to a magistrate, who may fine, and in default imprison.
He may, however, remit the penalty, and report the result of his investigation to
the trustees. In Cities,the Boards appoint the Examiners of Teachers, but their
choice is restricted to those holding the certificate of eligibility. ^
In addition to their duties as to school boards and section boundaries and as-
sessments, the Township Councils may provide libraries for the ratepayers, and
aid education generally.
County Councils are required to levy an amount equal to the Government
grant, and both sums are set apart for teachers' salaries only. They also appoint
duly certificated Inspectors and {)ay half their salaries, the remaining half being
paid by the Government. Tliey may, under certain restrictions, dismiss the In-
spector. They appoint the Examiners of Teachers from among those holding tlie
required certificate, and pay their expenses, also School Auditors and^sub-treasui-
ers. The county oflScers are also to furnish the Chief Superintendent with any
information required.
Similar powers are given to City, Town and Village Councils, so far as appli-
cable. They may also pay the expense of sending meritorious pupils from the
Public to the High School.
-.•'-_ li .' . i.
,.; ; II. — Teacliers. — Ivspedws. — Exuminers. — Visitor's. — Separate Schools.
None can be employed as a teacher or monitor unless he holds a certificate, and
no teacher can be a trustee or inspector. He must manage his school according
to the regulations. He is especially protected as to the payment of his salary,
and in case of sickness. He must contribute $4 a year to a Superannuation
Fund, and when sixty years of age, or earlier if disabled, he receives on retiring
an annual pension reckoned at the rate of $6 for every year he has served, and
$7 if he has held a I or II class provincial certificate. Provision is made for a i e-
turn of all the subscriptions with interest if he die in service, and of half the sub-
scription if he retire from service before superannuation. The subscription is
voluntary in the case of female teachers.
The Inspectors appointed by the County, City, and Town Councils have ex-
tensive powers and duties. None can now receive the certificate of eligibility as
Inspector unless he hold the highest grade of certificate as a Teacher.
They must inspect every school twice a year ; apportion the school fund to
the schools ; collect superannuation subscriptions ; act as chairman in examin-
ing boards ; investigate, confirm or set aside rural school elections ; call meet
iugs of ratepayers ; decide disputes ; prepare electors' lists for the Council elec-
tions ; suspend teachers' certificates ; give temporary certificates ; give special
certificates for remote districts ; give lectuies ; attend arbitrations ; report to
the Chief Superintendent, and generally see that the regulations are observed.
The Examiners of Teachers are those who have received certificates of eligibil-
ity for that office, and have been appointed by the County Councils and City
Poards. There are not less than three or more than five for each Board. They
hold an animal written examination in July, their proceedings being prescribed
by regulation. They examine candidates for II and III class certificates on pa-
pers prepared by the Central Committee of Examiners appointed by the Council,
and grant the certificates. The candidate? for I class certificates appear befoi e
the same boards, and write their answers, which are then sent to the Education
Office, as the I class certificate is granted only by the Council of Public Instruction
on the recommendation of the Committee. A II class may also be so granted if
any candidate for class I is recommended by the Examiners for class II. Teach-
ers must give evidence of character and of their being subjects of Her Majesty,
imprison,
gation to
but their
•
s and at>-
yers,
and
vernment
appoint
lalf being
>s the I li-
dding tilt'
b-treasur-
witli any
as appli-
froni the
lools.
Bcate, and
according
his salary,
annuation
n re tiling
irved, and
le for a rt'-
,lf the sul>-
cription is
have tx-
^iVtility ;is
fund to
examin-
ball meet
Incil eleo-
|e special
p'.port to
erved.
eligibil-
md Citv
They
[•escribed
on pa-
ICouncil,
before
lucation
Itruction
ranted if
Teach-
lajesty,
ELEMENTARY, NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS.
»
or must take the oath of allegiance before examination. The Chief Superintend-
ent may also, on the report of the Committee, give certificates to teachers trained
in the Normal Schools in the Province or elsewhere. Some grades of the old
certificates are continued as valid notwithstanding the changed mode ot
examination.
Thare are school Visitors, consisting of the Clergy, the members of the Legis-
lature and of the County and City Councils, who have certain powers, chiefly iv\
visory, in connexion with the Schools.
The Roman Catholic Separate Schools have been noticed above ; their opera-
tions are chiefly confined to the cities, towns, and some villages. A very few
protestant and coloured separate schools are still kept up.
III. — Collegiate Institutes and High Schools. . , , ,. , ,.,
The High Schools take pupils of both sexes, who pass a somewhat searching
entrance examination, supervised by the Inspectors, in the fourth class work of
the Public Schools, and give them a higher English or a classical course, with
modern languages. The pupils are fitted for coUege^or for business.
Certain of the High Schools, which have four masters and an average of 60
male classical pupils, are called Collegiate Institutes, and receive an extra graia
of 1750 per annum.
The grants to High Schools are paid half yearly, and vary with the attendance,
but none receive less than $400 per annum. The grant, with a sum equal to
half of it from the county, must be expended on teachers' salaries only.
A system of payment has recently been adopted based on the efficiency of thf.
Schools, taken in connexion with the attendance. This is to go into eiTect in
1876.
Each High School has six trustees, three appointed by the Town and three by
the County Council, but the town appoints all if it is separated from the county.
Two trustees retire annually. A district is assigned to each High School, which
must provide the means the trustees require for building and general expenditure.
Some of the High and Public School Boards are united, with joint power.s ;
but they may dissolve the union at pleasure, and no new unions are now allowed
to be formed, as they are not regarded as advantageous.
New High Schools can be established by the County Councils, on the execution
of certain guarantees, if the need for such schools is satisfactorily shown, and
if the funds permit, without diminishing other giants. The consent of the
Government is necessary to the establishment of new High Schools.
The Inspectors ot these schools, of whom there are now three, are required to
make two annual visits to each school. In addition to the jiov. er of preventing
unqualified pupils from being admitted, they exercise, for the most part, a simiLir
authority in respect of High Schools to that ot Public School Inspectors over
the Public Schools. Under the new mode of dividing the grants, the Inspectois
will be enabled more thoroughly to test the ])roficiency of the pui»ilsand the gen-
eral character of the school, and their report will more directly affect the amounts
to be awarded.
The Head-masters of High Schools must be graduates in arts of British or Col-
onial Universities, who have proved their efficiency as teachers, and received a cer-
tificate to that eflect from the Council of Public Instruction. Each school must
also have a certif.cated assistant, or, in some cases, a certificated luonitor. The
same protection as to payment of salary, and the same privilege of superannuation
are extended to high school as to public school teachers of the 1st or 2nd class.
The trustees are to appoint a sufficient number of qualified teachers, and see
10
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
I
u
lit:
that the accommodations, furniture and apparatus are in accordance with the re-
gulations. They are empowered to call upon the municipalities of their district
for the funds they require.
They must see that the proper text hooks are used, and the regulations ob-
served ; they report to the Chief Superintendent.
IV. — Religious Instruction.
In both High and Public Schools it is provided that, at prayers and religious
instruction, none are required to be present if the parent object, but the pupils
may receive such religious instruction as the parents desire. Forms of prayer for
opening and closing the schools are provided, and are generally used ; the Holy
Scriptures are also read in most of the schools. The trustees are required to ar
range that ministers of any denomination, or their representatives, shall have the
use of their school-house at stated times for instructing the children of their re-
spective persuasions, after the regular school hours, and as trustees are authoriEed
to shorten the school hours at their discretion, such instruction can be imparted
within the ordinary school day.
V. — The Chief Superintendent and Council. ■.,.;,•.,
The Chief Superintendent of Education is appointed by the Lieutenant-Gover-
nor, and holds office during pleasure. He apportions the Legislative Grant to the
Municipalities according to population, and notifies the Provincial Treasurer and
the municipal clerks thereof ; directs its distribution ; decides complaints ; makes
deductions, if the proper assessments are not levied ; prepares forms and instruc-
tions ; distributes the i*egulations and the law ; decides disputes arising under the
Separate School Law ; appoints a Deputy, and also inspectors in special matters,
and conductors of institutes ; provides plans for school-houses ; disseminates in-
formation ; aids in the establishment of school libraries, granting an amount equal
to the local contribution ; provides for and recommends the use of uniform and
approved text-books.
The Chief Superintendent also prepares general regulations for the sanction of
the Council ; submits books for its approval ; prints a catalogue of approved
books ; authorizes the payment of half the cost of approved books purchased for
libraries or prizes ; and reports annually to the Legislature and the Government
his accounts, the condition of the schools, and his suggestions.
To secure uniformity in judicial decisions, the Chief Superintendent is author-
ized to appeal to a Superior Court from any decision of a County Court on a
school matter, and he has also the privilege of obtaining the opinion of a Judge,
or of one of the Courts, on a case he may submit.
The Council of Public Instruction consists of the Chief, or, in his absence, the
Deputy Superintendent, eight members appointed by the Crown ; one member by
each of the Colleges having University powers ; one by the masters and teachers
of High Schools ; one by the Piibhc School Inspectors, and one by the Public and
Separate School Teachers.
Each member holds office for two years, and is eligible for re- appointment.
The mode of election is specified by law. Three members form a quorum.
The Council prescribes text books for the Normal, High and Public Schools,
and makes their rules and regulations ; appoints the High School Inspectors, the
Central Committee of Examiners, and the staff of the Normal and Model Schools.
It prescribes the qualifications of inspectors, examiners and teachers ; grants cer-
tificates to inspectors, examiners, high school head-masters, and public school
teachers of the first and second class ; examines and approves of library and prize
•» ••
ih the rc-
r district
tions ob-
religious
;he pupils
jrayer for
the Holy
•ed to ar
I have the
f their re-
•uthoriBed
imparted
int-Gover-
•ant to the
isurer and
ts; makes
id instruc-
under the
,1 matters,
linates in-
unt equal
liform and
motion of
approved
;hased for
Ivernment
lis author-
lourt on a
a Judge,
[ence, the
?mber by
teachers
lublic and
lintment.
Im.
Schools,
|;tors, the
Schools.
^ants cer-
school
lind prize
ELEMENTARY, NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS. 11
books ; makes regulations for tlie superannuation of teachers, and grants their
pensions ; inquires into any school matter at the request of the Government or
of the Chief Superintendent.
, (The (Idutatiou ^epartmrttt.
APPOINTED.
1844. The Rev. Egerton Ryerson, D.D., LL.D. .Chief Superintendent of Education.
1844. J. George Hodgins, LL.D Deputy Superintendent.
1854. Alexander Marling Chief Clerk, Accountant and Clerk
of the Council.
1856. Francis J. Taylor Clerk of Statistics.
1869. John T. R. Stinson Clerk of Records.
1863. VV. H. Atkinson Clerk of Correspondence.
1872. A. C. PauU Clerk of References.
1872-6. J. H. Kerr, .J. S. Barber, Frank Nudel, Henry P. Davies— Assistants. ■
Depository Branch.
1853. S.P.May, M.D Clerk of Libraries.
1866. H. M. Wilkinson Cashier and Assistant Clerk.
1868-75. S. A. May, S. B. Sykes, W. Sweeten, R. J. Bryce, R. L. Cathron, A. J.
Sangster, A. F, Lobb — Assistants.
<S)he (i^outtcU of f uliUc Ifiiicitirurtion.
The Chief Superintendent of Education, ex o^cio, (or in his absence the Deputy
Superintendent).
The Most Rev. J. J. Lynch, D.D., Archbishop of Toronto, appointed 1862.* -
The Right Rev. T. B. Fuller, D.D., D.C.L., appointed 1868.*
Haramel M. Deroche, M.A., M.PP., appointed 1873.*
James Maclennan, M.A., Q.C., appointed 1873.*
The Very Rev. William Snodgrass, D.D., elected 1874,* by the Senate of the Univer-
sity of Queen's College, Kingston.
The Rev. John Ambery, M.A., elected 1874,* by the Corporation of Trinity College,
Toronto.
The Rev. Samuel S. Kelles, D.D., LL.D., elected 1874,* by the Senate of Victoria
College, Cobourg.
The Rev. Bishop Carman, D.D., elected 1874,* by the Senate of the University of
Albert College, Belleville. < •;
The Rev. J. Taburat, elected 1874,* by the Faculty of the College of Ottawa.
Professor Goldwin Smith, M.A., elected by the legally qualified Teachers of Public
and Separate Schools, 1874.*
Professor Daniel Wilson, LL.D. , re-elected by the legally qualified Masters and Teachers
of High Schools and Collegiate Institutes, 1876. f
Samnel Mills, M.P., elected by the Inspectors of Public Schools, 1875.t
Professor Wright, M.A., elected 1875,* by the Council of University College, Toronto.
Amidant Clerk: Fred. G. Griflin.
* Retire August, 1876. t Retire Aujfust, 1877.
FORMER MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
The Right Rev. Michael Power, D.D., first Chairman, appointed 1846. Deceased 1847.
The Hon. S. B. Harrison, Q.C., second Chairman, appointed ISiiO. Deceased 1862. ^
The Very Rev. H. J. Orasctt, B.D., third Chairman, appointed 184'J. Retired August, 1876.
. The Rev. J. Jennings, D.D., appointed ]850. Retired August, 1876.
Hugh Scobie, appointed 1840. Deceased 1853.
TheRight Rev. A. F. M. DeCliarbonnel, D.D, appointed 1850. Retired 1862.
The Hon. J. C. Morrison, appointed 1846. Retired 1873.
James S. Howard, appointed 1846. Deceased 1866.
The Rev. Adam Lillie, D.D., appointed 1850. Deceased 1865.
The Rev. J. McCaul, LL.D., a member ex oficio, under 16 Vic. cap. 186, .sec, 0, 1863-1874 -elected by
University College, 1874— rcsiuned, 1876.
The Rev. John Barclay, D.D., appointed 1867. Retired 1873.
The Hon. W. McMaeter, Senator, appointed 1865. Retired August, 1875.
William McCabe, LL.B., appointed 1873. Retired 1875.
J. B. Cherriman, M. A., elected 1875, Resigned the same year i
'M
5.
I'Jjil
6
KJ-!
7.
i.i'
8
:''!
9
10
11
12
i3.
'',l;i
14.
•E;!;
18.
•:
16.
'it
17.
i', ;;■.'■
18.
19
'i
12 PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
A DIGEST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL ACT.
37 VIC. (^AP. 28.
I. PreHra'iTiary.
1. Title and enacting section. p , , ,
2. Existing suliuol arrangements continued.
3. Present truBtees' term of office confirmed ; their retirement.
4. Annual trustee elections on second Wednesday in January, at 10 A.M.
II. Tke Rural Trnsteeii.
Poll at school election not to close before 11 A.M. or after 4 P.M.
Three trustees shall be elected, and each, after first election, shall hold office
three years and till election of successor.
No trustee shall be an inspector or a teacher in that school section ; no master,
teacher or inspector may be trustee ; six mcmths' absence vacates office.
Trustee elected to fill a vacancy holds for the unexpired term only. •'
Trustee elected shall make a declaration to discharge the duties.
Trustee may resign if his colleagues and inspector consent.
Township clerk is to notify person appointed to call the first meeting in a new
section (Section 40),
"Who shall, w 'thin twenty days, post notices six days before meeting.
Ratepayers at such meeting shall elect chairman and secretary.
Chairman shall decide questions of order subject to appeal ; has a casting vote only ;
Shall take votes as desired by majority, and grant a poll if two so request.
Three resident ratei)ayers shall be elected trustees;
The first to hold office two years from next annual meeting ; the second for one
year from same period ; the third till next annual meeting, and until their
respective successors have been elected.
Certified copy of the proceedings shall be sent to Inspector.
One resident ratepayer shall be elected annually, but not re-elected, without
his consent, for four years.
20. At annual meeting, the ratepayers shall elect chairman and secretary ; receive
and deal with reports of the trustees and auditors ; elect ratepayers to fill
vacancies in trustee corporation ; and appoint auditor for current year.
21. No person can vote at any meeting unless he has been assessed, and paid school
rates ; any ratepayer may req uire a voter to make the declaration in form pro-
"" vided, and if declaration be made, the vote shall be taken.
22. Inspector or any two ratepayers may call a meeting, in default of one required
and not held, within twenty days after the prr)per time of such meeting, by
posting six days' notice ; such meetings shall have full p'jwers.
23. Trustees shall be a corporation, with perpetuity ; if there be no trustees, the
inspector or any two ratei)ayers may, by posting six days' notice, call meeting,
which shall elect ; terms of trustees so elected to be a4,in section 17.
24. No corporate act is valid, unless done at a trustee's meeting duly called ; record
to be kept by presiding trustee ; a majority of trustees present may do business.
25. No trustee may have a contract <jr pecuniary interest with the corjiorate body,
except for site or as collector.
26. Duties of trustees :
(1.) To ai)point secretary -treasurer, and take security ; security to be de-
posited with township council, and to be for keeping the corporate
papers' and money subject to order ; keeping record of proceedings, re-
ceiving and accounting for school moneys, disbursing such moneys as
,;. ;• ' directed by trustees, paying over superannuation fund moneys on order
of inspector ;
(2.) To appoint collector, and to pay him not less than five nor more than
ten per cent on collections ; collector shall give security, which shall be
lodged with township council ;
DKJRST OF THK PUBLIC .SCHOUL ACT.
13
recoive
to fill
school
m pro-
bes, the
jieeting,
record
lainess.
body,
Ibe de-
morate
jgs, re-
lays as
order
(e that!
laUbe
27.
28.
(3 ) To appoint before Ist December an auditor ; inspector shall appoint
auditor if trustees do not ;
(4 ) To lay accounts, &c. , before auditors, and to give them information ;
(n.) To possess and care for all school property ; to acquire, hold and duly
apply property;
(t$.) To dispose of and convey school property, and duly apply proceeds ;
(7. ) To provide school accouiniodatioii for all resident children ;
(8.) To provide and keep the school-house and appendages ;
(9.) To provide and keep another 8chool-hou.«e tVrc, when required ;
(10.) After Ist July, 1874, not to f«»rm union with any hi«h school ;
(11.) To contract in writing with teachers and monitors, and fix salaries ;
(12.) To give teachers &c., orders on county inspector ; such order not to
cover any time when the teacher was disquiilified ;
(13.) To provide for salaries and expenses, ana to employ all lawful means
to obtain such sums ;
(14.) To apply to township council before August meeting, or on their own
authority, to collect the necessary funds ;
(15.) To collect additional rate if required ;
(10.) To make list of names and amounts for collection and collector's warrant :
(17.) To sue for and recover sums due by non-residents ;
(18.) To make a return of all rates to township clerk ; and before the end cf
the year a return of rates on lands of non-residents they could not collect ;
^ ' (10.) To permit all residents from 5 to 21 years of age to attend school, sub-
ject to the rules, except the children of separate school supporters ;
(20.) To admit, on payment of a fee not exceeding 50c. per month, non-
resident pupils living near ;
('21 ) To visit and see that the school and its registers are duly kept ;
(22.; To see that the proper text-books are used ; to procure an educational
periodical ;
(23.) To appoint a librarian, and arrange for keeping a school library ;
(24.) To exercise corporate powers in fultihueut of contracts, and if they
neglect to do so, they bect)iiie personally responsible ;
(25.) To appoint a place of annual meeting ; and time and place of a special
■ < meeting for electing a trustee, selecting a site, appointment of auditor nr
other purpose — six days notice to be yiven oi time, ])lace and object of
meeting, and to bo posted in three places — meetings to be conducted as
provided in sections 13, 14, 15, 16 ;
(26.) To have their report read at the annual meeting, containing a state-
ment of their proceedings, of finances, and of general school affairs,
signed by the trustees and auditors ;
(27) To transmit to the inspector by 30th June and 3l8t December a detailed
return of attendance ;
(28.) To ascertain the number of residents between ages c)f 5 and 16 years
on 31st December, and send by 15th Janiiary a report, to inspector in a
form provided, showing : — time the school was duly kepi: during the year ;
amounts and modes of receipts and expenditures ; number of residents
between 5 and 16, number taught in winter and sumnu.-r, aexes, and any
over 16 years of age ; average attendance winter and summer, exclusive
of separate school attendance ; and other required particular.s respecting
the school.
Additional Duties of trustees : — To ascertain bofore 31st December, the names,
«fcc., of the residents of school age, distinguishing those between 7 and 12 who
have not received instniction for four months in tlie year (see section 156) ; to
notify their parents of such neglect, and if such neglect be cimtiuued, to impose
a rate of f 1 per month for any such child, or to complain to a magistrate
(section 159), and give him the particulars.
Trustees are authorized — » .: i .. / i:-: >:
(1 . To appoint one of themselves secretary-treasurer, or collector ;
(2.) To procure school requisites at their discretion ;
(3.) To levy rates on property themselves or through the township council ;
(4.) With concurrence of inspector to establish additional schools ;
u
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
m
(6.) And provide buildings therefor ; and such schools shall be under the
regulations ;
(6.) To admit at their discretion non-residents on payment of 50c. per month,
but they have no discretion respecting those mentioned in section 26 (20) ;
(7.) To exempt indigent persons from rates, at the expense of the section ;
(8.) To purchase where tliey please the sanctioned library and prize books.
29- Rural collector with a proper warrant has the same powers and liabilities as t«>
the school rate, and shall proceed as does a municipal collector.
30. Respecting the school section accounts — There shall be two auditors, who shall,
between Ist December and the annual meeting audit the accounts ; and the
tnistees shall lay all accounts and documents before them, and give the
auditors full information.
31. Duties of the auditors :
(I.) To examine and decide whether the trustees have duly accounted ;
(2. ) To submit and report on the accounts at annual meeting ;
(3.) If both auditors object to lawfulness of expenditures, the meeting may
determine, or may submit the matter to the Chief Superintendent, who
shall decide finally ;
(4.) To remain in office till completion of audit :
(5. ) If auditors differ, the inspector shall decide.
It shall be competent for either auditor — To call for persons and papers ; to
administer oaths ; to issue a warrant to enforce collection of moneys awarded by
them (and the person so authorized shall have the powers of a bailiff of a Division
Coui-t in enforcing judgment) ; to report on the accounts to the annual meeting,
and the report of the trustees to the meeting is to be signed also by the auditors.
No new site may be obtained without a meeting of ratepayers.
If the trustees and majority of the meeting differ as to site, each shall choose an
arbitrator, and the inspector or one appointed by him shall be the third ; and
a majority of these at a lawful meeting may publish their award. If the parties
consent, they may reconsider and publish a second award within three months,
and awards shall be binding for at least one year.
On the selection of land for school purposes, if the owner does not agree, he and
the trustees shall each select an arbitrator, who with the county inspector, or
any two of them, shall appraise damages ; and upon tender of the amount the
trustees shall take the land ; but not without consent, if within 100 yards of
owner's garden, orchard or dwelling house ; existing sites may be enlarged, not-
withstanding, to the required dimensions, but not in the direction of such
orchard, «&c., unless unavoidable, and the garden shall not be taken without
consent. The award will be a good title and may be registered.
£6. Should one of the parties neglect to appoint an arbitrator, the inspector and re-
maining arbitrator may decide, and the inspector may in such case have a
casting vote.
37. Should only a majority of the arbitrators be present at a lawful meeting, they may
either proceed with award or adjourn for ten days or less, giving notice.
38. All corporations and persons possessed of lands, whether in trust or otherwise,
may cunvey to the school trustees, and such conveyance shall be valid, and
corporations, &c. , so conveying are indemnitied.
(2.) If owner be absent or unknown, a surveyor, having no interest, may
value, and the surveyor's certificate being filed with the county judge,
with affidavits, the judge may order a notice to be published, and also
sent or served.
(3.) Such notice to state description of land, that trustees will pay the sum;
, . name of their arbitrator ; time for acceptance of offer or naming an
arbitrator, «&c.
(4. ) If owner neglects to appoint, the Judge may appoint a surveyor as sole
arbitrator.
(5.) The compensation paid shall be subject to claims against the land.
Trustees responsible if paid to wrong party.
(6.) If claims are feared, or conveyance be not executed, or if otherwise ex-
pedient, the trustees may deposit the compensation with the county trea-
32
93.
34.
3d.
DIGEST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL ACT,
16-
Burer, with copy of conveyance or agreement, or award, which shall
thereafter be the title, and be registered with trustee's affidavit.
38. In unorganized townships, the stipendiary magistrate and inspector may form
school sections, not exceeding five miles m length and breadth; and the boun-
daries may be altered within this condition ; but five heads of families must
first petition.
40. After formation, two of the petitioners may give the usual notice for a trustee
election.
41. The trustees elected shall have the usual powers and duties.
42. The trustees shall provide for making an assessment roll, and send a copy to
the magistrate or inspector, who shall correct errors therein.
43. Copy of roll so corrected shall be open for inspection, and three weeks' notice
thereof given, stating also when appeals will be heard.
44. Appeals shall be made similarly to those in case of municipal assessments, and the
magistrate or inspector shall have the power of the court.
45. The roll, finally signed, shall be binding, till the next annual roll is passed.
III. The Towtisltip Cunitcils.
46. Township councils shall form school sections with not less than 50 children, aged
between 5 and 6, unless the area exceeds four square miles ; unite sections if
majority so desire, and appoint and notify persons to call a first meeting in
united sections ; furnish inspector with a copy of their proceedings as to
education ; levy on any section the sum required by the trustees ; issue deben-
tures for amount of any authorized loan to trustees, to be paid in ten years; levy
on section a sum to pay principal and interest of such loan, and property con-
tinues liable for such rate, if boundaries are altered ; such rate may be collected
by distress or by suit ; appoint Inspector and two other valuators of property
before forming a township trustee board, and adjust upon their report the claims
of sections ; shall pay the valuators at same rate as councillors.
47. Township councils shall only levy one section rate a year, except for a site or
building ; and the trustees must apply for any rate before the August council
meeting. - r
48. Township councils are empowered—
(1 .) To establish township school boards, if two-thirds of the sections desire ;
such board to be of five trustess, chosen by wards if township be so
divided ; elections shall be held as enacted by 4th, 11th, and five next
sections of Act ; board shall have same powers and duties as city boards,
under 86th section;
(2.) To authorize section triistee to borrow;
(3.) To appropriate moneys for education, and invest on loan, under sections
152, 153;
(4.) To apportion moneys in proportion to teachers' salarie!";
(5.) To obtain real property for schools, and to provide additional sums for
schools;
(6.) To levy sums for purchasing township library;
, (7-8) And for a township model school, of which the coimcillors shall be
trustees, with full powers, and to permit any public school to be merged
therein, and student teachers shall be admitted free;
(9. ) To correct assessor's or collector's roll ;
(10.) To alter section boundaries, if parties have been previously notified,
subject to appeal to County Council, xmder section 61 .
49- Alterations of boundaries shall be by by-law, made on or before the Ist of May,
and clerk shall thereupon notify trustees and inspector.
50. Alterations of union sections shall be by reeves and county inspector only ; and
in towns and villages by reeves, inspectors and a person appointed by the school
board ; a majority of whom shall have power.
51. Unions of portions of adjoining municipalities belong, for inspectior ind taxation,
to the municipality in which is the school house.
52. A union having been formed or altered, inspector shall notify municipal clerk.
53. And the mayor or reeve and inspector shall annually equalize the assessment.
^
16
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
w-
M. The tirst election shall be u provided in 11th, and tivo next sootions of Act.
M. An alteration does not atfuct the public school grant, till the following year.
56. School proiHjrty thus no longer reniiired, may be at the disposal of a school
meeting, and the proceeds di'.l.!cd for school purposes, in proportion to the
value of property in the separate parts; the residue shall be applied to the pur-
poses of the olil section, and in case of a united section, to the purposes of such
section.
57. N^o alteration in boundaries shall take effect before 25th of the next December.
68. Any property situated in two or more sections shall be separately returned by tho
assessors, and every \individed occupied l<»t or part of lot is only liable in the
section where the occupant resides.
59. Tnistees or their collector shall be allowed to copy the township sasessment roll,
and the township council may correct such roil.
•flO. The Township Clerk shall—
(1-2. ) Prepare in duplicate a school section map ; — one copy for the county,
and one for the township council ;
(3.) Give information to inspector, (Section 46) ;
(4-5.) Make return to county treasurer of lands liable, and uncollected rates
thereon, and under a penalty of $20 make return to county clerk, within
•....' a week from Ist March, of all school expenditure, including trustees'
•r,- : return under section 26 (18) ;
It ; (6.) Allow trustees' collector to copy assessor's roll ;
.■i . (7.) Give notice to the perscm appointed to call a tirst section meeting
• ■■■■, ^ (section 46) ;
.?, (8.) Send notice of boundary alterations to Inspector and trustees.
.\ .. ^, IV. The County Conncih.
•81. The county council shall —
(1.) Levy for teachers' salaries an amount equal to the Chief Supeiinteudent's
, apportionment ;
' (2.) Appoint and pay the county's proportion of the sahiry of legally
qualitted inspectors, each to have not more than 120, nor less than 50
schools ; but not necessarily more than one inspector for a riding ; where
•,,*'.; the French or German is the language, ho may have not less than
40 schools ; if there are more than 50 schools, tlie county shall have
. , . .1 two or more inspectors. Such inspectors njay be removed from one
, , ,. .,; V. riding to another. The county shall pay inspectors (xuarteriy $5 or more
per school, and an additional amount fur expenses and for equalizing
assessments, and visiting remote .schools ;
-u ■' (3.) liil vacancy in the ottico of inspector, but omcurrence of Government
is necessary to the re-appointmoiit of a dismissed inspector ;
(4-5.) Appoint not more than four legally (pialitied persons who, with the
•i; inspector, shall be examiners of teachers, and pay the expen.se8 (jf such
board, viz. : — To the members not less than is paid to members of the
county council, also stationery, room, fuel, printing, and payment of
\;., ! secretary ; «
f. r (6.) Appoint auditors of school moneys, who shall report to council;
(7.) See that due security is given by ofbcers ;
(8. ) See that no deductitm is made in paying school money ;
;.; ' ' (9.) Appoint a committee of from three to five persons, including the county
judge and inspector, to investigate appeals on school boimdaries, who
. ',;. ,. ,: shall revise and alter boundaries, but no member of the township council
appealed against may be on such committee ; such alterations shall not
(.;; • tl', •! be in force till 25th December; the inspector shall give notice of such
alterations ;
(10.) Provide, on application of the inspector, rooms for teachers' ex-
aminations ;
(11.) Provide for payment of teachers by 14th December, on inspector's order.
DKJKST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL ACT.
IT
Act.
roar,
a school
m to the
) the piir-
as of anch
62.
jember.
ed by tho
ale in the
;■',
laent roll,
63.
le county,
64.
66.
jcted rates
jrk, within
g trustees'
.
n meeting
Mi
inteudent's
of legally
188 than 60
[ng; where
Ie83 than
Ishall have
from one
!5 or more
eiiualizing
loverument
with the
kea of anch
lera of the
jymeut of
Jhe county
iriea, who
[ip council
shall not
Be of such
phers' ex-
ar's order.
The county council is anlhorized —
(I.) To levy a sum for C(mnty school lil)rary ;
(2.) To set apart, invest or loan surplus moneys for schools, (section 152) ;
(3.) To apponit township sub-treasurers, who shall pay and acc<»unt as do
cotnity treasurers ;
(4.) To provide for a separate teacliers' examination, if there are two
inspectors ;
(5.) To supplement any teacher's pension ;
((>.) To increase the sums levied for teachers, either in aid of the county
school fund, or to aid needy sectitms if advised by inspector;
(7.) T(j dismiss an inspector for misconduct or inelHciency by vote of the
majority ; and without cause assij^ned, by a two-thirds vote.
An inspeotiu's remuneration from the county shall be not loss than $5 per school^
and the council may provide for his expenses.
The aimual county levy for teiujhera aliall bo paid in by 14th December.
66. The county treasurer shall —
(1-2.) Pay teachers ttn inspector's order not later than 14th December, in
anticipation of county assessment, and no te'usher aluvll be refused pay-
ment after Mtli December ;
(3.) Pay the school board of a town or village, if united with part of a town<
ship, its portion of county assessment ;
(4. Pay the school board of a town not separated from the county a sum for
the county inspector eijual to that paid by the town ;
(5.) Pay teacliers' auperannuaticm money half-yearly to the inspector;
66- The county clerk ahall—
(1-2.) Report t(> the Chief Sujterintendent all appointments of inspectors
and treasurers ; fumiah him with copy of council proceedings ;
(3-4.) And of the auditors' report by 1st March with any explanation required.
V. The Cities, Towtis and Villages.
67
68.
69.
City, town and village councils have the same powers and dtities as county and
township coiuicila.
The council of a city or town separated mivy pass by-laws, for defraying the ex-
penses (if needy candidates for high school scholarships.
When a city or town is incorporated and divided into wards, the ratepayers of
each ward shall elect two trustees ; one to retire at the next annual meeting,
the other one the year after ; and the trustees shall be in ofhce till their suoces-
aors are elected.
7v . For every ward there ahall be two trustees, each after the first election to be
for two years, and one trustee shall retire annually on second Wednesday in
January.
In every city and town on that day, an election shall be held annually in the
same place and mode as in municipal elections ; the electors may choose an
officer, if the returning officer does not act ; one triiatee ahall be elected to be in
office two yeara or until election of his succesaoi*.
The poll at trustee elections ahall not cloao before 11 a. m., and in cities,
towns and villages the same time sliall be allowed as for municipal elections.
The Act 32 Vic. cap. 44, except sections 9 and It), only applies to Toronto.
[N.B. — The Act here referred to makes special provision for school elections in
I Toronto, the only portion of general application having reference to separate schools
for coloured persons.^
74. School boundaries are not affected by the incorporation of a village or town^
until altered under this Act.
In villages and towns without wards therQ shall be six trustees, two annually
retiring in January.
On the incorporation of a town or village, the municipal returning officer shall
call a meeting for trustee election on the second Wednesday in January, or if
he neglect for one month, any two freeholders may call it, and six trustees shall
be elected.
71.
72.
73.
75.
76.
B
1«
PROVINCE or ONTAIUO.
77. Such trustees shnll bo divided iiitu three classes uf two : The first to be for one
year, the second for two years, the tliird for throe yuars or till succeeded.
78< The trustees of one class shall retire annually in rotation, as settled by lot at the
first trustee meeting, except those first elected ; the retiring trustees shall be
those who served three years, or have been elected to a vacancy.
79. The annual school meeting shall be held at the place of the last election of coun-
cillors, and the ratepavers shall then elect two trustees in place of the two
retiring ; and they Hhall be in office three years.
80- If & vote be objected to, the returning officer shal] require the voter to declare
that ho has been rated and paid school tax, whereupon the vote shall be
received.
81. A trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall only serve for tho unexpired term.
82> A retiring trustee may be re-elected if he consent, otherwise he is exempted for
four years,
83> The Oounty Judge shall settle complaints as to trustee elections, made to him
within twenty days, and may appoint a new election ; the expenses of such
investigation shall be paid by the complainants, as the Judge may decide.
84. A union with part of one or more townships, may be effected by the reeves or
deputies, county inspectors, and representatives of the school board ; or by a
majority of said persons at a lawful meeting ; such union shall be deemed one
school division for trustee elections ; but in respect uf inspection and taxation,
belongs to the municipality where the schoolhouse is situated ; the mayor,
reeve and county inspector shall annually equalize the assessment ; the county
school assessment of such division shall be paid by the county treasurer to the
school board.
86. The school board shall be a corporation, with the rights and duties of the preced-
ing trustees.
86. And shall—
(1.) Ehict a chairman, who shall be entitled to vote ; and if the votes be
equal on any question, it shall be decided in the negative.
(2.) Appoint the time and mode of proceeding at their meetings, but the
first meeting niay be called by any member, and shall take place in the
municipal council room.
(3.) Appoint a secretary or secretary-treasurer, and collectors if required,
with the same powers as in school sections.
(4.) Take possession of school property, and hold the same by any title ;
' manage and dispose of same ; apply same to the proper objects.
' (6). Do as they think expedient with regard to purchasing or renting
premises ; building, furnishing and repairing ; and procuring school
requisites.
' (6.) In towns and villages, appoint a representative to meet the county
inspector, &c., as to boundary alteration.
(7.) Determine the number, sites and kind of schools required ; the ajjpoint-
■ ment and duties of teachers, (and the salary of the inspector in citien
and towns),
(8-9-10.) Ascertain names, ages, and residences of children of school age, dis-
tinguishing those between 7 and 12 who have not received instruction
' * for four months of the year; and notify the parents of violation of the
law herein ; also, impose rate of $] per month for each child upon such
" parents, or give information to a magistrate.
' (11.) Lay before the coimcil an estimate of sums required for paying salaries ;
providing and furnishing premises, and providing all requisites; and the
" ' council shall provide such sums as deoired.
f 1 2-13. ) Appoint a collector and pay him from five to ten per cent. ; the collector
!,'" shall give security, and shall have the same powers and proceed in the,
same manner as municipal collectors ; all sums collected shall be paid |
to the municipal or the trustees' treasurer, and be subject to the order |
of the board.
(14.) Appoint at their discretion a treasurer, who shall give security fori
keeping and producing papers and moneys; for receiving and accounting |
for moneys, and for disbursing moneys as directed.
DKIEHT OF TIIK PUBLIC HOHOOL ACT.
11)
be for one
eded .
y lot at the
ees shall be
on of coun-
of the two
f to declare
lie shall be
:erm.
xeropted for
nade to him
nses of such
decide .
the reeves or
ird J or by a
I deemed one
and taxati»»n,
the mayor,
; ; the county
lasurer to the
of the preced-
the votes be
tings, but the
3 place in the
B if required,
by any title ;
jects.
[ig or renting
juring school
Lt the county
I; the appoint-
lector in citien
Aool age, dis-
M instruction
lolation of thf
lild upon sucli
Lying salaries ;
^ites ; and the
I; the collector
Iroceed in the
Ishall be paid
to the order
, security fori
nd accounting!
(15-in.) Give, with the inspector, to the tcaohura, orders on the treasurer for
salaries ; ){ive orders to other creditors on the treasurer.
(17.) Give duo notice of meetings to elect trustees, and for other purposes.
(IH-iO.) See that pupils are supplied with uniform and authorized text books;
appoint a librarian.
^20.) Provide adequate accommodation for all children of school age.
(21.) Bee that schools are conducted according to the regulations.
(22.) Admit, on payment of a fee, not exceeding 50c per month, any pupil
residing nearer than to liis own section school, and the inspector shall
decide as to such distance.
(23.) Provide the a\ithorized registers.
(24.) Pay teachers' salaries for authorized vacations, as well as for teaching
days ; also, for any time of sickness, for at least four weeks in the year,
if oertitied.
(25-26.) Publish an annual report and financial statement ; report annually to
the Chief Superintendent, before the I5th of January, the information
he requires.
87. The school board is anthorkeA —
il.) To appoint a committee, of not more than three for each school.
2.) To collect not more than 20o per month per pupil, for books, &c.
3.) To admit non-residents, for a fee of not more than 50c per month, and
nifist admit them if nearer than their own school, as decided by inspector.
(4-6.) To increase the minimum of four weeks' time allowed n teacher in sick-
ness ; to supplement the allowance to a pensioned teacher.
(6.) Obsolete (on forming union with a high school).
(7-8.) To invest surplus moneys, under section 152; to exercise the same
powers as rural trustees.
(9.) To select land for school purposes ; and if the owner refuse a reasonable
price, each party shall appoint an arbitrator, who, with the in8i)ector,
or any two of them, shall appraise the damage, and upon tender of pay-
ment the land shall be taken ; but only vacant land shall be so taken ;
lands of doubtful ownership shall be taken under section 38; if no deed bo
obtainable, the arbitrators' award, on affidavit of a trustee shall be
registered.
88. Every city and town School Board shall —
(I.) Appoint a certificated Inspector, whose duties and powers are stated
in section 114, and who may be dismissed by a majority with cause, and
' by a two-thirds vote without cause ; a vacancy shall be filled by a similar
appointment, but not of the person dismissed, unless Government con-
sent. The remuneration shall be fixed by the board.
(2-3.) Pay inspector $5 per day while engaged in high school admission ex-
aminations, and pay the expenses of such examinationc.
89. Every city school board shall —
Appoint a city board of examiners of teachers ; pay their expenses, and
provide for their accommodation on the inspector's application.
' ' •• VI. The Teachers.
90. No teacher or monitor may undertake to teach, unless certificated.
91. No teacher may be a trustee or inspector.
92. The teacher shall—
(1-2-3.) Duly teach, according to agreement and the law and regulations; keep
the prescribed registers ; recording all admissions, promotions, &c., and
maintain dae order and discipline.
(4-5.) Keep the visitors' book, enter the visits, and ask the visitors to enter
their remarks ; give trustees and visitors access to the above records.
(6.) Deliver records, keys and other school property, on the demand of
majority of trustees ; on refusal he will be guilty of misdemeanor, lose his
m qualification, and forfeit any salary due.
(7.) Have a quarterly examination, and notify trustees, visitors and parents
thereof.
20
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
■|
l!
93.
94.
95.
96.
W.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
07.
108.
09.
110.
lU.
112.
(8.) Furnish the Chief Superintendent or inspector with any information
desired as to the school.
After expiration of his iigreement, the teacher's salary shall be continued till the
trustees pay him in full ; provided the teacher prosecutes his claim within three
months.
Disputes as to teacher's remuneration shall be settled by the division court ; the
Judge's decision may be appealed from under section 131, et neq. : if judgment be
not appealed from, execution may issue, as in other cases of debt, with fees
and expenset-.
Every male public school teacher shall pay $2 half-yearly to the inspector, for the
pension fund ; female teachers and high school teachers nuiy also pay.
The Chief Superintendent shall return half of the subscriptions to any teacher
retiring and not pensioned ; and the representative of a deceased subscriber
shall receive the full subscription, with seven per cent, interest.
Every subscriber may retire and be pensioned at the age of 60, at the rate of 8G
per mnum for every year of service, on proof to the Council of Public Instruc-
tii>i of character, ajj;e anu service, and such pension may be supplemented by
a municipal council or school board.
Every subacribor under GO, if disabled, may be similarly pensioned. Pensions of
high school head masters, and holders of classes I. and IT. provincial certificates,
shall be reckoned at ^ instead of $0 per year of service.
The pension shall cease with the year of the recipient's death, or if his good
character be not maintained.
The council may consent to a pensioner resuming his profession, suspending
his pension ; and may again place him on the pay list, allowing his additional
time.
No teacher shall share unless he has subscribed $4 per annum while teaching, or
receiving sucli aid, and products the evidence required by section 97.
Treasurers of school moneys shall, half-yearly, pay the inspector the moneys de-
ducted from teachers' salaries, or which is due by such teachers to the fund .
VII. The Inspectors.
The Council of Public Instruction shall prescribe the qualifications of candidates
for the inspectorship, and the mode of their examination, and shall grant their
certificates.
No inspector may be a teacher or trustee of a high, public or separate school.
Inspectors are appointed by county councils, and city or town school boards ;
they may be dismissed under sections 62 (7) and 88, or, for misconduct or in-
efficiency, by the Lieutenant-Governor ; if dismissed they may not be re-ap-
pointed without c(nisent of the Governor ; none can be appointed without the
legal certificate (section 10;]).
The county inspector's remuneration from the county shall be not less than $5
per school per annum, payable quarterly ; and the council may provide for his
tra ;'elling expenses ; government may pay another $5 per school.
County council may remunerate the inspector for equalizing assessments, and for
inspecting and granting certificates in remote townships.
For inspections and the establishment of schools in remote townships, and foi'
reports on special matters, an inspector may receive a just remuneration.
No inspector appointed after the 24th of March, 1874, s lall hold any other em-
ployment which W(»uld interfere with his official duties.
An inspector may administer an oath to, or require an afiirmation from, a witness
in an investigation.
The warden may appoint a legally qualified person to a vacant inspectorshij),
until the council meets. ^ , , ,
Every county inspector shall —
1.) Have the oversight of the township and village schools, and exercise his
,, ., powers as instructed by the Chief Superintendent.
(2.) Distribute the school money raised by county rate, according ^o llu?
..;.v ,. ,. mean half-yearly attendance of the several schools of the township.
DIGEST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL ACT.
:J1
formation
ed till the
,thin three
jourt ; the
dgment be
, with fee»
;or, for the
my teacher
subacriber
rate of ^
lie Instruc-
emeiited by-
Pensions of
certiiicates,
if his good
suspending
^8 additional
teaching, or
m.
B moneys de-
the fund .
of candidates
grant their
school,
lool boards ;
onduct or in-
lot be re-ap-
without the
[less than $5
lovide for hi»
puts, and for
lips, and ior
lation.
ly other eni-
Lm, a witness
lispectorship,
exercise h\»
[■ding i,o tVi»'
(iiship.
(','}.) Apportion, but give no checjue for any school illegally conduct«d, or
failing to send a return.
<4.) Give to a qualified teacher or monitor, on the tru3^.eeB' order, a cheque
on the county treasurer for the sum dne the school, less the teachers'
pension fund subscription.
(5. ) Deduct $2 half-yearly from the sum payable to every male teacher, and
remit to the department for the pension fund ; the local treasurer shall
pay over such moneys half-yearly to the inspector.
<!;.) Withhold the cheque, except from a new section, unless the last annual
report has been received, and a school kept for six months of the year.
(7.) Visit every school twice a year, and oftener if required by the county
council, or by necessity, viz. : — one visit between April and September,
and another between October and March.
(8.*) Examine at his visit the condition of the school in detail, and give
advice.
(9.) Give public lectures as the Chief Superintendent may prescribe, and do
all in his power to promote the public education .
(10.) See that the schools are legally conducted; prevent use of unauthorized,
and recommend authorized V'ooks, and facilitate their introduction.
(11.) Apply to county council for rooms for teachers' examinations; attend
such examinations, and the high school entrance examination; also, the
requivtd arbitrations, and appeals on secti<m boundary questions.
;'12.) Meet rhe Chief Superintendent on his visits to the county.
(13.) Call and attend meetings on union section boundaries, and for ei^ualizing
assessments.
(14.) Notify township clerk as to boundaries of union sections.
(15.) Decide cimiplaints : — as to trustee electi<ms if made within 20 days, and
as to proceedings of meetings, which he shall either confirm, or set aside
and order new election; but no such complaint shall be entertained unless
made in writing.
(16.) Appoint a special meeting at his discretion.
(17.) Decide respecting ''chool accounts if the auditors differ, and refer to
him.
(18.) Decide any school question submitted by interested parties, or refer the
same to the Chief Superintendent.
(19.) Exhibit Council of Public Instruction election list by 15th June, 1874,
1876, and every second year thereafter, containing the names and post
offices of the public and separate school teachers having votes in his
jurisdiction, which may be examined by the teachers for one month ; and
the inspector shall rectify errors pointed out.
(20.) Send to the Chief Superintendent, by 15th July, a certified copy o* the
corrected list ; and all the persons named therein may vote.
(21.) Send a similar list within two weeks before an election to till a vacancy,
otherwise ihe last list shall be used.
(22.) Suspend any teacher's certificate, if he thinks proper :
(a.) Such suspension, in the case of a certificate granted by the Chief Super-
iutondent or the Council, shall continue until decided on by the Chief
Superintendent ;
(b.) Other suspensions shall remain till the county examiners niuut, and the
teacher shall be notified of such meeting ;
Such suspeni.'ion or cancellation shall release the trustees from retaining
the teacher.
) Report forthwith to the Chief Superintendent the suspension of any
certificate granted by liim or the Council, and notify the teacher of the
reasons, in writing ; the Chief Superintendent shall finally decide the
case.
(24. ) Give, on due examination, a teacher's certificate, valid till the examiners
meet ; but no certificate is valid if twice given to the same person in the
: same county.
('J."*.) Endorse, within the limits of the regulations, a third-class certificate
granted elsewhere.
(■ )
(
22
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
U3.
U4.
(26.) Grant limited certificates (as authorised by the regulations) to teachers in
remote townships.
(27.) Grant, under the regulations, one-year certificates to assistants and mo-
nitors, if satisfied of their qualification.
(28. ) Perform any prescribed duties respecting sections in unorganized town-
ships.
(29 .) Apply to the township council to alter section boundaries.
(30.) Direct trustees as to the disposal of compensation for school sites, under
section 38.
(31. ) Decide disputes as to the relative distances of the homes of scholars from
their own school and from a neighbouring school.
(32.) Act as joint valuator of school property, as directed by a township
council, and report to the council.
(33.) Recommend to the coimty council schools needing aid.
(34. ) Give orders on treasurers for teachers' pension money in their hands, or
payable by teachers.
(35.) Act according to regulations and the instructions of the Chief Super-
intendent.
(36.) Inform the Chief Superintendent on any school matter as required.
(37.) Furnish tLe county aiidito.s with the trustees' order for school moneys.
(38.) On the order of the county council, deliver to his successor copies of his
correspondence, and all the school papers.
(39.) Send to the Chief Superintendent, by 1st of March, an annual report, in
the form provided, stating the number of schools and sections ; the num-
ber of pupils, aged 5 — 16, 16 — 21, and the population aged 5 — 16 ; particu-
lars of time open, the subjects taught and the attendance of each sex each
hftlf-year; the school finances, heads of receipts and expenditure ; the
debts; the salaries: the visits made; the lectures; the description of school-
houses and their titles; the nmuber of teachers, their standing, sex, reli-
gion; private schools, pupils and subjects taught; the libraries, and other
general information, with his own suggestions as to improvements in the
schools, and the ditixision f)f knowledge generally.
The inspector or inspectors of adjoining townships shall determine the apportion-
ments to the union sections, and the manner of payment; if the inspectors differ
the warden shall decide.
Every city or town inspector shall —
Perform the duties prescribed for county inspectors by section 112, subsections
1, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 18, 19 to 25, 27, 31, 34, 35, 36, 39, and shall—
(3.) Visit the schools as the board may direct;
(1 .) Act as co-examiner for admission to the high schools ; and in cities at-
tend the examinations of teachers, and apply to the public school board
for accommodation for the same ;
(12.) With the board, give their cheques to qualified teachers and monitors.
(26.) On the order <,f the board, deliver to his successor copies of his corres-
pondence, and all the school papers.
(29.) Perform any other duties required by the board or the Chief Superin-
tendent. .
VII!. The Examiners.
116. Every county council and city school board shall appoint a board for the exami-
nation of teachers; consisting of the county or city inspector, and two or more
others of qualifications prescribed by the Coiincil of Public Instruction; no board
shall have more than five members, and a majority shall be a quorum.
116. There shall be but one examination per annum ; to be held in July, at a time
to be fixed by the Council of Public Instruction ; tlie county council may
authorize a separate examination if there are two inspectors.
117. Every cotmty council and city school board shall provide for the expenses of the
examiners, as enacted by section 61 (4, 5), including their remuneration, and
that of the secretary.
UB. The board of examiners shall— (1) examine and certificate teachers according to
teachera in
tta and mo-
nized town-
sites, under
iholars from
a township
ir hands, or
Ihief Super-
squired,
lool moneys.
3opie3 of his
al report, in
J ; the num-
-16 ; particxi-
nch sex each
iditure ; the
ion of school-
ng, sex, reli-
!8, and other
ments in the
le apportion-
jectors differ
subsections
in cities at-
ichool board
monitors,
his corres-
lief Superin-
the exami-
iro or more
I ; no board
at a time
;)uncil may
ises of the
[ration, and
tcording to
DIGEST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL ACT.
23
the authorized instructions, but certificates must have an inspector's signature ;
(2) dispose of cases of suspended certificates.
J19. No certificate shall be given to others than Her Majesty's subjects, unless the
oath of allegiance has been duly taken.
120. Certificates of the first class shall be awarded by the Council of Public Instruction,
on the report of the central committee ; also of the second class, to duly recom-
mended candidates who may fail for first ; certificates of the first and second
class, by the Chief Siiperintendent, under section 121 ; of the second and third
class, by county and city boards ; certificates of the first and second classes only
shall be permanent and of provincial value.
121. Upon a prescribed examination, special certificates may be issued by the Chief
Superintendent to teachers trained or certificated anywhere in the British
dominions ; such certificates shall show the teachers' standing, and their aptitude
to teach, as proved to the Chief Superintendent,
12<i£. Certificates legally granted before I5th February, 1871, remain in force according
to their terms, and are not renewable without examination.
123. All first-class county board certificates granted before 15th February, 1871 , and
valid on 24th March, 1874, shall be valid in the county or city during good
behaviour ; and every second-class certificate similarly granted and valid, wheu
the holder has completed ten years' service, shall be likewise perpetuated.
IX.— The Visitor.
124. Clergymen, judges, members of the legislature, county councillors and aldemieit
shall be school visitors in the municipalities where they reside ; but not county
magistrates, in cities and towns ; and every clergyman is visitor only in the
township, town or city where he has pastoral charge.
125. Each visitor may visit the schools, attend examinations, examine the pupils and
the state of the school, advise the teacher, pupils and others, according to
regulations provided.
186- A general meeting of visitors may be appointed by two visitors ; and means may
be there devised for effioioiit visitation, promoting libraries, and the ditfusion of
knowledge generally.
X. — The Chief Sfuperhdendeiit.
127.
The Lieutenant-Governor may appoint a Chief Superintendent of Education, to
hold office during pleasure ;
128. Who shall be responsible to the Lieutenant-Governor, and subject to his direc-
tion.
129. The Chief Superintendent shall—
(1.) Apportion annually, before the Ist of May, the legislative grant to the
municipalities, according to population ; but if, in any case, the census
be defective, he shall apportion according to the best evidence in his
p(jwer.
(2.) Certify the apportionment to the Provincial Treasurer ; and notify the
municipal clerks thereof, and i)f the time of payment.
(3.) Direct the county inspector, if expedient, as to the distribution thereof,
according to the time the schools have been duly kept.
(4-5.) See that such moneys are dnly applied, and decide on matters affecting
the same ; have authority to decide matters not settled by the law, and
on appeals from other officers.
(6.) Direct the application, for teachers' salaries, of forfeited balances.
, \ (7.) Deduct from the grant to a municipality a sum equal to a deficiency in
the school tax.
(8-9-10.) Prepare forms and instructions generally ; and send them (with the
Council's regulations) to school boards and inspectors ; also have the
J same printed, together with the Act, and distributed.
(11.) Decide, subject to a final appeal to the Lieutenant-Governor, disputes
between thi trustees of Roman Catholic separate schools and of the
public schools or municipal authorities, if referred to him.
24 . PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
> • (12-13.) Appoint une of the clerks in the department to be his Deputy, and
one or more inspectors to report on any school matter, who shall be duly
' ^ > remunerated ; appoint conductors of county teachers' institutes.
(14.) Provide and recommend plans of school-houses and appendages, and
' ' diffuse educational information.
' (15.) Employ all lawful means to promote school libraries.
(16.) Apportion the grants for libraries and apparatus, «&c.; but an equal
■ ■' amount must be given from local sources.
' ■'■ (17.) Use his best endeavours to provide for and recommend uniform and
authorized text-books.
(18-19-20.) Prepare and lay before the Council general regulations for schools and
libraries ; submit to the Cotincil all books and MSS. placed in his hands,
' for their sanction ; have printed a library and prize book priced catalogue,
of books sanctioned by the Council.
(21.) Have printed each half-year a catalogue of additional sanctioned books.
(22.) Authorize the payment of the half C(jst of books purchased from book-
sellers for schools or municipalities, on the following conditions : the
facts .must be certified ; the proper disposition of the books guaranteed ;
vouchers of the cost, edition and binding shall be given ; he shall pay
only one-half of the price in the catalogue or Jimrnal list.
(23.) Refer to the Council, at his discretion, any mattor into which he desires
their inquiry.
(24.) Lay before the Legislature an account of the moneys received.
(25.) Make an annual report to the Governor on the receipts and expenditui'e
for all the schools, and such other statements and suggestions as he may
deem useful and expedient.
330. The Lieutenant-Governor may authorize the expenditure of sums voted for the
purpose of —
(1.) Purchases for a Canadian library and museum ;
(2.) Supplying the Journal of Ediicatiou to school boards and inspectors ;
(3-4-5.) Supporting libraries, apparatus and prizes ; paying salaries of the
depository clerks ;
(6-7-8.) Encouraging teachers' institutes ; plans and publications for improving
school architecture and practical science ; aiding new and poor school
districts.
331. In order that there may be uniformity of judicial decisions, any county judge may,
in a school case, order delay in entering judgment at the request of either party,
who may apply to the Chief Superintendent to appeal, and after notice of appeal
served, no further proceeding shall be had till the superior court has decided.
12. The Chief Superintendent may, one month after judgment, appeal to either of
the superior courts, by serving notice on the division court clerk.
IBS' The judge appealed from shall thereupon certify to the superior court and the
Chief Superintendent the proceedings, evidence, judgment, aud objections made
thereto. •
134. The matter shall be set down for the next term of the superior court ; and such
court shall give order to the court below ; also costs, in its discretion, which
shall be certified to and form part of the judgment of the court below.
135. The county judge shall thereupon proceed accordingly.
136. Costs awarded against, and incurred by an appellant, shall be paid as part of the
Education Office contingencies.
137. The Chief Superintendent may submit a case on any question under the School
Acts to a judge of a superior court, or, if the judge consent, to one of the
superior courts for an opinion or decision.
138. The Provincial Treasurer shall pay the public school apportionment by the 1st
of July, to the municipal treasurer.
138. Such grant, together with at least an equal sum from local assessment, shall be
^f... called the public school fund of the municipality, and such fund shall be wholly
expended for teachers' salaries. ^
140. No county, city, town or village shaU share in the grant without raising by as-
sessment an equal sum, and the Chief Superintendent shall deduct from the
next year's grant an amount equal to the deficiency in any year.
Deputy, and
thall be duly
itea.
jiidages, and
lit an equal
uniform and
schools and
In his hands,
Bd catalogue,
ioned books.
I from book-
ditions : the
guaranteed ;
he shall pay
ich he desires
ved.
I expenditure
na as he may
voted for the
nspectors ;
laries of the
or improving
poor school
y judge may,
either party,
ice of appeal
as decided,
to either of
)urt and the
lections made
; and such
ktion, which
llow.
part of the
the Schfjol
one of the
\i by the 1 st
Bnt, shall be
111 be wholly
I u •
Ising by as-
pt from the
DIGEST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOI. A(JT.
XI. Tlie General ami Specml Froviaious.
26
141.
142.
143
144.
145
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
'wl public schools shall be free ; the rural trustees and the municipal councils
siiall levy the rate upon the taxable property, to defray the sd.ool expoTises, as
t lie trustees determine. In cities, towns and villages trustees may collect 20
cents per month per pupil, to defray the cost of books, stationery and ccmtin-
.itencies.
No pupil shall be required to join in any devotion or religious study objected to
l>y the parent ; but pupils shall be allowed to receive such religious instructions
as their parents desire, according to any general regulations.
N) school ^officer shall act as a book or map, &c. agent, or receive any compensa-
tion for sales.
X ) foreign books shall be used in the English branches without the express per-
mission of the Council, and the grant shall not be paid to any school using a
disapproved book.
Non-resident scholarH shall be admitted, as provided in sections 26 (20), ^8 (6),
^ 6 (22), 87 (3).
A ratepayer sending his child to be taught in another section shall still be liable
*'j tax in his own section, and such child shall be returned in the attendance of
liis own section ; this does not apply to supporters or pupils of separate schools ;
a person taxed in any section may send his child to the school thereof free.
Inspectors and arbitrators settling school questions shall be paid at the same rate
per diem as county councillors ; and the disputants shall pay all expenses,
iiccording to the award or decision.
All agreements between trustees and teachers are only valid if signed, and with
the corporate seal attached ; they may stipulate to provide board and lodging,
but such agreement must be in conformity to section 24 ; an allowance for
sickness is provided by sections 86 (24), 87 (4).
Every Saturday shall be a holiday ; the summer vacation shall be from 15th
July to 15lh Aiigust inclusive : every teacher shall be paid for the vacations
during and following his term of agreement.
School lands granted previous to 24th July, 1850, are now vested in the trustees,
subject to the same conditions.
Tlie union of the high and public school boards shall be called the Board of Edu-
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
cation for the city, «&c. , of
seven members shall be a quorum, and the
board shall have the power of high and public school trustees ; may supplement
a teacher's pension ; the union may be dissolved at the end of any year, by a
majority at a meeting called for the purpose ; and the property may be applied
as agreed on by the respective boards ; and if they cannot agree within six
months, the local municipal council shall divide the xjroperty ; but if the school
be in a section or ujuncorporated village, the county council shall divide it ;
no such unitms shall be formed after 1st July, 1874.
Municipal corporations may, by by-law, invest moneys set apart for educational
purposes in Dominion or municipal securities, or in first mortgages on farm
land, to the extent of two-thirds of its assessed value.
Or may, by by-law, lend the same to school boards at a rate agreed on, or may
grant such or other general funds in aid of poor schools.
Moneys paid under the Municipal Loan Fund Act (36 V. c. 47) shall be applied
in aid of schools, or for the other purposes therein specified.
If the trustees' collector is unable to collect the tax on any lands assessed, the
trustees shall make a return before the end of the year to the nnniicipal clerk ;
and such clerk shall make a return to the county or city, &c., treasurer, of the
lands and arrears -due, which shall be collected as are ctther arrears ; and the
township, city, «&c., council shall make up the deficiency.
Every child from 7 to 12 years of age shall have the right to be instructed for
four months in the year, and parents who neglect this provision shall be sub-
ject to the penalty ; but no Roman Catholic shall bo required to attend a
public school, or a Protestant a Roman Catholic school.
The public school trustees shall ascertain, by 31st December in every year, the
names, ages and residences of the children, from 7 to 12, not so instructed ;
and notify the parents of their neglect of the law.
26
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
158. If the neglect continue afternotification, the trustees shall tax such parents not
more than one dollar per month for each of such children, or may complain to
a magistrate, and state to him the rames and residences of such parents or
guardians.
XII. The Penal ClanseH,
169. The magistrate may decide thereupon to impose a fine of $5 for the first wilful
ofl'ence, and double for every subsequent oti'ence, to be enforced under section
181 ; but the magistrate may, in his discretion, forego the warrant for im-
prisonment.
160- The magistrate shall investigate whether the offence has been wilful, or caused
by poverty, ill health, or distance from school ; and in such cases shall not
award punishment, but report the facts to the trustees.
161. No municipal councillor shall be personally concerned in the investment under
section 153, e.xcept as therein authorized, or by the Itth section of the Clergy
'■'■ 'Reserves Act, or by any other law ; or will bo personally liable for any loss.
162. Every municipality shall be responsible that the treasurer thereof duly pays and
accounts for moneys.
163. The treasurer and his sureties shall be respoi.sible to the municipality for
moneys, including those under section 138.
164. The treasurer's bonds shall apply to school and other moneys, and in case of
default a like amount may be stopped from grants to the municipality ; or it
may be sued for.
165. And any person aggrieved by such default may recover from the municipality.
166. If a township clerk neglects to provide the maps required by section 60, a penalty
of STO may be recovered for the schools by any ratepayer.
167. Trustees are not liable for acting under a municipal by-law before it is quashed;
and if there be a right of actirm, it shall not be brought until one month after
the by-law, order or resolution has been quashed or repealed, or till one month's
/ notice of intention has been given to the corporation; every such action shall be
against the municipal corporation alone.
168. Trustees of sections are personally liable io\ moneys forfc ted through their
neglect, which shall be collected and applied as the Act dire j • s.
169. All school section moneys shall be paid to the secretary-trearjurer; the trustees
shall exact security from persons entrusted with school property, and deposit
the same with the township council; otherwise they shall be personally respon-
sible.
170. If school funds are lost for want of security, the persons neglecting to exact the
same shall be personally responsible; and the amount may be recovered by the
party entitled, in any court having jurisdiction, or at the suit of the Crown.
171. If any person having school moneys, books or property, refuses to deliver or
account for the same, as directed by a majority of the trustees, or other autho-
rity, he is guilty of a misdemeanor, and punishable under sections 172,173, 174.
172. Upon application to the county judge by a majority of the trustees, or any two
ratepayers, with affidavit duly made, the judge shall order such person to appear,
and the bailift" shall serve the order when required.
173. At the time and place appointed, service having been made, the judge, if satisfied,
shall order the person to deliver or account by a certain day named, and pay
costs.
174. In the event of n(m-compliance, the judge shall order his arrest and imprison-
ment, without bail, till the order has been complied with.
175. And the above proceedings shall not prejudice any other remedy against the
defaulter.
176. Any person elected trustee and refusing to serve shall forfeit $5 ; and if lie lias
not refused, but neglects the duties, shall forfeit $20, to be sued for and reco-
vered by the trustees or two ratepayers.
177. If trustees wilfully neglect to fulfil a contract, they are personally responsible for
such fulfilment.
178. If a trustee refuse to furnish the auditfirs with the informati(m required, he is
guilty of misdemeanor, and punishable by fine or imprisonment ; auditors may
enforce their award under section 32.
parents not
complain to
parents or
first wilful
ider section
ant for im-
I, or caused
38 shall not
ment under
the Clergy
any loss,
ily pays and
icipality for
I in case of
)ality ; or it
licipality.
iO, a penalty
is quashed;
month after
one mouth's
tion shall be
[rough their
;he trustees
and deposit
[ally respon-
;o exact the
|ered bj' the
Crown.
deliver or
Ither autho-
;2, 173, 174.
or any two
to appear,
lif satisfied,
|d, and pay
imprison-
k.gainst the
if lie iiiis
I and reco-
pnsible for
ired, he is
[tors may
DIGEST OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL AC'l.
2T
179. If the trustees neglect to make, by 30th June and 3l8t December, their return of
attendance to the inspectors, the section forfeits its apportionment, and the trus-
tees are responsible personally for the loss.
180. If the trustees neglect to send the annual report to the inspector by Slst January,
they forfeit $5 per week, to be sued for by the inspector.
181. Any trustee or teacher keeping or making a false register or report with intent to
defraud shall forfeit ^20 for eiujh offence. Any one may prosecute, and two wit-
nesses suffice ; and the justice may by warrant levy the iium by distress ; the
penalty shall be paid to the school fund ; or the offender may be punished for
misdemeanor ; any teacher refusing to deliver the school-house key or register
shall be punished under section 92 (G).
182- A refractory and injurious pupil may be dismissed by the trustees and teacher :
if practicable, to an industrial school.
183. No separate school supporter may vote at public school trustee elections.
184- A perscm falsely declaring his right to vote is punishable by the (quarter sessions,
or by a penalty of f5 to $]0, to be sued before a justice by the trustees
185 A returning officer convicted before a county judge of neglect or partiality shall
be fined by the judge from ,^20 to $1()0.
186- A chairman of a meeting neglecting for ten days to send to the inspector a copy
of the proceedings may be fined $5.
187. Any person elected trustee of a section, and neglecting to make the declaration
for two weeks, maybe fined ^ under section 170.
188. If a meeting has not been called for want of proper notice, eveiy trustee, &c. ,
neglecting such duty shall forfeit f 5, to be sued by any resiident inhabitant.
189. Any person wilfully disturbing a school or a school meeting, on conviction before
a justice, on the oath of one witness, may be fined $20, or punished for misde-
meanor.
190. Unless herein otherwise provided, all fines, «&c., may be recovered before a justice
of the peace having jurisdiction ; and if not paid shall be levied by distress, and
paid to the school treasurer ; and in default of distress, the oflfender sh»ll be
imprisoned not more than thirty days unless the fine and costs be sooner paid.
'91.
192.
193.
XIII. The Repealiiuj, Confirminij and Inteqyi'etation Cknu^es.
The Acts 22 Vic, c. 04; 23 Vic, c. 49; 34 Vic, c 33, as to public schools, are re-
pealed, saving as to transactions anterior to the repeal, and all proceedings and
appointments before such repeal ; if the Consolidated Act is not of the same
effect as the repealed Acts, the latter shall govern matters anteri jv, and the
former shall govern matters subsequent to the repeal ; referesnces in former Acts
or doc\unents to the repealed Acts shall, as to subsequent transactions, be held
to be to the Consolidated Act.
Reference in this Act to Municipal Acts shall be held to refer to the Acts in
force at t)ie time being ;
(2.) The word " teacher" includes both aoxes, and " couni;y " or " township '^
shall include unions of municipalities.
Nothing herein authorizing the levying of rates for public school purposes shall
apply to the supporters of Roman Catholic separate schools.
THE PUBLIC SCHOOL flFXiULATIONS, CONDEN.SED.
Tcnnn. — Tliere shall be four terms in each j-o:ir. The winter term shall betfin the feventh of Jnnvnnj, and
enA W\G Tiiegdayiiext befori> Eatter ; the sprinj? tenn shall be^in the W edne»d ay after Eatter, ami close the
fourteenth day of July; the summer terra shall be^in the sixteenth daii of Autjnit, and end the b'liday next
betorothefit'te'>.nth of October ; the autumn t-erm shall begin tho Monday following the close of the summer
term, and shaU end the twenty-second of December.
Hours.— The exercises shall commence not later than nine o'clock s.m., and shall not exceed six hours in
duration, exclusive of the time allowed at noon for recreation, and of not less than ten minutes during each fore-
noon and each afternoon. Nevertheless, a less number of hours of daily teaching may be determined upon in
any public school, at the option of the trustees.
Holidays. -'the schools shall be taught on all week days during the term except Saturdays, the anniversary
of the birth of the Sovereign, Dominion Day, any local municii)al holiday, and such day t\a may be appointed by
competent authority, for a public fast or thanksgiving throughout the province.
All agreements between trustees, nta.<iterH and teachers, shall be subject to the foregoing regulations.
:28
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
( W^tU^xom anil parul iuieitrudton.
Av Christianity i.i ruc<>^r„jg(j(i i,y common cotiHciit thmuichuut tliU Province aa an essential element of educa-
tion, it ()ut;lit to pervade all the reKt'lution.s for elementary instruction.
WitVi a view to secure the Divlnu l)los8iii)f, and to improHH upon the pupils the importance of religious duties,
and their entire dei)end8nco cm their Maker, the Council of Public Instruction reooiniiionds that the daily exer-
cises of each public school be oimned and closed by reading a portion of Scripture, and by prayer. The Lord'.s
Prayer alone, or tliB Forms of Prayer provided, may bo used, or any other prayer preferred by the trustees and
master of each school. But the Lord's Piayor shall form part of the ojienin),' exerciso, and the Ton Command-
ments be taught to all the pupils, and he related at. least once a week, but no ])upil should bo compelled to be
present at these exercises aj,'amst the wish of his )>arcnt or guardian, oxpi'es.so(] in tvritiii); to tho master.
The clergy of any persuasion, or their authorized representatives, shall have tho riirht to give religious in-
struction to tho i)upil8 of their own church, in each school-houso, at least once a week, after the hour of four
o'clock iu tho afternoon ; and if tho clergy of more than one persuasion apply to give such instruction in the same
school-houso, the trustees shall decide on what day of the week the school-house shall be at the disposal of the
clergyman of each porsuasio'i at tho time above stated. But it shall be lawful for the trustees and clergyman of
any denomination to ajgree upon any hour of the day at which a clergymivn, or his authorized representative, may
give religious instniction t . tliu pupils of his own church, provided It be not during tho regular hours of the
school.
The Inspectors. . i
Certificates of eligibility for appointment to tho otBcc of ins|)octor shall hereafter be granted only to teachers
who have obtained, in- who shall olrtain, first-class certiflcatos of tho highest grade.
Each county inspector shall devote tho whole of his time during the ordinary office hours to tho duties of his
office, except duriilg the vacations.
The city and town inspectors shall jwrform 8\ich duties as devolve upon them by the law and regulations,
with such additional duties as may be recjuired of them by the school boards. They shall visit the schools as often
as directed by the board, and, in their visitations, shall be governed by tho regulations (so far as they ap\)ly to
city or town sthools). They shall also keep one or more office hours each day, as fixed by the truBtees, of which
public notice shall he givon.
The county ins|)ector shall vj.sit ovory public and separate school under his jurisdiction at least once during
each half-year. He shall devote, on an average, half a day to the examination of the cla.sses, and record the
results in a book. He sliall also make en(|uiry into all matters affecting the condition and operations of the school,
the results of which he shall record in a book, and transmit it, or a copy thereof, annually, on completing his
second inspeotion, to the Department ; he shall not give previous notice of his visit. Tho subjects of examination
and inquiry shall be as follows :—
The tenure of the proj)erty ; the materials, dimensions and plan of the building ; its condition ; play -ground ;
gymnastic ap|)aratns ; if the premises are fenced or ojion ; if trees, shrubs or flowers are planted.
The inspector is especially directed to see whethcir tlie law and regulations have been complied witli in regard
to the following matters (sliould he discover remissness, he sliould at once call the attention of the trtistees to
it, before withholding tlie school f\uid, with a view to its remedy before his next visit) ; —
(o) As to the size of the school .section, (b) the school accommodation, (c) and wliother the required spaue of
nine s(|uare foot on the fljor, and the average .s):)aco of one hundred cubic feet of air for each child have been
allowed in the construction of the school-house ana its class rooms ; also, a proper well and necessary, conve-
niences for both sexes.
He shall see whether the authorized text books are used ; the state of discipline, the methods of Instruction,
the attainments of the jiupils, and the general condition of the school must also be examined.
The authority of an insjiector in a school Is supreme : and he .shall examine the cla.sse- and pujiils, and direct
the masters or teachers to examine them, or to proceed with the usual exercises of the school, as he may think
proper, in order that he may judge of the mode of teaching, management and discipline in the school, as well as
of the progress and attainments of the pui)ils.
In his intercourse with masters and teachers, and during his visits to their schools, the inspector should treat
them with kindness and respect, counselling them privately on whatever he may deem defective in their manner
and teaching.
The inspector should see that the provisions of the School Act, in regard to the right of every child to attend
.some .school, are not allowed to remain a deatl letter; but ho should, when necessary, frequently call attention to
the subject, and examine the i^chool census.
When an insiMJctor finds it necessary to suspend tho certificate of a teacher, he should not do so on the mere
report of ini|)roper conduct or incompetency, but he sliould give tlie teacher due notice of the charge, and afford
a full opportunity for defence ; and lie should also examine carefully into the alleged facts, and, if necessary,
visit the school and assure himself personally of their truth before proceeding to suspension.
fNoTR.— Officers required by law to exercise their judgment are not answerable for mistakes in law, or mere
errors of judgment, without any fraud or malice.J
The insjiector shall act as chairman of the ht)ard of examiners, and shall notify the Department, at least two
weeks before the examination, of tho number of copies of examination papers required.
The law requires county inspectors to decide upon complaints which may be made in regard to proceedings
at school meetings, and not to dismiss the complaint or refuse to entertain it. If the proceedings he set a.side, a
reasonable time should be allowed to permit the parties concerned to a])i)eal, before calling another meeting, or
otherwise carrying out the decision of tho inspector. The decision should be given as soon as possible, but not
necessarily within tho twenty days. A reasonable time may be taken by the inspector to inveitigate the com-
plaint and to apply to the Chief Superintendent for advice.
The inspector should prom|)tly adjudicate upon all cases su'imitted to him, after hearing both sides, and give
such counsel and advice (In harmony with the law and regulations) aa shall, in his Judgment, beat promote the
interests of the schools, and prevent disputes and litigation.
The Examiners.
All head masters and ex-head masters of high schools, and those graduates in arts who have proceeded regu-
larly to their degrees in any university in the British Dominions, and have taught in a college or school not less
than three years ; all candidates for degrees in arts in the universities of the United Kingdom, who, previously
moiit of eduuo-
!li|{iouM duties,
the daily exer-
r. Tiie Lord's
le trustees and
I'en C«mmand-
ompcUed tu be
I aster.
e reliifious iii-
3 hour of four
in in the same
disposal of the
I clergyman of
seiitativc, may
ir hours of the
nly to teachers
le duties of his
id regulations,
ichools as often
I they api)ly to
itees, of which
it once during
ind record the
s of the school,
completing hin
>f examination
; play-ground ;
with in regard
he trustees to
uired space of
lild have been
ossary conve-
f instruction,
lis, and direct
he may thinlv
ol, as well as
should treat
ihcir manner
ild to attend
attention to
PUBLIC SCHOOL REGULATIONS, CONDENSED.
/
29^
on the mere
and afford
necessary.
:aw, or mere
at least two
proceedings
set aside, a
meeting, or
lie, but not
the com-
es, and give
romote the
ded regu-
bol not less
previously
to the year 1864, possessed nil the statutohlc requisites of their resjioctivo universities (or adniission to such
degrees, and have taught in a college or school not less than three yuani ; ai.d all teachers of cunininn or public
schools who have obtauied flrst-class provincial certificates of quallncation, nr who may obtain such certificates
under the provisions of the present law, shall be considered uh legally (|ualiflod to be apiHdntcd nicmliers of a
county or city board of oxaniincrs, without further examination, on llicir otUaining from the Itepav iii?nt, for the
satisfaction of the county cotmcil or city board, a certificate of their having complied with this rei;iilation, and
being eligible under its provisions.
The presiding insjiector shall convene the examiners, for the purix>so of determining on all matters relative
to the examinations, and lie shall preside, or, in his absence, any other ins))ector present shall preside, or should
no inspector be present, the examiners may el»;ct their temporary chairman.
Each examiner, l)y bis a 'cejitance of olilcc, binds himself in honour to give no information to (jaiuiidates,
directly or indirectly, by which the approaching examination of that candidate might be affected.
The board of examiners shall Investigate ulT coses of ap|ieal to it, against the act of the ins])ector In suM|>end-
ing a teacher's second or thlrd-cla.<<s certificate, and shall traniudt to the Chief Su|)erintendent, through the in-
sixictor, its report, together with the evidence. In the case of second-class certificates, and the Chief 8u|)erintciul-
ont shall either conflrin or annul such suspension of a second-elasN certificate, but the acticn of the examiners ,
shall be final with respect to third-class certificates.
The Annual Examination for Cartifleateg.
The examination of candidates for second and third-class certificates shall be held in each county town, on a
day to be fixed by the Chief Superintendent, in the month of July in each year, and shall continue for not more
than six hours each for five days. It shall be held in such building as may be appointeil by the Inspector, who
shall give at least three weeks' iniblic notice thereof. The examination of candid'.itcs for first-class certificates
shall be held at the same pkce on the Tuesday next after the clo.se of the other exatninution ; but all candidates
for first-class certificates, who do not already pos,^os8 >eci)nd-clai>s provincial certificate.-*, shall l)0 required to pre-
viously pas-i the examination for such stHiond-cliuss ccrti.''fato.
Kvery candidate who proposes to present himself shall send in to the presiding insj)ecJor, at least throe
weeks l)efore the day appointed for the examination, a notice stating tlio class for which he is acandidate, and the
description of certificate ho possesses, if any, accompanied by the testimonial required.
The ins])ector shall be chairman of the examiners, and shall receive and bo responsible for the safe keeping,
unopened, of the examination i)ap<!rs until the day of the cxitiidnatlon. He shall .see that the answers received
from candidates for second ami third-class certificates, and all reports thereon, as approved by the board, together
-.\ith the list of certificates iss.ied by it, are also, as .soon as possible, transmitted by express prepaid to the
Department.
The in8|)ector, at 9 o'clock on the morning of the first day, in the presence of such of his colleagues as m.iy
be there, and of the candidates, shall break the seal of the package of paftcrs r<.'ceived for that examination, from
the Department. He shall also break the seal of each additional packet of papers as reiiiiired. In the presence
of a co-exammer and of the candidates. He shall see that at least one examiner Is ))resent during the examina-
tion, in each room. He shall, if desirable, appoint one or more of his co-examiners (1) to preside in any of the
subjects ; (2) to report upon the answers ; hut under no circumstances shall a certificate be awarded to any can-
didate until the report on his answers, together with his certificates of character, service, iStc, shall have been
approved by a mojority of the board, the Tnsi>cctor being present.
The board shall subject the candidates to viva voce examination in reading. They may also obtain special
examiners in music and drawing, in case the board are not familiar with these subjects. The report of the ex-
aminers on these subjects shall ne in writing, addressed to the ins()cctor. The payment for such .services shall be
certified by the inspector, to the county treasurer or secretary of the city public school Imard, under the
authority of the School Act, section 117.
Any teacher who may have been examined shall have the right to appeal to the Chief Su)>crintendent against
the decision of local exnminers or of a public or high .school inspector. Every such ap|)eal shall be in writing,
within two weeks from the time the decision of the local board or inspector is known to the appellant, and not
later than one month after the decision was communicated to the teacher or board concerned. A copy of the
appeal, with full particulars of objections, shall bo sent by the appellant to the board or presiding inspector. No
appeal shall be entertained which is not made in accordance with the.se regulations.
The examination, except in reading, shall be conducted wholly on paper. A written examination in the
principles of linear drawing and vocal music will be required of all candidates. The further s|>ecial examination
\n linear drawing, on the blackboard, and practice of vocal music, is at the discretion of each board.
The presiding inspector shall furnish to the Chief Superintendent ftdl returns and information on all matters
relating to the results of the examinations, and any points on which a majority of the examiners do not agree
shall be referre<l to the Chief Superintendent for decision.
In examining the onswers of candidates, two examiners at least should look over and rejwrt on each paper.
The central committee will assign numerical values to each question. The local examiners will give marks
in correspondence with the number assigned to the <piestion and the coin|iletenes» of the answer.
In order that a candidate may obtain a secon(l-cia.ss certificate, the sum of his marks must amount, for grade
A, to at least two-thirds, and for grade B to one-lialf of the marks for arithmetic and for' grammar, each, and of
the aggregate value of all the papers ; in both ca,«es great Importance should be attached to hci urate spelling.
To obtain a third-class certificate, the marks must be not less than one-half of tlie aggregate value of all the
papers for that rank. A candidate for a second-class certificate, who fails lo obtain it, may be awarded a third-
cla-ss certificate, i)rovided such candidate obtains an ecpiivalent to fully one-half the value of all the |)apers for a
tliird-cla.s.1.
In the event of a candidate copying from another, (jr allowing another to copv, or taking into the room any
books, notes or anything from which he might derive assistance, his name shall be struck off the list.
t \ ' . Vonditiowi required of Candidates for Certificates,
To be eligible for examination for a Tliird-closs certificate, the candidate, if a female, must bo sixteen years of
age ; if a male, must be eighteen ; and must furnish proof of good character.
Candidates for Second-class certificates must furnish proof of good character, and of having successfully
taught in a school three years, except in the special ca.ses hereinafter provided. Tlie candidate must also have
previously obtained either a third-class certificate under the present system of examiiiationg, or a first or second-
class certificate under : he former system.
A candidate for a Fir.st class certificate must furnish proof of good character, and of having successfully taught
in a school five years, or two years, if during that period he has held a second-cla.s& certificate, granted under •
these regulatifins, and all candidates for flrst-cla.ss certificates, who do not already possess second-class provfncial
certificates, shall Ije required to previously i)a."»s for such certificate.
no
PUOVINCK OF ONTAIUO.
With teaohera In F'rencli or Oornian xottloinoiitH, the French ur Oerman Krainniar inav bo Hubstitutod (or thu
En(rliBii Hfrainmar, and tho certificates liinltud acmtrdiiijfly. Tlie county councilit within wtioiic Jurisdiction there
are such Hettlomenti, arc authorized to appoint one or more itenonH to examine candidates in French or Uerman.
Attendance at a normal Hchool (or Ontario, with the practice in tho model hcIiooIs, and pasxinK the examina-
tion (or a flrHt-clusH certiflcatc, xhall be equivalent to teachin); Ave yearx. So alwj attendance and poftsing (or a
second-4;laiM, shall be equivalent to teaching three years. But thoxe' studonts only shall be eli|{ib1e to compete
(or provincial ccrtifleates who ahall have HuecosAdilly jmssed a terminal oxamiuation, and received a normal
.hchool oertiflcatt; to that cftect.
Valve and Duration of Certificaten.
V\rHi and Second-claHs cortlflcates are valid during good behaviour, and throughout the Province. A flrst-
claNH certiflcatu renders the holder eligible (or the otHce o( exanunor ; one o( the hiL'heNt grade renders tho holder
eligible (or tho otllce o( inspector. Certificates o( eligibility are to bo obtained at the office.
Tliird-class certificates are valid only in the county where given or endorsed, and (or three years only, and not
renewable, except on tho rocommendatlon o( the inspector ; but a teacher holding a third-class may be eligible in
less than three years (or examination (or a second-class, on the recommendation o( his insiwctor.
Third-class cortlflcates shall only bo endorsed by an inspector having jurisdiction, at the request in writing o(
a school corporation, and on condition that the holder present a certiflcato o( good character, signed by a clergy-
man, within a month o( tho date o( ap]>lication.
A third-class certificate siiall bo endorsed but once by tho same inspector, and in no case by more than two
inspectors, nor shall it bo endorsed in a county in which the holder had previously hold one o( the same grade.
■ ' . CertifieateH of Monitor Band AgnittanUi.
At the request in writing o( any school corporation, an inspoctur may admit to examination any candidate
(or tho position o( monitor or assistant in such school, on thn (ollowing conditions : —
(a) The candidate shall present a certificate o( good character, signed by aclergjinan.
\b) The subjects o( examination (or monitor shall be reading, writing, 8|>eUing, and elementary grammnr,
geography, and arithmetic.
(c) The subjects (or the position o( assistant shall bo those (or third-class certificates. A competent know-
ledge o( these subjects shall bo required.
(rf) No candidate shall be admitted (or a monitor's certificate under fl(teen years of age, or (rom a lower
class than tho (ourth, or (or a certificate its an assLstant under sixteen years o( age, or (rum a lower class than
tlie fifth.
No certificate sliuU be given (or longer than a year, and may bo specially renewed (or twelve months, but
shall not be granted a third time without re-examination.
A certificate may lie suspended or cancelled at the discretion o( an ins{>ector.
All certificates granted, suspended or cancelled, and all other in(ormation desired, shall be duly reported by
the inspectors to the Chle( Superintendent.
Subjects qf the Examinat long for Third, Second and First-class Certificates.
Tlie minimum is stated. The boards may, in their discretion, increase the stringency o( these examinations,
but they should give due notice of their intention to require more than tho legal minimum. Candidates should
consult the recently authorized books, as well as those named here.
Candidates tor Third-class certificates must at lea.st bo able to read any jMSisage (rom tho authorized reading
boolis intelligently, expressively, ansl with correct pronunciation, and to write correctly any passage dictated (rom
the reading boolts; know the prefixes and affixes (authorized spelling book) ; be well acquainted with tho elements
of Knglish grammar, and bo able to analyze and parse, with application of the rules o( syntax, any ordinary
prose sentence ; be able to write an ordinary business letter correctly, and to write legibly and neatly ; know the
definitions (Loveira General Geography), and have a good general idea of physical and political geography, as
exhibited on tho maps of Canada, America generally, and Europe ; have a knowledge o( the outlines o( ancienc
aiid modern history (Collier), including the introductory jiart of the history o{ Canada, pp. 5-33 (Hodglns) ; be
thoroughly acquainted with the arithmetical tables, notation and numeration, simple and compound rules,
greatest common measure and least common multiple, vulgar and decmial (ractions and proportion, and know
generally the reasons o( the processes ; be able to solve problems in said rules with accuracy and neatness; be
able to work, with rapidity and accuracy, simple problems in mental arithmetic ; lie able to solve ordinary ques-
tions in simple interest ; have a knowledge of school organization and the classification o( pupils, and the lawand
regulations relating to teachers.
Candidates (or Second-class certificates must at least lie able to read intelligently and expressively a passage
selected, and be able to write correctly a ))assage dictated (rom any Engli.sh author; know the prefixes, affixes,
and principal Latin and Greek roots ; lie able to analyze otymologieally the words of the reading books (auth- .
orized siielling book) ; bo thoroughly acquainted with the definitions and grammatical (orms and rules of syntax,
Biid l>e able to analyze and parse, witli a])plication of said rules, any sentence in prose or verse (authorized text-
liool;s) ; be familiar with the (onus o( letter wi'iting, and bo able to write a prose composition on any simple sub-
ject correctly as to expression, spelling and punctuation ; be able to write legibly and neatly a good running
hand; have a fair knowledge of physical and mathematical geography ; know the boundaries o{ the continents ;
reliitive positions and capitals o( the countries o( the world, and the positions, &c., of the chie( islands, cajies,
iiays seas, gulfs, lakes, straits, mountains, rivers and river-Blopes ; know the forms o( goveniment, the re-
ligions and' the natural products and manufactures o( the principal countries o( the world (Lovell's General Oeo-
«, ography) ; have a good knowledge o( general, English and Canadian history (Collier and Hodglns) ; be (aniiliar
'■' ' „.jt,h the general principles o( the science of education ; have a thorough knowledge of the approved modes of
teaching reading, 8i)elling, writing, arithmetic, grammar, composition, geography, hlstor.v', and object lessons ;
l)e well acquainted with the different methods o( school organization and management — Including school build-
ings and arrangements, cla.sslficatioii o( pupils, (ormatlon o( time and limit tables, modes of discipline, &c., &c. ;
give evidence o( practical skill in teaching; have a knowledge of the law and regulations relating to trustees and
teochers ; know the principles o{ vocal music ; understand the principles o( linear drawing ; understand book-
keeping by single and double entry ; bo thoroughly (amiliar with the authorized arithmetic, and be able to work
problems in the various rules ; show readiness and accuracy in mental arithmetic ; be (amlllar with the prin-
cipal rules (or mensuration o( 8ur(aces ; be well acquainted with algebra as (ar as the end o( section 153, page
120 (Sangster) ; Euclid — Books I. II. with problems ((or (emalc teachers ^oiily the first book o( Euclid is re-
quired) ; to be acquainted with the properties o( matter and with statics, hydrostatics and pneumatics, as set
forth ia pages l-100,(Sangster'8 Natural PhiloBophy,part 1) ; to understand the elements o( chemistry, as taught in
PUBLIC SCHOOL RECJULATIONH, CONDKNSED.
81
utod for thu
lotion there
or Uorinan.
lie exatnina-
paHsIng (or a
> to coin|>ol<:
3d a normal
ice. A flr.tt-
8 the holder
jnly, and not
be eligible In
In writing of
I by a clergy-
)ro than two
ame grade.
iny candidate
iry granininr,
petent know-
froni a low er
kver class than
) months, but
ly reported by
DxaniinationH,
lidatcs sliouUl
)rized reading
dictated from
the elements
any ordinary
ly ; know the
feography, as
les of ancienc
Hodgins); be
ipound rules,
•n, and know
neatness) ; be
rdinary ques-
d the law and
ely a pa.ssagc
fixes, affixes,
books (auth- .
es of syntax,
liorlKed text-
' simple sub-
ood running
continents ;
ands, cajjes,
ent, the re-
leneral Gto-
be familiar
[d modes of
ieet lessons ;
ichool build -
[le, &c.. &c.;
trustees and
;and book-
ible to work
;h the prin-
in 153, pai^e
luclid is re-
^tics, as set
as taught in
the first |iart of Firit IxiSHons in Agrloulturo, imgox 9-70 ; to l>e familiar with the stniotiire of plants, etc., and
the uses of the several imrts (First l^snonH) ; -Cutter's First Hook on Anatomy, Physiology and Hygi'.'ne.
Additional for second-class teachers who desire Hpccial certiflcatos for teaching Agriculture - Oeneral view of
animal kingdom -characters of ;>rinei|nl cla.<iHeN, orders and genera- (Uosse's Zoology for schools, or Wood's Na-
ural History) -vegetable physiology and anatomy - systematic Ixjtany- flowering plants of Canada— (Oray's How
Plants Orow) ; -proximate and ultimate constituents of plants and soils— mechanical and chemical modes of im-
proving soils- rotation of crops— agricultural and lomostic economy, Ac, (Dr. Kyersim's First Lessons in Agri-
culture).
Kvqiiirements for First-clang certificates:— Reading, writing, s)>olling and etymology, book-keeping and c<>m-
po.sition as for second-class.
Grammar; to be thoroughly acquainted with the subject, as contained in the authorized l)Ooks.
Literature ; to have a general acquaintance with the history of English literature (Notice of the s)>ecial
authors will Imj givciii annually.) 'The committeo have selected for 1H7(I a part of the works of fimr emi-
nent authors, each of whom represents a difTerent i>criod in the literary history of England, and they purpose
examining candidates for flrst-class certificates on these selections, as well as on the lives of the authors, and on
the literarv history of the period in which each author lived, with the causes to which the 8evet«l periods owed
their ixiculiar literary character. The following are the works selected ;—
I. The Trageily of Macbeth— .SfcrtA-en/w-nrc.
II. II Pensoroso — Milton.
HI. Ton Ks-says from the Spectator— y4fWMy)i,
No. 18. History of the Italian Ofieia.
No. ai. Divinity-, Law and Phvsic, overburdened with Practitioners.
No. «J3. On Friendship.
No. 69. The Royal ExehaiiKe— UencHt of extensive Commerce.
No. 81. Female Party-Spirit discovered by Patches.
A Sunday in the Country— Sir Roger at Church.
The Vision of Mirza.
Various ways of Managing a Delwte.
(V.
(vi.
(vil.)
(vlll.
(ix.)
(«•)
No. 112.
No. 169.
No. 239.
No. 281.
No. 287.
Dissection of a Coquette's Heart.
On the Civil Constitution of Great Britain.
IV. The Lives of Milton and Addison— /?ami<«i Johnxon.
Geography ; as for second class, and in addition to jmsncss a siiecial knowledge of the geography of British
America and the United States, including the relative positions of the Provinces and States, with their capitals ;
to understand the structure of the crust of the earth ; use of the globes (Lovell's General Geography and Keith
on the Globes). History ; general, Knglish and Canadian (Collier and Hodgins).
Education ; as for second-cla-ss teachers, and in addition to possess a good knowledge of the elementary prin-
ciples of mental and moral philoso|>hy ; and to be acquainted with the methods of teaching all the branches of
the public school course ; to lie acipiainted with the law and regulations relating to trustees, teachers, municipal
councils and inspectors.
To know the princi]>les of vocal music ; to evince facility in making jicrsiicctive and outline sketches of
common objects on the blackboard ; arithmetic, as contained in the authorized books- -to be able to solve pro-
blems with accuracy, neatness and (lispatch. To be ready and accurate in solving problems in mental arithmetic ;
to be familiar with rules for mensuration of surface and solids.
Algebra ; as contained in the authorized text book completed.
Euclid ; Books I. 11. 111. IV., definitions of V., and book VI. with cxerei.seB. For female teachers, the first
hook only of Euclid is retinired. If, however, the candidate desires a certificate of eligibility is an examiner, the
same examination must be passed in Euclid lus is reciuired of male teachers.
Natural Philosophy ; as for second-class teachers : and in addition, to lie acquainted with dynamics, liydro-
dviiamics and acoustics, pp. I0f*-lfi7 Sangster's Natural Philosophy, Part 1 ; to have a good general acquaintance
with the subjects of light, lieat and electricity.
Chemistry; as f"; seeond-clatis ; and to be familiar with the definitions, nomenchit ure, laws of ehem-
iail combination, and to ))ossess a general knowledge of the chemistry of the metalloids and metals (Rosooe).
Physiol(/gy ; as for second class. General view of animal kingdom ; characters of principal clas-ses, orders and
genera (Gosse's Zoology for Schools or Wocxl's Natural History); vegetable iihysiology and anatomy ; systematic
Iiotany ; flowering plants of Canada (Gray's How Plants Grow) ; proximate and ultimate constituents of plants
ai:d soils ; mechanical and chemical modes of improving soils ; rotation of crops, &c., &e. (Dr. Ryerson's First
Lessons in Agriculture),
N.B. --The Central Examining Committee require 70 per cent of the whole work for class I. A.; fil per cent,
fcir class I. B. ; and 52 per cent, for I. C.
The following marks are allowed for the subjects of class I ;■• Algebra, geometry and natural i)hilosophy. in
all 675; English grammar, etymology, literature and C'lniposition, 075; history, geography, education and
school-law, Ctl ) ; arithmetic and book-keeping, 350 ; zoology, physiology, botany and agi-iculture, 300 ; chemistry
and physics, 276 ; music and drawing, 150.
Dntien of Teachers.
The master of the school Is to see that the rules are observed, and prescribe the duties of the teachers. He
iiiuy suspend pupils for the following offences :—
Truancy persisted in ; violent opposition to authority ; repetition of any offence after notice ; habitual and
dftcrmined neglect of duty ; the use of profane, obscene, or other improper laii;;uage ; general ba<l conduct and
bad example, to the injury of the school ; defacing or injuring any of the school iir.qierty.
WTien the example of "any pupil is very hurtful, and in all ca-ses where reformation aj>pears hopeless, it shall
lie the duty of the master, with the approbation of the trustees, to exjtel such ijujiil.
He shall exercise the strictest vigilance over the school property under his charge, so tliat it may receive
no injury.
He shall see that the regulations in regard to opening and closing exercises of the day are observed, and that
the Ten Commandments are duly taught to all the pupils and reiieated by them once a week.
No collection shall be taken up, or subscriptions solicited for any purpose, or notice of shows or exhibitions
given in any school, without the consent of the trustees ; nor shall the masters or teachers receive presents
(unless presented to them on leaving the school), nor award, without the permission of the trustees, medals or
other prizes of their own to the pupils.
Ail teachers in cities, towns and villages shall regularly attend the teachers' meetings, under such regulations
as the inspector shall direct ; and they shall strive to systematize and fierfect the modes of discipline and of teaching.
llie inspector may jHirmit a teacher to be absent two of the teaching days In each half-year, for visiting and
observing the methods practised In other .schools.
33
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
1^' .
I
Kach cImn Rhall be open for ptihilc oxaiiilnatlnii imiiI iiiNfwutlDn cliirin)( tho last wook of ovury i|imrter ; and
the tcac:hur Hhall call upon evory pupil in tliu mvIiuoI, nnlu'<H vx(mihi-<I, to rrvluw nr ri'clto In tho uourie of HUch
oxanilnatlon.
All tuauhurN Hhall bu In thoir ruNjwctlvo MuhociU, anil o|i<<n tlioir roonw for pupIN, at luaKt fifteen nilnuto* in
the niorninK, and five niiniitoN in the aftcniooii, huforo the tlino fur )ii'|{inMin){,
TJicy Hliall rocoive courtoouHly the viHitors up|Ntliitu(l by law, and iilfnrd thfitn evory facility,
DutieH f\f Puinli.
I'upils iniiNt I'.ouw to Nchool clean and noat. They inUNt avoid Idlum kn, itrofanlty, falNohond ar.d durolt, (jtiar-
rollliiK and IlKhtinK, cruelty to dunil> 'ininialH ; lie l<iiid and uourtuouH loeacli other, ol)vdiunt to their InstructorH,
dlll|;ent in their NtudioN, and uonfunn to thu rulvH of their nuIikoI.
Turdineiw kliall be a violiitlon of the ruleH, and Hhull Mulijoct the delinqnuiitx to (Hinatty, at tho diwiretlon of
the niOHttT.
No pupil Hhaii depart before lite liour for oloHlnif, except in HicltneHi or Nome )>n>M!<in^ unierKency, with tho
teacher'H consent.
A i)iipll ab.sentiu); biniNcIf, except on account of reoMonn NatlHfactory to tho nioster, forfeits hlM NtandinnTi and
hlH rlKlit to altend for Ihe renmlndcr of the ipmrtcr.
Any pupil not appuariuK at tlie hour of coinniciicinK any cIohh which ho may bu attending, wlth"ut a written
excuHe from hU parent or Knunllan, niuy bu denied aduiittiknce for the day, or' half-day, at thu discretion of tho
teacher.
tCvery pupil, once luhuitted and iluiy rcKixtureil, .shall attend at tho connnoncemeiit of each tenn, and oon-
tinuu in punctual attciidaiico uiitjl itN close, or until lie is ru){ularly withdrawn by notice to the teachers ; and no
pupil violathiK llii'i rule sliull bu entitled to continue in such .school, or lie otlinltted to any other, until such
violation Is eertiflcd liy the parents or );uardiaim to have l>een unavoidable, which ghail bo done (>ersuMiilly or In
writing.
I'upils in citieN, towns and vilia;{cs siiail attend any Hchuid designated by the insiMjctor, with the consent of
tho trustees. And the ins|>ect<>r alone, under the same authority, shall have the power to make transfers of
pupils from one Hchool to another.
Any pu]>il absenting himself from exandiiatinn, or any |>ortlon thorool', without permission of tlie master,
shall not thireafter bo admitted to any public scliool except by anthnrlty of the inspector in writing; and the
names of ail such abMontces shall be rcportiid liy the niaster iiunicdiately to tlie trustees ; and this rule shall be
road to the school Just l)cfore the examination days at the close of each quarter.
Pupils shall be responsible to the nianter for any niisconduct on the Hchoul preml.'>os, or in going to or return-
ing from school, except when accompanied by their parents '>r guardians, or some perHon appointed on their
behalf.
No pupil shall be allowed to remain in the school unies.s he is furnished with tho hooks and requisites
required to l)e used l)y him, but in cuse of a pupil lietng in danger of lo.sing the advantages of the school, by
reason of his inability to obtain tlio necessary requisites, through poverty, the trustees have |M)wer to procure
and supply such pupil witli the same.
Any ])ropurty of the scliools that may bu injured by pupils must br made good forthwith by the parents or
guardians, under itenalty of tho suspension of the pupil.
No pupil shall continue in any of tho schools who has not been vaccinated, or who is afflicted with, or has
been exposed to, any contagious disea.so, until all danger of contagion shall have passed away, as certified in
writing by a medical man.
No pupil shall be admitted to any public school who has been expelled from any school, unless by the
written authority of the iiiH|>ector.
Trustees.
The presence and consent of a majority of a school corporation is necessary to constitute a valid act of such
corporation.
Contracts or agreements must be In writing, and sealed, utherwise they are mere private agreements, which
may be enforced against the individuals making them. This rule does not apply to minor orders required, in-
volving a small outlay. In such cases trustees may authorize one to attend to such matters.
School " accommodations " to be "adequate " should Include — (1) a site of an acre in extent, hut in no case
less than halt an acre ; (2) a school-house (with separate rooms where the number of pupils exceeds flfty), the
walls of which shall not be less than ten feet high in the clear, and which shall not contain less than nine square
feet on the floor for each child in the section or division, so as to allow an area In each room, for at least one hun-
dred cubic feet of air for each child— it shall also be sutnciently wanned and ventilated, and the premises properly
drained ; (3) a sufflcient (mling or fence round the premises ; (4) a play ground, or other satisfactory provision for
exercise, within the fences, and off the road ; (6) a well, or other means of procuring water ; (6) proper and
separate otHces for both sexes, at some little distance from the school-house, and suitably enclosed ; (7) necessary
school furniture and ap]>aratus required for the oHieient conduct of tho school.
No school-house or lot (unless so provided for in the deed), or other thing pertaining thereto, shall he used
for any other ])ur|)08e than for the use of the schools, without the express pemiission of the trustees, and then
only lUter school hours, and on condition that all damages be made good, and cleaning, sweeping, &c., promptly
done.
COURSE OF STUDY FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS.
Memorandum on the Progra/mme.
The length of time during which a pupil shall continue in any class must depend upon his progress. The
promotion of a pupil from a lower to a higher class is at the discretion of tho master or mistress of the school, and
if any difference arise on this subject between the master or mistress and the trustees, or any parent, the inspector
must decide ; but no pupil is to be promoted without t)eing thoroughly acquainted with all the subjects taught
in the lower classes. A pupil, on being admitted, must be examineil by the master or mistress, and placed in the
class into which he is qualifled to enter. In all coses the order of mibjects in the programme must be followed,
and the time prescribedlfor teachhig each subject per week must be observed, nor must any subject of the course
be omitted, A class may be divided into two divisions.
When the pupils enrolled in <• ^'ihool amount to more than fifty, the trustees must employ an assistant.
The time allowed fur school-iviom study and recitation for each cla.ss is 28 hours per week.
In the first and second classes, the lessons are designed to occupy half-an-hour at home every evening : in
the third and fourth, from an hour to an hour-and-a-half ; and in the fifth and sixth, from an howr-and-a-halj
to two hours. Parents are expected to «ee that their children attend to their work at home.
gg" Qymna.stlcs, drill, needlework and calisthenics are to be provided for at the discretion of the trustees.
.2
"8
PVBIJC SCHOOI, PROOHAMMR.
33
lurter ; ami
irse of titu'h
lulnulM in
Ici'olt, ((Uivr-
litstnicturH,
llnorotlon of
icy, with the
landing, and
•ut a written
Tftlon of tlio
inn, and con-
lers : and no
ir, until Kuch
rnoiinUy or In
lio conHont of
c transfevH of
f the nmster,
tln^ ; and the
I rule shall be
r to or retum-
Inted on their
ind requisites
he school, by
vet to procure
the parents or
d with, or haa
ah certified in
unles'^ by the
|d act of such
laments, which
reciulred, In-
Ibut in no case
pds fifty), the
nine square
least one nun-
kiises properly
[ provision for
I) proper and
(7) necessary
Ishall he used
B, and then
kc, promptly
Irogfress. The
le school, and
I the Inspector
kjects taught
Iplaced in the
Ibe followed,
^f the course
sistant.
•J
©
■<
-6
V.
[evening: in
r-and-a-half
le trustees.
' '."■".1
34
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
iam«l mA ^tiM f rttoalisi.
:'«■
[■<.' '■■ ,1
The original signification of the word iiormrl. as applied to schools, 'y»« a pattern
or modei. A normal school was an elementary iti8titutt')ii, in which the h, it methods
of instruction and discipline were practisefl, ai.'l ♦^^o which the candidate ov the office
of teacher resorted, for the purpose of leaining by observation the moft approved
modes of conducting the education of youth. Of this class were the schools of Nean-
der, established in Germany, in the year 1570, as also those of the Abbe de Lasalle, at
Rheims, in 1681.
The normal school of the present day includes also the model or pattern school of
earlier times. It thus combines theory with practice, there being model schools, " ex-
perimental schools," or " sch jols for practice, as they are variously called, established
in connection with them, to afford an opportunity for testing practically the modes of
instruction which they inculcate.
The first regularly organized teachers' seminary, or normal school, as at present un-
derstood, was established at Halle, in a part of Hanover, about one hundred and fifty
years ago. A similar institution was opened at Rheims, in France, in 1794, by ordi-
nance of the National Assembly, to furnish professors for colleges and higher semina-
ries. But the first normal school for the training of elementary teachers in France was
organized at Strasbourg in 1810. Now, each department of the republic is obliged,
either alone or in conjunction with other departments, to support one normal school for
the education of its schoolmasters. In 1849 there were ninety -three of these schools
in France, and ten thousand five hundred and forty-five of their graduates were actually
employed in the primary schoob of the empire.
M. Guizot, in a report to the King, in 1 838, on the state of primary education in the
departments constituting the academy of Strasbourg, says : " In all respects the supe-
riority of the popular schools is striking, and the conviction of the people is as general,
that this superiority is mainly due to the existence of the normal school. "
Prussia, in 1867, had fifty-seven normal schools, and one central institute /or trainiiig
masters of iiormal schools.
Normal schools were first established in FiUgland about the year 1805. There are
over forty training colleges under inspection in England and Wales ; viz., seventeen
for masters, twenty-two for mistresses, and one for both. These had 2,975 resident
students in 1 874.
Saxony had nine normal schools in 1848. with 362 pupil teachers, producing enough
trained teachers to supply all vacancies. The prescribed course occupies/ottr years, and
must be passed in order to obtain the teacher's certificate. The royal seminary at Dres-
den, established in 1785, had as early as 1842 given its certificate to 655 teachers, and
Mr. Kay, himself a graduate of Oxford, pronounced that the course of study was more
liberal than nine-tenths of the undergraduates of either Oxford or Cambridge receive.
In 1842 there was one thoroughly educated and trained teacher for every 588 inhabi-
tants, and the teacher enjoys an excellent social position. Hesse Cassel, with 760,000
inhabitants, had three seminaries for teachers. Nassau, with 420,000, supported one,
the cou:/:^*» of which comprised four years' study, and one year in the principles and the
art of teaching. Hanover, with 1,790,000, supports seven, with a three years' course of
study. There are ten in Bavaria, with 700 pupils. The oldest is Bambcry, founded
in 1777 as a model school of the old type. In many of the German normal schools
vocal and instrumental music is cultivated to the highest degree.
The normal schools of the United States comprehend, firstly, the model, or pattern
school of earlier times ; secondly, the professional characteristics of the European
establishments of the present day, as far as circumstances will allow ; and thirdly, the
academical features of the ordinary school.
The first normal school in the United .States was opened at Lexington in 1839. A
second was opened at Barre in September of the same year. There are now six in
Massachusetts.
NORMAL AND MODEL SCHOOLS.
35
K % pattern
it methods
[■ the office
t approved
Is of Nean-
I Lasalle, at
ni school of
hools, *' ex-
established
he modes of
present un-
•ed and fifty
94, by ordi-
jher semina-
i France was
Lc is obliged,
lal school for
,hese schools
(fere actually
Lcation in the
jts the supe-
Ls as general,
dfor trainiwj
There are
seventeen
l976 resident
icing enough
Itr years, and
lary at Dres-
eachers, and
Ay was more
Idge receive.
588 inhabi-
ivith 750,000
i)ported one,
[pies and the
|rs' course of
^, founded
lal schools
L or pattern
European
[thirdly, the
IIP 1839. A
now six in
New York established a normal school in May, 1844. It has now eight.
The state normal school of Michigan was established by an Act of the Legislature iu
1849, and opened in March, 1853.
Illinois has five, and Pennsylvania six normal schools.
The Provinces of Quebec, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick have efficient normal
schools, and, in the latter, all new aspirants for certificates, except graduates, are
required to undergo a course of training.
The establishment of a normal school for the training of teachers engaged attention
in Upper Canada in 1836. But no detailed plan by which that object could be accom-
plished was recommended to the Legislature until the presentation, in 1 846, of a Report
on a Sydem of Public Elementary Instruction, by the Chief Superintendent. Practical
effect was immediately given to these recommendations by the passing of a School Law
appropriating 86,000 for furnishing suitable buildings, and an annual grant of $6,000
for the support of the normal school, and placing it under the management of a Board
of Education and the Chief Superintendent.
The Board, on its appointment in July, 1846, applied for permission to occupy
the Government House at Toronto. The application was granted, and the normal
school was opened on the 1st of November, 1847.
The Legislature in 1850 appropriated $60,000 for the purchase of a site and erection
of buildings, and an additional $40,000 in 1852— making in all $100,000. The comer-
stone was laid on the 2nd July, 1861 , by the Earl of Elgin, Governor-General, and the
premises were formally opened on the 24th November, 1852. On the 15th May, 1858,
the normal school was removed int<j the new building on Gerrard Street, and the old
apartments were applied to the purposes of an Educational Museum, and a projected
School of Art and Design.
The institution consists of a normal school and two model schools ; the former, the
school of instruction by lecture ; the latter, by practice. The students in the former
ace teachers-in-training, whose ages vary from 16 or 18 to 30, while the pupils in the
latter are children between the ages of 5 and 18 or 20 years. In the normal school,
the teachers-in-training are instructed in the principles of education and the best
methods of communicating knowledge ; in the model schools they are taught to give
practical effect to those instructions, under the direction of teachers previously trained
in the normal schools.
The schools are situated upon the centre of Victoria Square, which contains seven
acres and a half of ground, and was purchased in August, 1850, from the Hon. Peter
McGill, of Montreal.
A single normal sch ool has long been felt to be entirely inadequate for the supply of
trained teachers for Ontario, and the year 1875 has witnessed the establishment of a
sister institution in the City of Ottawa, under the most favourable auspices.
The new establishment was inaugurated by His Honour the Lieutenant-Governor on
22nd September, in the presence of members of the Provincial Government, the Chief
Superintendent, and many other friends of education. The building is handsome,
convenient and well equipped. The same curriculum of instruction is prescribed as in
Toronto, and its efficient staff' will no doubt succeed in achieving the same high reputa-
tion for their school, which has been long enjoyed by the older foundation.
General Regulations and Course of Study.
(These regulations) were prepared for the Toronto Nonnal School, and the Council of Public Instruction have
ordered that they "shall apply to the school at Ottawa, under such instructions as the Cliief Superintendent may
nnd it necessary, from time to time, to gWe." The paraeraphs respecting the Model School do not as yet apply tu
the Ottawa Institution, no Model School being yet established.)
I. The sole object of these schools is to prepare students for the profession of teaching ; and to this end
students have, in addition to the lectures, the advantage of practice in the Model School, under the direct super-
vision of the principal and masters of the Normal School, and the teachers of the various divisions.
II. In future there shall be but one session annually.
The session shall commence on 15th September, and close on ISth July, with vacation from the third Wednes-
day in December tu the second Tuesday in January ; and from the Wednesday before to the Tuesday after Easter
inclusive.
(If the day of opening fall on Sunday, the session shall begin on Monday.)
III. The school shall consist of two divisions. The work of the second division shall be entirely with a view
to second-class certificates, while the flrat division shall be prepared fur first-class certlflcate.<«.
I
36
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
I 1
I
i
1. The second division shall be divided into two sections. The Junior section shall uoinpiiso students who,
having passed the entrance examination, are preparing for second-class certificates, ^nute B. I'he senior section
shall comprise, (1) students who are preparinjf for second-class certiticates, grade^A , having already passed through
the junior section and obtainnd grade B certificates ; (2) those who have obtained grade B. granted by '-junty
boards, and passed a special examination in a<'ithmetio, algebra, and natural philosophy within certain limits ;
(3) lastly, those who have pH^sed the entire _;, trance examination for this Acction.
2. The first division shall contain (1) th o students who have (lassed through the second division, and obtained
second-class certificates, grade A ; and (2) thi)8c who hold second-claus grade A certificates granted by county boards,
provided they can pass an exaniinat'on (within specified limits) in natural philusophy, algebra and Euclid.
IV. Applicants for admission to the Normal School, if females, must be seventeen years of age; if males,
eighteen years.
V. Applications for admission, accompanied witli certificate of moral character, dated within three months o£.
its presentation, signed by a clergyman or member of the religious persuasion with which the applicant is con-
nected, must be made on the 15th day of ijepteinber of each year. No iipplication shall be received, if niade
after the 16th September ; but if the 16th September falls on Sunday, applications shall be rtueived on the Kit
and 17th.
VI. Candidates must pass the prescribed entrance examination, sign a declaration of their inteiitii<n to devote
themselves to the profession of .schi.ol-teaching, and state that their object in coming to the Normal School is to
qualify themselves better for the important duties of that profes-sion,
VII. There shall he examinations in the different subjects of .study at stated intervals during the session,
and any student failing at these examinations may be placed in a lower section or division.
VIII. Immediately before the close of the session there shall be a special examination of those students who
have failed at previous examinations, or have lost, through illness or otherwise, any particular examination.
IX. The Principal may, after consultation with his colleagues, remove from the roll the name of any student
who shows by general demeanour, by lack of .scholarship, or by his record in the Model School, that he has no
aptitude for the profession of a teacher.
X. Ujwn these conditions, candidates shall be admitted to the advantages of the institution without any
charge, either for tuition or the use of the library. (The books which they may be required to use iu the school
are supplied at a reduced rate.) «
XI. The teachers-in-training must lodge and board in the city, in such houses and under such regulations as
may be approvedof by the Council of Public Instruction. (The co:)t of board ranges from $'i to #3 per week.)
XII. It is expected that the students will by their demeanour in tha class-rooms and in the waiting-rooms, as-
well as elsewhere, show that they are alive to the important work that lies before them.
Pkactick in Modkl School,
The classes, detailed for practice in the Model School, visit the school and teach for a definite period under
the direct supervision of the divisional teachers, who are the critics of work done. The leader is responsible for
the distribution among the members of the cla.ss of the lessons that have been assigned by the teachers of the
respective divisions of the Model School. Kach subdivision of the class is a.<signed to a particular division, and
thus each section and each division passes through the liands of the ttacher-in-training. From time to time a
general criticism is made by the I'rincipal hefore the whole school, and a special criticism with the individual
students. These criticisms are quite distinct from those referred to above, which are made at the time of,
or immediately after tlie recitation.
I.- "E.NTKANCK E.XAMINATION FOR SKCOND DIVISION.
The aj)plieaiit must •.~SpeUin<j—Hpe\l correctly ; the written examination papers will bo read with special
regard to spelling. WrUiii(j-~V/r\te legibly and neatly. Etymology— Know the prefl.xes and affixes, and the
more impt)rtant Ureek and Latin root words. (^m("m«r—Ki;')w the elements and be able to parse with appli-
cation of rules any prose sentence ; be aide to analyze any ordinary prose piussage from the headers ; applicants
for senior section will be expected to analyze poetry and discuss (iramiiiatical constructions. Composition— V^rito
an ordinary business letter, or composition on some simple subject ussigned. Geography— Kiww the definitions,
the outlines of the physical geography of America and Kuropn', the outlines of political geography generally
that of Canada, of America, and of Europe more iiarticularly. 11 Mory— Know the onilines of ancient and
modern, and the introductory part of the history of Canada. Aritltmetic—lie acquainted with notation, numer-
ation, simple and compound rules, G.C.M., L.C.M., fractions and proporiion ; applicants for aenior section will
be examined to the end of stocks. ilensuration—(Semov section) be familiar with the mensuration of the
square, lectangle and triangle. Algebra — Be acquainted with the simple rules ; the examination for the senior
section will also include factoring, simple equations, G.C.M. and L.C..M. Natural Philosophy— (h'or senior sec-
tion) the parallelogram of forces, the triangle of forces, resolution of forces, principle of moments and centre
of gravity ; £ucttd- -(For senior section) Hook 1.
II.— Col KSE OK STIUV l.S llNlOR SECTION OF SECO.ND DIVISION.
Reading— In Fifth Book. Spelling— OtA\ and to dictation. Wtiting-Vmler supervision of writing-master.
.^fj/»/M)i(>(;,i/— General. Grannnar— Hook work and analysis of some stiindard poetical work. Composition
Writing official and business letters and general composition. G'«o(/raji/i!/— Mathematical and political. Arith-
metic — To stocks inclusive, together with mental antbmetic Mensuration — Square, rectangle, triangle and
circle. A Uiebra— To simple equations inclusive. Natural I'Mlosophy—'the properties of matter, elements of
statics. P}iysiolot(y—]ionc», muscles, digestion, circulation and respiration. EvcUd— hook I., with d.jductions
Book II. A'd«co(Mi/i- -Attendance at lectures, with practice in Model School. Drawing- IWtmeut? ^y and from
objects. >fi/«i"c— Practice in vocal music. School f^aw—With reference to public school tes :hers. Book-
keeping -By AouUc entry. C/K-wiistrj/ -(1) Non-inetalli(! bodies, viz.: oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogc!., carbon, car-
bonic acid, water, atmosphere, chlorine, suli)hur, pho.sphorus, silicon; (2) combining proportion!, ic. ; (3) com-
bustion, 6C. Botan.iy— Elementary ; Gray's How Plants Grow, part I.
111.— CouRSH OF Study in Sbsior Section of Skcond Division.
Reading— \n Fifth Book. Spelling— M in junior section. n'riling—V nder supervision of writing master.
Etymvlogy--Oener&\. Grammar— Advanced, with special reference to analysis. Compoxitioi —On any prescribed
subject. GcofluapA}/— Political and physii vl Arithmetic— Vrom interest to end of toxt-b ,ok, with practice in
mental arithmetic. MensuratiMi—Oi surfaces, cubes, parallelopipeds and spheres. ^ /giefcro— From simple
equations to surds inclusive. Natural Vhilosophy—HUXXca (reviewed), hydmstatics and p leuniatics. Physiology
—Nervous system, sensory organs. Kt«cZfd— Bot.k II., with n.blems on Books I. and II , Book III. Education
NORMAL AND MODEL S(^HOOLS.
37
I Btudeitta who,
3 senior section
paiweU through
nted by '•junty
certain iimita ;
)n, and obtained
/ euunty boards,
1 Euclid.
[ age ; if males,
three months ol.
Etpplicant is con-
scoivetl, if made
ved on the IM
teiiti<>n to devote
inal School is to
ring the session,
oae students who
taniination.
le of any student
1, that he has no
tion without any
use lu the school
ich regulations as
is per week.)
waiting-rooms, as-
lite period under
is responsible for
le teachers of the
ular division, and
n time to time a
Ith the individual
ie at the time of,
read with special
1 affixes, and the
parse with appli-
eaders ; applicants
■oipoifitioji— Write
)w the definitions,
raphy generally—
>s of ancient and
tiotatioi), numer-
enior section will
iiisuration of the
on for the senior
-(For senior sec-
ments and centre
){ writing-Piaster.
. Composition —
political. Arith-
gle, triangle and
jtter, elements of
I with djductious
|entp.y and from
lte» ihers. Book-
l)gc!i, carl)on, car-
Ins , Ac. ; (8) corn-
writing- master.
|)n any prescribed
with practice In
ta— From simple
Itics. Fhpnology
1 III. Edueation
—Attendance at lectures, with practice in Model School. /)rau)ingr— Advanced, including construction of mapa.
^iMic— Practice in vocal, with Instruction in theory. School Lnic— With reference to public school trustees.
Book-keeping— ^y double entry. CAeminiri/— Junior 'section subjects reviewed and extended ; the more import-
ant metals. Chemical PhytticH—lleat ; sources, effects, liquefaction, latent heat, &c. Natural fljutort/— General
view of animal kingdom ; mammalia. Botany— ^a,me as in junior section.
IV.— Spkciai, 8(JB.rKCT8 FOR Entrancb to First Division.
A Igehra—k thorough examination in this subject as prescribed for course of study in senior section of se-
cond division. Natural Fhllogophy—^ioWca, hydrostatics and pneumatics. £xteUd—)iooV III.
v.— CoiiRSB OF Study in First Division.
/{eadi»i<)r— Sixth Book, prose and verse. Spelling — To dictati"",. lKrt<inp— Under 8U|)ervision of writing-
master, with special reference to the teaching of it. Etyinolngii -Mo-j fully pursued than in second division.
Crffirtmir— Advancoil, with special reference to history ; analysis, flijures and comparative grammar. Compogi-
tion—On prescriijed subjects. English Literature— ^ke^tch of tlie literature of siHJcial eras, witli critical exaiuin
ation of one or more works, pro.se and poetry. &Vo(jrra/j'>i/- -Physical, niatheniutical and astronomical ; outlines
of geology. A'rfMoa/ion— Attendance at lectures, with practice in Jlixlel SchoDl. School Law — With reference to
municipal councils and public school inspectors. /)r«ioi';if/— Por8]jective and outline, in books and on blackboard.
./I rit/lTnetic— Advanced. Algebra — Ouadrstics, inlernieiliate equations, progression, variations, &c., &c. Euclid
— Books IV., VI., with deflniiions of V, nd problems. Trigonometrii — So far as to enable students to solve tri-
angles, and express their area in tenns of their sides. Natural /'/ii7o«op/ij/— Statics and dynamics, treated mathe-
matically, hydrostatics and pneumatics. Chemical Phyxlcs—Hea,*:, liyht and electricity. C/icwiinitri/— General
principles of chemical philosophy ; chemistry of metalltiids ; chemistry applied to agriculture and the arts. Phy-
>tiology—<ieneTa.\ view of the siil)ject. Natural Hixlory — General view of the animal kingdom, character of the
principal orders, clashes and genera. Botany— Systematic botany, a.s given in second |)art of Gray's " How Plants
Grow ; " flowering plants of Canada.
The .schools assemble dail\', e.vcept Sundaj's and Saturdays, for prayers, at 8.46 a.m. Lectures continue
from nine a.m. till noon, and from 1.30 p.m. to 3 or 4 p.m. On Fridays, tlie classes for religious instruction meet
the ministers of the several denominations in the afternoon.
STAFF AT TORONTO
appointbd.
1866 Rev. H. W. Davies, D.D The Principal (and English Master).*
1858 James Oarlyie, M.D Mathematical Master.
1871 Thomas Kirkland, M. A Science Master.
1867 Samuel Clare Writing and Book-keeping Master.
1863 William Armstrong, 0. E Drawing Master.
1858 Henrj' F. Sefton Music Master. , ,'
1853 Henry Goodwin, Lt. -Col Gymnastic Master.
1869 Wm. Scott Master Boys' Model School.
1871 Alexander McPhedran ... First Assistant do
1872 John L. Davison Sec<md do do
1874 Morris J. Fletcher Third do do
1866 Mi-s. Martha CuUen Mistress Girls' Model School.
1873 Miss Annie Adams . . First Assistant do
1872 Miss Mary Carter Second do do
1875 Miss Kate Hagarty Third do do
1875 E. W. D. Butler Clerk.
1855 James Forsyth, Head Gardener and Keeper of Grounds ; (1870) Robert Mc-
Calluni, (1871) Allan Hardwick, (1873) Wm. Anning, Engineers ; (1852)
James Ryan, Janitor, Normal School ; (1848) John Murphy, Janitor,
Boys' Model School ; (1872) Henry Blunt, Janitor, Girls' Model School ;
John Moore, Assistant Gardener.
STAFF AT OTTAWA.
APPOINTEP. ' , ,
1875 John .\. McCt.be Principal (and English Master.)
" William R. Riddell, B. A Mathematical Master.
" John (libson, B.A Science Master.
" Hector McKay Writing and Book-keeping Master.
" William C. Foster Drawing Master.
" W. G. Workman . . . ■ Music Master.
" Edward B. Cope. . Clerk.
" William Brethour, Luke Williams, Engineers ; Richard McCann, Janitor.
N.B. — Model Nchooh are nut yd establisked (it Oiiaiva.
* The fl""t principal of the Normal School was Mr. Thomas Jaffray Robertson, M.A., who was appointed
•July, ls47) on the recommendation of the Commissioners of National Education, Irelatid, under whom he had
served as an ins|)ector. On Mr. Robertson's decease (October, IWitt), Dr. J. H. Sangster was promoted to succeed
him. The Rev. Dr. Davies, who had been second muster from 1806, was appointed on the reKignation of Dr.
S" ngster (July, 1871).
38 PROVINCE OP ONTARIO.
Public School Act, sections 120, 121 ; High School Act, sections 27, 31 (12), 64.
1864 Rev. Professor George Paxton Young,
M. A Chairman.
1B71 James A. McLellan, LL.D.
1873 J. M. Biichar, M.A.
1873 S. Arthur Marling, M.A.
Public School Act, sections 103, 104.
C^lii
NAME.
Donald McDiarmid
Alexander McNaughton . .. .
Rev. Wm. Ferguson, A. M.
Thomas Orton Steele.
Rev. Thomas Garrett...:...
Rev. John May, M.A
Rev. George Blair, M.A. ...
Robert Kinney, M.A
William II. Bigg
Henry Lloyd Slack, M.A...
Rev. E. H. Jenkyns, M.A..
John Agnew, M.D
Frederick Burrows
William Mackintosh
John Johnston
Gilbert D. Piatt, B.A
Edward Scarlett ■ Northumberland, and To^vn of Cobourg
COUNTY, CITY OR TOWN.
Glengarry
Stormont
iJundas
Prescott
Russell
Carleton
Grenville and Town of Prescott
Leeds, No. 2
do. No. 1, and Town of Brockville.
Lanark and Town of Perth
Renfrew
Frontenac
Lennox & Addington and Town of
Napanee
Hastings, North
do. South, and Town of Belleville
Prince Edward
POST OFFICE.
John J. Tilley
John C(nrle Brown
James H. Knight
Henry Reazin
James McBrien
James Hodgson
David Fotheringham
Donald J. McKinnon
Rev. Wm. McKee, B.A.
James C. Morgan, M.A.
Robert Little
Joseph H. Smith
Michael Joseph Kelly, M.D.
John B. Somerset
James H. Ball, M.A
Richard Harcourt, M..A
James J. Wadsworth, M.A.,
William Carlyle
M.B...
Thomas Pearce
A. Dingwall Fordyce.
Rev. James Kilgour. .
Thomas Gordon
William Ferguson
William Alexander . .
John R. Miller....
Archibald Dewar..
W. S. rienrlfniTifr.
Durham, and To^vns of Bowmanville
and Port Hope,
Peterborough
E. Victoria and Town of I^indsay ....
W. do
Ontario
S. York
N. York
Peel and Town of Brampton
S. Simcoe .^
N. Simcoe and Town of Barrie
Halton and Towns of Milton and Oak-
ville
Wentwoi-th
Brant and Town of Brantf ord
Lincoln....
Welland and Town of Clifton
Haldimand
Norfolk and Town of Simcoe
Oxford and Towns of Ingersoil and
Tilsonburg
Waterloo and Town of Berlin
N. Wellington
S. Wellington and Town of Orangeville
N. Grey and Town of Owen Sound
S. do
Perth and To%vns of Stratford, Mitchell
and St. Mary's
S. Huron and Town of Goderich .
N. do
E. Bruce and Town of Walkerton
Alexandria.
Newington.
Winchester.
L'Orignal.
Bearbrook.
Ottawa.
Prescott.
Brockville.
Brockville.
Perth.
Pembroke.
Kingston.
Napanee.
Madoc.
Belleville.
Picton.
Cobourg.
Bowmanville.
Peterborough
Lindsay.
Lindsay.
Myrtle.
Yorkville.
Aiu-ora.
Brampton.
Clover HiU..
Banie.
Acton.
Ancaster.
Brantford.
St. Catharines.
Thorold.
York.
Simcoe.
Woodstock.
Berlin.
Fergus.
Guelph.
Owen Sound.
Priceville.
Stratford.
Goderich.
Seaforth.
Walkerton.
'ille.
a.
)ton.
Hill.
ter.
ord.
thariues.
d.
Itock.
Dund.
tile.
Ird.
INSPECTORS AND EXAMINE.IS.
99
NAMS.
Benjamin Freer
John Deamess
John C. GlaHhan
A. F. Butler
Edmund B. Harrison
George W. Ross, M.P
John Brebner
Theodule Girardot
James Bell
James Hughes
A. Macallum, M.A
Professor N. F. Dupuis, M.A.
J. B.Boyle
Rev. H. J. Borthwick, M.A..
W. H. Ross
Rev. A. MoCoU
Rev. Robert Rogers
R. B. Carman, MA
Rev. James Herald
Rev. W. B. Evans
Rev. J. B. Muir, M.A
Rev. Robert Torrance
Daniel Wright
John Rogers
Rev. Tliomas Henderson
James Stratton
J. M. Piatt, M.D
JohnH. Comfort, M.D
Rev. George Cuthbertson
Rev. George BeU, LL.D
G. Y. Smith, LL.B
J. C. Patterson
Hugh McKay, M.D
OOUNTT, CITT OB TOWN.
E. Bruce and Town of Walkerton
E. Middlesex..
W. do. and Town of Strathroy . . .
Elgin .#
Kent
Lambton, No. 1, and Town of Petrolia..
do. No. 2, and Town of Samia. . . .
Essex, No. 1, andTo^vn of Sandwich...
do. No. 2, & Town of Amherstburgh
City of
POST OFFICE.
Town of.
Kincardine.
London.
Strathroy.
St. Thomas.
Ridgetowiu
Strathroy.
Samia.
Sandwich.
Oxley.
Toronto.
Hamilton.
Kingston.
I London.
(Ottawa.
I Both well.
I Chatham.
iCollingwood.
I Cornwall.
Diindas.
I Durham.
I Gait.
Guelph.
Meaford.
Niagara.
Paris.
Peterborough.
Picton.
St. Catharines.
St. Thomas.
Walkerton.
Whitby.
Windsor,
Woodstock.
ton.
Fiiblic School Act, sections 115-126.
The Regiilations provide that the County or City Inspector, or his substitute shall
be Chairman of the Board of Examiners ex officio. The Inspectors' names appear
above, and will therefore not be repeated in this list. Where there are two Inspec-
tors, they preside in rotation.
COUNTIES.
Olenyarry—Rew. Alex. Jamieson ; A. W. Ross B.A. , ' *
Stoiinont—R. B. Carman, B.A. ; Rev. James Smith, M.A.
Dundas- -Chan. E. Hickey, B.A. ; W. A. Whitney, M.A. ; Arthur Brown.
P»'68Co«— Rev. J. O. Routhier
Russell— Rev. O. J. Boucher ; Wm. R. Clark, B.A. *
Carleton—Uev. C. B. Pettit, M.A. ; A. Smith ; D. B. McTavish, M.A.
Leeds ti- Grcnvilk—Tha three Inspectors.
Lanark— llev. Solomon Mylne ; Rev. R. L. Stephenson; Rev. W. Bain, D.D. ; Rev.'.F. F.
Macnab, B.A.
Renfrew— A. H. Dowswell ; S. E. Mitchell; R. Geo. Scott, B.A,
Frontcnnc—Andre-w Agnew, B.A. ; Professor Dupuis ; Thomas Gordon ; Jno. M. Stuart B.A.
Lennox <t Addintfton—Rev . J. J. Bogert, M.A. ; Alex. Carlyle, B.A. ; H. M. Der«)che, B.A.
Orison D. Sweet.
Prince Edioard—'ii. Gordon ; S. 1j. Nash, M.D. ; Rev. J. Mac Mechan ; Jno. Denton.
Hastings {North)— T>t. J. H. Boulter; Fred. Seymour, M.A. ; Rev. D. Wishart.
„ {South)— R. B. Carman ; B. H. Dawson, B.A. ; H. M. Hicks, M.A. ; Geo. Yoimg.
Northumherland—VroteBBOT Burwash ; A. Murray; A. R. Bain, M.A. ; E. A. Mac Nachten.
Durham-Geo. Grant, B.A. : W. W. Tamblyn, M.A. ; W. E. Tilley, B.A.
Peterborouc/h—J. B. Dixon, MA.; Jno. Moore, M.A. ; ,)ames Stratton.
Victoria— A. M, Lafferty, M.A. ; John Shaw ; M. H. Thompson.
40
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
& f I.
M^' '
COUNTIES.
Ontario- Rev. A. Currie, M. A. ; Rev. A. McLennan, li.A.j D. Oraiiston, B. A. ; G. Y. Smith,LL.B.
Foj-A— Robt. W. Doan ; Jaa. H. Hughea, M.A. ; Geo. Rose.
Pee/~Rev. J. Middleton, B.A. ; Rev. James Pringle.
Simcoe-W. Boys, LL.B. ; Rev. R. A. O'Connor; Frank Wood.
Balton—V. A. Switzer, B.A.
Wentworth~Rm. G. A. Bull, M.A. ; Rev. Jaa. Herald ; Rev. Stewart Houston, M.A. ;
Rev. John Proteous.
Brant~Kev. John Dunbar ; Rev J.'ho8. Henderson ; Wm. Wilkinson, M.A. ; James Mills, M.A.
Lincolrir-Rev. Chas. Campbell ; l)r. John H. Comfort; David Pysher; John Seath, B.A.
WeUandr-nev. S. C. Fraser, M.A.: Rev. D. J. F. McLeod, M.A. , Wm. Rivers; J. Muri-
son Dunn, B.A., LLB.
HaldimanU—Hev. Jas. Black; Rev. A. Grant; Rev. E. Mussen, M.A.
Norfolk— J amGH Coveriiton ; A. J. Donly ; R. P. Livingstone, B.A.
Oas/ort^-John S. Deacon; Rev. W. H. Landon ; T. M. Macintyre, M.A. ; Geo. Strauchon.
Waterloo— David Bertfey ; Rev. Jas. Boyd; Thos. Hilliard; Jeremiah Suddaby.
Wellinyton-W. G. Kidd ; 1>. McCaig ; Rev. R. Torrance; Robt. R. Cochrane,
t/re^— Rev. Robt. Dewar ; Rev. A. H. R. MulhoUand ; Henry De La Matter.
Per«A— Rev. J. Edgar Croly, M.A. ; Rev. Thos. McPherson; Rev. E. Patterson, M.A. Rev.
J. W. Bell, M.A.
Huron- -H. P. Halls; Hugh J. Strong, B.A. ; James Tumbull, B.A.
Brww— Albert Andrews; John Eckford ; T. C. Powell; Geo. Bell, LL.B.
Middlesex (East)~-R&v. James Gordon, M.A. ; W. S. Hodgins ; D. Munro ; Wm. O'Connor.
(West)-ll. McCoU; W. H. Ross.
Elyin—Jno. Millar, B.A. ; Samuel S. McColl ; Jno. Ranee ; Jas. R. Williams.
Kent—D, A. Maxwell ; Plev. A. McColl ; James Duncan.
Lambton ( TFcs<)— Joseph Boag ; John Linton ; Alex Wark.
{Eaat)-G. A. Barnes; John Mitchell.
Essex— J. H. Johnston, M.A. ; Rev. T. H. Mousseau ; Jas. C. Pattei-son ; A. Sinclair, M.A.
JIatiburton— Jno Campbell, B.A. ; Chas. D. Curry, B.A.
Toronto— Rev. ri. Johnston, A.M. ; Rev. S. Jones, M.A. ; Archd. McMurchy, M.A. ; Robert
Ridgway.
Hamilton — T. G. Chesnut ; E. G. Patterson; G. W. Vanslyke ; Geo. Dickson, B.A.
Kingiton — Rev. Professor J. B. Mowat ; Rev. Professor J. Mackerras ; W. G. Kidd.
London — Rev. B. Bayly, A.B. ; James C. Thompson.
OWawa— Rev. John May, M.A. ; Jno. McMillan, B.A. ; Samuel Rothwell ; Thos. D. Phillipps,
M.A. ; A. Pratt.
PROVINCIAL CERTIFICATES GRANTED TO PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHERS.
(I.) Certificates granted by the Chief Superintendent to teachers trained in the
Normal school, on the recou.niendation of the masters, during the years 1863-1871.*
(22 Vic. cap 63, sec. 107.)
(2.) Certificates gx-anted by the Chief Superintendent to teachers trained in the
Normal school, on the recommendation of the central committee of examiners and the
principal, 1874-1875.
(3.) Certificates granted by the Council of Public Instruction, on the recommend-
ation of the central committee, 1871-1875.
(4.) Certificates of the second-class granted by the county examiners, 1871-
1875.
Note on Normal School Certificates.
2:
3
Prior to 1853, no provincial certificates were issued. The head master certified to
the attendance and conduct of the pupils, but such certificates do not qualify the
holders to become teachers in the public schools.
During that year, three classes of certificates were granted, the first, second and
third ; but the third-class certificates expired on Ist July and 1st November, 1854.
In 1854-1855, only first and second-class certificates were granted, and were not
divided into grades.
From April 1850, to July 1871, the certificates granted have been of the first and
second-class, but each class has been further divided into three grades, A, E and C.
These certificates are all valid until revoked, but from April 1858 inclusive, all certifi-
cates of the second-class, grade C, have been granted for one year only, so that the
only valid certificates of that grade are those granted in 1856-1857.
*At the Numial School Examination in June, 1871, the Central Comniittcu were associated with the Master
of the Normal School.
LIST OF PROVINCIAL CERTIFICATES.
41
mith,LL.B.
ton, M.A. ;
Mills, M.A.
ith, B.A.
a; J. Muri-
. Strauchon.
, M.A. Rev.
a. O'Connor.
Sinclair, M.A.
M.A. ; Robert
B.A.
Kidd.
3. D. PhilUpps,
TEACHERS.
rained in the
185371871.*
trained in the
liners and the
I recommend-
^iuers, 1871-
f r certified to
qualify the
L second and
Iber, 1854.
ind were not
the first and
[, B and C.
B, all certifi-
f , so that the
At the December examinations 'i871, and during 1872-73, the Normal school train-
ed teachers received their first-class certificates from the Council of Pnblic Instruction
on the recommendation of the central committee of examiners, and the second a!id third-
class from the county boards ; but in liS74-1875, under the recent Act, the Chief Super-
intendent has issued such certiticates, on tho recommendation of the committee as to
attainments, and of the principal as to ability and aptitude to teach.
The following are the dates of the normal schov)l*8essi<^ns, and of the respective
certificates :--9th and 10th, 1853 ; 11th and 12th, 1854 ; 13th and 14th, 1855 ; 15th
and 16th, 1856; 17th and 18th, 1857 ; 19th and 20th, 1868; 21st and 22nd, 1869;
23rd and 24th, 1860 ; 26th and 26th, 1861 ; 27th and 28th, 1862 ; 29th and 30th, 1863 ;
31st and 32nd, 1864 ; 33rd and 34th, 1865 ; 35th and 36th, 1866 ; 37th and 38th,
1867 ; 39th and 40th, 186S ; 41st and 42nd, 1869 ; 43rd and 44tb, 1870 ; 45th, 1871.
1. Certijicates of the First-class ^/ranted by the Chief SuperkUciident to tet^htrs trahied
ill the Normal school, oii the recommendation of the masters, during the ymr$ 1853-71 ;
also of (he Seco7id -class from 1865 to 1871. {N.B. From want of space it has beeufouiul
necessary to omit the Second-class certiticates prior to 1865.)
N.B. — Where two or more certificates have been gained by the same peiwon, the la8t one only
is here mentioned. All certificates appear which have not been revoked by exjjiration, by the
granting of a subsequent certificate to the same ])erson, or for cause. Those which have be-
come invalid by death are retained in the list, as full information on that point is not yet
olitained.
FIRST CLASS.
vith the Master
■ Not Graded.
NAME. session.
Bannister, Charles 11
Bird, Francis Wesley .... 11
Blain, David 14
Bristol, Coleman 11
Carlyle, William 14
Charlton, Benjamin 9
Chisholm, Daniel 11
Comfort, John Harris. ... 14
Coulton, William 11
Craig, Francis Josiah .... 12
Ecroyd, Alfred Ernest.. . . 11
Elson, John 11
(rray, James G 11
Holmes, Ninian Leander.. 12
Jessop, Jt)hn 14
Kerr, Bernard 14
Kelly, Michael Joseph .... 10
Kelly, David 12
Kennedy, Lachlau. • 10
King, William Henry .... 14
Lanon, Griftin Patrick.. . . 9
Lawder, Abraham W 10
Lester, Alexander 14
Livingstone, John 13
Macallum, Ai-chibald .... 9
Malcolm, John Gilmore . . 10
Martin, Alexander 9
Mnnn, Donald 13
Murray, George 10
McBrien, James 12
McGee, Robert 10
McGrigor, James 13
McLean, John 12
McLean, Tbmias F 11
McMurchv, Archibald.. . . 13
Noden, William 11
Onniston, David 14
O'Brien, Patrick 9
Patton, John 12
Kaine, John 13
NAME. SESSION.
Rath well, Samuel 9
Robins, Samson Paul 9
Robins, Samuel 10
Rock, Warren 9
Rose, George 12
Sangster, John Herbert.. , 9
Smith, William 10
Taylor, John 14
Trull, William Warren ... 9
Adams, Elizabeth 14
Adams, Mary 11
Appleton, Lydia Anne ... 10
Brown, Mary 14
Cattanach, Catherine 13
Clark, Dorcas 9
Clark, Helen Elizabeth ... 13
Clark, Josephine W 14
Coote, Elizabeth 10
De CJow, Mary Anne 13
De Cow, Rebecca 13
Foster, .Tane 10
Gunn, Kate 14
Hughes, Elizabeth 12
Jennings, Emily Howard.. 11
Johnson, Catherine 9
Keddie, Eliza Wilson .... 11
Lind, Harriet Anne 13
Lyons, Lydia Louisa 10
Magan, Grace Anastasls. . 12
Morrison, Anna Mills .... 9
Murray, Mary Anna 13
McCracken, Mary 10
McNaught, Elizabeth .... 12
Quinn, Sarah Birch 12
Robinson, Julia Anne .... 11
Robinson, Sarah Agnes ... 12
Shadd, Emmeline 14
Shenick, Henrietta 13
Smith, Jane 11
Stephens, Maiy 11
Stoixie, Josephine 11
•
NAME. SESSION.
Sweeney, Margaret 11
Toof.MarieE 9
Whitcomb, Huldah L 9
Williams, Maria Louisa . . 11
Gkade a.
Anderson, Wm. Walker. . . 19
Barkie, John 19
Barrick, Eli James 23
Bell, Robert 26
Bigg, William Reatler 16
Black, Alexander 15
Blaicher,l'eter Campbell.. 21
Bond, William 19
Boulter, Joshua John 46
Brebner, John 17
Brown, Alick Howard .... 2(5
Brown, James Coyle 29
Campbell, Alexander 21
Campbell, .Tames 42
Carlyle, James 15
Cavanagh, Wm. Herbert. . 32
Chesnut, Thonuvs George . . 17
Chisholm, i\^llan 10
Clarkson, C'harles 'M
Clendenning, Wm. Scott . . 44
Clinton, John 18
Crosby, Alfred Morgan .... 19
Davey, I'eterNicholas .... 38
Dewar, Archibald 26
Disher, John Clarke 20
Dtmelly , Josei)h Henry. . . . 3t)
Douglass, Wm. Alexander 37
Dow, John 22
Ede, Joseph 26
Edmison, Alex. Bickertim. 21
Farewell, George McGill . . 24
Ford, John 16
Foreman, William 41
Fotheringham, David 15
Fullerton, J ames liS
4S
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
■m
m I
m I
M !
NAME. 8E88ION.
Ganton, Stephen 20
Gick, Henry 16
Glaehan, John 27
Groat, Htillman Preston . . 29
Hacking, Wm. Francis.. . . 24
Hay, AnguH Cameron 23
Hughes, James liH
Hunter, John 15
Johnston, John 46
Kellough, I'homas 20
Kilpatrick, George 17
Kinney, Robert 1!)
Knight, James Henry ... 23
Langdon, Richard V. 30
Mallock. D. McGregor 26
Maxwell, David Alex 45
May, Charley Henry 36
Meldrum, Notiuan Wm. . . 35
Millar, John 27
Moore, Charles Boyd 24
Moore, Richard 19
Moran, John Honour 3(i
Morris, James 19
Munson, Charles Francis.. 27
Macwilliam, William 17
McColl, Hugh (2) 32
McDiarmid, Donald 28
McDowall, Joseph Wm. . . 44
Mackintosh, William 44
McKay, Hugh Munro 24
McKay, John Wood 19
McKee, Thomas 24
McLean, Peter 35
McLellan, James Alex 18
McPhedran, Alex 45
Nichol, Peter 19
Nichol, William 19
O'Connor, Thaddeus J . . . . 18
Pearce, Thomas 45
Peters, George 22
Piatt, John Milton 23
Phmkett, Thomas 17
Price, Robert 24
Purslow, Adam 18
Rae. Francis 18
Ridgway, Robert 24
Samson, Robert 16
Scott, Richard William. . . 17
Scott, William 40
Sinclair, Lauchlin 18
Smith, Joseph Henry 26
Soper, Jasper 17
Steel, Thomas Orton 18
Strachan, Alexander 17
Sullivan, Dion Cornelius . . 21
Tasker, James 26
Thompson, James 19
Tisdell, John Ciissie 18
Tye, George Archer 20
Vanslyke, George W 28
Wilson, John 41
Wood, Benjamin Wills ... 27
Adams, Annie 44
Adams, Martha 22
Beattie, Grace Shepherd . . 26
Beckett, Kmma 27
Bell, Helen 17
Bisbee, Gertrude M 17
Boddy, Sophia Louisa .... 28
Borthwick, Anna 16
Brown, Lillis 17
NAME. SESSION.
Buick, Margaret 29
Cameron, Annie Isabella.. 34
Campbell, Sarah Anne .... 19
Carter, Mary Ann 45
Clark, Annie Lydia 19
Clark, Clara Jane 30
Clark, Helen Miliken 16
Park, Sarah Haley '.iO
Couzens, Emily 36
Cown, Sarah 22
Craig, Elizabeth 29
Donovan Mary 45
Duck, Mai-y Jane 32
Dunn, Hannah Olivia .... 35
Elliot, Margaret 34
Farrow, Elizabeth 19
Ferguson, Margaret 35
Foster, Mary 15
Gibson, Rachel 30
Gillen, Mary 34
Good, Rebecca Ida 41
Gordon, Fanny 15
Graham, Caroline M 45
Greenless, Margaret 29
Hayes, Almira 19
Holmes, Emma Elizabeth. 22
Irvine, Mai-garet 15
Jones, Louisa Haniet. ... 41
Kerr, Marion 25
Kessack, Jessie 42
King, Ellen G 45
Lester, Mary 15
lAmdy, Lousia Elizabeth.. 42
Mathews, Agnes Olivia . . 38
Moule, Fannie Barbara . . 43
McCausland, Caroline E. . 37
McCausla^d, Fannie 42
McCreight, Sarah 42
McElroy, Maria 19
Mclican, Jane 16
McKenna, Teresa Maria. . 45
McMahon, Catherine 38
O'Neill, Margaret 29
Paterson, Mary Theresa. . 38
Ramsay, Margery Jarden. 16
Reeves, Mary Maria 2J)
Robertson, Dorcas Damie. 17
Ross, Catherine MCandie.. 32
Rowe, Marj' Aim 45
Scott, Margaret Taylor ... 38
Shenick, Adeline 19
Somerville, Petrina 41
Spink, Jane Elizabeth .... 42
St. R<^my, Harriet Anne A.
Le Lievre de 25
Sudborough, Esther 19
Sutherland, Annie 18
Sutherland, Annie Agnes. 35
Sutherland, Jennie Helena 35
Sutherland, Margaret .... 39
Thompson, Charlotte E. . . 40
Tumbnll, Jessie 26
Wilkes, Marcella 20
Whimster, Christina 45
Worth, iMary Anne 38
Wright, Eliza Jane 22
Wright, Fanny Mary 22
Grade B.
Alexander, Robert 15
Alexander, William 30
NAME. REHKION.
Allan, Absolom Shade ... 31
Archibald, Charles 30
Atkinson, Edward Lewi,'*.. 28
Ayers, William 32
Barefoot, Isaac 27
Beer, William 2t)
Bergey, David 44
Bemey, William Henry . 30
Blatchford, Thomas 41
Bowles, Peter I^anglois ... 17
Boyle, William S 39
Bretz, Abram 42
Brittrm, William 15
Brown, John 16
Brown, Miles .K)
Brown, Robert 16
Buchanan, John Calder. . . 21
Butler, Richard Charles ;iO
C'ain, James 32
Campbell, Aaron Jesse . . 29
Campbell, Robert 18
Chaisgreen, Charles 44
Chanibers, John 32
Chapman, William ¥ 45
Clapp, David Philip '. 42
Clare, Samuel 27
Clark, Charles 20
Clark, James 45
Currie, Peter 19
Crews, Lewis Warner .... 43
Davis, Samuel Percy 42
Deac(m, John Scott 44
Doan, Robert Wilson .... 24
Dodds, William 18
Duff, Charles 18
Durham, WilUam .38
Eastman, Samuel Henry . . 43
Elliott, John Charles 30
Elliott, Thomas 20
Emory, Cummings Van N 42
Findlay, David 42
Fisher, John Henry C. F. 42
Frood, Thomas : . . 22
Gage, William James ... 36
Girdwood, Alexandei' .... ;U)
Goldsmith, Stephen 35
Griffin, Walter 28
Haggerty, Hugh 32
Hamilton, Alexander .... 29
Hammond Joseph 29
Handy, John 30
Hardie, Robert 30
Hay, Andrew 39
Hilliard, Thomas 28
Hodgins, WilUam 45
Hooper, Henry 42
Houston, William .il
Jackson, Thomas M
Jardine, William Wilson.. 45
Keihian, Thomas 30
Kidd, William 25
King, John Sumpter 30
Langdon, John 32
Lusk, Charles Horace .... 24
Madge, Walter 45
Maloy, Hiram 33
Mauley, Charles Lewis ... 39
Matthews, Wm. Loader . 21
Meldrum, Peter Gordon . . 42
Mickleborough, John 21
Moore, Charles 42
Morton, Alfred C!larence.. -ia
HESKION.
=lhacle
es
rd Lewis. .
Henry .
nas
ftnglois .
3
I Calder.
CharleH
in Jesse .
Bl-t
irles . . . .
1
iam F. .
hilip ...
Varner
Percy .
■icott . .
A^ilson
M
30
28
32
27
26
44
30
41
17
39
42
15
Iti
:w
](i
21
;Mt
32
29
18
44
32
45
42
27
20
45
19
43
42
44
24
18
18
•M
43
LIST OF PROVINCIAL CERTIJIC/.rES.
4S
am
lel Henry
liarles 30
20
ingsVanN 42
■^ 42
42
22
[enryC. F.
lames . . . •
Lander ...
.)hen
ander
ph....
m.
,m.
36
:U)
35
28
32
29
2t>
30
30
39
28
45
42
31
34
45
30
25
30
32
24
45
33
39
21
42
21
42
Uaronce. . -ii.>
Wilson.
ppter .
lorace
Lewis . .
Ijoador .
J Gordon .
I.Tohn. . . .
NAME. HKHBION.
Mowis, James 19
Murray, Adam 42
Murray, John 23
Mutton, Ebenezer 26
McUoll, Hugh (1) 26
McCaig, Donald 20
McOamuH, William 31
McCulley, Alfred 24
McDonald, Donald 45
Mcllvaine, Samuel 44
McKay, John 20
McKay, John Wood 19
McKay, Andrew 30
McKay, Owen 45
McKercher, Colin 17
McLean, Archibald 20
McLennan, Simon 29
McNaughton, Duncan 34
McPherson, Crawford 26
Narraway, John Wesley . . 45
Nethercott, Samuel 45
Nichols, Wihnot Mortimer 30
O'Brien, Patrick 22
Osborne, A. Campbell ... 17
Page, Thomas Otway 33
Payne, Edward 43
Pepper, John 28
Powell, Francis Cox 40
Preston, David Hiram. ... 21
Preston, James 18
Rathwell, William 19
Redditt, Thomas Henry . . 36
Rodgers, John 17
Rose, John George 20
Rose, liConard Alfred .... 30
Rose, John Cameron 28
Rouse, William Hiram ... 23
Sarvis, George Chowan.. . . 21
Saunders, James 21
Scilly, Samuel Thomas ... 43
Shaw Alexander 22
Sheppard, Daniel Erastus. 44
Sinclair, Angus 28
Sinclair, James 26
Sinclair, John 24
Sing, Samuel 24
Smith, William Wakefield 22
Smith, John Darling 18
Spence, Francis Stephen . . 45
Spencer, Percival Lawson. 33
Steward, Thomas 24
Sweet, David Orison 18
Thomson, Hugh 17
Thompson, John Nixon . . 40
Topping, William 21
Warburton, George Henry 20
Wark, Alexander 30
White, William Henry . . 22
Williams, James Richard . 39
Wilson, John 42
Wright, Aaron Abel 36
Wright, George Wesley . . 20
Zimmerman, Isaac 18
Adams, Agnes Maria 29
Anker, Mar\' Anne 32
Armstrong, Martha 19
Banan, Ellen Olivia 21
Bell, Janet 17
Bell, Mary Ann 31
Berry, Jane 45
Brown, Mai-garet 37
NAME. SESSION.
Brown, Maria 19
Brown, Martha Eva 40
Buchanan, Elizabeth 17
BurrisB, Mary Jane 42
Calder, Annie 40
Calder, Elizabeth 31>
Cantlon, Elizabeth , 32
Camochan, Janet 22
Cattanach, Anna Jane .... 19
Churcher, Annie 33
Churchill, Charlotte M. . . 15
Collar, Eliza 23
Croley, Frances Mary .... 44
Currie, Mary 19
(Jurrie, Menzies 19
Eraser, Catherine 23
Gray, Emma 42
Greece, Martha Zenobia. . 24
Gunn, Mary 42
Guthrie, Margaret 22
Haraey, Ellen Nora 40
Harvey, Helen 43
Hatton, Mary Victoria . . 20
Henderson, Jemima 18
Henning, Amelia 29
Hoig, Mary Tumor 15
Homell, Mary Johriston. . 24
Homer, Esther A. R 30
Huff, Elizabeth 16
Huff, Marj' Vandusen .... 16
Irvine, Eliza ;V)
Johnston, Sarah 44
Jones, Amy Caroline ... 16
Jones, Anna Elizabeth ... ;^6
Kennedy, Jessie Alison . . 21
Keown, Adelaide 18
Kessack, Margaret 36
Lanton, Emilia M
Legg, Isabella 32
Lemon, 'Kate 38
Lister, Jane 40
Mackay, Jessie 30
Magan, (Catherine 15
Maguire, A. Margaret .... 20
Meams, Isabella 40
Meldmm, Margaret Jane. 36
Montgomery, Sarah 41
Moore, Isabella 39
Moore, Lizzie 45
Midlin, Isabella -fl
McCJorkindale, Maigaret . . 22
McCoy, Susannah 44
McCreight, I.sabella 42
McGinty, Winifred U . . . . 44
Nichol, Margaret Elliot . . 20
O'Brien, Eliza 32
O'Flaherty, Anna Maria. . 2t(
O'Neill, Mary Anne 42
Panton, Jessie Keid H. . . 41
Philips, Mary Louisa .... 43
Robertson, Amelia 18
Robertson, Jane 40
Robinson, Mary Ann .... 21
Rogers, Jessie 29
Rose, Catherine 20
Ross, Jennie 45
Shapley, Mary 45
Smith, Rachel Ann 25
Spotton, Charlotte E 34
Stewart, Margaret 45
Strickland, Nancy 15
Tenii)leton, Sarah Jane . . 40
NAME. HK.SSIf)N.
Turabull, Elizabeth 42
Tumbull, Sarah Anne . . 36
Umney, Lilly 24
Walker, Mary 20
Walsh, Mary Anne 42
Williams, Eliza Ann .... 24
Yeats, Elizabeth 24
Grade C.
Abbott, John Thomas. . . . 33
Alford, William 42
Annstrong, John 23
Atkinson, John Sangster . 38
liartlett, William Edward 26
Birchanl, Isaac James. ... 41
Boag, Josepli 19
Boyes, James Stephen .... 22
Bnggs, Addison Arnt)ld . . 43
Brine, Henry James 27
Bruce, William Frr.ser . . 26
Bun-ows, Frederick 31
(/allinan, Thomas 33
Cameron, John 16
Cameron, Thomas 30
Cann, Samuel Brachetoii.. 22
(.'arley, Robert 44
Cai-scadden, Thomas 34
Cherry, William 26
Clark, Asahel Bowes ... 18
Cody, James 16
Cork, George 27
Crawford, Allan 33
Cross, James Fletcher. ... 16
Crossley, Hugh '.'horaii.s . . 42
Cuthbertson, Edward < i . . . 30
Dadson, Stephen 15
Dennis, James Edwin .... 40
Dickenson, Henry 42
Dobson, Robert 16
Donald, Jackson 22
Dou])e, William 44
Duncan, James 19
Dundon, John Stephen . . 40
Ellis, John Allen 31
Ewing, John 29
Foster, Ralph 27
f-'rasur, William '.iS
Frisbv, Edgar 18
Froofl, 'i'homas 21
Galbreath, William James 39
Galloway, William 21
Gill, Samuel Rea 40
(irant, Robert 26
Gregory, Thomas 33
Hails, Samuel Pollard. ... 28
Hankinson, Thomas 20
Hariey, John 17
Healtiy, Michael 23
Helson, Thomas Henry . . 29
Henderson, Gregg 26
Heiwiry, Andrew 43
Hendiy, William John , . 40
Herri ck, Alvan Corson . . 30
Hislop, Thomas 45
Hodge, George 30
Holbrook, Rob.ert 42
Houston, John 39
Hughes. Samuel 40
Hunt, Robert. 27
Johnson, Daniel 45
Johnston, Hugh 17
44
TROVINCE OF ONTAIliO.
NAHK.
t?
HRH8I0N.
28
20
43
22
! !.t 1
Keffer, ThoinaH Dixon
Kennedy, Alexander . . ,
Lanf^ord, Charli-H JiuneH
Laugrell, Edward P. H. .
Lednc, '1 huinas
Legget, JoHeph 28
Leslie, Alexander 39
liewiH, Richard 33
Linton, John ;W
Maivach, ilohn Jj( wIh ... 24
MatheHon, John Hugh .. . 2!)
M etcalf , John Henry .... 32
Miller, AniolduH 22
Minaker, William 43
Mi»haw, Daniel 43
Mitchell, John 19
Moment, Alfred Harrison. 30
Moore, Alvin Joshua .... 35
Moore, Lewis Oorydon . . Ifi
Munro, Donald 40
Murphy, John Joseph .... 32
Murray, David liovel .... 2(>
Murray, John li 42
McArthur, John 22
McCamus, John A 44
McCardell, Davi<l 44
McCausland, William J. . . 28
McDonald, Alexander. ... 22
McDiannid, Donald 25
McDianiiid, Hugh 42
McDougall, Hugh l(i
McDowall, Joseph Wm. . . 40
McEachem, James 28
McFaul, John Heniy 3«>
McGill, Anthony 36
McGrath, John 28
McUre^'or, Norman R . . . . 2(5
Mclnnis, Alexander 3(>
McKay, David W. J3 40
McKellar, .Fohn Archd.. . . 22
McLean, Daniel 34
McLean, William J 34
McMillan, John 16
McShea, Royal 25
Nash, Samuel Lemmv 22
O'Boyle, Walter F. .' 45
Piatt, Gilbert Dorland .... 16
Powell, George Kingdon. . 44
Powell, Joseph (r\mue. ... 41
Pratt, Abraham 20
Pritchard, John Frederick 35
Purves, William 44
Pysher, David 24
Rankin, John Brown .... 36
Rannie, William 38
Rider, Thomas 29
Robertson, Duncan 'US
Rosebrugh, Melvin Moe. . 44
Ross, John 29
Rowland, Fleming 25
Russell, .fames 34
Russell, John Rowe 32
Rutherford, James (1) . . . . 33
Schmidt, George 38
Shotf, Elgin 45
Silcox, Abner 42
Silcox, John B 41
Simpson, Samuel 16
Smith, Geoi^e 16
Steel, Thomas 45
Stuart, Fai-quhar McRae.. 43
Suddaby, Jeremiali 40
NAMK. RKHHION.
Summerbv, William J . . . . 42
Sutton, Atarshall 42
Swallow, William Francis. 42
Swan, 'J'nomaH 'M)
Tennent, David Haskett . . 45
Thompson, Mattliew .... 'M
Tibb, John Campbell .... 42
Tilley, William Edward . . M
Tremeer, Thomas JW
Vance, William 31
Wegg, David Spencer .... 3:5
Whillans, Robert 34
Wilson, George 45
Wood, Frank 42
Young, Egerton Ryerson.. 25
York, Frederick Embry . . 29
Adams, Lucinda Ruth. ... 19
Addison, Ellen 44
Armstrong, Elizabeth .... 39
Ashall, Eliza 23
Ashmore, Sarah Anne. ... 42
Bailey, Emma C!harlotte. . 44
Bcniietto, Susan Elizabeth 36
Bentley, Kate 40
Bettie, Jane Elizabeth . . 15
Bisbee, Jidia Elizabeth . . 20
Bishop, Maria Agnes .... 25
Black, Annie 42
Black, Mary Elizabeth . . 35
Blackburn, Mary 19
Blain, Kate.. 19
Brown, So))hia Georgiana. 38
Buckle, Frances Hannah . . 40
Buckle, Sarah Amy 42
Gam]»bell, Elizabeth 44
('arey, Eleanor Harriet . . 18
Can-oil, Charlotte Jane . . 23
Charlton, Mary Ellen .... 22
Chihls, Sarah Elizabeth . . 24
Churchill, MaiT Ann 17
Clarke, Jessie Agnes .... 45
Collar, lieonora 27
Cone, Julia 33
Chowan, Elizabeth 22
Coyne, Margart^t Jane .... 41
Coyne, Maria Hamilton . . 33
Crawford, Mai^'aret 45
Oisj), Emma IVJatilda .... 41
Cruise, Jane Ann 43
Cumniings, Louisa Ellen . . 44
Cusack, Margaret 42
Dadson, Mary Anne 17
Daville, Emma Julia 39
Dickinson, Eliza 19
Duignan, Margaret M , . . . 44
Duncan, Eleanor 42
Eaton, Elizabeth Cecilia . . 18
Ewan, Janet 32
Fairgrieve, A^nes 36
Fayette, Emilie Augusta . 17
Fletcher, Margaret 40
Ford, Angelina Brown ... 16
Ford, Julia Cadman 25
Eraser, Charlotte 24
Fraser, Margaret 40
Fullerton, Eleanor 43
Gemmell, Jessie 34
Gill, Mary Ann 14
Gillen, Ellen M
Gillies, Mary 20
Goidoa, Annie 18
NAMK. HEHHTON.
Gordon, Eliza 22
(iray, tiaroline Martha . . 44
(iritHn, Ellen (Catherine . . 29
Guthrie, G race 26
Hagarty, Kate 43
Hamilton, Sarah Mar'a . 23
Hamilton, Saiah Jane. . . 30
Hanson, P'annie Mary E. . 42
Harcus, Mary 32
Hardie, Ellen 28
Hatton, Sarah Adelaide . . 37
Hawley, C!harlotte C 44
Hay, fcliza Augusta 21
Heiidersliot, Melissa F. .. 24
Henney, Emma 45
Henry, .Mary Jane 45
Hepbume, Rhoda 38
Horton, Rachel 43
Hoidding, Mary 15
Hunter, Mary 40
Jackson, Margaret 45
James, liiicy 29
Jeffers, Emma 28
Joyce, Mary Greeves .... 43
Kelloch, Agnes 24
Kennedy, ( 'atherine A.. . . 17
Knowlson, Mary Isabella. 20
Lamb, Martha 20
Lanton, Kate Simpson • . . 26
Magee, Phebe Sumner ... 21
Manning, Elvira Amelia 42
Marett, Sabina Hawkins.. 37
Marsden, Sara 42
Meneilly, Jidia Isabella . 44
Millard", Ro.sa Scott 18
Moore, Charlotte E 40
Mullin, Charlotte Anne . . 40
Mullin, Har.ih 23
Munshaw, Matihla C 43
Munson, Charlotte 29
McAllan, Annie 24
McCully, Esther 24
McCauly, ]\Iarv Jane .... 45
McI )()nald. Elizabeth 17
McDon.ald, Isabella 36
McDonald, Margaret 38
Mcintosh, Margaret 33
McKay, Elizabeth 22
McKellar, Catherini; .... 29
McLaughlin, Elizabeth A. 38
McLaughlin, Maiy 44
McNaughton, Margaret.. 17
McNeile, Mary Anne. ... 42
McNiece, Catherine 16
Newman, Mary Hargrave 19
Nixon, Jennie 43
O'Flaherty, Edith 29
Pickersgill, M ary Anne . . 15
Pil)«r, Lucinda . . '. 15
Preston, Sarah 40
Rattray, Jessie So^jhia ... 24
Ramsay, Anne 43
Richardson, Caroline A. . . 43
Riddell, Mary Anne 38
Robbins, Clara 41
Robinson, Annie 35
Robinson, Eliza 19
Robinson, Grace 23
Robinstm, Mary 20
Rogers, Agnes 41
Rogei-s, C!hristina 28
Scai-lett, Mary Elizabeth.. 40
LIST OF PROVINCIAL UKRTIFIt'ATKS.
45
BE88I0N.
22
artlia . . 44
icrine . . 29
26
4;i
Uarltt . 23
Iaii«.... :{0
larvE . 42
.;. ... 32
28
lelaide 37
bC! 44
.ta 21
ssaF. .. 24
45
le 45
1 38
43
15
40
it 45
2'J
28
eves .... 43
24
fine A.. . . 17
Isabella. 2G
20
mpHon • . . 20
miner . . . 21
\ Amelia 42
iawkins.. 37
42
Isabella . 44
ott 18
E 40
|e Anne . . 40
... 23
<laC 43
te 29
24
24
FiUie ... 45
Mb 17
11a 36
aret .... 38
,ret 33
Ih 22
line .... 29
abeth A. 38
•y 44
rgaret . . 17
nne .... 42
ne 16
argrave 19
43
29
Anne . . 15
15
40
phia ... 24
43
ine A. . . 43
e 38
41
35
19
23
20
41
28
Izabetli. . 40
NAMK. 8E.SHIO.N.
8hari)e, Jane Ann 41
Shone, Annie 18
Slocoinbe, Mary Anne, ... 20
Smith, Mary (atherine .. 21
Smith, Sarah 27
SomeiH, Harriet (! X\
Somerville, Agnes 'M
Somerville, Elizabeth .... 41
Sparling, Mary .fane .... '.Mi
Spread, Margaret 40
Gkade A.
NAMK. 8EHSION.
Bean, David 43
Beattie, William 36
Bonnar, Horatio James . . 38
Bredin, Wilson Watson . . 34
Campbell, William 35
Campbell, John Harkness. 40
Cai'ley, Abram 33
Carson, Joseph Htandish. . 38
Clark, William Reid 40
Coakley, Henry 'M
Cooley, Robert M
Davis, Murdoch Lloyd ... 42
Dixon, Samuel Eugene . . 40
Dow.swell, John 42
Duggan, Frederick Jos. . . 45
Bbbels, Walter Dennis . . . 36
Bccles, Daniel 'M
Edwards, Thomas Albert . 39
Emerson, Samuel 44
Farriiigton, James 39
Gardner, John 45
Graham, Andrew 33
Gray, WiUiam 44
Harris, James Heenau. ... 38
Henderson, Robert 37
Hodge, Robert 41
Kellegg, Charles Palmer. . 42
Kennedy, Neil 36
Kerr, George Jonathan . . 44
Ijeitch, John McMillan . . 38
Leitch, Thomas 38
Mackay, Robert Peter. . . . 35
Miller, Andrew Hamilton. 45
Moses, Clarke 45
MuUoy, David Wilson ... 39
McFarland, Robert 37
McFarlane, Archibald. ... 34
McKay, Andrew 45
McKay, George Webster . 38
McKellar, Hugh 39
McLachlin, Arclubald G., 45
McLean, James 'M
McLurg, Jtifies 42
McNeil, Frank • 44
Osborne, Walter Joseph . . 41
Ovens, Thomas 44
Palmer, John Henry 35
Patterson, Vndrew 42
Proctor, Henry 41
Raymond, Charles P 45
Richardson, Joseph 42
Richie, David Ferguson . . 34
Ross, Arthur Wellington.. 33
Rutherford, James (2).... 33
Sheppard, George 41
NA.MK, 8E88IUN.
Starratt, Hannah 26
Stokes, Georgina 43
Strickland, Margaret .... 15
Sullivan, Annie 31
Sylvester, Sara 41
Tnonipson, Emily Clara. . 45
Turner, Maria Jane . 32
Tuttle, Alice Mary :W
Tytler, Barbara ;W
Vallance, Margaret 2t)
SECOND t^LASS.
NAME. 8KSHI()N.
Shillington, ThomiwB. ... 45
Slavin, Edward 36
Smith, Peter M
Smith, Sylvester 45
Stahlschniitlt, William 39
Steel, Andrew C 43
Stalker, John 44
Tonkins, Edward 42
Vercoe, James 40
Walker, Alexander 41
Ward, Edward 39
Wellwood, Nesbitt John . . 3<}
Welsh, John (2) 41
Williams, Edwin Rice. ... 42
Abbott, Mary Caroline . . . 45
Airil, Alargaret liS
Allan, Kate Morrison. ... 44
Andrews, Abigail W 38
Baxter, Louisa 37
Beattie, Mary 41
Bowermen, liydia 45
Boyle, Kate 45
Buchan, Mary 27
Burkholder, Hannah D . . 44
Butler, Harriet Jessie E.. lUi
Campbell, Jane A. J 35
Campbell, Maiy 34
Comfort, Sara 37
Corrigan, Augusta M 38
Crane, Laura Cornelia. ... 41
Cradock, Agnes 43
Davis, Emma F 45
Da\-i8, Ruth 28
Dowswell, Mary Jane .... 38
Drury, Martha Jane 36
Duffin, Mai-y Chariotte J. 38
Dunlop, Lizzie 45
Durand,Emma Louisa. ... 42
Elder, Jane 33
Findlay, Baleda 45
Frisby, Ada 44
Fulton, Maiy Helen 42
Good, Agnes Louisa 42
Gorman, Jane Ann 40
Guillet, Mary Ann 41
Hatton, Emma 34
Holmes, Sarah Sophia. ... 45
Howland, Mary Ann .... 42
Huggard, Susan 41
Jones, Eleanor Josephine. 38
Kennedy, Alice Smart .... 45
Laing, Ellen 34
Lowrie, Eliza Jane 38
Marling, Mary Ellen .... 33
Meehan, Maiy M. A . . . . 44
Moffat, Eliza 44
NAMK. HE.S.SION.
Vining, Kusebia liiHlwell.. 26
Walker, ( Jatherine 15
Walker, Isabella 15
Walsh, Margaiet E 40
Watt, Klizabeth 40
Weir, Sarah Emma 42
Williamson, Kliza M. L. 44
Woo«l, Henrietta ;i8
Woods, Maria 45
Young, Mary 'Mi
NAMK. SE.SSION.
Moffatt, Susan Wait 33
Moorcroft, Sarah Esther. 37
Munshaw, Matilda V.... 42
McHriuly, Mary Kllen.... 45
McBride, (Charlotte L. . . 40
McDonald, Annie Jane. 40
M'iDonald, Flora 45
McEchren, (Charlotte E . . . 38
Mc(«eor{je, Mary 37
McKenzie, Isabella 41
McKenzie, Susan 43
McMulkin, Martha Jane.. 42
Neilson, Isabella Helen.. . 44
Nicholls, Mary Ann 40
Nugent, Matilda 45
Newell, Mary Eliza. . 45
Nuthall, Phillis 35
O'Brien, Kate Stanislaus.. 45
Palmer Sarah Anne 35
Ramsay, Mary Ann 38
Reeves, Ellen Margaret . . 36
Riddell, Sarah Jane 43
Robertson, Margaret G... 38
Rowland, Alice Jane .... 41
Saunders, Anne Maude 35
Saxton, Josephine ,J 40
Sefton, Kate 45
Thompson, Jana 44
Tier, Helen ;i3
Walker, Elizabeth Laura. . 41
Wallace, Jane 41
White, Hester Ann 36
Ghade B.
Acheson, Weir 45
Adams, Richard 34
Agnew, James 33
Aniiis, Anilrew E 40
Armour, Sanuiel 42
Armstrong, Thomas C. L. M
Ballard, John Francis. . 43
Barrett, Thomas ;35
Ban-ie, George 35
Bearman, William 45
Beer, Henry 42
Bigelow, (; eorge 41
Bigger, Charies A Ibert ..' 43
Blatchford, William 35
Boddy, James 40
Bolton, John 44
Bowman, George W.. . . 42
Braithwaite, William ... 44
Brown, James (2) 41
Brown, John Thompson '. 33
Brownlee, Hugh James . . 40
Cailaw, Davidson 3Q
46
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
iilli!':
NAMK. HKHHION.
(Jarey, Dominic Hugh 44
Clark, William 44
( '(>i)ela»(l, (ieorge 41
< JoMtiri, William 42
tJroll, David , 'M
Cruise, Oeortfe 44
CummingH, William 45
CuiTie, Dugald 4;^
DawHon, Corn«liu8 33
Drimmie, Daniel 40
Dunham, Jonathan 45
Edmison. Uulph Hezlop. . 37
Kvans, Edward ThomaH.. 45
Furrier, Amos B 3i)
Fleming, James Henry ... 41
Eraser, Donald Blair 38
Fulton, James 38
Gibbard, John 34
Goldsmith. Perry David. . 'i)>
Gould, Itobert 45
Graham, Simon 33
Gray, Samuel 34
( rray, William 43
(tuest, Joseph 42
Hall, Henry Walter 44
Harris, Benjamin Wesley 38
Harrison, Jnmea Murrell.. 44
Henson, Alfred John 45
Herner, Samuel Shantz. . . 3(3
Hogarth, Thomas 38
Huggins, John R 34
Hugu, Joseph 35
•Tessop, Elisna 39
Kellogg, Charles Palmer. . 37
Kennedy, Hugh William.. 41
Kinney, William Thomas. 42
Kirk.WiUiam 38
Knight, Silas W. 45
Laicllaw, John Beattie 42
Lean, John 38
Linton, Charles B 45
Lowe, Peter 33
Luttrell, William 36
Lynn, John 42
Mark, Kenward 34
Martin, .lohn Anthony — 33
Milne, Walter Baird 36
Moir, George 35
Morton, Alfred 41
Mundell, John 34
iMo Andrew, James 38
McCallum, John Sangster 35
McCormick, Colin 35
McCreary, James 41
McCrimmon, Angw 32
McDiarmid, John 36
McF arlane, George 30
McGladry, William 43
McGowan, Thomas M. K. 43
Mcintosh, Angus (2) 42
McKay, Hugh 35
McKay, Murdoch 43
McKay, William 36
McKee, George 43
McKillop, Charles 43
McLaren, John F 45
McLeod, John 40
McMillan, John-, 40
McNair, Alexander 45
Nash, Samuel Shelly.... 42
Nixon, Frederick 42
NAMB. HEHHION.
Osborne, Edward 3;i
Palmer, Charles 40
Pollock, James Edward. . . 37
lladdiffe, John 45
Reilly, "** m^ow Miles .... 40
Risk, William Henry ... 23
Rothwell, Peter D 37
Hcallion, James William 40
Scott, Edward 44
Smith, Edwanl S 38
Stewart, Elihu 37
Strathers, Andrew W . . . . 42
Swayze, George Albert . . 33
Switzer, William H ;W
Teskey, William 42
Titchworth, Ira Cyrus .... 33
Walker, James Taylor — '.iS
Ward, Henry 30
Weese, Rediord Colborae. 33
Wittett, George 44
Wilson, Edward Sutton.. 28
Young, Thomas 45
Ableson, Huldah Ann 38
Atkinson, Harriet E 43
Hailey, Eliza 35
Baldwin, Louise 34
Barber, Mary 44
Batty, Alice Pamela 39
Becket, Elizabeth 35
Beckett, Lucy Mary 35
Bell, Emma Elizabeth .... 38
Bell, Sarah 34
Bodwell, Sarah Melinda. . 39
Boyce, Martha Jwne ;i6
Brooks, Harriet 35
Brotherhood, Amelia E.. 41
Brownlee, Marion 40
Bullock, Mary Cecelia 33
Burns, Susan Cooney .... 45
Cameron, Jane 37
Campbell, Maggie Ellen. . 44
Campbell, Jane Ann 41
Chambers, Annie C 44
Campbell, Elizabeth 46
Carney, Barbara Charlotte 42
Cartmell, Amelia Isabella. 33
Chadwick, Elizabeth M . . . 42
Clark, Jane 36
Clark, Alvina 45
Cody, Caroline Sabrina. ... 42
Cookbum, Catherine 40
Dorland, Lydia Catherine. 37
Dowsweil, Elizabeth 38
Drew, Ellen 33
Duck, Kate Maria 45
Duggan, Annie Maria. ... 35
Dtmlop, Elizabeth 43
Dygent, Anna Maria 35
Ellis, Louisa Josephine ... 38
Ellis, Jessie Christina. ... 45
Flavelle, Minnie 35
Forster, Mary 34
Forsyth, Aniiie Dossin 36
Foster, Margaret Jane ... 34
Foster, Sarah 45
Gibson, Margaret Agnes . . 38
Grabell, L. M. Emmeline. 43
Guim, Sarah Sophie 35
Hagarty, Sarah 45
Haggan, Eliza 39
NAMK. HE8HI0N.
Hamilton, tlessie 36
Hanil)ottle, Mary Ann . . . 25
Harris, Augusta Julia. . . . 'X\
Harris, Frances trosi'i)hint'. IVt
Hay, Jant't Kt-ndricK .... 40
Holcroft, Margaret 41
Howe, Kninoes Esther. ... 37
Hiulson, liucy M 4."i
Hurllnirt, Maria 'M\
Johnson, Sarah Kdith .... 39
Johnston, Ph(i;be .lane. ... 44
Keam, Marv' Roberts .... 37
Kemp, Sarah Bianca .... 41
Kennedy, Jane 3;i
Kennedy, Emma 44
Kenny, Christina 36
Kirklaml, Mary Robertson 45
Laurie, I^Hizabeth Brown . . 33
Lavin, Annina 44
Lawrence, Fanny Helena.. 37
Lean, Maiion E 45
licmon, Bridget Mary .... 44
Leslie, Eliza Jane 33
Maguire, Magpie 45
Martin, (!aroline 42
Medley, Emma 34
Metcalf , Janet 44
Miller, Harriet 44
Mitchell, Mary Anne 41
M(X)re, Martha 35
Moran, Alicia 44
Morton, Hester Amelia ... 38
Mulholland, Sarah 43
Munro, Janet 43
Murison, Annie 43
McArthur, Nancy 45
McCammon, Kate 44
McCauUy, Ellen 46
McCoy, Susannal 43
McCrea, Mary Ann 37
McGurn, Mary Jane 39
Mclntire, Annie 35
McKay, Sarah Elizabeth . . 44
McKei^zie, Mary 40
McKenna, Teresa Maria . . 42
McLaughlin, Margaret ... 35
McLeoQ, Mary 36
McNaughton, Jane 42
Nesbitt, Agnes 37
O'Brien, Mary Josejihine . . 40
O'Connell, Mlargaret 34
O'Donovan, Mary 43
Page, Mary Jane .'^•'
Partington, Annie Jjavinia
Patterson, Clara Anuj
Payne, Louisa ...
Payne, Maria ...
Peplow, Martha . . . . . 4jj
Perkins, Maria Oik' . . 3ii
Porter, Margery 3-'<
Preston, Elizabeth Jane . . ?^
Preston, Victoria E '6o
Prior, Joanna Amelia .... 37
Purkis, Jane Elizabeth ... 45
Ray, Agnes 44
Reed, Almeida C . 34
Reynolds, Mary Ann .... 34
Richards, Drusilla 44
Riddell, Elizabeth 36
Riddell, Margaret 40
Ridley, Alexandrina S . . . . 35
HE8HI0N.
m
y Ann .. .
Julia. . . .
Fosewhln**.
(IricK . . •
rut
Bather . . . .
I
Kdith ....
eJane. . . .
(bertu . . • •
iiuica ....
a
la
r UoburtHon
th Brown . .
ay Helena..
5
t Mary
ine
;ie
ne
25
40
41
•M
45
3*1
39
44
37
41
33
44
3(i
45
33
44
37
45
44
33
45
42
44
44
LIST OF PROVINCIAL (JEHTIFICATI'>i.
47
r Anne
I
r Amelia .
larah
ie
,ncy
ate
en
nal
Ann
Jane
lie
Elizabeth . .
,ry
eaa Maria,
argaret . .
lane
I Josephine . .
rgaret
lary
Ine
Inie Jjavinia
Va An,.
41
35
44
38
43
43
43
45
44
45
43
37
39
35
44
40
42
35
36
42
37
40
34
43
3;^
. . 4;j
|eth Jane . .
ia E iJ.'
Amelia .... 37
iizabeth ... 45
.... 44
IC 34
Ann .... 34
liUa 44
>th 36
rel 40
inaS.... 35
NAME.
Roht'rtm)n,.rane. .
|{o)>t<rtH(in, Janet
liowell, Ada Matilda . .
Scalfrt, Hophia Eliza .
HooHeld, Amelia Monn
Hcott, Jane ( IhrvHtelle .
Hefttn, Annie Maria .
Sefton, Martha
She wan, Jennie
Hilco.x, Fannie A
HimpMou, Mary
8KHHI()N.
43
40
44
:«
41
45
40
:w
33
42
38
N.\...R. HKHHION.
Sinclair, Harbara 40
Smith, Charlottt! 37
Hputford, Alice Adelia. ... 44
Stirton, Annie 45
Siithurland, Margaret .... M
SylveHter, Kniily ',W»
Telford, Marion 10
ThonipHon, Mary .lane. ... 37
Twohey, ICk-auor Tersea . 43
Walkt-r, Eliza Allan M
Walkinwhaw, Mary Ann . 39
NAMK. HKMHtON.
Warwick, Sarah 45
Weed, Mary .Fane 35
WfMt, Kli/a Jane 'M
WiUon, Kliza 43
Wilxon, .Jane 3tt
Woodnide, .lane 37
Wright, Mary Ann 38
Yorke, I-uuinila Elnia. .. . . 4ft
Zi'idand, Maria I'helpw. ... 4ft
Zt'iglur, lii/zie 44
Zeigler, Lydia Ann 43
U^RAOE A.
Birchard, Isaac James Oold
Medallist
Grape B.
Barnes, C'liarles Andrew
Grauk a.
Arner, Arthur J.
Baird, (reorge
Brown, E. James
Brown, James
Cameron, Hugh
Cajapbell, Cassius
Cowan, Andrew
Hotson, Alexander
Mclnnis. John
Ratcliff, James
Allen, Amelia Maria
Espie, Margaret, Class
Grade B.
, Hugh Alfred
Grade A.
Cunningham, Aike' W.
Stnart, Duncan
White, Christophi
Gbap'
Black, Hugh
Camithers, .Tames '.
Dales, John Robei
Davis, Bidwell N.
Dickson, John F.
Dated 15th July, 1874.
FIRST CLASS.
Lee, Archibald
Grade C.
Davidson, Sandfield
Jameson, Hugh Alfred
SECOND CLASS.
Bisaell, Alice
Kahler, Louisa E.
Grade B.
Bannerman, William
Cunningham, Aiken Walter
Dalzell, John BeU
Hunter, James
McGowan, Thomas M. K.
McKibbin, John Heni-y
Moir, George Ross
Ogden, Henry Harrison
Rejrnolds, Arthur J.
Carter, Emma
Comor, Mary Margaret L. J
Hagarty, Sara
Palmer, T. Louisa
Rose, David
Sifton, .Tames William
West, Walter Robert
Betts, Susan
Case, Elizabeth Blanch
Mctheight, Elizabeth
McLean, Matilda Mary E.
Newton, Margaret
Northcott, Mary Ann
Pearson, Emily Margaret
Smith, Marianne Bloomfield
Sykes, Charlotte Elizabeth
Tutt, Hannah Elizabeth
II., Grade A., dated 24<A July, 1874, (Trained in Ireland.)
Dated 22nd December, 1874.
FIRST CLASS.
Grade C.
Campbell. Cassius
Hotson, Alexander
SECOND CLASS.
Fletcher, John
Hockey, John Edwin
Huntsman, Lucian E.
Kelley, Simeon
Kerr, James
Lennox, John
Patrick, Thomas
Powell, Francis
Hogarth, Jabez, (student of
the 51st session)
Baily, Louisa
Cameron, Wilhelmina
Allen, Amelia M
Comor, Mary M. L. .T.
Newman, Margaret
Paoetl, Eleanor, ¥. L.
Freeman, Alice
Gray, Eliza Rebecca
Hall, Eliza Ann
Hopkins, Kate Georgina
Hudson, Celeste
Jack, Alma
Mitchell, Lizzie Bruce
McCrea, Anna Laura
McLaughlin, Alice
Scarlett, Evelynne S.
Smith, Minnie Bloomfield
Westman, Mary Ann
48
PROVINCE or ONTARIO.
I*
m
i]i;
m »
'n '%■
f.'-
Grade A.
Campbell, Alexander
Dorlaml, Solomon
Stuart, Alexander
Allen, Amelia Maria
Cornor, Mary M- L. J,
Grade A.
Parker, Thomas
Pettit, Hiram
Gillespie, Fannie
GlUDE B.
Adair, Alexander Aird
Barclay, Isaiah B
Booth," William B.
3. Certificates ijranted by the
the Central Committee.
Dated mii. July, 1875.
FIRST CLASS.
(trade B.
Corbett, Lewis C.
Francis, Daniel
Sprafciie, William E,
SECOND CLASS.
Cassidy, William
Collins, F. Charles
Devlin, Thomas S.
Dusty, James
lIufF, Samuel
Lough, William K.
Ludlow, Richard
McGowan, Robert
McWilliams, John
Reilly, William George
Grade A.
Alexander, William . . .
Brown, Arthur
Burrows, Frederick ....
Cameron, John
Carson, Joseph S. Silver
MedalHut*
Carson, William .lohn. .
Cloi-p, David P
Davison, John L. Gold
Medallist
DeamesH, Jolm •
Dorland, Solomon M.
Gold Medallist
Bmei-son, Samuel
Fletcher, Morris J.
Bronze Medallist
Gordon, Nathaniel^
Hands, Jonathan G . . . .
Hay, Andrew
Hilliard, Thomas
Kidd, William (I
Little, Robert
Living, Anna •■
fMartin, Joseph Bronze
Medallist
Miller, John R
Moses, Clarke
Munro, John
McArdle, David Silver
Medallist*
• The aniivuvl OoUl Meilal w
1871
1872
1871
1871
1874
1872
1871
187H
1871
1875
1872
1874
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1872
1875
1871
1872
1874
1875
Grade C.
McNeow, James
Pyne, Albert R. ■
lies, Isabella
Sutherland, Jeffrey Talbot
Wiglitman, (Jeorge Easton
Ballantine, Maria
Barr, Maggie
Browne, Elizabeth M.
Burton, Maggie
McKay, MjTa
Shore, Margaret Jane
Westman, Mary Ann
Whitfield, Margaret
(huiicil of Public Instruction, on the recommendation of
FIRST CLASS.
McCaig, Donald 1871
McCausland, Wm. J. . . 1871
McFaul, Jolm H 1871
McKinnon, Donald J. . . 1«71 ,
O'Connor, William -S'(7-
rer Medallist* 1875
Orr, Robert Kimball .. 1874
Ross, George W 1871
Ross, W. H 1871
Parlow, Edwin D. Bronze
Medallist 1874
Ro,-»s, A. W 1871
Smirl, Archibald Sih-er
Medallist * 1874
Somerset, Jolm B 1871
Somerville, G. A 1872
Sprague, Willinm E.
Bronze Medallist .... 1875
Tilley, William E 1871
Willis, Robert 1871
Grade B.
Bavres, Charles A.... 1871-75
Bruce, James 1875
Birchard, Lsaac 1 1872
(\ichrane, Robert 1873
Cook, John Wesley .... 1875
Cooley, John W 1872
Cooley, Robert 1872
Dixon, John 1872
Duncan, William A.. . . 1873-5
Goodbow, Alfred . . . .
1872-4
Hummel, David
. . 1874
Harv(-y, William B. .
. . 1875
Johnston, Plnrbf^ J. .
. . 1872
Leavitt, T. W. H. . .
. . 1873
Lee, Archibald
. . 1875
Leith, Thomas
. . 1874
Mc -Mister, Samuel .
. . 1875
McKenzie, James . .
. . 1875
Mackie, John M
. . 1872
MLurg, James
Telford, William R, . .
. . 1875
. . 1872
Grade C,
Clark, Levi
. . 1874
Campbell, Cassius . . .
. . 1875
Clark, William
. . 1875
Cushnie, John
. . 1875
Davis, Percy S
. . 1871
Horton, Alexander . .
. . 1874
McColl, Malcolm C. .
. . 1871
McTavish, P
. . 1871
Nugent, Matilda ....
. . 1871
Petrie, Alexander ...
. . 1875
Pyne, Albert R
. . 1875
Rae, A. M
. . 1871
Robertson, Neil . . .
. . 1873
Thompson, J. C
. . 1871
Tod, A
. 1871
Woodhull, T. B. ...
. . 1871
as first granted in 1873. IVo Silver and two Bronze Medals were added in
t Conditional on time of service being fulfilled.
1874.
Grade A.
Carroll, William
Duncan, WiUian. A . . .
Ferguson, Miles. ......
Hallett, William John .
1875
1875
1875
1875
SECOND CLASS.
Hicks, Samuel 1875
Johnson, William 1875
Kellett, Nicholas 1875
liamort, Rev. Hugh.
McTavish, Alexander
Richardson, Henry . .
1875
1875
1875
Robinson, Templeton C. 1875
Sharnir.n, George 1875
Slater, James 1875
\Mlson, James 1875
Montgomery, Esther E, 1876
eC.
'rey Tulbot
rge Eafiton
ria
eth M.
t Jane
Y Ann
garet
m.mendati:)n of
ed .... 1872-4
d 1874
,m B. . . . 1875
he. J. ... 1872
. H 1873
1875
1874
muel . .. 1875
mes .... 1875
M 1872
1875
K 1872
E C.
.... 1874
us 1875
1875
1875
1871
der .... 1874
C... 1871
1871
1871
er 1875
1875
1871
1875
1871
1871
1871
kddcd in 1874.
leton C. 1875
1875
1875
1875
kher E. 1876
LIST OF PROVINCIAL CERTIFICATES.
4. Second Class Certificates granted by the Cmitity and City Boards.
49
Grade A.
Byatn, J. W.
Caldwell, William
Cameron, John
Gumming, William
Dafoe, John Wesley
Finn, Thomas
Girardot, Ernest
McClelland, Robert
McCormack, Samuel S.
McKerrall, Theophilus
McTaggart, Angus
O'Connor, William
Ross, Niles
Thompso'i, John R. J.
Woodhull, T. B.
Reilly, Ann
Ross, Maggie
Grade B.
BeU, Walter
Grade A.
Abbott, William B.
Baird, George
Balfour, John P.
Barnes, Charles
Belfry, William J.
Bell, Thomas J.
Campbell, Richard G.
Carson, William J.
Cochrane, Robert
Cooley, John W.
Cruikshank Robert
Derness, John
Dewar<^^, Samuel H.
Duff, Andrew
Duggan, Hugh
Duncan , William
Duncan, William A.
Euart, William, J.
Ferguson, James
Ferguson, John
Frazer, Thomas
Glenn, James M.
Graham, Peter L.
Hammell, David
Hands, Jonathan G.
Hull, John B.
.Teffers, James W.
Jewett, Jamuel E.
Jamieson, Hugh A.
Larkin, George
Mackie, John McD,
Maynard, Roger
Moir, Robert
Morrison, Donald
Mulloy, Charles W.
McAlease. William V.
McColl, Malcolm C.
McDermid, Andrew
McGill, Dugald .
D
July, 1871.
Benson, James H.
Bowerman, Cornelius
Brown, Arthur
Campbell, John O
Comerford, William
Crawford, Duncan
East, Cornelius
Elliott, William H.
Foster, Samuel
Garrett, Glenholm
Gordon, John
Gorman, Constantine W.
Hall, Richard D.
Hall, William H.
Hammond, Thomas
Hicks, Samuel
Howell. William S.
Johnson, Duncan
Leavitt, T. W. H.
Minchin, William H.
Moors, Henry J.
McAlpine, Neil
McDonald, Alexander
McEachren, Peter
December, 1871.
McGregor, John O.
Mclntyre, George A.
McKenzie, Alexander
McFarlane, Peter A.
McLachlan, Wm. G.
McLaughlin, Thomas
Nixon, James N.
Nixon, Samuel
Oxenham, Richard J.
Parlow, Edwin
Porter, George H.
Roth well, Benjamin
Scott, W. H.
Sharman, George
Shearer, Andrew
Sliter, Alonzo
Smith, George
Smith, Archibald
Stoddart, David
StuU, J. F. A.
Tom, John E.
Vanderwoort, Elgin D.
Williams, Samuel O.
Wilson, James H.
\rmstrong, Martha
Bemer, Em;na
Christ.if>, Amelia
C'orrigan, Annie B.
Eraser, Maggie
Gillespie, JuliajM.
Hopkins, Elizabeth
Hume, Annie
Jack, Jessie
Knowles, Lizzie
Logan, Catharine B.
Norman, Phcebe E.
Rice, Amelia
Robertson, Chiistina M.
Yates, Maggie
McGregor, Alex. S.
McKillop, Alexander
McLean, Peter
McTavish, Peter
Nethery, Stephen B.
Payne, George
Phillips, E. G.
Pillar, Edwin W.
Poole, George V
Rothwell, Benjamin
Sexsmith, John .A
Shanks, Robert P.
Sheehan, John
Treadgold, George
Black, Georgina
Dodds, Ellen
Eadus Abina E.
Harrison, Elizal^eth
Johnstone, AnnaN.
McCall, Flora
McLachlin, Annie
McTavish, Margaret
Grade B.
Amos, William T.
Andrew, Archibald
Armstrong, James W.
Baird, John
Barr, William
Battel, Elias
Batchelor, William A.
Bell, Ranald
Blatchford, George
Bonnar, Hector A.
Boyle, David
Bradley, George
Braden, Thomas
Brennan, John
Cadman, Asa J.
Campbell, John O.
Campbell, Louis R.
Carrier, Joseph
C!arson, Joseph T.
Coleman, Vincent A .
Colton, John T.
Coltart, John
Cumming, James
Davis, James A.
Donovan, J.
Donovan, Patrick
Dunham, Jonathan
Eedy, John W.
Farrow, Asher
French, Gilbert
FuUarton, Thomas
Glass, James
Gould, Abram
Gordon, William A.
Graeley, Robert C.
Henderson, Andrew
Henderson, William
Hicks, Richard
Hind, William
>v
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Hough, John W.
HotHon, Alexander
H;^nter, W. J.
King, Joseph H.
Knott, Edmund
Lee, Archibald
Lewis, Francis A.
Little, William
Lockhart, William
Mackay, Adam W.
Malcolm, Ueorge
Moir, Andrew
Molesworth, Arthur
Moore, Robert E.
McClelland, William
McDowell, Charles
*McGum, James
McGirr, James
McKellar, Archd. R.
McKinnon, Archibald
McMillan, Robert
McNicholl, Eugene C.
McLean, Gillean
McQueen, Alexander
McRae, Samuel
Nairn, David
Piatt, George A.
Rankin, W. K.
Robertson, Neil
Ross, John
Rutherford, Peter
Scealy, Orlo
Shannon, John
Shaw, Pringle
Gbade a.
Atter, Samuel
Bradshaw, Wm. C.
Brown, Thomas M.
Cook, John W.
Cornell, Sandford A.
Davison, John L.
Dickie, John
Bobbie, John
Doran, Delph J.
Farewell, Jerome
Ferguson, Robert (Grey)
Ferguson, Robert (Huron)
Foy, Joseph
Goodbow, Alfred
Hall, Thomas A.
Hewson. Alfred J.
Henstridge, J. W.
Hill, Alexander S. D.
Houston, John A.
Johnston, Adam
Johnston, William
Le Vaux, George V.
Miller, R. W.
Mills, Robert P.
Milden, George
Munn, James H.
McColl, Duncan
McDonald, Donald
McGoey, Thomas
McKay, Matthew
McLean, John A.
Neilly, William
Potter, Thomas
Reid, John
Sheehan, John
Sims, John J.
Slater, James
Snelgrove, John S.
Scott, James
Stephenson, D. E.
Stout, William
Sprague, William E.
Sullivan, Cornelius F.
Switzer, Charles W.
Switzer, Joseph
Tate. Thomas
Tubman, Thomas
Wallace, Alexander E,
Walsh, David
Abbott, Sarah J.
Armour. Annie
Black, Margaret
Barbour, Agnes E.
Bums, Annie
Campbell, Belle
Caughell, Annie
Cole Margaret E.
Cull, Margaret
Davis, Emma
Duvall, Margaret
Ford, Adelaide J.
Greer, Rosa
Gwatkin, Sarah
Hagarty, Sara
Hanniug, Kate A.
Hay, Margaret
July, 1872.
Robb, David
Shannon, John H,
Springer, Amaziah M.
Standish, Bell
St^ wart, Duncan A.
Sutherland, Donald
Sutherland, Martin
Talbot, Richard
Telforil, William R.
Thompson, Robert G.
White, James
Wood, James S.
Boyle, Jane
Butterworth, Maria E.
Grant, Catharine
Hoshal, Emma C.
Johnson, Phoebe J.
Living, Anna M.
Main, Elizabeth F.
McMicking, Christy E.
Palmer, Louisa
Ritchie, Kate
Simpson, Jessie A.
Slocombe, Annie
Smith, Rachel
Grade B.
Amos, James
Anderson, A. R. J.
Arulstrong, Moore
Auley, George
Baltzar, Solomon
Bonny, Alfred
Bowers, Alfred A.
Hickie, Alicia
Hunter, Maggie J.
Jackson, Charlotte H.
Kay, Martha
Kennedy, Alice S.
Kennedy, Anne
Living, Anna M.
Lowther, Eliza
Lumsdeny Louisa
Main, Elizabeth F.
Marrett, Emily C.
Mark, Jessie
Matthews, Charlotte
Mills, Marv
Moscrip, Ella
McDowell, Sarah C. x
McFarlane, Eliza
McGeary, Eleanor
McGregor, Maggie J.
Mcintosh, Isabella
Norman, Annie E.
Sinclair, Isabella
Slocombe, Annie
Smith, Eliza
Thompson, Ada F.
Thome, Mary
Werdon, Eveline O.
Wills, Lizzie
Wilson, Lizzie
Wilson, Isabella
Wise, Rachel
Wright, Sarah J.
Woodhouse, Fanny
Bridgman, Marcus, W
Brown, William
Brydeu. John
Bush, Edson
Cameron, John
Campbell, Alex. D.
Campbell, Archibald G.
Cassidy, William
Chapman, George F.
Chisholm, Wellington P,
Cook, Samuel
Copeland, George
Curts, Michael
Davidson, Thomas U.
Davis, Flavel
Dixon, John
Donaldson, John H.
Duncan, George
Dunsmore, Andrew
Eberle, Henry A.
Edgecumbe, George
Eedy, John W.
Falconer, Elias
Gallivan, Jeremiah
Gerrie, John
Givens, David A,
Gould, David H.
Hamilton, George
Harrison, James
Haws, John D.
Henderson, Anson
Hewgill, John
Hicks, WilUam T,
Hipwell, H. T.
House, Jeremiah G.
Husband, Henry
Ja<
Jai
Jot
Jol
Jol
Ke
Kn
Ma
Mir
Moi
Mm
Mu]
Mui
McC
McI
McJ
McC
McI
McI
McI
McK
McK
McP
McP
McQ
McT
Pattf
Pattii
Rae,
Redic
Reed,
Richa
Ander
Barbei
Cambe
' Emersi
Gripto
Harvei
Hende'
Jones,
Muckh
Orr, R<
Pedley
Reiner,
Richan
Robinsc
Somerv
Sims, A
Badger,
Baird, J
Bennett,
Braithwj
Byingtoi
Elliott, \
^'erguson
-UcNeil, .
-McNevin
Priest, G(
Aobinson,
LIST OF PROVINCIAL CERTIFICATES.
51
jald G.
igton P.
U.
H.
ew
Irge
In
G.
Jackson, Alfred
Jamieson, James
Johnston, Alex,
.lohnston, James
.Johnston, Samuel F.
Kelley, James
Knight, Ciharles W.
Marklev, Colin /
Minshall, Henry
Morrison, Malcolm
Munro, Duncan
Munro, John
Mimro, William
McC'arter, Jobn
McDonald, Alex.
McEachem, Nfil
McGrath, John
Mcintosh, Alexander
Mcintosh, .Tohn
Mclntyre, D. A.
McKinnon, Allan
McKee, Alexander
McPhee, Alexander
McPhee, Hugh
McQuarrie, Hugh
McTavish, Alex. A.
Patton, Williom W.
Pattison, .loseph W*
Rae, George H.
Redick, John W.
Reed, Michael
Richardson, Henry
Grade A;
Anderson, Peter J.
Barber, Albert
Cambell, Walter R.
Emerson, Wm. .J.
Gripton, Charles McP.
Harvey, Wm. B.
Henderson, Anson G.
Jones, James L.
Muckle, John
Orr, Robert K.
Pedley, Charles S.
Reiner, William
Richardson, Henry
Robinson, Templeton C.
Somerville, George A.
Sims, Amelia
Grade B.
Badger, William
Baird, .John R.
Bennett, George
Braithwaite, William.
Byington, Edwii. L.
Grade A.
Elliott, William
Ferguson, Miles
McNeil, Alexander
McNevin, Sames
Priest, George W.
Kobiuson, John
Roberts, George R.
Robinson, .Joseph
Robinson, Templeton C.
Robbs, John
Rowe, Edward J.
Roulston, Samuel
Rothwell, Benjamin
Ryan, James
Sheehan, John
Sherk, William
Sherrey, George .J.
Simmons, George
Snyder, Edward
Somerville, George A.
Stewart, Andrew
Stewart, Daniel A.
Stillwell, Nicholas
Stephens, Edward A.
Taylor, .Tames
Unsworth, Richard
Wilson, John
Wrigley, George
Youmans, James A.
Allen, Josephine
Buchanan, Christina
Campbell, Ann
('ampbell, Annie
Campbell, Belle
Campbell, Emily F.
Clark, Mary
Dniry, Susan
December, 1872.
Campbell, George W.
Campbell, .John
Carroll, Wm.
Costin, Richard
Courtlandt, N. H.
Cowan, Richard
Duncan, Edward
Elliott, John
FaiTer, Homer
Ferrie, James
Fletcher, Morris .1.
Gardiner, Samuel A.
Hart, Edward
Irwin, John
Jelly, David F.
Kantel, Frederick
Keenan, David P.
Laird, .Tames W.
I aw, David W.
Le Febvre, John M.
Mavety, Albert
Mavety, Alexander
Morrison, Hugh
Murphy, Alexander
McCulloch, Kenneth
McEachran, Duncan
McEachern, Peter
July 1873.
Ryerson, Jesse
Sellars, Ford
Smoke, Samuel C
Whitney, Philo A.
Wismer, John A.
Coulson, Martha
McAi-thur, Margaret
Ford, Lucy Agnes
Grant, Margaret
Gwatkin, Sarah
Hunter Maggie Jane •
Jones, Emma
Kennedy, Eliza
Kirkland, Mary R.
Lumsden, Louisa
Matthews, fJharlotte E.
Mills, Mary
O'Grady, Mary J.
Pentland, Jane M.
Purves, Agnes
Rowe, Sarah J.
Russel, Maggie
Statchard, .Jane W.
Scott, Amelia
Sims, Amelia
Slack, Mary F.
Smith, .Janet
Smith, Mary Jane
Skinner, Isabella .Jane
Stewart, liarbara F.
Stirton, Annie
Somerville, Harriet
Thexton, Mary Ellen
Wardell, Joanna
Wallace. Lavinia M.
Wills, Lizzie
Woollard, Charlotte
Wright. Anna,
Young, .Tane F.
McGregor, William
McKay, Angus
McKay, John Sf
McKay, Donald
McMain, Charles
McRae, Roderick
Smith, William H.
Sheply, T. C.
Stanley, Uriah M.
Tudhope, Robert
Wightman, E. (k
Wood, Williams.
Young, Robert
Anderson, Janet
Armstrong, Isabella
Armstrong, Maud M.
Bel four, Fiarriette
Campbell, Annie G.
Gray, Annie A.
Helliwell, .Sarah
Hunter, Maggie .T.
Living, Eliza
Overend, Elizabeth M.
Somerville, Harnett
Stewart, Bfirbara
Wallace, Eunice
Mitchell, Isabella
Wallace, Isabella
Grade B.
Aiford, William
Anderson, James
Ash, George H.
Ji
I
I
'■*
52
PROVINCE OP ONTARIO.
* ,■ ■■•iili
ii illi
Bradley, George
Brunner, Michel
Clark, J. N.
riark, Levi
I'omforth, William
Curtis Smith
Graham. Robert H.
Haverson, James
Hicks, Richard
Johnson, George W.
Knowles, Richard H.
Leighton, John S.
Leitch, John A.
Lindsay, George
Linton, Adam R.
Grade A.
Ajmstrong, George H.
Bar-, Robert
Cldrk, Harvey
Corbett, Lewis C.
Cornell, Daniel
•Jones, Edgar
Johnson, Hugh D.
Lehman, William
Lee. Archibald
Liutou, Adam R.
Mundell, James M.
Murray, Robert
McFarlane, David
McGurn, Joseph S.
lilcLeay, Donald
Owler, WiUiam
Pratt, Francis
Pyne, Albert R^
Rittenhouse, WTlliam F.
Robinson, Templeton, C.
Rowat, Isaac S.
Sharp, James A.
Sheldon, George W.
Shepherd, Richard
Squier, Isaac C.
Stephen, Alexander
'lilley, William
Woodburne Thomas
Barbour, Agnes E.
Belfry, Frances
Carter, Emma
Cornor, Mary M^ L. J.
Kalilor, Louisa E.
Weatherston, Mary
Grade A.
Adair, Henry
Armstrong, J. E.
Beringuette, George
Black, William J. ^
Bowerman, John T.
Biirdick, (Jaleb F
Cairns, John A.
Campbell, John
Campbell, Alex.
Chadwick, ('has. W.
Cornforth, William
Dafoe, William A,
Dunbar, R. H-
Elliot, William
McAulay, William J.
McDonald, Donald
McFaul, Leonard I^.
McKillop, James B.
McMurcny, John
Nairn, David
Perkins, Joseph
Pierce, John
Roddy, John
Sanderson, Leonard D.
Shepherd, Richard
Smith, David li.
Stafford, Cyrus W.
Stilwell, John
Stuart, William
•a
December, 1873.
Ghad!; li.
Allen, David S.
Bingeman, Josepii
Black, James ('.
Blackman, Theodore W.
Brown, William G.
Clark, John W.
Coleman, Harvey K.
Cornell, Warner
(Jrawfor*!, Peter
Davis, James W.
Davidson, William
Dean, James H.
Dorland, Solomon M.
Dunsmore, Thomas
Eyre, Holmes
Fletcher, W. M.
French, William J.
Godfrey, Thomas
Greig, John
James Moses A.
Jamieson, William
Johnson, Fred. W.
Kaufman, Jacob
Marshall, James
Miller, Thomas
McDonald, Ronald
Mcllmoyle, John D.
Mclntyre, Alexander
McKeUar, James
McKenzie, William
McLaren, Peter
McRae, Alexander
O'Donnell, Patrick J.
Quin, Andrew
July 1874.
Ferguson, John
Flemming, Robert
Fraser, Williara H,
Funnell, Henry I').
Glass, George
Gibson, Robert
Godwin, William H.
(rrassick, James
Hall, Theophilus
Hallett, William J.
Henry, Thos. McK.
Hindson, William
Hobkirk, A. A.
Inglesby, R. C.
Mackay, Hector
Malolm, FuUarton B.
White, Eli Lester
Wilson, William
Brown, Agn!!s
Gilpin, Martha
Grier, Mary
Helliwell, Sarah
Lindsay, Isabella
Lovekin, Annie
Smith, Minerva
Somerville, Harriet
Spragge, Emma
Thornton, Ann E.
Whyte, Bridget
Young, Hannah J.
Robertson, David
Robertson, Duncan
Sinclair, Samuel B.
Smith, Daniel F.
Snell, Joseph
Staples, Joseph
Stewart, George
Stott, William
Sutherland, Alexander F.
Telfer. John
Wood worth, Sandford C.
Buckle, Hattie
Cameron, Catherine
Coulton, Martha
C!ooper, Maggie
Davidson, Victoria
l^e Witt, Maggie
Eyres, Sarah Jane
Hagarty, Sara
Harvey, L.
Hughes, Caroline
Kounedy, Jessie
Kirkup, Annie F.
Lemon, Elizabeth
Mills, Ma; - Anne
Mitchell, Rachel
McCreight, Elizabeth
Mclntyre, Agnes
Patterson, Lizzie C.
Pearson, Elizabeth A.
Reid, Catherine
Smith, Louisa
Stevenson, Eliza J.
Vanderburgh, Alice
Walsh, Sarah
Martin, Joseph
Millar, James
Moir, R. G.
Moore, Thomas
Moore, Chas. A.
McEwen, James
McFaul, Leonard L.
Mcintosh, Angus
McGregor, < Jharles
Petrie, Alexander
Reid, David
Sinclair, Robert G
Sinclair, John
Sinclair, Samuel B.
Sifton, James W.
Slater, Jai»>ei
LIST OF PROVINCIAL CERTIFI(!ATRS.
93
1(1 L
us
rlei4
er
IB.
Smily, George
Stanton, Jamew H.
Staples, Samuel
Stuart, Joseph U.
Stuart, Alexander
Walker, John A.
Westervelt, Samuel B.
Wilson, Nicholas
Andrews, Piiscilla
Cotton, Martha
Cowper, Mary
Gill, Annie
Harvey, Lilly
Hunt, Martha E.
Living, Eliza
Marritt, Salome
Mclntyre, Isabella
Newton, Maryaret -
Pardon, Kate L.
Whittaker, Jennie
Grade B.
Armstrong, William S.
Banks, Maltimore
Barron, liobert
Bannerman, Wm,
Bonner, John D.
Bradley, William E.
Brennard, Henry T.
Brown, Thomas D.
Bewell, William H.
Bell, Thomas
Campbell, Colin
CJantelon, Peter
Case, E. T.
Chen ay, David
Chisholm, Thomas
Clapp, Robert E.
Collin, John
(Jrawford, George E,
(!rawford, William
Cowan, William
Dick, John H.
Dickson, Albert
Dolbear, Ransom
Donnocker, Delbert G.
Dtmcan, John A.
Dunnfield, John
Flanagan, James
I'lewelling, John E.
Grade A.
Atkih, Welberu
Bannerman, William
Black, Hugh
Brents, Ira D.
Carleton William H.
Garswell, Tht)mas B.
Caverhill, Arthur
Conk, Edgar M.
('ushnie, John
Darrach, John
Davis, Elavel
Edgar, Thomas A.
Gale, John H.
(Jrorhani, Thomas A.
Haight, Franklin
;
Eraser, Ebenezer E.
Gilbert, Abraham
Glenn, James E.
Graham, John J.
Hanna, Franklin
Hanna, William
Hand, James
Hart, Hermon,
Hicks, R. W
Hislop, James
Hobbs, William B.
Hodgins, Frank
Houston, Robert
Hunt, Hannan W.
Huston, E. H.
Kester, Andrew
Kirkpatrick, 'i'hos.
Kinrade, Thomas L.
Kirk, George
Lamb, William
Leac(jck, Henry J.
Leahy, John
Macintyre, Donald
Metcalf, James H.
Miller, Edward A.
Mills, David,
Mullen, Henry J.
McClung, John
*McEwan, Robert A.
McGrath, John
McKeown, Wm.
McKay, Angus
McLean, Angus
McLean, George
McMahon, John
Norton, Theophilus
Nattress, William
Nasmith, Archibald
0'Reillj% James
Pauling, James G.
Patterson, James
Park, Alexander
Rowaq, James E.
Sheehan, John
Sheridan, Samuel
Sinclair, James A.
Sinclair, Archibald
Smith, William C.
Stafford, Henry E.
Standish, Joseph
'I'albot, Daniel
'' Ci)ii(litiiiiial.
Jri.Y, 187.'),
Hutf, Samuel
Hutt, Erastus R,
Jacques, Alfred
Leonard, William H.
Malcolm, John McN.
Marshall, Donald
Morgan, James W.
Morton, William C.
McKay, l)(niald
McLain, George
McMillan, ^MexaAler
Palmer, licvi
Pattt-rsou, Alexander
Powell, Francis
Robinson, Edward
Robinson, Thomas H.
Sandsbury, Robert
Tanner, John A.
Tanner, Robert J.
Thomas, John S.
Wallace, Robe it J.
Welch, Lafayette
Wellwood, Richard
Wetherill, Eben, R.
Wickens, Walter
Yorke, John
Yule, David D.
Abbott, Susie J,
Armstrong, Annie
Baily, Louisa
Brown, Esther
< 'arlyle, Thomasina
CJhuse, Lauretta
(Comfort, Ellen
Cooke, Margaret
Crawford, Annie
Davidson, Alice
Dawson, Eva
Forgie, Agnes
(Jlassford, Mary E.
Harvey, Annie M.
Haskett, Eliza
Hoskins, Cecilia C.
Hudson, C'eleste
Magen, Clara
Miller, Amelia
McCulloch, Margaret
McLean, Margaret A.
McLean, Matilda M.
O'Leary, Alice
Palmer, Antoinette
Pentland, Emma
Rothwell, Caroline
Shaw, Kate A.
Springer, Elizabeth
staples, Susannah
Steacy, Annie C.
Stevens, Ann
Thompson, Maggie
Waddell, Lizzie F.
Walker, Cath. R.
Wallace, Mary
Watson, C^ame J.
Weller, Matilda C.
Welstad, Anna
Westman, Mary A.
White, Mai-y A.
Si'ldon, Richard
Slater, Joseph
Smyth, Elijah J,
Sowerby, John
S(|uair, John
Stafford, Henry V.
Strang, L^eter
Wallace, David
Weir, Archibald
Y<tung, James
Adair, Margaret
Armstrong, Mary
Ballantyne, Mariit
BeaU, Laura
Beattie, Bessie
Beith, Frances
f
54
PROVfNCE OF ONTARIO.
■|
Am
'H
Creasor, Mary
Darche, Louise
Forgie, Agnes
Mc5laxter, Isabella
Ramsay, Mary
Scales, Hannah
Westman, Mary A.
Grade B.
Allan, Thomas
Anderson, John
Aj-mistead, Samuel
Armour, John
Atton, William M.
Attridge, Samuel
Bellamy, T. A.
Bennett, George J.
Blackstock, Joseph
Booth, William B.
Brown, E. R.
Cameron, Alexander
Cameron, Heni-y
Cameron, Malcolm li.
Clarke, James A. P.
Coates, Robert
Craig, Robert
Cull, Frederick A.
Cundal, John
Currie, Malcolm
Day, Alfred T.
Decow, James
Dobbin, Robert O.
Dolbear, Ransom
Donahue, Dennis
Douglas, John
Drummond, John
Duff, Jamts
Duff, Samuel J.
Dulmage, Daniel
Duncan, Edward
Eby, Sanich
Evans, Cornelius F.
Ferguson, Alexander
Fryer, John P.
Fulton, James
Girard, Irenee
Girdwood, Joseph H.
Glass, Matthew
<iraham, Mannadukc
Graham, William
Grandy, Thomas
Gray, Henry
(^reen, Thmnas S.
Hagan, ThmnaK
Hamilton, M. T.
Hartley, James
Harvey, William A.
Henderson, Thomas
Herrington, W. J.
Higley, Edward
Hill, John H.
Hoover, Jacob
Irvine, Charles R.
Irwin, <Ji'orc(i A.
Irwin, Joseph
Jones, Robert W.
Johnston, James McC.
Johnston, Robert W.
Kemp, John H.
Kennedy, Thomas
Lamoreaux, Wilmnt
Lett, Francis G.
li' cki'it, Matthew
liudlow, Richard
Markle, Vining A.
Martin, Robert S.
May, Playter
Ming, Charles S.
Moore, James K.
Munro, William
Mustard, Thomaa
Mutch, John
MacKenzie, William A.
MacKenzie, William F.
McAntee, James
McBride, John
McC-abe, Charles J.
McCamus, David N.
McCracken, Thomas
McGowan, W. R.
McHuph, Michael
Mcllwain, John
McKay, William
McLoughlin, John
McLean, Allan
McMurchie, Peter
McPhail, Archibald A .
McPherson, David
Nash, William H.
Odium, Edward
( )'Shea, James F.
Park, Henry G.
Patterson, Robert
Pearse, George
Perry, Samuel T.
Phelan, M. J. J.
Pike, Isaac
Porter, Robert
Pounder, Peter
Rabb, John
Rae, James W.
Reddick, David
Redmond, James K,
Ritchie, John, sen.
Ruby, Emanuel
Rymal, Marshal B.
Shaw, Alexander
Shaw, William
Shaw, Frank W.
Shaw, William G.
Sheehan, John
Sheppard, B. S.
Sherk, Levi
Shinay, William
Simpson, John
Sinclair, F;-anklin
Skelton, Jeremiah
Smith, A. G.
Smith, Arthur H.
Smith, James C.
Smith, Robert H.
Spillett, Stanley
Stejihen, Adam H.
Stones, George
Sutherland, Jeffrey T.
Symons, William H.
Tait, Leonard
Taylor, James T.
Thompson,, WiUiam
Tovel, John
Trueman, Thomas
Vanderburg, Harvey
Waddell, William
Wallace, Michael
Walls, William A.
Wardrop, Alexander B.
Warren, Edward
Waterson, John A.
White, Thomas
Willmot, John W.
Wright, Arthur W.
Wright, Justus
Wright, Maurice
Baldwin, Jennie
Ballantyne, Kate
Batty, Isabel
Baxter, Sophia
Bennitto, Ellen
Bissell, Elizabeth
Bissell, Lydia J.
Bollard, Susan A.
Boon, Isabella C.
Boyle, Jennie
Brown, Alice L.
Browne, Elizabeth
Cheney, Frances A.
Church, Eliza J.
Clarke, Lavira
Cobum, Mary
Comfort, Etoile
Comfort, Emma
f 'ook, Athelia J,
Cowie, Agnes
Crozier, Mary
Flett, Minnie
Foote, Annie G.
Fulton, Amorette
Gardiner, Lucy W.
Grant, Georgina
Gross, Lucetta J.
Hall, Lizzie
Hall, Aggie
Halligan, Mary A.
Harrison, Maria
Head, Martha
Hetherington, Eunice E.
Hortin, Annie
Howard, Abbie
.Tessop, Annietta "
Laird, Annie M.
Livingstcm, Ellen
Mahaffey, Mary S. ,
Malcamson, Maria
Marshall, Margaret A.
Martin, Victoria
Mustard, Christina
McColl, Bella
McCormack, Louise
McGarvie, Josephine
McGeary, Rachel
McKenzie, Margaret
McMenemy, Annit
McPhail, Sarah
Neill, O. Maggie
Oliver, Marion
Richardson, Jemima
Robinson, M. Jane
Sims, Bertha
Sims, Florence
Sinclair, Margaret
Slider, Ella
Smith, Annie P.
Smith, Jennie E.
Smith, Minnie
Smith, M. E.
Smyth, Manraret
Stewart, Sarah
St
Ta
Ta
Ta
Th
TI
3.
4.
5.
6.
8-
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
16.
A DIGEST OF THE HIGH SCHOOL, ETC., ACT.
55
Stu.avt, Lizzie
Tandy, Harriet
Taylor, Agnes
Taylor, S. Louisa
Thompson, Sarah A.
Thomson, Ellen
Todd, Janet
Toralinson, Susie
Trainor, Matilda
ITtter, Edith
VanCamp, Lauretta
Watson, Jane
Young, Frances E.
THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, THE CHIEF SUPERINTENDENT
AND THE HIGH SCHOOLS.
A DIGEST OF THE ACT 37 VICTORIA, CAP. 27.
s. ,
|ri;i
tA.
iiima
Ine
let
I. TJie Cowncil.
1. The Council shall consist of — (1) The Chief Superintendent, or, if absent, the
Deputy ; (2) eight members appointed by the Governor ; (3) one member elected
by the Council of University College, and one by every other college with uni-
versity powers ; (4) one member elected by qualified high school masters
and teachers, one by public school inspectors, one by (iualified public and
separate school teachers ; (5) but no inspector, master or teacher is eligible ;
(6) persons elected shall hold office till the next election.
2. Four of the present members, selected by lot, retire the third Tuesday in August,
1875, and four others August, 1876, unless ap])ointment be earlier determined.
3. The Governor may appoint the eight as vacancies occur.
4. Every person so appointed shall hold office for two years ; but if appointment is
sooner determined, the Governor may make an appointment for an unexpired
term.
5. Any member may be re-appointed.
6. The elections by the colleges shall take place on or before the third Tuesday in
August, 1874, and every second year thereafter; (2) shall be certified to the
Chief Superintendent, and go into eflfect the third Tuesday in Aiigust ; (3) such
persons shall be members for every purpose not relating exclusively to public
schools ; (4) and shall hold oflF.ce till the next elections ; (5) persons elected to
fill a vacancy hold office for the unexpired term.
7. Persons first elected by the inspectors and high school teachers shall be in office
for one year.
8- The i)erson first elected by the public school teachers shall hold oftice two years.
9. Members subsequently elected shall hold oftice two years, and till the election of
successors ; if elected to fill a vacancy, they shall jfiold oltice for the unexpired
term.
10. If a vacancy occurs six months or more before the periodical election, the Chief
Superintendent shall appoint an election, and give one month's notice, as the
Council shall direct.
11. Every public school inspector shall, by the 15th of June, 1874 a.r 1 1876, and every
second year, exhibit a list of the names and addresses of the teachers in his
jurisdiction;
12. Which may be examined by any teacher for one month.
13. If an interested party complain in writing of an error, the inspector shall rec-
tify it.
14. The inspector shall transmit to the Chief Superintendent, by the 15th of July, a
certified copy of the corrected list, and all the persons named shall be entitled
to vote.
16. Every high school board shall furnish, by the loth of July, 1874, 1875, and every
second year, to the Chief Superintendent, the name and address of every quali-
fied teacher at the time employed.
10
56
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
y. I
tU:M
T, I-,- ',■■■(!;
II.
5i
16. If such lists be not received, or, in any case of doubt, the Superintendent and the
scrutineers shall decide as to the validity of votes received .
17. If an election to n vacancy be required, new election lists shall be sent to the Chief
Superintendent two weeks before such election ; and if not received at the time
of election, the last list received shall be used.
18. Elections shall be as follows — (1) Voting papers, closed, shall be delivered to the
Chief Superintendent, or to an officer of the Education Department appointed, (2)
on the third Tuesday in August or other aj^pointed day, or during the preceding
week ; (3) the papers shall be opened the next day by the officer, before two or
more fcrutineors appointed by the Council ; (4) the votes shall be counted and
recorded, and record be open at all times to inspection ; (5) voters may be pre-
sent ; (6) the highest number of votes elect ; (7) if votes for any two or more
be eqxial, the election of one candidate shall be decided by lot.
19. The officer and scrutineers shall certify the result to the chairman of the Council
and the person elected.
20. The Council shall be subject to orders from the Lieutenant-Governor.
21. Three shall be a quorum ; the chairman shall have a second vote.
22. Any member may call for the yeas and nays, and the clerk shall record them.
23. The senior clerk of the Department shall be the clerk of the Council, enter its
proceedings, and keep itu accounts.
24. Proceedings of Council and interim committee shall be published in the JonrvMl.
2d. Members' expenses may be paid.
26. Expenses of Council shall be accounted for.
27. Council shall — (1) Appoint a chairman, determine times of meetings and mode
of proceeding ; (2) prescribe books, studies, and rules for high schools, subject
to the approval of the Governor ; (3) and on the same condition, regulate the
distribution of the high school grant within the limits allowed by law ; (4) ap-
point high school inspectors, their duties and salaries ; (5) regulate, subject to
approval, the examinations for admission to high schools ; (6) rec^uire the central
committee to prepare the papers for the same ; (7) provide for granting special
one 3'ear certificates, by high school inspectors, to monitors or assistants ; (8)
appoint two or more scrutineers for the election ; (9) direct the manner of notify-
ing a special election ; (10) regulate the number and reports of meteorological
stations at high schools ; (11) see to the efficiency of the normal and model schools,
(12) and make rules therefor ; (13) regulate the admission of students ; (14) the
number and payment of teachers, &c. ; (15) direct the procuring of the books,
&c. , used therein; (16) and generally promote their interests ; (17) require an exa-
mination at the end of the normal school session by the central committee ; (18)
provide regulations for public schools and their teachers ; (19) provide for teach-
ing therein natural history, agrictiltural chemistry, mechnuics and agriculture ;
(20) prescribe the qualifications of inspectors and examiners ; (21) and their
examination ; also, grant their certificates ; (22) provide by a committee or
otherwise, for the examination of teachers, and of the normal school students, or
of teachers certificated elsewhere in the British dominions ; (23) award first-class
certificates on the report of the central committee, and second-class in certain
special cases ; (24) examine and recommend or disapprove of books ; (25) make
regulations for school libraries ; (26) have examined any books sent by book-
sellers and others ; (27) sanction or disapprove such books for prizes and libra-
ries, (a) and the decision shall be sent to the party, (6) and the books returned
on application ; (c) the names and prices of books when sanctioned shall be pub-
lished in the Journal, with dates of receipt, and when laid before the Council ;
(28) make regulations, subject to approval, for pensioning teachers under the
Act ; (29) send an aimual account of receipts and expenditure for normal
schools.
28. The Council may resolve into committee of the whole ; (2) appoint an interim
comiijittee, which may exercise full powers under the regulations ; (3) inquire
and report as to matters referred by the Governor or the Chief Superintendent ;
(4) require candidates for high school masterships to prove their efficiency,
except those emploj^ed before March, 1874 ; (5) exempt any high school
having insufficient funds, from teaching Gei an and French ; (6) give special
permission for the use of foreign books in tl. ; English branches.
dent and the
; to the Chief
I at the time
vored tn the
ppointed, (2)
he preceding
lefore two or
counted and
may be pre-
two or more
: the Council
r.
)rd them,
cil, enter its
the Jon rnal.
^s and mode
ools, subject
regulate the
law ; (4) ap-
be, subject to
■e the central
,nting special
ssistants ; (8)
ler of notify-
eteorological
odel schools,
its ; (14) the
the books,
^uire an exa-
mittee ; (18)
de for teach-
agriculture ;
) and their
mmittee or
students, or
d first-class
in certain
(25) make
[ut by book-
and libra-
s returned
all be pub-
e Council ;
under the
or normal
Ian interim
1(3) inquire
rintendent ;
efficiency,
ligh school
Ive special
A DIGEST OF THE HI(4H SCHOOL, ETC., ACT. .'>7
II. The Chief S^iperintendeiit.
29. The Lieutenant-Governor may appoint a Chief Superintendent of Education.
30. Who shall be subject to the direction of the Lieutenant-Governor.
31. The Chief Superintendent shall — (1) Apportion the high school grant under sec-
tions 60, 68 ; (2) notify the county clerks thereof, and certify same to Provin-
cial Treasurer for payment ; (3) see that it is duly applied ; (4) see that the high
schools and institutes are conducted according to the Uw and regulations ; (5)
prepare all necessary forms and give such instructions as he thinks proper ; (6)
have the Act, rules and instructions printed and distributed ; (7) make a report
to the Lieutenant-Governor as to the establishment or discontinuance, by the
county ^council, of any high school ; (8) promote the establishment of li-
braries ; (9) apportion the funds for libraries, prizes and apparatus, on con-
dition of an equal sum being raised from local sources ; (10) promote the use of
uniform and approved text-books ; (11) superintend generally the normal
schools ; (12) give a provincial certificate, on the recommendation of the central
committee, to a teacher trained or certificated anywhere in the British do-
minions, who, if not trained in an Ontario normal school, must prove his apti-
tude to teach ; (13) be responsible for normal school moneys, and give security
as required ; (14) promote suitable school plans and furniture, and diliiiao use-
ful information generally ; (15-20) appoint, &c., as in the Public School Act,*
section 129 (4, 6, 7, 12, 1 3, 24); (21) provide a place for the meetings of the Coun-
cil, and may call a special meeting thereof, by due notice ; (22) appoint a time
for an election to till a vacancy and give a month's notice, as the Council may
direct ; (23) perform, in person or by deputy, the duties prescribed in sections
18 and 19 ; (24) transmit high school entrance examination papers to the county
inspectors, with instructions ; (25-29) as in Public School Act, section 129 (18-
22) ; (30) prepare and transmit the correspondence of the Council ; (31) as in
Public School Act, section 129 (25); inclu'Je in his report abstracts of the meteor-
ological station reports ; (32) procure the instruments and forms reijuired by
section 85 at the expense of the municipality.
32. As in Public School Act, section 129 (5, 23), and sections 132, 136, 137.
33> Out of parliamentary school funds, the Governor may authorize the expenditure
of the sums voted for —
a. Under the anthority of the Comicil. — (1-3) Normal schools ; for salaries and
contingencies, and facilitating attendance of students ; (4) high school
inspectors ; (5) superannuated teachers.
Ik Through the Chief ihiperintenileut. — (6) museum ; (7) supplying the Journal
of Ediication to school trustees and inspectors ; (8) school libraries ; (9)
maps, apparatus and prizes ; (10) depository clerks ; (11) teachers' in-
stitutes ; (12) school architecture, &c. ; (13) poor schools' special aid.
III. High Schools mul their Districtti.
34. Existing high school divisions, agreements, &c., are continued.
35. In every county there shall be one or more high schools, which shall take the
name of the town where situated.
36< The place may be changed by the county council at or before the June session,
to take eflfect at the end of the year, if approved bj' the Governor, on the re-
commendation of the Chief Superintendent.
37. Every county council, at or before the Jiine session, with a similar approval, may
discontinue a high school at the end of the year.
38. Every county council shall settle limits for the high school districts within its
jurisdiction.
39. And form a village or town, and other territory into a new district.
40. A new high school may be established by the county council, at or before the
June session, if the grant allow an amount of $400 per annum, without dim-
inishing the last grants to other schools ; to go into effect at the end of the
year, provided the Lieutenant-Governor on the recommendation of the Chief
Superintendent authorize the same.
M
rilOVINC'K OF ONTARIO.
41. The high school bonrd of any district formed by the county council shall possess
all the powers therein that pertains to a board under this Act.
42. Evoiy city and town separated from the county shall, for high school purposes,
bo a county, and its council have full powers.
43. And such councils, with the county council, may form enlarged districts for the
city or town high school, which district shall then bo i^ the jurisdiction of the
town council and the board for such purposes.
IV. Municipal (Jhuncils ami Hujh Hchoola.
44. The city or town (separated) council shall provide a sum equal to half the high
school grant, and such other sums as the board may require.
46. If the town be n(it separated, the county shall provide the sum equal to half the
grant ; but all other sums recpiired shall be raised by the municipality where
the school is situated, or by the district.
46. And such sums shall be provided by the councils of the respective municipalities,
on the application of the board.
47. The council of every county, city and town separated may pass by-laws for : —
(1) Assessments for high school purposes ; (2) obtaining real property for high
schools, and repairing buildings ; (3) aiding high schools ; (4) aiding high school
fmpils to attend Upper Canada College and the University ; (5) aiding pub-
ic school pupils to attend high schools ; (0) endowing fellowsliips and other
prizes in the University and Upper Canada College for pupils of high schools.
48. All high school moneys are to be paid to the high school treasurer ; and all
assessments and subscriptions shall be paid in by 14th December.
49. The treasurer shall give security to the board, and submit his accounts to the
municipal auditors, who shall- audit the treasurer's accounts.
■t;
1.1. '«
V. High t^''hool Trustees.
50- Every city council shall appoint a high school board of six trustees.
61. But if it is the only liigh school in the county, the county council shall appoint
half the trustees.
62- Every county council shall, from time to time, appoint three trustees for the high
school of a village or town not separated ; the town or village council shall
appoint three trustees, one to retire 31st of January annually, in the order
of appointment.
The county council shall appoint six trustees for any high school in an unincor-
porated village, established with the Governor's sanction.
But if the county council grants a sum equal to half the legislative grant, it may
appoint half the high school trustees of a town separated : othoi'wise all the
trustees shall be appointed by the town council.
Two members shall retire annually, on the Slst of January, according to seni-
ority. *
Vacancies shall be filled up as they occur, by appointments for the unexpired
term.
Annual appointments shall be made of two trustees, at the first council meeting
every year, in cities and towns separated ;
And of one trustee in counties, towns not separated, and villages.
Retiring trustees may be reappointed, and hold office till their successors are
appointed.
The board shall be a corporation with the usual powers, and shall be called the
high school board.
61. Three shall be a quorum, and the board shall — (1) Meet annually on the first
Wednesday in February; (2) appoint a chairman; (3) appoint the times of their
• meetings, modes of proceeding and keeping their records ; (4) take charge of the
high school and its property ; (6) do as they deem expedient as to building, fur-
nishing and repairing ; (6) apply to the council of the city, or town separated,
for the sums required for the accommodation and expenses of the school, and
the council shall raise the same by assessment ; the board of a high school dis-
.trict shall apply to the res^jective councils for the sums authorized by section 45:
63
64
66.
66.
87.
68.
69.
60.
66.
A DIOES'.' OF THIi »r(iH HOIIOOL, KTC, ACT.
59
shall possess
ool purposes,
itricts for thn
idiction of the
half the high
lal to half the
cipality where
nunicipalities,
)y-laws for : —
perty for high
rig high school
i) aiding pub-
ips and other
ligh schools,
iirer ; and all
iccounts to the
shall appoint
es for the high
council shall
in the order
lin an unincor-
1 grant, it may
lei'wise all the
|rding to seni-
the unexpired
|)uncil meeting
successors are
be called the
ly on the first
times of their
charge of the
juilding, fur-
irn separated,
[e school, and
rh school dis-
Iby section 45;
62.
63.
64.
66.
(7) apply to the counci's for any additional sums .uider section 47; (H) settle the
school fees, for which thoy may sue, and apply them for sahirius and oxpcnsos ;
(}))give orders cm the respective treasurors for the moneys payable ; (10) remove
and appoint qualitiiKl masters and teachers, and Hx their salaries and duties ;
(11) appoint other otHcers, and Hx their remuneration ; (12) provide for giving
instruction in English, the classics, mathematics and modern languages, accord-
ing to a programme proscribed by the Council, so as to prepare students for
University College; (IH) have the school conducted according to the regulaticms ;
the proi)er text books used ; and half-yearly public examinations held ; (14)
send to the Chief Superintendent by the 15th of January, an annual report, in
the form provided.
The board nuiy — (1) Establish a preparatory school or class, which shall not be
taught by any teacher of the high school, and the legislative and county grants
may not be applied to its maintenance, nor any additional assessment bo levied
for it .
Where tht?»high and public school l)oards have united, the board shall be called
the board of education, (a) and seven shall be a quorum ; the board has full
powers ; must fui'uish the lists recjuired by secti<ms 15 and 17, and may supple-
ment a teacher's pension ; (h) the union may be dissolved at the end of any year
by resolution ; (c) whereupon the property shall be divided for school purposes,
as the two boards agree — if they fail to agree for six months, by the town or
village council, but if the village be unincorporated, by the county council ; ((/)
no such union shall be formed after Ist July, 1874.
The inspector, chairman of the high school board, chairman of th* public school
board, and the high school head master shall be examiners for admission to the
high school — (I) The uniform questions, with values prepared by the central
committee, shall be transmitted by the Chief Superintendent to the public school
inspector ; (2) the local board may admit provisionally those who pass accord-
ing to the regulations ; (3) the inspector shall report the value awarded to each
answer, and send the answers to theChief Stiperintendent, wherou]>on tho contrul
committee may confirm or disallow any admission ; (4) the inspector nuiy appoint
ajsubstitute to preside at the examination on occasion, (5) who shall lay before the
board the papers and answers ; (G) the county inspector shall ha remunerated by
the county council, at the same rate at least as county councillors ; (7) the city or
town inspectors shall receive from the public school board 35 per day while
examining ; (8) the said council or board shall provide for such payment, and for
the expenses of the examination ; (9) the high school inspectors shall see that
the regulations are observed.
Pupils from the county shall be admitted on the same terms as pui>ils from the
town ; but not in cities or towns separated, unless the county council provides
a sum ecpuil to half the grant.
VI. High School Grants and Moiicys.
66
67.
68.
69.
The grant shall be divided among schools legally conducted, on the basis of —
((t), the time kept open, (h) the average attendance, and (c) proficiency.
The attendance shall be certified by the trustees and master, and verified by the
inspector.
The distribution shall be under the regulations of the Council, approved by the
Governor.
Such payments shall be made through the county treasurer.
70. The sum so apportioned by the Chief Superintendent, and a sum equal to half
such apportionment raised by local assessment, shall be expended for the salaries
of masters and teachers only.
71. No school for which such local assessment is not so raised and expended, or which
does not observe the regulations, shall be entitled to the grant.
VII. High School Masters.
72. None can be hereafter a;)pointed a head ma-^rnv unless he has graduated in arts
in a university in the British dominions, and also satisfies the Council of his
60
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
N:
knowledge of the art of tuaching and of nchool diacipline ; but pewonn horeto-
f<»ro (|UHliHed and uniployud continue to bo uligiblo.
73. DisputoH Itotwoon truatuus and toauhurn aH to roinunoration must bo decided in
the Divinion Court, subject to appeal.
74. In pnrHuance of a judgment, execution may isauo as in a judgment for debt, with
feoH and expenBos.
70 to 80. Kespecthiy superannuation. Identical with sections 07 to 101 of the Pub-
lic School AcL (page 20).
81. li-'ery mactor and teacher is entitled to salary for the authorized vacations dur-
ing, ;, I at the close of his period of engagement; also for four weeks of sick-
ness certified, in the year, and the truHtoes may increase the time so allowed.
82. ThoBiiinmor vacation shall be from Tst .luly to IHth of August inclusive.
83' Kvery master shall duly keep the general entrance and daily class registers pro-
vided by the trustees.
84. The master of any high school, which is also a meteorological station, shall take
the observations, and keep the journal prescribed by the Council, sending
nxmthly abstracts to the Chief Superintendent.
85. Every such station shall bo provided (at the expense of the county, city or town)
with a barometer ; a thenuometer ; a hygrometer ; a rain gauge ; a wind vane
and the proper books.
88. And if the observations and i-eturns thereof bo duly made, the high school shall
receive $1 5 per month therefor.
VIII. Hi<ih Srliool Sites and Propi'itii.
87. AH high school projjorty vests absolutely in the trustees, subject to the trusts
declared in the deod.
88. If any lands in Ontario be granted for the puri)osos of a school or institution, and
it is inexpedient to retain them, thoy may bo conveyed as hereinafter i)rovided.
89. The trustees may, in such case, with the cfinsent of the municipal council under
seal, c(mvey such lands to the Crown, and such conveyance shall vest the same
in the Crown.
90. Such lands may be sold under an Oi'der in Council, and the proceeds applied in
the purchase of other lands, to be vested in the Crown for the purposes of such
or a similar institution.
91. And if applied for purchiising lands for high school purposes, the title may vest
in the trustees ; or if land be not required, or if there be a surplus, sucli pro-
ceeds or surplus may be applied for the school as the Government may
direct.
92. No such purchaser from the Crown shall l)o bound to see to the application of the
money.
93. The Act shall not impair the rights of a private party in such lands.
94. The Crown may grant to the trustees of the high school or other institution, any
lands surrendered to the Crown as aforesaid.
95. If any persons residing in Ontario desire to take a conveyance of real property
for the use of such schools, they may appoint trustees, not less than five or
more than seven, to whom and to whose successors, appointed as specified in the
deed, such property may be conveyed.
96. Such trustees may hold such j>r(jperty, and maintain any action for the protection
tliereof, but there shall not be more than ten acres for one school, and this sec-
tion shall not extend to public schools.
97. The trustees shall register any such deed within twelve months.
IX, CoUeijiate Institutes — Military Instruction — Penalty. ;
98- The Governor may confer on any high school the name Collegiate Institute, if
four masters be fully employed, and an average of sixty male pupils in classics
be maintained ; and such institute may receive an additional ^750 per annum
while that standard is maintained, but if it fail for two years it shall lose the
name and grant. The high school law applies to such infjtitutes.
99. The Governor may prescribe a course of military study for high schools, and a
or«on» horeto-
be decided in
ior debt, with
)1 of the Pub-
vacations dur-
weeksof sick-
i BO allowed,
usive.
I registers pro-
ion, shall take
nncil, sending
', city or town)
I ; a wind vane
gh school shall
st to the trusts
nsiitntion, and
lifter provided.
I council under
vest the same
eds applied in
irposes of such
title may vest
plus, such pro-
srnment may
alication of the
|istitution, any
real property
Ls than five or
Ipecified in the
Ithe protection
and this sec-
HIOH SlilOOL ttE(iULATlONS, tJONr>KNSED.
61
Institute, if
s in classics
per annum
Ishall lose the
ichools, and n
grant of 850 per annum may bo allowed therefor, where the niiutter is duly
qualified, and hve pupils have been so taught for six months ; such classes shall
be subject tu special govenunent inspection.
100. No inspector appointeil after 24th March, 1H74, shall hold any other ofHce which
would interfere with his duties as inspector.
101. No teacher (»r school othcial shall be agent for any person to sell school b(>.)kH or
apparatus, or receive reiuuneratif)n for siich sale.
102. Any person wilfully disturbing a high school shall, on conviction before a justice,
on the athdavit or one witness, forfeit for public school purposes a sum not ex-
ceeding $20 and costs ; or may be indicted and punished for misdemeanor.
103.
104.
X. Jiepcalimj and VniiJirnUnij (ylaunea.
The Acts of 1860, 1869, 18(50 and 1871 (22 Vic. c. ()3, 04 ; 29 Vic. c. 23 ; M Vic.
c. 23 ; 34 Vic. c. 33), so far as they relate to the Council and the high schools are
repealed, saving as to transactions, proceedings and appointments before such
repeal ; this law shall not operate us a new law, but as declaratory of the
law contained in the Acts repealed ; if the Consolidated Act is not of the same
effect as the repealed Acts, the latter shall g(»vem matters anterior, and the
former shall govern matters subsefpient to the repeal.
" Legally (qualified uuisters and teachers," and " legally ({ualiKed teachers," in
this Act, mean persons possessing hrst, second or third-class certihoates, or
qualitied teachers under the High, Public or Separate School Acts ; but do not
apply to those holding interim certificates from an inspector, or certificates
qualifying persons to act as monitors or assistants.
THE HIGH SCHOOL REGULATIONS, CONDENSKD.
N. B. Tlio uollei^ato institutes arc subject t(i the same reh'ulations as the liijth schools.
The terms, hours and holidays are the same as in the puhlic schools, except that in the hixh schools and unionu
iiiiclsummcr vacation hoging the 1st July, and the aftornonns of Wednesday and Saturday may be taken instead of
tliu whole of Saturday.
The public half-yearly examinations required to l»e held in each scliool shall take place, the one iinmediatoly
before the Christmas holidays, and the other immediately before the summer vacation.
The Chief Superintendent may permit a heail muster to bo absent two of the ordinary tcachinj; days in each
half-year, for the purpose of visitinjf and observni(j the methods of classification, teaching and discipline practised
ill other schools than that in which he teaches. ,
With respect to reiijfious instruction, school accommodation, and duties of masters and pupils, the regula-
tions arc similar to those in the public schools, umtatis nrntaitdin.
, Duties of High School IiiMpectorg,
No inspector shall, during his incumbency, hold' any other office or [H^rform any other duties than those
assigned to, or proncribed for him, without the jiermis.slon of the Council of Public Instruction.
No inajiector of high or public schools shall in any way interfere in the election of nieniberb of the Council of
Public Instruction, by teachers of collegiate institutes, high schools or ))ublic schools.
The law ro(piires the inspectors to perform such duties as may bo pres«ribed for thetn by the Council.
Each inspector shall devote the whole of his time to the duties of his rifficc as inspector, or member of the
central connnittee of examiners, if appointed thereto, excejit during the intervals of his visits to the schools or
during the school holidays and vacations.
Each inspector shall visit every high school in the section of the Province which may be assigned to him from
time to time by the Chief Superintendent, at least once ilnruig each half-year. He shall also visit the separate
schools (under such instructions as the separate school law authorizes), and shall also visit the |)rincipul public
scliools in cities, towns and villages, to see howfar the official progrannne and regulations are carried out in these
■siiliools. He shall devote a day or more to the examination of the cla.sses and pupils in eacli scho(d, and shall
record the result of such examination. He shall also make enquiry and examination, in such manner as ho shall
think proper, into all matters affecting the condition and operations of the school, the results of which ho shall
record, and tran.smit a cojiy thereof, on completing his inspection, to the Department (but he shall not give any
previous notice to the master or trustees of his visit.) He shall also prepare and transmit to the Chief Superin-
tendent such confidential ,or other reports as the Chief Superintendent may require, in such fonn and manner as
he may direct.
Certificates of Qualifijcation for Head Masters, Assistant Mastets and Monitors.
In every high school there shall be, as required by law, and as necessary to teach the subjects of the pre-
scribed programme of studies, a head master and one or more duly qualified teachers employed.
All certificates granted, suspended or cancelled under these reiriilatlons, and all renewals of such certificates
as herein provided, shall be duly reported by the inspector to the Chief Superintendent, and to the high .school
or collegiate institute board concerned.
I. Hrad Mastbrs.— Any person wishing to become a head master after the 24th of March, 1874, shall present
fir the inspection of the board enr 'toying him, the diploma received from any university in Her Majesty's domi-
nions, or furnish other saitisfactory proof that he has regularly graduated in Arts in such university. Ho shall
62
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
also present a cortiflcate from the Council of Public; Instruction, showing that he has satisfled that body as to his
knowlcdt^o of the art of teaching, and of the management of schools. No honorary degree can be admitted as
evidence of compliance with the law.
Any gratluatc in arts of a chartered luiivcrsit., in the JJritish dominions, who has proceeded roirularly to his
(lejfree, and who produces evidence satisfactory to the Council, that lie has taught successfully for one year as
assistant master in a high school, or who is ii luildtr of a first or second-class certificate as d public school teacher,
sliall be considered elijfible for a head mastorsiiiii.
Graduates who have had experience in colleges and private schools only, must satisfy the Coiincil that such
exi)erience is sutflc'.wiit, before they can be regarded as eligible for appointment.
II. AsHiSTA' )■> Asn MosiTOKS. -No assistant teacher shall l)e >,. iployed who does not possess a legal certificate
of r|ualificatioii of ih<> first or second-class, prescribed for i)ublic school ma.sters and • ssistants, or a certificate that
he IS a graduaU (wIk> proceeded regularly to his degree) in the l>^aculty of Arts, of good stnndmg in some univer-
sity in th - Uri* • .n dominions, imless he ha.s obtained a certificate from the inspector in aosordance with these
regulations.
At the request in writing of any board, a high school inspector may admit to examination any candidate for
the position of assistant or monitor, on the following conditions :— (1) The candidate shall jtresent to the inspector
a certificate of good moral character, Mgned by ii clergyman ; (2) the subjects of examination for the position of
ino7Utor shall be :- readiiig, writing, siiolling, anil the elementary parts of grannnar, geo>>raphy and arithmetic ;
(3) the subjects for the position of amxtant teacher sliall be (in addition to those required in a monitor)— a com-
petent knowledge of grammar, geoifraphy, arithmetic, the elements of Latin, and satisfactory evidence of some
knowledge of the art of teaching and school giivernmcnt.
An inspector may grant without examination t. certificate as assistant to any undergra'luate in arts, of at
least two yeaiV standii!'/, on the fodowing ( li>'ons: {l)That such undergraduate present to the inspector
evidence that he is in \. od standing in Xw* uniMirsity ; (2) that he presents also a certificate of good moral charac-
ter, signed by a '.'.crgjTnan ; (3) that he furnish sui'li e\ idence as tlie inspector requires of some knowledge >l the
art of teaching and of school government.
A certiricpte granted under thoie regulatior ; may be suspended or cancelled by an inspector, for anv reason
which may apjiear to warrant i^.
No certificate shall be given for a longer i)oriod than one year ; it may, however, be specially -enewed for
twelve mouths at the reiiuest of a school bcunl concerned ; but no certificate shall be given to a monitor or
iussistant teacher for a third year without re-cxamination.
i
llequlations for the udmission of t'lipils..
NoTK.— Qualified teachers of Public Schoois, maj oe admitted to enter the High School m pupils without
oeing required to pass the entrance examination.
The subjects of examination for admission shall be the same as those prescribed for the first four classes
of the public schools, bu» t'oi pupils intended for the classical course, the entrance test in arithmetic shall be the
standard prescribed fo" the third class in the public schools, and the following aubjects of the fourth class shall
be omitted, viz. :— Christian morals, animal kingdom, and elements of chemistry and botany. The subjec ■•' are
stated below.
The standard of admission shall be uniform througnout the Province.
In onler that a candidate ma^' obtain admission, the sum of his marks must amount to at least fifty per cent,
of the assigned value of the answeis given in tno margin of the questions. The local examiners shall give marks
for the answers in correspondence with tlie number assigned and the completeness of the answers.
Any candidate who fails at the above-mentioned, or at any subsequent examination, to obtain one-third of the
marks in any subject, will not be considered by the high school inspectors to have shown that " competent kn v ■
ledge" of the subject which the law reiiuires, notwithstanding his having gained 50 per cent, of the total.
The examination, except in reading, shall bo conducted on jiajier ; but the examiners may subject the can-
didates- to ailditional oiva voce exaniinati<ni, lus tliey may think proper, of the result of which a record and a re-
■ lort 'hall be made.
Although Dupils are eligible for promotion from the public to the high school, it is at the option of their
• .*rents or gui- -dians whether they shall enter the high school or not, before they complete the whole programme
of stuiUcs in the public school, when they can enter an advanced class in the high school.
The local inspector shall be resjionsibli' to the Department for the safe keeping, unopened, of the papers,
until the day of examination. He shall also, Pt the close of the examination, submit the answers to tlie local
board for examination and report. No certificate of admission shall be awarded until the high school inspectors
report to the Chief Superinter.deiit that the candidate has shown a competent knowledge of the subjects in
which he was examined.
Tlie presiding inspector or examiner must be punctual In distributing the papers, and in directing the candi-
dates to sign their papers at the close of the allotted lime. No writing, other than 'he signature, should be per-
mitted after the order to sign is given. The caiulidates are required to be in their places in the room before the
liour appointed for the examination- If the candidate be not present till after the commencement, he cannot bo
allowei' any additional time on account of sucb absence.
Each exauMuer, by his consenting to act, binds himself in honor to give no infonnation io candidates, di-
rectly or in('ireolly, by which the examination might be affected.
The time and duration of each (■xamination, as well as the time for (iach paper, shad be fixed by the central
committee. (The proceedings at the examinations are similar to those at teichers' examinations, p. 29).
riic returns to be forwarded to the Chief Superintendent shall contain a record of the marks obtained by
each candidate for each question.
The local examiners shall be requested to publish in one local newspaper the names of candidates finally
apiiroved liy the inspectors, and the names of the schools at which they were prepared.
The examination of candidates shall be lielil in such place as may be agreed upon by the examiners.
All canditiatcs passing the local board, shall be entitled, on the report of the high -ichool inspectors, to re-
ceive from it a tertificate of eligibility for adniisssion, as su u as the inspectors shall have reported thereon ; but,
in the meantnue, the local board may admit provisionally any pupil who shall have passed satisfactorily to
them.
The attendance of candidates at a high school will not be credited in making the apportionment, unless their
admission be uivourably reported upon by the nis))ectors as being agreeable to the regulations ; and no pupil
shall be contMiued in' school who shall not have been reported as having passed for admission, as notified by
tlie Chief Superintendent.
Pupil', enteiing the schools must take the authorised course of studies.
The iugh school inspectors 'vill meet respcctnig the adniission of the candidate.'! on the receipt of the local
reports at the Department, and pupils not then approved will not be reckoned in the apportionment for the half
year succeeding the examination. !
, body ai to his
be admitted an
•oitularly to hia
or one year as
schooi teacher,
\incil that such
legal certificate
certificate that
n some univer-
,nce with these
y candidate for
;o tl>e inspector
the position of
,nd arithmetic ;
onit(ir)— a com-
idence of some
,e in arts, of at
> tlie inspector
d moral chnrac-
iiowledge if the
, for anv reason
illy -enewed for
to a monitor or
pupils without
irst four classes
etic shall be the
aurth class shall
Phe subjec '•< are
it fifty per cent,
shall give marks
one-third of tlie
impetrnt kn v •
lie total,
ubject the can-
ccord and a re-
option of their
lole programme
. of the papers,
Drs to t';e local
hool inspectors
the subjects in
itmg the candi-
should be per-
oom before the
he cannot bo
candidates, di-
by the central
|;s obtained by
[ididales finally
xaminerri.
fepectors, to re-
] thereon ; but,
litisfactonly to
|t, unless their
and no pupil
I !vs notified by
ipt of the local
nt for the half
HIGH SCHOOL REGULATIONS, CONDENSED. $$
Subjects of the Entrance Examination.
ifenrfuiiT— Fourth reading book, to j). 244. Spelling— ToMXih reading book, to p. 244, additional and spell-
ing book. (Trifirtf;— Neatly and legibly, ^ri^/iwie^tc (For English coww!.)— Priiiciple") Arabic and Roman no-
tation, vulgar fractions, decimal fractirns, bimple projiortion with reasons for rules, mental arithmetic. (For
classical course.)- -Arabic and Roman rotation to four periods ; compound rules, It-a-st common nuiltiple and
ifreatest common measure; and vulgar fractions to reducti<m inclusive ; mental arithmetic. Gratnmar — Princi-
pal grammatical forms and definitions ; anp.lysis of .simple sentences ; parsing simjile sentences. Cnmpimtion—
Simple and complex sentences, orally or in writinsr ; grammatical changes of construction; short nan-ative or
description ; familiar letters, t'cof/rap/!?/- -Maps of Kuropc, Asia and Africa, mai)s of Canada and Ontario
0»'au)i7>(/— Outline of maps, common objects on paper.
The Semi- Annual Apportionment of the High School Grant, (section 66 of the Act).
Beginning with the first half, or Jidy payment at 1870, the grant will be distributed aa follows ;
I. A part in the payment of a fixed allmoance to each school, in order that the smaller schools niay,be assured
at a certain degree of stability.
II. A part on the baais of nveraye attendance.
Each high school will receive a grant ))er unit of a\crago attendance, equal to the grant per unit of average
to the public schools. At present the annual grant per unit to the public schools is about one dollar ; to the h'iif h
schools heretofore about sixteen dollars.
III. Ai)art on the results of inxpection.
The sumof wiv ten thousand dollars A\'!iiT\h\\tci\ amongst the schools according to their efficiency, as deter-
mined by the report of the '■ispecto.-s. In classifying tlie schools with a view to the distribution of the part of
the grant which it is proposed to apportion on the results of inspection, account will be taken of the following ;
(a) School acconunouation, condition of school premises, general educational appliances (mups, apparatus,"
&c.)
(b) Number of ma.s'iers employed, as compared with the number of pupils and classes, qualifieatioris of mas-
ters, character of the teaching, &c.
(c) The character of the work done between the two limits mentioned below ; so thf-.t any school which,
owing to the operatioi of special causes, may prepare but few pupils to pass the " Intermediate," will neverthe-
less be rewarded for the thorough work which it may do below this higher limit.
{d) The quantiti and quality of the work which may be done beyond the higher limit— i. e., by those pupils
who shall coi\tiinie their .studies in the higher course prescribed for those who pass the intermediate exami-
nation.
(e) Oovernmert, discipline, general morale.
IV. J;jcrt .s.'i illbe distributed on the resultsofan "Intermediate ffa;a?ni>ia?(o>i" of the nature following :—
(1.) This exci'iination will be insrituted at a point about midway between the l)eginning and the end of't'he
high school course, for promotion from the lower to the upper forms. It will, on the whole, be oqtial, in point of
difficulty, to that which candidates for second-class certificates now undergo. Pupils that pass this examination
will form the upper school ; while those that have not passed it will form the lower school, hi anj hi"-h school
or collegiate.institute.
CV) Candidates for promotion from the lower school to the ujiper school will 'le examinee' in English gram-
mar and etymology, reading, dictation, composition, writing, arithmetic, Euclid, algebra, English and Canadian
history, geography, r 'd in one of the following branches, or groups . -
(a) Latin ; (6) French ; (c) tJemian ; (<?) chemistry and drawing ; («) natural philosoiihy and book-keeping. '
In order that masters may not be compelled to teach all the subjects in (rf) and (e) concurrently, papers in
these groups will be set for the examinations alternately, i. e. papers will be set in group (rf) at the examination
for the first half of each year, and papers in group (f) at the examination of the second half.
(3.) That part of the grant which it is proposed to distribute on the resultsof this "intermediate " examina-
tion, will be apportioned on the bas's of the average daily attendance of the pupils in the upper school it benig
understood that, in everj' case, pupils pa.s.sing the " intermediate " are to be regarded as having been admitted
to the upper school at the beginning of the half-year in which they ]iass such examination.
(4.) The intermediate examination will be held in .lune and December of each year, at the time fixed for the
entrance examination.
The questions will tK3 prepared by the high school insjiectors (or by the central committee), and sent under
seal to the public school inspectors. The public school inspectors, or their substitutes (who should in no case
have any connection with the schools to be examined) will alone be responsible for the proper conduct of the
examinations. The answers of candidates will be sent to Toronto, to be reat' and valued by the high school
inspectors, or by sub-examiners acting under their suv)ervision. In order .somewhat to lighten the labour (>f
examination, it is propo.sed to make certoin branches f*',vi subjects. It will, accordingly, be expedient to reject
without further examination, any candidate who shall fail to make /o/V?/ ;;er cent, many one of the followinir
subjects;— English grammar, dictation, history, geogi-.ii)hy, arithnietic, algebra, Euclid; these subjects will
tlieti fore be read first.
The high school grant, (say) S72,00O, will accordingly be distributed as follows ;--
I. 106 schools receive a minimum of S400 each !f42,400
II. One dollar per unit of average attendance (about J^^OOO) H'tWH)
III. Sum to be apportioned on rcjiort of the inspectors lo'otWJ
IV. Balance to be distributed on results of intennediate examinations 14'()00
To»al S72,00O
PROGRAMME OF STUDIES IN THE IITOH SCHOOLS.
InstJad -f a flxeu u iiount of work j.roscrihsd for each form, the Council nreseribi s the subjects of stiulv •nd
the amo .m' *■,. >* don' ;ii each subject in tbp lower scliool, and in the upper s-chord rcspoctive'y, leaviii.r it to t In-
local au r-' . lo (k .d'j (subject to the approval ( r the high .s<,hool inspectors), according lo'the xarvinc cir
cumstanc. s oi i,. .'cIh •'••, ihe order in which the .subjects shall be taken up, the amount of work to i)c done in •
iri' "u timt, . n I M - i iinber of classes to be carried on at once. "
LowBR School.
Oroup A. Enf>li>:h fM7irjnari<\ Y{(;\\c\v of elementary work : orthography, ptvniology and syntax • der vn
tion r)f words , analysis of sonli'iKcs ; lendoring of jHietry into pro.se ; criiicnl reading " portions of the works (
a\ithors of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, to bt prescribed from time to tini. o\ the Council of Public
64
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
;.■■!
ft*!;, :■■;,:
(iistructiiiu.* Composition— tho framing of sentouceN ; familiar and businesB letters; abstracts of readings or
lectures ; themcH -generally the formation of a good English style ; reading, dictation and elocution, including
the learning by heart and recitation of selected passages from standard authors.
Group B.—MathematicH.—(a) Arithmetic — simple and compound rules ; vulgar and decimal fractions ; pro-
portion ; percentage in its various applications ; square root, (o) Ali^cbra— elementary rules ; factoring; greatest
common measmu ; least common multiple ; square root ; fractions; surds; .simple equations of one, two and
three unknown <|uantities ; easy quadratics, (c) Geometry F.uclid, Books I. and II., with easy exercises ; appli-
cation of geometry to the mensuration of surfaces, (rf) Natural philosoj)hy— composition and resolution of forces;
jirinoipln of moments, centre of gravity ; muclianicul powei"s, ratio of the power to the weight in each ; pressure
of liquid.-! ; specific gravity and modes of detennining it ; the barometer ; .syphon, common pump, forcing pump
ar.d air pump.
Group d, —Modern Lang%iage8.—(a) French. The accidence and principal rules of syntax ; exercises ; intro-
ductory and advanced French Reader; retranslatioii of easy passages into French ; rudiments of conversation,
(b) German -the iuxidcnce and the principal rules of syntax ; exercises ; Adler's Reader, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Ps^rts ;
retranslation of easy passages into German ; rudiments of conversation.
Group D. — Atieient Languages — (a) Latin- the accidence and the principal rules of .synta.\ and prosody;
e.vercises ; Ciesar : De Bello Gallico, Bk. I., and Virgil, ./Eneid, Bk. II. vv. 1—300 ; learning by heart selected por-
tions of Virgil ; retranslation into Latin of easy passages from Cieaar. (6) Greek— ojjtional.
Group E. — Physical Suiencc. —Chemistry — a course of experiments to illustrate the nature of fire, air,
water, and such solid substances as limestone, coal and blue vitriol ; hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon,
chlorine, sulphur, phosphorus, and their more important compounds ; combining proportions by weight and by
volume ; symbols and nomenclature.
Group F.—Hi»tory ai\dGeograph)i.—{a)heaA\\\^(i\entn of English and Canadian history, also of Roman
history to the death of Nero ; (&) A fair course of elementary geography, mathematical, physical and political.
Group G.— Book-keeping, Writing, Drawing and Music— (a) Single and double entry; conunercial forms
and usages ; banking, custom house and general business transactions. (6) Practice in writing, (c) Linear and
free-hand drawing ; (d) Elements of music.
itdf An option is permitted between (i.) Latin, (ii.) French, (iii.) German, (iv.) Natural philosophy, chemistry
and book-keeping.
Upper School.
Group A.— English Language. — CriticJ reading of portions of the works of authors of the si.xteenth and
seventeenth centuries, to be prescribetl from time to time by the Council of Public Instruction.t Ci)mposition,
reading and elocution. The subject generally, as far as required for senior matriculation with honors in the
university.
C/roMp fi.—Jfa(/ie)/i«fics— Arithmetic— the theory of the subject; application of arithmetic to complicated
business transr.v .ons, such as loans, mortgages, and the like. {&) Algebra — quadratic equations, proportion,
progression, penr, jtations and coinbinatioiis, binomial theorem, etc., as far as required for senior matriculation
with llhonors. (c)' Geometry— Euclid, Books I,, II,, IIL, IV,, definitions of Book V., Book VI., with exercises,
(d) Trigonometry, a.s far as reciuired for senior matriculation with honors ; (c) Natural philosophy, dynamics,
hydrostatics and pneumatics.
Group C— Modern Languages.— (a) French— grammar and exercises; Voltaire's Charles XII., Books VI.,
VII. and VIII.; Corneille, Horace, Acts 1. and II.; De Stael, L'Allemagne, premiere partie ; Vo'jtMre, Alzire ;
Alfred de Vigiiy, Cinq-Mars ; translation from English into French ; conversation, (b) German— grammar and
exercises ; Schiller, Lied von der Glocke, and Noffe als Dukel ; translation from English into German ; conver-
sation.
Group D.— Ancient Languageg.— {a) ^Jntw grammar; Cicero, for the Manilian Law; Virgil, iEneid, Book
II.; Livy, Book II., chaps. I. to XV. inclusive; Horace, Odes, Book I.; Ovid, Heroides, I. and XIII.; translation
from EnglLsh into Latin prose, etc, as far as reiiuired for senior matriculation with honors. (6) Greek— gram-
mar; Lucian, Charon and Life; Homer, Il'rvd, Book I.; Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I., chaps. VII., VIII., |IX.,
X.; Homer, Odyssey, Book IX., etc., as far as required lor senior matriculation with honors.
Group E. — Physical Science. — (a) Chemistry -heat, its sources ; expansion ; thermometers, relations be-
tween the different scales in common use ; difference between tem])erature and quantity of heat ; specific and
latent heat ; calorimeters ; liquefaction ; ebullition ; evaporation ; conduction ; convection'; radiation. The chief
physical and chemical characters, the prei)aration and the i\haracteristie tests of oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, nitro-
gen, chlorine, bromine, iodine, fluorine, sulphur, phosjihorus and silicon, (b) Carbonic acid, carbonic oxide,
oxides and acids of nitrogen, ammonia, oleflant gas, marsh gas, sulphurous and suli)liuric acids, sulphuretted
hydrogen, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphuretted hydrogen, silica. Combining proportions by weight
aiid by volume ; general nature of acids, bases and salts ; .symbols and nomenclature. The atmosphere— its consti-
tution, fjffects of animal and vegetable life upon its cora])osition ; combustion ; structure and properties of flame ;
nature and composition of ordinary fuel. Water— chemical jieculiarities of natural waters, such ;vs rain water,
river water, spring water, sea water, (b) Botany— an introductory course of vegetable anatomy and physiology,
illustrated by the examination of at least one p'ant in each of the crowfoot, cress, pea, rose, parsley, sunflower,
mint, nettle, willow, arum, orchis, lily, and grass families ; systematic botany ; flowering plants of Canada, (c)
Physiology —general view of the structure and functions of the human body ; the vascular system and the circu-
lation!; the blood and the lymph ; respiration ; the ."unction of alimentation ; motion and locomotion ; touch,
ta.ste, smell, hearing and sight ; tiio nervous system.
Group F.— History and Geography, (a) History— the special study of the Tudor and Stuart perioi' :
Uonian, to the death of Nero ; Grecian, to the death of Alexander, (b) Geography ancient and modern.
tt-e .Masters shall be at liberty to take up aii<l continue in the upper school any .subject from the lower.sch('i'l
that tht!,\ may think lit.
Every vni))il must take group A., Arithmctii', Algebra aa f»r as progression, History and two other subjects
from those included in groups C, D. and E. In cases of doubt the master shall decide. But candidates prepar-
ing for any examination shall be required to take only the subjects preiscribed for such examination.
For ]87t), Gray's " Elegy," and Sir Walter Scott's " Lady of the Lake," have Xwan prescribed. Candidate,
will be exi>ected to show that the> have read the whole "f the latter poem, hut the (luestions .set will Ik; based
mainly im Cantos v. and vi.
t For 187i}, Shakepearo's tragedy of " Macbeth," and Milton's " 11 Penseroso," have been prescribed.
The
each w
fore be
which i
inform;
And
the hist
lueut, k
whose c
to whicl
Want
was not
Governi;
the repe
placed II
granted
ii/eans tc
luasters,
efibctive.
•Sinco t
irtected.
rendered
ikavour i
The re I
Bra. Til
"•ill be ei
villiug to
;agc uf 8t
all prei
't requii
ntarilj' t^
'hen tho
'Ug aa it
:Hrded as
^o pupi
traction i
liinguagBs
faming ni
" average
iecial adc
Tho Sch
lot
THE COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES AND HIGH SCHOOLS.
G5
f readings or
on, including
•actions ; pro-
ring ; greatest
one, two and
arcises ; appli-
tion of forces;
acii ; pressure
forcing pump
[ercises ; intro-
conversation.
md 3rd P&.rts ;
and prosody;
ft selected por-
re of Are, air,
rogen, carbon,
weiglit and by
also of Roman
,nd political,
nmercial forms
(c) Linear and
jpby, chemistry
e sixteenth and
t Composition,
h honors in the
; to complicated
ons, proportion,
:or matriculation
, with exercises,
ophv, dynamics,
XII., Books VI.,
Voltkire, Alzire ;
ii—grammar and
Sermau ; conver-
il, jEneid, Booiv
:ill.; translation
\b) Greelv— gram-
^11., vin.,iix.,
^rs, relations be-
uat ; specific and
ation. The chief
In, carbon, nitro-
1 carbonic oxide,
lis, sulphuretted
Irtions by weight
Ihere — its consti-
Ipertiea of flame ;
li lis rain water,
land physiology,
•sley, sunflower,
of Canada, (c)
|i and the cinm-
jmotion ; touch,
I Stuart perioi' :
iiodern.
fthe lower schocil
^o otlier subjects
ndidatos prepar-
lon.
led. Candidati"^
It will l)c based
>'scril)ed.
aihe.inieijKrtoriei at itifllt ;»fhaoI]Gi.
Al'l'tJlNTKO.
1871
1873
1873
James A. McLellan, LL.D.
J. M. Buchan, M.A.,
S. Arthur Marling, M,A.,
University of Toronto.
The first Inspectors were Mr. T. J. Robertson, M.A., and Rev. Dr. W. Ormiston,
masters of the Normal School, who acted as joint inspectors during 1855-57. Dr.
Ormiston was sole inspector in 1858, and continued in office during 1859-62, having as
colleagues Mr. G. R. R. Cockburn, M.A. (1859-60), Rev. J. Ambery, M.A. (1860-62),
and Rev. V/. F. Cleckley, M.A. (1862). Mr. Checkley was sole inspector for 1863, and
the Rev. G. P. Young, M. A., from 1864 to April 1868. The Rev. J. G. D. Mackenzie,
M.A., was then appointed and continued sole inspector till May, 1871, when Dr.
James A. McLennan was associated with him. On the death of Mr. Mackenzie (March
1873), Messrs. J. M. Buchan, M.A., and S. A. Marling, M.A., were appointed.
The number of these schools is so considerable that to give an adequate notice of
each would occupy many more pages than can here be afforded to them. It has there-
fore been deemed sufficient to present a full epitori.e of the law and regulations under
which they are governed, together with a table of some of the more important items of
information respecting each of them
And yet, at some future opportunity, it may be found useful to trace more minutely
the history of many a one of these institutions, which, in past years of discourage-
ment, kept its lamp burning, and from time to time sent out its little band of scholars,
1 whose career at the universities and in maturer life has reflected credit on the source
I to which they were indebted for the beginnings of higher culture.
Want of money has been the drag upon these schools during their whole course. It
i was not till 1865 that the raising of an amount from the locality equal to even half the
Government grant for salaries was made a condition of receiving aid, notwithstanding
the repeated entreaties of the Chief Superintendent, from the time the schools Avere
placed under his control in 1853. And it was not till 1871 that the Legislatuie
U;ranted to the Trustees the power to obtain from the municipalities the necessary
In-eans to improve the school-houses and equipments, and increase the number of
juiasters. The law of 1863, while seeming to give such power, was too indelinite to be
(ettoctlve.
Since the granting of those necessary privileges immense improvements have been
leffocted. All previous legislation, regulations, and the most' efficient inspection were
lioudered in a great degree futile, and the grant was frequently wasted in the en-
Tkavour to maintain a superior class of schools with utterly inadequate means.
The I'ccent School Act and consequent regulations are the commencement of a new
BiM. The schools will be more expensive, but they will be effective, and none
hvill be established or suffered to remain in existence unless the locality is able and
ivilliug to bear the burdens necessary to provide for efficiency, in return for the advan-
Viirt' ' >!' securing in its midst the great blessing of a good high school. The hindrance
I all previous effort has been that the local municipalities, although empowered, were
't required to provide the necessary means, and councillors had no great desu'e vol-
lintarily ti) levy rates on i.heir friends and neighbors for higher education, especially
Fhen the school could be retained, with its comparatively large Government grant, ay
|<iug as it was not so entirely bad as to be condemned. The fact that thoy were re-
tarded as only classical schools had something to do with this municipal .-vp.-n.thy.
No pupil in a high school is now (jbligeil to learn Latin, but he must receive good in-
truction in English, and at least two subjec+^^s of the following branches : — (l)Mod( rn
.nguages : (2) Ancient Languages ; (3) Piiyaical Science. In order that cla«8ical
[.•ariiing may be kept alive, the schools '^lown as Collegiate Institutes must maintain
average attendance of sixty male pupils ir the Ancient Languages, in return for the
Jiecial additional grant of 8750 per annum.
The Schools are open to both sexes, although in the larger ones they are separated.
66
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
A STATISTICAL TABLE OF THE HIGH SCHOOLS,
Tne Names of the Institutes are in Roman letters ;
A Mfwter'H University is indicated after his name or degree as follows ; A., Aberdeen ; C„ Cambridge ; /)., Dublin ;
v., Viotona ; Wet., Wesleyan. The class and grade of the Assistants' certificates
o
9
19
School.
Alexandria
Almonte . .
Amprior . .
Aylmer . .
*Barrie ....
Beamsville
Belleville . .
Berlin
Bowmanville . .
Bradford . .
11 Brampton
12 Brantford
County.
a «
Vf4
1
Chairman.
Secretary.
Glengarry 1865
Lanark 1871
Renfrew 1864
Elgin 1873
Simcoe 1843
Lincoln 'l847
Hastings 1840
I
Waterloo |185.5
Rev. J. Ker McMorine . .
James G. Cranston
T. M. Nairn
Judge James R. Gowan
Alexander Dawson
M» Sawyer
Durham
Sinicoe
Peel.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
.33
34J
35
36
Brighton . .
Brockville
Caledonia
Campbellford . .
Carleton Place,
Cayiiga
Chj,tham
CL aton
CCBOURG
18(50
1856
Brant 1I8O6
Northumberland 1 1854
Leeds 1818
iHaldimand . . . .
Northumberland
Lanark
Hal.'iimand ....
Kent
Huron
Northumber' ind
1853
1874
1853
Thomas Coulter
George Crai^ ......
Andrew Mun'ay
William Boys, LL.B.
J. B. Osborne
J. A. G, Crozier
D, S. Bowlby ,
W. Thompson
Mark Scanlon, B.A.
Alexand'er PatuUo . .
B. F. Fitch
David Wylie
William Keyes Wm. Jackson
R. J. Ough, M.D.
Robert Bell
1851 Judge John (x. Stephenson
William Walker
1866jF. McCuaig
1820! Alexander Fraser
Hugo Krauz.
F. Y. Cowle.
John Steve:ison
John McCulla . .
George Foster . .
John R. Reid
Colbome
CoK' (wood . .
*Corn\. all ......
Drummondville
Dundas
Dunnville ....
Elora j Wellington
Farmersville . . Leeds . . . .
Fergus jWellington
Galt Waterloo .
Northumberland
Simcoe
Stormont
Welland
Wentworth ....
Haldimand ....
Gananoque .
Goderich . . .
Grimsby . . .
Guelph
*Hamilton .
Leeds
Huron . . . ,
Lincoln
Wellington
City
David Kennedv
P. Struthers ....
James Mitchell
Wm. King
A. Worthington
N. W. Powell . .
1857
1857
1806
1856
1855
1869
1851
1860
1865
1852
1841
George M. Aylesworth
Rev. Neil MacNish, LL.D. .
Rev. Chas. L. Ingles, M.A.
Rev. John Laing, M.A. . . .
Charles E. S. Black
Arza Parish
Rev. E. J. Fessenden
J. R. Smith, A.M.
John Carroll
William Kay
1857, Rev. Canon Reed, D.D. . . .
1842 A. Macdonald, County Judge
James Cummings
the]
0.,(
are g
r
1498
1900
1303
1491
1993
1399
3303
1009
2195 1
806
1416
12004
1238
1925
118C
J. H. Lawi'ence
Wm. C. Allan . .
James Herald .
Wm. Braund .
David Foote . . .
D. Mansell . . .
Robert Phillips
Peter Keefer.
1403
1.550
1878
1819
4570
1852
1386
1547
1767
2903
1513
2001
1332
782
8657
S. McCammon ■ 1916
Peter Adamson I 5637
Wm. Forbes ■ 1737
Rev. Robert Torrance., I 2471
Thomas Beasley H13359
a
mooLS,
man letters ;
;£>., Dublin;
s' certificates
ITARY.
ulter
'ig
urray
oys, LL.B.
rne
Irozier
uz.
/le.
eiison
Julia . .
)ster . ,
leid
:8on . .
!nnedy
irs . . . .
itchell
[ington
rence
Ulan . .
raid . ,
lind . .
l)te . . .
Il ...
lillips
lev.
COLLEGIAFE INSTITUTHS AND HIGH SCHOOLS. < 67
INCLUDING THE COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES.
the Meteorological stations are indicate"! bj' an asterisk (•).
0., Oxford ; Q., Queen's, Kingston ; Q.I., Queen's, Ireland ; AL, Albert; To., Toronto ; Tr., Trinity, Toronto ;
are generally given, and N: indicates a Norma' School trained teacher.
1498
1900
1303
1491
1993
1399
3303
1009
2195
806
1416
12004
1238
1925
118C
imon
ison
bea
Irt Torrance.
easley
1403
1550
1878
1819
4570
1852
1:386
15-t7
1767
2903
1513
2001
1332
782
8657
1916
5637
1737
2471
133.59
Ph
30
66
44
46
61
62
100
46
75
37
63
128
30
75
56
19
34
57
54
02
181
29
73
13
35
87
51
71
51
40
303
61
71
42
45
435
§ V sj
i-i_a -y
v-s a
^ S
JOB
Head Master.
Assistants.
Free
do
do
do
$4 ..
Free
do
do
do
75 cts.
Free
do
do
do
do
do
do
do
Free
do
do
$2 50
Free
do
do
do
do
$5 ..
Free
do
$S ..
Free
P. C. McGregor, B.A.,Q...
W. C. Middletou, B.A., To.
W. M. Noble, B. A., C
H. B. Spotton, M.A., yo. . .
W. Malloy, B.A., To
11. W. H. Dawson, B.'A., D.
J. VV. Connn, B.A., To....
W. Oliver, B. A., To
James Crozier, B. A. , To.
W. E. Perdue, B. A., To.
James Mills, M.A., V...
Rev.
^•2
m 50 '.'.'..'.'.'.
W. M. Elliott, M. A., V
L. H. Evans, B.A., Tr., M.D.,
To.
John King, Lli.D
B M. Brisbin, B.A., ^
Rev. F. F. Macnab, B.A., Q. . .
Rev J. H. Johnston, M. A., To.
J. B. Rankin, B.A., To
James Turnbull, B. A., To
D. C. MacHeniy, B.A., F
Alex. Dawson, B.A., To
Wm. Williams, B.A., To
Rev. James Smith, A.M., A.. .
A. McOnllouch, M.A., Q. .....
D. C.Sullivan, LL.B., To
R. W. Young, B.A.,F
Geo. Edgcumbe, B.A., V
J. B. Hamilton, M.A., To
Edward Poole, B.A., Lennox-
ville
Wm. Tassie, LL.D., To
J. L. Bradbury, M.A., Tr.
Hugh J. Strang, B.A., To.
W. M. Nichols, B. A., Tr..
W. Tytler, B.A., To
W. S. Ellis, Vic
.iWm. Munilell, B.A.,Q
.IS. V. Williams, II. A., iV. ...
G. W. Masales, IL B., N. ...
David Pysher, I. , N.
E. Milbum, B.A., Tr. ; Miss
M. Himter, I. C.,iV.
(i. E. Shaw, B.A., To.
F. Turk.
'J\ H. Helsi.n, I. C. ; Miss M.
Cooper, II. A.
None
E. McKay, Unden/rad
W. Roth we 11, To. N. ; John
McGregor' II. A. ; Miss Marv
tUarke, II. A., N. ; W. Wic-
kens, II. A. : Miss C. Ross
Dra%cituj.
— Henderson, IT
J. H. McFaul, I. A.,i\^.
C 'larke Moses, I. A. , iV
None
R. Houston, II. B
A monitor
C. J. Ketchum, B.A
J. D. Givens, Q. and II. A. . . .
B. E. McKenzie ; A. W. Mar-
ling, To.; W. E. Bartlett, Q.;
Miss A. Shenick, I. A., N.
None
Miss A. M. Johnston, II
J. Read, A.B., D
None
J. Herald, B.A., Q
Monitor
Miss A. G. Campbell, II. B. . .
E. R. Witheril, II |
Miss A. Shaw, III I
o
1
2
3
4
5
(>
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
George Dickson, B, A., V
G. A. Chase, B.A. ; A. Murray,
M.A. ; R. S. Tassie , B.A. ;
- McRae ; — (^uirk ; Mi.ss
Allen ; Miss Scrimgeour ; and
others
A. D. C^niickshank, B.A., To.. 32
W. McBride, To 33
Monitor 34
G. A. Somerville, I. A., N. ; :i.5
Mr. Scoffem, French
W. H. Ballard, M.A., To.; J. 86
E. Hodgson, B.A. ; G. W. Vai
Slyke,r.A.^.;T.C. L. Arm
strong, B.A. ; J. T. Slater
I. ; and 12 others
68
^
37
38
39
40
41
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
50
57
58
59
GO
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
V PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
THE HIGH SCHOOLS, INCLUDING
School.
HawkeHbury
IngersoU ....
IroquoiH ....
Kemptville . .
Kincardine . .
42 Kingston
Lindsay
Listowel
London
Markham .
Metcalfe . . .
Mitchell ...
Momsburgh
Napanee . . .
Newburgh .
Newcastle .
Newmarket
Niagara . . .
Norwood . . .
Oakville . . .
Oakwood . . .
Omemee . . .
Orangeville .
Oshawa . . .
Ottawa . . .
Owen Sound
Pakenliam . .
Paris
County.
Prescott . ,
Oxford . ,
Dundas . .
Grenville
Bruce
City
Victoria .
Perth . . .
City . . . .
York ...
Carleton .
Perth . . .
Dundas .
Lennox .
Addington .
Durham . . .
York
Chairman.
1874 Angus Urquhart . . . .
1850 Charles E. Chadwick.
1846
1842
1860
1791
1854
1873
1834
J. S. Ross, J. P.
Thomas Maley.
D. Cameron . . .
John Fraser . . .
John McLennan
Rev. J. W. Bed, M.A.
M. W. Manville
1858 Rev. Jas. Carmichael, M.A..
1863 William Wright
1873lEd. Honiibrook, M.D
1858 'A. G. Macdonell
1850 Alex. C.Davis
1844 Allen Caton
18(52 Rev. Canon Brent, M.A.
1853 John Bentley,M.D
] Jncoln 1828
Peter))oro' 1854
Halton 1854
Victoria 11858
Victoria 1861
Wellington .
Ontario
Secbetaky.
Thomas Higginson . . .
J. Gordon
Philip Carman, J. P. .
James Porter
W. H. Martyn, M.D.
Robert Spier. . ..
A. B. Harris ....
Alex. S. Abbott
Ed. T. Crowle, M.A.
Samuel Teeson
Wm. Davidson
Thomas McDonald . ,
Charles James
Miles Caton
A. McNaughton
Nelson Gorham
1865
1865
City 11843
Grey ,
Parkhill
■ Pembroke . . . .
Perth
*i'ETEBOROUGH .
Picton
Port Dover.
Port Perry. .
Port Hope .
Prescott . . .
Renfrew ...
RichmiMid Hill.
Samia
Scotland
Rev. (Charles Campbell ! John M. T'lement . ,
P. M. Grover IWm. E. l{.oxlnu-gh. ,
J. Barclay ; John McCorkiudale
Peter Brown j A. Cameron
George A. Nonis, M.D j Wm. Curry
A. MacGowan T. J. York, M.D. . ,
Wm. McGill, M.D.
John P. Featherston
Lanark
Brant . .
Middlesex . . .
Renfrew
Ijanark
Peterborough
Prince Edward .
Norfolk
Ontario
Durham
Grenville 18.56
Renfrew 1850
York 11851
Lambton 1844
1856
1863
1872
1854
18,30
1836
184(.
1862
1868
1866
Brant 1857 Rev. William Hay
Rev. A. H. R. MiUholland,
M.A.
pJos. Dunnet
Rev. W. H. AUworth
Henry Carswell
John Pinnock
D. R. Dobie..
John Walton
John Roberts
R. S. Mc Alpine, M.D D. Eccles
D. Bell lArchd. Thomson.
Rev. Wm. Bain, D.D.
J. Stevenson.
C. D. Morden ,
P. G. Bagley ,
(!harles Marsh.
Wm. Craig . . .
Alf . Hooker
A. A. Wright...
Ri>v. .Tames Dick
George Stevenson
C. Rice
Charles Peri-y
A. Bristol
.John Scott
E. D. Rogers . . .
A. Purslow, LL.B.
G. E. Johnston . . .
George Eadie, jun. .
Robert Marsh, .T.P.
James Lsiwson
J. R. Malcolm
LXJDING
TAllY.
COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES AND HIGH SCHOOLS.
THE COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES.— ConeMHteti.
♦59
ii
I-
ace
X
5ginson . • .
aau, J. P. •
;er
rtyn.M.D.
er
ns
.bbott
^wle,M.A.
ieson
idson
IcDonalil . .
junes
oil
ughton
urham . . •
Itoxinn-gh .
>rkindale
on
ry
k,M.D. .
irHwell . . .
uock
)bie
Iton
lerts . . . ■
horn son .
en-y . . .
.1
tt
(gers ... ■
1()W, LL.B.
inRton . . .
fcadie, jun. .
Ilarsli, .I.P.
IvWBon
Llcolna
1423
2024
1473
780
908
.5745
2782
1195
4480
1520
762
1405
1.592
'.(675
1890
2101
ims
1114
224(i
3199
1046
1097
1133
1974
329:iO
2188
1054
2016
1350
1178
1821
8088
2256
875
2074
2874
1668
794
1530
1880
1781
a.
34
86
106
64
68
123
78
45
189
' 64
29
47
56
129
64
37
77
32
51
46
34
69
50
94
173
33
68
48
44
94
227
103
27
94
93
sg o a
V
Free
do
do
do
do
84 ,50
Free
do
Free to city
$2 .,
Free
do
do
Head Master.
A. P. Knight, M. A., g
T. M Mclntyre, M.A., A!. .
W. A. Whitney, M. A., V. ..
J.ames A. Carman, B.A. , Al.
James A. Burgess, B.A., Q. .
S. Woods, M.A„ To
AaSlSTANTS.
R. Dobson, Certificate . .
F. Black, B. A., To
Rev. B. Bayly, B.A., D.
E. T. Crowle, Ph.D., Giessen
Archd. McMurrihy. B.A., C-
H. B. Hought()B:,B.A., D. . .
Irwin Stuart, B A.. Q —
J. R. Fraeer
W. W. Patton, II
P. A. Whitney, 11. B
None
J. A. Greig, II. B
T. Gori. n, II. A. ; A. Hay, I.
A. , N. ; J. Lawson, II. B. ;
R. J. Light, Drawing
R. K. Orr, I., Undergrad
Mrs. Black, II. B
W. 0'C!onnor, A.B., Q. I. ; W.
Wilson, I. , N. ; Miss J. Kes-
sack and Miss M. Kessack,
L, N.
F. W. Crowle, Undergrad
o
37
38
39
40
41
42
do J. CampbeU, M.A., V....
do
do
$4
82
Free
do
do
Free to county
Free
do
Free
do
Free to county
Free
do
84 ..
75ct8.
Free
do
do
A. Carlvle, B.A., To
J. R. XV'ightman, M.A., To. . .
J. Morrison, M.A., M.B., To.
Albert Andrews, Certiticate . . . .
L. G. Morgan, B.A., T?-
P. A. Switzer, B.A., V.
Alex. Sim, M.A., A.
John Shaw, CeHiUcate
W.A.Douglas. B.A. , F. . . . .
W. W. Tamblyn, M.A., To.
J. Thorburn, M.A.,McGin. .
H. Delamattor, Certificate . .
W, H. Law, B.A.,M;D.. V.
i. W. Acres, B.A.,rr
Miss M, A. Howland, II, A. . .
Alex. Stuart, 1. A.., N.
J. J. Magee, B.A., To. ; W.
Tilley, n, A.
J. G. Scott, V.
None
- Alford, LB
None
S. N Dewart, IL A
C. H. Lu-k, M.D., LA
None
Miss S. Gwatkin
Hugh Black, IT
S. Phillips
J. McMillan, B.A., To.; Rev.
T. I). Phillh.ps, M.A., Tr. ;
T. Hislop, I. r., N.: Rev.
M. Ami, Frenrk , N. Robin-
son, II. B.
|Dr. J. Hunter; W. J. Hunt,
[ II. , Undergrad.
IMiss M. McTavish, II. B
F. Burt, To., SvhnUir in Med. . .
43
44
45
46
\
47
■ i
48
'>
49
50
;■;
51
52
53
.54
55
.56
57
58
59
<50
61
Walter Rutherford, B.A.,
R. G. Scott, B.A., To. ...
F. Michell, B.A., Tn. ...
J. B. Dixon, M.A., Wes. .
To.
54 Free
15 1 do
41 i do
98 do
.36 do
J. A. Clarke, M.A., V
.Tamas T.uniHden, M.A., A. . . .
D. McBride, B.A., V.
A. Passlow, LL.B., Certificate.
M. McPhei-son, M.A., V
W. J. Gibson, B.A., Q I
R. A. Robertson, B.A., O, .
W. Sinclair, B.A. , To
T. B. W.wdhull, L. C. j
None I
G. Shurtletf, II. A. To
G. T. Shnpley, B.A., V. ; A.,
W. A. l-'inlay, O. ; B. Earl,
11. A., N. ,■ J. G. Hands, I.
A., N. ; I^Iiss J. Panton, I.
B., N. ; Miss S- Preston, I.
(\, N.
S. Burwash, V
None
i 62
I 63
j 64
! 65
I 66
67
68
W. E. Tilley, I. A., Undei--
grad. ; Miss J. Kyle
R. W. Hifks, IL V,.,N
None
Miss .1. Aikins, II
Miss Minnie Rowe, I. A., N. ;
Mr. Martin, Drawing
Monitor
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
70
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
THE HIGH SCHOOLS, INCLUDING
School.
I
County.
78 *Simcoe.
79 1 SmithV F-alls.
80| Sinithville . . .
8i;*.Striitford
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
Strathroy ....
Streetsville
St. Oath A KIN Es
St. Mary's .
St. Tliomas.
Sydenham .
Thorold
TOKONTO
90 Trenton
91 Uxbridge.
92 VankleekHiU.
931 Vienna
941 Walkerton .
95! WardsviUe .
961 Waterdown
97 i Welland . . .
98 Weston . . .
99
100
101
102
WLitby
Williamstown.
'Windsor
Woodstock
Norfolk
Lanark
Lincoln
Perth . .
Middlesex
Peel
Lincoln . . ,
Perth
Elgin ....
Frontunac
Welland.
City . . . .
Hastings
Ontario
Prescott . . . ,
Elgin
Bruce
Middlesex . .
WentwoJth
Welland . . .
York
Ontario
Glengarry
Essex
Oxford . .
1835
1844
1857
1856
1861
1851
182^'
1861
1853
1873
l8tK)
1808
1866
1856
1848
1850
1872
1860
1854
1856
18571
1849
Chairman.
11. T. Livingstone . .
Rev. Solomon Mylne.
John A. Scott . .
D. M. Cameron
vJharles Douglas, M.B.
J. C. Kykert
Secketary.
John Wilson, M.D.
Win. M. Keith . . .
James Steel .
H. Nicholson
. lA. r>. Irvine. . .
, I James Douglas.
J. W. P(.(jle
Donald K. McKenzie
NeilDnnlop, M.D...
James Lawaon
V'y lluv. H. J. Grasett, B.D.
II. H. Williams, B. A., M.B.
Joseph G^uld
James Mcintosh, M.D
George Snffel
A. Sproat
Rev. George Wm. Wye . . .
John Stock
R. F. Barbour
Edward McC'rone
Rev. F. L. Checkley,
B.A.
George Keefer
Walter S. Lee
.lames Richardson
J. Bascom, M.D. .
John Shields
H. G. Weinhold . .
John McLay . . . .
Wm. Neil
John Graham . . . .
Thomas Ciunines IG. R. Hellems
Ed. Bull
J. Ham Perry
1828!Jame8 C. McBain
18,54 James Dougall
1843 G. C. Field, M.D.
Wm. Nason
James Draper
J. G. Ferguson
Alex. Bartlet .
The total expenditure for 1874, including that of six schools now
rCLUDING
KETAKY.
»on, M.D. . . .
Keith
\el '.'.".'.'.'.'.'.'.
son
ine
uglaa
bour
icC'rone ....
L. Checkley,
eefer
Lee
hardson
M.D..
Ids
iidiold . .
ay ....
lam . . . .
lems . . . .
in
per . . . .
uson . .
let ....
schools now
COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES AND HIGH SCHOOLS.
COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES.— r,m(ini(«/.
*l
Expenditure,
1874.
Fees per term
of three
months.
Hkad Master.
Assistants. ■
i
1760
63
49
56
89
92
30
189
104
104
35
48
237
44
83
45
46
49
47
68
74
86
144
47
Free to resid-
ent.s, $3
75cts
Rev. G. Grant, B.A., To
W. T. Briggfs, B.A., Tr
W. M. Cruiksljank, A.M., ^. .
Ed. Snyder, IL B
78
139.5
MiHH A. Taylor, IL B
7ft
1088
$2
iTaines Miller. II. A ...
80
2107
Free
T. C Sinclair, I. ; Miss Paradis,
French
D. A. Maxwell, I. A., N.; M\m
Springer, Drawing
Monitor . . .
81
5125
1165
do
do
D. A, McMichael, B.A., To. . .
Rev. \V, S. Westney, M.A., Tr.
J. Seath, B.A., g. I.
•
82
83
(mi
$3
J. Henderson, M.A. ; W. J.
Robertson, B.A. ; J. D. Chris-
tie, B.A.; Alex, Campbell, I.
A. ; N. S. MoKechnie, Under-
urad ; E. T. Lee, Drawing
D. A. Stewart, IL A
Thomas Leitch, LA
James Bowerman. II
84
6697
Free
85
1788
do
do
.fohn Millar, B. A. , To
86
1598
Rev. F. L. Checkley, B.A., Tr.
J. H. Johnston, M.A. To
Archd. McMnrchy, M.A., To..
H. M. Hicks, M. A., To
Rev. W. 11. Clark, B.A., Tr. . .
N. J. Wellwood, B.A., To
E. M. Bigg, M.A. , To
A. Miller, Certijicate
87
1127
do
Miss S. Bowes, IL , N,
88
9222
5093
$5, U 37, $4..
Free
W. Anderson, I. ; W. G. f !raw-
ford, B.A., To. ; L. E. Em-
bree, B.A.: F. Manly, M.A. ;
P. A, MacFarlane, To.; Miss
C. E. Thompson, LA.; R.
Baigent ; J. A. Stuhlman
W. S. Howell, IL B
89
90
1599
2479
do .
do .
dt. .
do .
do .
%l 50 .
!$2 ...
Free .
do .
v
D. Jennings, I. (County)
Miss Cheney, II
91
968
1116
A. B. Cooke, B.A., Tr
Miss M. McKay
93
94
989
T. W. Crothers, B.A., Al
95
1569
1740
2446
D. H. Hunter, B. A , 2'o
J. M. Dunn, B. A., LL.B., To..
G. Wallace. B.A., D
James Prince, I. B., N, Dublin.
Miss A. McLaughlin, II. N. . .
None
96
97
98
3286
1529
G. H. Robinson, M.A., To
J. Y. Cameron, A.M. ,Q
A. Sinclair, M.A., To
G. Strauchon, Edin
G. A. Somerville, I. A., N.; J.
Davidson, N. ; — Culham ;
Mr. Hoch, Drawing
J. W. Cameron, III
99
100
1800
2782
53
92
Free
$1
C. A. Barnes, L B., iV^
E. J. Frazer, IL, N.
101
102
closed, and therefore not included in the above Table, was $286,593.
m
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO^
LIST OF AUTHORIZED TEXT BOOKS FOR THE HIGH AND PUBLIC
SCHO(JLS.
Where an option ia allowed as to the book to bo used in any subject, it is
necessary for the master of a school to obtain the concurrence of the trustees and in-
spector before changing the books already in use.
Ewjlish. — The Canadian National Series of Reading Books ; the Spolliny Book, a
Conipani(jn to the Readers ; Morris' English (Jraniniar Primer ; Miller's Analytical
and Practical English Grammar ; Spalding's History of English Literature : Craik'a
English Language and Literature.
Arithmetic- and Mathematics. — Barnard Smith and A. McMurohy's Elementary
and advanced Arithmetics ; Todhunter and Sangster's Algebra ; Potts' or Todhunter's
Euclid. (For Normal Schools, Sangster's Mensuration.)
Modern Geography and History. — Lovell's General Geography, and Easy Lessonn
in Geography, by Dr. Hodgins ; Collier's School History of the British Empire, Hod-
gins' History of Canada and the other British American Provinces ; Collier's Outlines
of General History ; Freeman's European History ; Collier's The Great Events of
History. (For Normal Schools, Sullivan's Geography Generalized.)
Physical Science. — (J. Toinlinson's Rudimentary Mechanics ; Cassell's Hand-book
of Natural and Experimental Philosophy ; Haughtcm's Manual of Mech) ucs ; Asa
Gray's How Plants Grow ; Roscoe's Lessons in Elementary Chemistry ; Balfour
Stewart's Lessons in Elementary Physics ; Balfour Stewart's Physics (Science Primer);
Cherriman's Elementary Mechanics, including Statics and Dynamics ; Hamblin Smith's
Elementary Hydrostatics ; Nicholson's Outlines of Natural History ; Foster's Physi-
ology (Science Primer) ; Huxley's Elementary Physiology (Science Primer) ; Geikie's
Physical Geography (Science Primer) ; Geikie's Geology (Science Primer) ; Page's In-
troductory Text Book of Physical Geography ; Roscoe s Chemistry ; C. Cutter's First
Book on Anatomy, Physiology and Hygiene, for Private Schools and Families ; T. C,
Girtin's The House I live in ; Religious Tract Society's Our Earthly House and its
Builder.
French and German. — Pujol's French Grammar ; De Fivas' French Grammar
and Elementary Reader ; Collot's Conversations ; Yoltaire's Charles XII. ; Corneille's
Horace ; Spiers' Abridged Surenne's French and English Dictionary ; Aim's German
Grammar ; Adler's German Reader ; Goethe, Hermann and Dorothea, Canto II.
Latin. — Dr. William Smith's Series I, II, III, IV, and his Smaller Granmiar ;
Arnold's First and Second Latin Books, the English edition, revised and corrected by
J. A. Spencer; Harkness' Intoductory Latin Book, Reader and Grammar; Bryce's
Series of Reading Books ; J. Esmond Riddle's Dictionary.
Gre?k. — Dr. William Smith's Initia Grajca ; Curtius' Smaller Grammar; Farrar's
Greek Syntax ; Liddell and Scott's Lexicon, larger and smaller ; Harkness' First
Greek Book.
Ancient History, Classical Geography and Antiquities. — Schmitz's Manual of An-
cient History; Pillan's First Steps in Classical Geography; Dr. William Smith's
Smaller Classical Dictionary, and Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities.
Miscellaneous. — Dr. Ryerson's First Lessons in Christian Morals; Dr. Way land's
Abridged Elements of Moral Science ; Scripture Lessons — Old and New Testaments
(National) ; Lessons on the Truth of Christianity (National) ; Dr. Ryerson's First
Lessons in Agriculture ; Whately's Easy Lessons on Reasoning ; Orr's Dominion
Accountant ; Johnson's Book-keeping ; Field Exercise and Evolutions of Infantry
(for Squad and Company Drill), published by authority — pocket edition ; Spencer's
Modem Gymnast ; HuUah's Manual of Vocal Music ; Sefton's Three Part Songs ;
Vere Foster's Two Series of Drawing Books (it is recommended, however, that chil-
dren be taught at an early stage to draw from the objects themselves, instead of from
drav,ings) ; Davidson's Right Lines in Right Places, and Linear Drawing ; Stick-
ney's Teacher's Guide, and Bartholomew's Primary Drawing Cards ; Dominion Draw-
ing Book, swen numbers ; Hermes' Drawing Instructor, for advanced students ;
Writing Copy Books for Or^ario, used in the Normal and Model Schools, five
parts.
The following books, approved by the whole Committee of the Council of Pi^blic
In^
Sr
!•
M<i
.M.
Kl
(I).
Fr;
IlliU
W PT'BLIC
subject, it is
iistet'n and in-
illiiig Book, 11
r's Analytical
iture : Craik'w
8 Elementary
r Todluintor's
Easy LeaaonH
Empire, Hod-
lier's Outlines
lat Events of
ech) 'ics ; Asa
jtry ; Balfour
ience Primer);
imblin Smith's
Foster's Physi-
ner) ; Geikie's
r) ; Page's In-
Cntter's First
amilies ; T. C,
House and its
nch Grammar
I. ; Corneille's
Aim's German
Canto II.
er Granmiar ;
d corrected by
nnar ; Bryce's
tnar ; Farrar's
arkness' First
anual of An-
iam Smith's
uities.
)r. Wayland's
Testaments
^arson's First
8 Dominion
of Infantry
n ; Sjtencer's
Part Songs ;
, that chil-
tead of from
wing : Stick -
inion Draw-
d students ;
Schools, five
cil of Public
COLLE(;IATE AND PRIVATE SflMOOLS.
•3
Instruction for Quebec, are also sanctioned for uso by the French pupils in Public
Schools of this Province in which there are both Protestant and Roman Cntholic
Pupils.
Cours d'Arithmoti(|UO Comn>erciale(SenecaI, Montreal) ; Abrfyi de la Gco<,'raphie
Modorno (Societe d'Education de Quebec) ; La Geographie Moderne, Do M. Hnhnos,
.M.A. ; (Jraunnaire pratique do la langiie Anglaiso (Par P. Saddler, Paris); Traito
Elementaire d'Arithmeticiuo (Par F. X. Toussaint) ; Lo Premier Livro do I'Enfancc
(De Poitevin) ; Cours do Versions Anglaises (Par P. Saddler, Paris) ; Grammaire
Franyaiso Elementaire (Par F. B. P.) ; for German Schools, Klotz'a Gorman Gram-
mar is sanctioned.
mhiv (^0\U^\i\U im\ Private ^tUtnU.
The facilities provided for primary and secoiidary instruction by tho system
of public and high schools, under tho general administration of the Department,
have always been supplemented by institutions established by various bodies, and
with more or less distinctivt; objects and courses of study, each working inde-
pendently and without inspection or control from any central authority. Those
of them which are incorporated, are generally liable, under their charters, to be
called upon by the Government for a statement of their affairs and of their woik ;
but having no public endowment, with the exception of Tipper Canada College,
they have always been allowed to go on their way quietly, and but little is known
to the public of the character and reality of the education which most of them
provide.
It is fair to presume, however, that much valuable and genuine work is (huie in
this way. 'Ihey are increasing in number, and that they are required by the i)ublic
seems evident from the extensive patronage which they receive. In a prospectus
of one of these institutions,* published five years ago, the following passage
occurs : —
" It is hoi)ed that the plan suggested for such schools in England may before long be extended
to this country, and that the council of the school will soon be able to secure the assistance of
examiners aiipointed by public authority. In the meantime, the examinations have for thi most
part been conducted by tne staff of tlie school, and have been of a very thorough and searching
character, a-sithe subjomed examination papers, given at recent terminal examinations, will show."
And there can be little doubt that a kindly, appreciative, and at the same time
efficient inspection, would be welcomed by many of the schools, and would be
useful to their friends as well as to the public.
There may be schools not named here of which information would gladly have
been inserted, if it could be procured.
^tppn* ©ttuMa (^oWt^e,
TORONTO.
The College was founded under the administration of Sir John Colborne, in 1828,
after the model of the great public schools of England, and opened in January,
1830. It is endowed and liberally equipped. The College accommodates from 250 to
300 pupils, and already uj^wards of 3,000 of the youth of the Province have received
instructions within its walls. The governing body is the Senate of the University of
Toronto, which acts through a special committee. The original name was Tlie Royol
Grammar School.
■* The Hishop Strachan Ladies' School, Toronto.
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
A
^ , ^\^.
1.0
I.I
1.25
^m m
12.0
1.8
U ill 1.6
V]
<^
>-^
/^
>/ >
^ %. ^ -v^
i
o
7
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
<v
V
^
\
\
6^
A
^^<'
'^^
i
33 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, NY. 14580
(716) 873-4503
.«,\^
.<if
£
%
:74
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
The College is divided into six fonns, and the curriculum extends over a six years'
course of study, though some are able to pass through in five or even four years.
The curricuhim embraces Latin, Greek, mathematics, French, Qerman, English
grammar, literature and composition, history and geography, both ancient and modem,
natural philosophy, experimental chemistry, physiology, biblical knowledge, the usual
commercial branches, drawing, music, gymnastics, fencing and drill exercises.
Candidates for admission must possess a fair knowledge of English reading, spell-
ing, writinff, and the first four rules of arithmetic.
Pupils who are not to remain in any educational institution beyond their sixteenth
year, (jr who propose to undergo the pass matriculation in law, medicine, engineering,
or agrioilture, or to enter the civil or military service, or to engage in mercantile pur-
suits, ought to bb entered in the forms known as the lower and upper modern, which
virtually constitute the commercial and scientific, or modem department.
Tliere are four annual examinations, viz., in December, February, May and June. _
Four exhibitions are competed for annually in subjects of the fourth form, and four in
subjects of the fiftli. Exhibitioners are entitled to free tnitum for one year; an allowance
of $80 dollars is also awarded to the highest in each form, and $40 to the r.ext highest.
Exhibitions are open to the whole Province, and are tenable ifor one year in the fifth
and sixth forms respectively, or in any high school in Ontario. No one whose age will
exceed seventeen on the 30th June of the year can compete in the subjects of the
fourth form. The examinations are conducted by gentlemen unconnected with the
college. A certificate of good conduct, signed by the head master of the school from
which the candidate comes, ie requisite.
Visitor, His Honor the Lieutenant-Governor ; Principal, George R. R. Cockbum,
M.A. ; First Classical Master, William Wedd, M.A. ; First Mathematical Master,
James Brown, M.A. ; Seamd Classi4ial Master, and Besident Mader in Boardiiig House,
John Martland^ M.A. ; First English Master, mwi Lecturer on Chemistry and Physiology,
Michael Barrett, M. A., M.D. ; Second English MLisfer, C. J, Thompson; French and
Oernian Master, M. Bmnner ; Assistant Mathematical Master, and Assistant in Board-
ing House, W. Dale, M.A. ; Assistant English Master, and Assistant in Boarding House,
George B. Sparling; Junior Assistant English Master, an4 Assistant in Boardhuf House,
Thomas Wicher ; Drawing ^Taster, R. Baigent ; Gymiuistics, Fencing and Drill, J. D.
Andrews ; Bursar, D. Buch.-m ; Janitor atid Messenger, George Frcst.
Feet for all regular subjects tiught, per term : One pupil, fl2 60 ; two brothers. Ill 60 each ; three
brotheni or, more tSo 60 each ; fee for ornamental <*.rawing, i2 per term extra ; fee for IxHu-ders (incluaivc of
tuition, #52 60 per term, rerww— The autumn term begins, Septaniber Ist ; the winter term, November 10th ; the
spring term, February 6th ; the summer term, April 2lHt. Vacations.— At Christmas, two weeks ; at EUwter, a
week ; ut Midsummer, froiu July 1st to September Ist. Time Table.— 9 to 9.15, a.m., prayers ; 9.16 to 10.46, A.M.,
classes ; 16-43 to 11 a.m., play ; 11 to 12,30 a.m., classes ; 12..S0 tc 1.30 p.m., recess ; 1.30 to 3 p.m., classes ; 3 to
3.15 P.M., prayers and dismissal ; 3.16 — 4.16 p.m., detention for idleness, misconduct, or badly prepared lessons.
The Boarding House is under the superintendence of the resident master. A lady superfntendent attends to
the domestic comfort of the boys.
StittUtj C^ottfflc J^choal,
I'OKT HOPE.
This school was first established in the village of Weston, near Toronto, and was
opened May 1st, 1865. Tn 1871 the property at Port Hope was purchased, and new
buildings then erected, which were occupied in January, J 872, and accommodated about
eighty boarders, together with the officers of the institution. The school was incorpo-
rated in that year.
In 1873 the chapel and the dining hall were added, and in 1874 a wing with dormi-
tories for seventy more boys and other apartments. The whole premises include over
twenty acres.
The course includes all the usual branches of a sound education i^i classics, mathe-
matics, English, German, French, natural sciences, book-keeping, drawing, and vocal
music.
Pupils are prepared for the matriculation exa^iination of the universities, and the
examinations of the law and medical schools, the army, navy, &c. In the modem
. department attention is directed to preparation for commercial pursuits.
The discipline is based upon the English public school system. Out-of-schcol
er a six years
)ur years,
nan, English
b and modem,
dge, the usual
;ises.
eading, spell-
iieir sixteenth
, engineering,
lercantile pur-
nodern, which
t.
Y and June,
m, and four in
'; an allowance
I rext highest,
jar in the fifth
whose age ¥rill
iibjects of the
3cted with the
iie school from
R. Cockbum,
uitical Master,
oarditu) House,
Hid Physiology,
n ; French and
itant in Board-
oarding House,
oarditui Hoiwe,
rid Drill, J. D.
Ill 50 each ; three
arderf) (inclusive of
lovomber 10th ; the
treeks ; at Easter, a
9.16 to 10.46, A.H.,
P.H., clasaes; 3 to
prepared lessons.
itenclent attends to
CX)LLEOIATE AND PRIVATE SCHOOLS.
75
■onto, and was
ised, and new I
modated about
)1 was incorpo-
ig with dormi-
es include over
assies, mathe-
ring, and vocal
rsities, and the
n the modem
Out-of-school
government is, accordingly, to a large extent, vested in the hands of the prefects, who
are selected from the senior I i>ys.
The corporation offers to the sons of the clergy, ten burharies of the annual value
of 950 each. Many prizes are also annually awarded. *
The new school-house is furnished with bath-rooms and all other appliances. It is
under the personal supervision of the head master, assisted by four resiUunt masters.
The household arrangements are attended to by experienced lady matrons.
Matron, Mrs. Marmion ; Sub-Matron, Miss Fortune ; Medical Superinteiulent, J. F.
Dewar, M. D.
School Hours. — Summer, 9 to 12.30 ; 2 to4. Morning study, 7 to 8 ; evening, 7.30
to 9. Winter, 9 to 12.30 ; 4 to 6. Morning study, 7.30 to 8 ; evening, 7 to 9. Wed-
nesdays, Saturdays, and Saints' days are half -holidays.
Half-yearly oxaminaiions are held — the Midsummer examination being conducted
by the Professors of Trinity College.
Visitor: The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of i'< ronto ; Govbrnino Body — ex-ofiicio :
Hon. J. H. Cameron, Q.C., D.C.L., Chancellor of the University; The Ven. The Pro-
vost of Trinity College ; R«v. H. E. Maddock. M.A., Professor of Classics ; Rev. Wil-
liam Jones, M.A., Professor uf Mathematics ; Rev. C. J. S. Bethune, M.A., Head Master
of the School ; Elected : The Ven. Arthur Palmer, M.A. , Archdeacon of Toronto ; V. Rev.
J. G. Geddes, M.A.; Hon. G. W. Allan, Senator; C. J. Campbell, F. W. Cumberland.
The Masters.— Rev. C. J. S. Bethune, M.A., Head Master; Rev. W. E. Cooper,
M. A. ; Rev. F. A. Bethune, M.A.; Charles J. Logan, B. A.; Lionel^'. Roberts, Christ's
College, Cambridge ; II. H. Hooker, K. V., Heidelberg ; W. Philp, Music Master.
Tile vear ii* divided into three terms, of about thirteen weeks each ; Miehaelmas Term, 1875, fn>m S«ptem-
ber 16 to" December 17 ; Lent Term, 1876, .January 10 lO April 8 ; Trinity Term, 1876, April 24, to July 20.
Vacation».—t'*K> weeks at Ea-ster ; ci<;ht weeks at Midsummer ; three weeks at Christmas.
Fe«»— (pa^-able in advance), !f'Ji6 [)er annpm. or 176 per term, for board and tuition ; |60 per annum, or
ISO per term, 'or tuition only ; tuition in piaiK ;,a r-nd use of instrument, $10 |ier term; entrance fees— 44,
devoted to the boys' library, and |1'2 in lieu of ^^'Id-.: ,, ' ■'.
®he CanaUlan Pufatg 3f«isitUute,
, * . WOODSTOCK.
The 'School is organized with a Literary and a Theological'* Department. Into
the Literary Department both sexes are admitted. The school year of the literary
department is divided into four terms of ten weeks each.
In order to admission to the Literary Department, pupils must have reached the
age of at least thirteen years, and pass a satisfactory examination in reading, writing
and spelling ; arithmetic, to greatest common measure ; geography, definitions and
general outlines ; Englieh grammar, rudiments, so far as necessary in order to be able
to distinguish the parts of speech.
The work of the first two years is designed to impart a thorough knowledge of ele-
mentary subjects, including those required for teachers' certificates.
The addition of the third and fourth years for gentleinen, as prescribed, will ensure
the essentials of a good English education and preparation for commercial pursuits, the
principles of mathematics, of the natural sciences, and of the Greek and Latin
languages. By availing themselves of the " Options," students can obtain a drill in
the branches required for matriculation in any faculty in the University of Toronto,
including the honor subjects, and for the examinations j^roscribud by the Law Society
and the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario.
Increased advantages are being provided fcr instruction in the Fine Arts, including
instrumental music.
Pencil and Crayon Drawing, and Painting in Oils and Water Colors, will be taught
by a lady who has a thorough kn<jwledge of her profession.
The Library consists of about 3,000 volumes. Students are afforded an opportunity
for becoming acquainted with the details of Meteorological observation.
Students are required to attend twice every Sabbath such church as their parents
prefer. All students are required to attend Chapel worship every morning, and one of
the Bible Classes every Sunday.
Ihe Theological Course and list of Instructors are given in a subsequent p«K«.
76
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
The main ouilding, occupied by gentlemen, is under the oversight of the resident
toaoher in charge, assisted by two other teachers. The steward and matron also reside
in the building.
The young ladies qpcupy a separate building, where they are under the care of the
governess, assisted by two other teachers.
. Study hours :— From 8.40 a.m. till 12 noon ; from 2 till 4 15 p.m. ; and from 7 till
10 p.m.
Pint term boRina Sc|>tcinber 8th ; second term, November 17th ; Chrlntmas vacation, December 22nd to
January 4th ; third term bcghip 'February 10th; fourth term beginH April 24th ; and the school vear ends
Juno 28th.
There are four written examm^tionH and two public half-yearly examinations.
Vee» are payable In a-lvance and arc as follow;—
Board and tuition (cxtran excepted) and washing— ^ntlomen, $35 per term of 10 weelcs ; ladies, $32.
InHtrunienUl music (weeiily), 4o,50 ; use of instrument (daily), |1,50 ; pencil or crayon drawinjf, 83 ;
water colors, #4 60 ; oil colors iH\ ; use of patterns, 50 cents to il per term.
Wm WfieHn)»tt female (JFjIUge,
HAMILTON.
This institution was incorporated in 1871. It has sufficient capacity for 250
boarders, and the building is fully furnished, provided with baths and suitable play
ground.
The course of study in the Preparatory Department comprises English dictionary,
reading (4th and 5th books), orthography, composition, penmanship, geography, arith-
metic, grammar, English and general history, physiology. In the A cademic Department
tliere are added natural histoiy, algebra, book-keeping and natural philosophy. The
curriculum m the Collegiate Department extends over four years, in the first of which the
studies are Latin, French, algebra, natural philosophy, physical geography, grammatical
analysis, universal history, English literature and reading, geometry. In the second year
are added, rhetoric and composition. Christian evidences, natural theology, botany,
physiology. In the third year, besides the foregoing studies, students take trigonome-
try, astronomy, chemistry, logic. The fourth year's course is as follows: — English
classical reading and composition; Latin; Horace, Odes, Books I. and II. ; French
literature, composition and conversation ; geology, mental philosophy, mental science.
The English course, omitting the Latin and French languages, will embrace three
years.
Spanish. German and Italian languages will be systematically studied when classes
desire it. These courses will correspond to the collegiate, and either of these languages
will be considered as equivalent for the Latin .
There is a considerable library of newly selected bookf , as well as suitable school
apparatus, and a cabinet of geological and botanical specimens.
Bible class every Sunday evening under the care of the governor, in addition to
family worship and the usual religious exercises at the daily opening and close of the
school. Earnest efforts will be made to produce a strong conviction of the paramount
importance of personal religion. The students attend those churches selected for them
by their parents or guardians ; and all students are required to attend on each Sunday
unless excused. The religious opinions of students will be carefully guarded.
Directors. — 0. McQuesten, M. D. , President ; Dennis Moore, Vice-President ; J. W.
Rosebrugh, M.D. ; Rev. E. Wood, D.D.; S. F. Lazier, LL.B.; Rev. S. Rose ; John
Breden ; Rev. J. A. Williams; Rev. R. Jones; A. Macallum, M.A. ; Rev. S. S.
Nelles,D.D., LL.D. ; Wm. Anglin ; Thomas Baxter; George Roach ; W. E. Sanford;
Wm. A. Robinson ; Rev. G. R. Sanderson ; Edward Gumey ; Joseph Lister, Tnu-
snrer ; Rev. S.D. Rice, D.D., Secretary.
Governor, Rev. S. D. Rice, D.I). ; Faculty of Instruction. — Collegiate Department:
Mental Science aiul Evuknces, Rev. S. D. Rice, D.D. ; Natural Science, Rov. W. P.
Wright, M.A., B.D. ; Literary Cnticisnn, Miss Maria O .Allen ; Mathematics, Miss L.
O'Loane ; Moral Science, Miss Paterson ; Physiology, d-c, Miss L. Haskell ; Academic
Department: — Mrs. M. A. Wright, Miss M. E. Stinson, Miss Julia Dailey, Miss
iRabella Walton ; Preparatory Department :- Miss Carrie A. Robertson, Miss Ida
Wilkens, Miss Gertie Coady, assistants : French, Mademoiselle Roux ; OrrmaH and
Latin, Rev. C. S. Eby, B.A. ; Drawing and Painting, Mrs. M. A. Maccarthy ;" Musk
of the resident
Ton also reside
the care of the
and from 7 till
December 22nd to
the school year ends
weeks ; ladles, |32.
rayon drawing, 83 ;
ipacity for 250
d suitable play
lish d'ctionary,
iography, arith-
micDepadm&it
lilosophy. The
Tst of which the
ly, grammatical
the second year
3ology, botany,
;ake trigonome-
lows: — English
id II. ; French
mental science,
embrace three
when classes
;hese languages
suitable school
in addition to
nd close of the
the paramount
ected for them
II each Sunday
rded.
esident ; J. W.
Rose ; John
Rev. S. S.
r. E. Sanford ;
Lister, Tnu-
! Departmetit;
Rov. W. P.
atics, Miss L.
ell ; Avmlemk
Dailey, Miss
on, Miss Ida
Ocrmatt and
rthy ;■ Musk,
COLLEGIATE AND PRIVATE SCHOOLS.
77
R. 8. Ambrose, Miss Annie E. Booth, Miss Ellen Ambrose, Miss Belle M. Bray, Miss
Annette Reesor.
The vear coiigists of four terms of ten weeks each, there being one term and a half before Christmas, and two
and a halt after. Opens September 6th ; second tend, Noveirber 16th ;ChnstmaH holidays, December SOth ■ ro-
opens, Jauuar}' Srd ; third term, February 7th ; fourth term, April 14th ; year closes, June 24th. There is no
Easter vacation.
Fees (payable in advance).— Preparatory department, |>er term, 95 ; academic, 96 ; collegiate, $8. Fifty cents
per tcnn for cars of the school-roonis. #2 entrance.
Instrumental music, (piano, etc)., per term of ten weeks, i98 ; use of instrument (one hour ixtr ^ay) $2 ■
painting, 98 ; drawing, 96 ; F -ench, $4 ; German, |4 ; Italian, fl ; private vocal lessons, 98. For loard ' and*
washing, ii 50 per week ; lessons from the professor of music, 9iO |)er term. Twenty i>er cent. discoUi.t is made
to daughters of clergymen of all denominations.
LONDON.
Founded by the Right Rev. 1. Hellmuth, D.D., Lord Bishop of Huron. Incor-
(X)rated 1865.
The college provides a classical, scientific and coiumercial education for the sons of
gentlemen, commensurate with the wants and progress uf this rising country. The dis-
cipline is based, upon the model of the great public schools of England and Germany.
The utmost care is bestowed on the moral and religious training of the pupils. The
fact that the masters are resident, secures supervision at all times ; the preparation of
lessons is also under their superintendence. A lady of high character and experience
is entrusted with the management of the domestic department.
The college is situated on a beautiful site, and stands in ten acres of ground. TJie
buildings contain a chapel, spacious class rooms^ a large dining hall, library, dormit-
ories ffnd baths. A sanitorium has been arranged where the pupils will receive atten-
dance in sickness. Every encouragement will be given to the pursuit of manly and
healthy games, under careful superintendence.
(I.) In the classical department all those branchesjof knowledge are taiight which are
necessary to prepare pupils for the universities and the learned jirofessions ; (2) in the
modern and scientific department the course of study embraces less classics and more
mathematics, modern languages, English literature, history, geography (including
physical and political), composition and book-keeping. Pupils are prepared for
the competitivp examinations for admission .tt Woolwich and Sandhurst, for direct
commissions in the army and navy ; for the civil service, and for mercantile pur-
suits ; also, for the Gilchrist Scholarship ; (3) in the junior department younger boys
go through a course of study which prepares them for the other departments.
Visiturs, The Very Rev. the Dean of Huron ; the Very Rev. the Dean of Toronto.
Fie»ident <>/ tlie Corporation, The Lord Bishop of Huron. Members of the Cor-
poration, Very Rev. the Dean of Huron ; Very Rev. Henry J. Grasett, B.D., Dean of
Toronto ; Rev. Canon Baldwin, M.A. ; Rev. H. F. Darnell ; Rev. A. Sweatman, M. A. •
Hon. D. L. Macpherson, Senator; Hon. A. Crooks, Q.C., D.C.L. ; F. Wo'lferatan
Thomas ; Major R. J. Evans ; W. Watson. Head Master, Rev. Arthur Sweatman
M.A., assisted by resident masters. Secretary arid Treasurer, Rev. J. Hurst. '
The college year Is divided into three terms ; Fi>«(— First Wednesday in September to the first Tuesday in
December ; f«;co»irf— first Wednesday in January to the Thurstlay before Easter ; third— Uic second We(Inesila\-
after Kaster to the 30th of June.
Prizes are awarded at the annual examination, and the following sehoIar8liii)s are awarded —Tl:e Holhnutli
Scholarship, 8100 per annum ; two Scholarships jfOO jier ainumi each ; two Scholarships ji40 (ter annum each
FeeH (parable in advance).~For board and wasliini;, tuition fees, all other branches (except niusie) i:!'>lud.
iiig, also, books and stationery, medical attendance and medicine, &e. iS50 [wr annum. Day jmpils jwj ' X re'
(iuction is made in the case of sons of clergymen. Private room, S15 per term ; music and use of piaiios *ia
per term ; board during Christmas vacation, Jfl5 ; board during Kaster vacation i?8. '
^ht ^Mhov ^tr»(ltfttt jlrho0t,
TOKONTO.
Wykeham Hall, situated on the beautiful property for many years the homestead
of the late Sir .1. B. Macaulay, and comprising several acres of grove, lawn and gar-
den, was first occupied by this school in 1870. The .buildings formerly used were
!^
78
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Pinehurst, and the late Bishop Strachan'a residence on Front Street, both of which
proved inadequate for the increasing numbers.
The school was founded under the auspices of him whose name it bears, and is
intended to perpetuate his memory in connection with an important work for the Church
of Christ, ft is designed primarily for the benefit of the daughters of members of the
Anglican communion, but it is open to all who, being desirous to avail themselves of
its advantages, are willing to conform to its regulations. It was opened 12th Septem-
ber, 1867, and incorporated in 1808 (31 Vie. cjip. 57).
It is made a main object to secure for the pupils of the school competent and careful
Scriptural instruction, in accordance with the doctrines of the Church of England, and
to habituate them to the practical recognition of their religious duties.
The course of study is co-extensive with that of first- class schools, but the main
endeavour will be to prepare the pupils for the serious duties of life, as members or
heads of families.
Strict simplicity and economy in dress, as well as a general moderation in expendi-
ture will be enforced.
The year is divided into four terms of ten weeks each.
Elementanj Clas$. — The pupils will receive such instruction as may be necessary to
fit them for entrance in the junior class.
Jtmior CloHS. — Scripture historjr, catechism and collects, reading, writing, spelling,
geography, English history, dictation, grammar, arithmetic, French, Latin (optional),
class singing.
Inieitnediate Class, additional. — General history, astronomy, German (optional), class
singing.
Senior Department, in two classes, additional. — Algebra (optional), natural philoso-
phy, English literature, physical geography, chemistry, church history.
The choral singing class is conducted by Mr. Torrington.
Music, drawing and calisthenics are all optional. Fur each, the teaching of the l^est
master is secured. Music only is an extra. A reduction of 25 per cent, is made in
favor of the daughters of clergymen .
Members of Council. — President, The Right Reverend the Lord Bishop of Toronto.
Vice-Prcfident, The Rev. Rural Dean McMurray, D.D. ; C. J. Campbell; Rev. Messrs.
A. J. Broughall, M.A. ; H. W. Davies, D.D. ; J. Langtry, M.A. ; J. H. McCoUum,
M.A.; Alexander Williams, M.A. ; 0. J. S. Bethune ; Messrs. C. J. Campbell, W. H.
Howland, Lamond Smith, James Henderson, A. McLean Howard, William Ince, Alex-
ander Marling, George Martin Rae. Lady Principal, Mrs. Nixon. The following
resident governesses have been engaged : — Mis^ Williams, music ; Mrs. Reid, music,
drawing and English branches; Miss Nation, English branches; M'lle Cohendoz, French
conversation, German, plain and fancy needlework ; Miss Ley, English branches, &o. ;
Miss Stow, junior assistant, do. The following masters are in attendance: Rev. A. H.
Baldwin, B.A. (Oxon), church history; Monsieur Pemet, French ; Mr. Carter, instru-
mental music, piano, and organ ; Mr. Hoch, drawing and painting ; Mr. Torrington,
vocal music ; Mr. Andrews, calisthenics. Religious instruction is given by the Rev. J.
Langtry, M.A. (Chaplain) ; the domestic management is under the care of an efficient
housekeeper. Physician, Edward M. Hodder, M.D., F.R.C.S., England, Vice-Pre-
sident of the Canadian Medical Association. (A parent may, however, name a medical
attendant.) Secretary and Bursar, Beverley Jones, Masonic Hall, Toronto. Lectures
on mathematics, chemistry and natural philosophy are delivered in the school, to
the senior classes, by Rev. Professor Jones and Dr. Ellis, of Trinity College.
Fees pe*' Term (payable In adrance).— Elementary, #6 per term ; junior class, $12 per term ; intermediate
daas 116 per term ; lower senior and senior classes, |18 per term. Instrumental muMic, instruction by governess,
inclu'dlntc use ol piano one hour daily, $6 per term extra. Instruction by master and governess, wi:h use of piano,
one hour daily, fc per term extra. For every additional hour's practice, $2 per term is charged for use of piano.
Inatruction in voc»T music by master, |8 per term extra. Dancing lessons also, if requirnd, |8 per term extra.
Board and washing. In all the classes, $46 per term. An entrance fee of $12 is charged to boarders, to defray the
exnense of beds and bed linen, silver, Sk.
Michaelmas term begins on the first Wednesday in September, and ends on the 9th of November. Christmas
term besins on the 10th of November, and ends on the 10th of February, with vacation from the 2Snd of Decem-
ber to me 13th of January. Lent term Mglns on the 11th of February, and ends on the 21st of April. Trinity
term beains on the S2nd of April, and ends on the nearest Wednesday to the 80th of June.
Pupils who have completed the course may remain to perfect themselves in special
branches, or to qualify themselves as teachers.
TM
libet
upon I
formi
Nol
ever
is
chat
healtll
TW
oth of nrhioh
bears, and is
Dr the Church
imbers of the
themselves of
I2th Septem-
t and careful
Sngland, and
tut the main
members or
1 in expendi-
neoessary to
ing, spelling,
n (optional),
ttional), class
aral philoso-
; of the Best
is made in
I of Toronto.
lev. Messrs.
McCoUum,
>ell, W. H.
Ince, Alex-
e following
eid, music,
loz, French
nches, &c. ;
Rev. A. H.
ber, instru-
orrington,
he Rev. J.
in efficient
Vice-Pre-
a medical
Lectures
school, to
intermediate
».T groverness,
use of piano,
use of piano,
term extra.
;o defray the
Christinas
d of Decem-
■ril. Trinity
in special
COLLEGIATE AND PRIVATE SCHOOLS. 7flf
LONDON.
The object of this institution, as contemplated by its founder, is to provide a thorough
liberal and useful education for young ladies, adapted to their wantb in life, and based
upon the soundest Protestant Christian principles, as the only solid basis for the right
formation of character. The Act of Incorporation was obtained in 1869.
No pains or means are being spared to sdSbrd the very highest and best education in
every department, and the material provision for the health and comfort of the pupils
is perfect.
French is the language spoken in the college, and a French service is held in the
chapel every alternate Sunday afternoon.
The college is situated within a mile of the city limits, in the most prominent and
healthy locality, on the banks of the river Thames.
The grounds comprise 140 acres, part of which is laid out and planted with a view to
ornament, with ample play grounds, &e. , and the remainder is cultivated as a farm
and garden for the use of the college.
The building contains a chapel room, spacious class rooms, dining hall, library,
drawing rooms, parlors and bed rooms, sanitt 'rium, baths — hot and cold — and all other
appurtenances belonging to a college.
Studies, — Preparatory Departmeut. — Reading ; writing ; menial and practical arith-
metic ; spelling ; English history ; geography ; elements of grammar ; singing ; theory
of music ; poetry ; mythology ; French.
Academic Department, additional. — Composition ; American history ; Grecian and
Roman history ; natural philosophy ; needlework ; domestic economy ; anatomy and
physiology ; botany.
Vollegiate Department (in two classes), additimuU. — Chemistry ; algebra ; botany ;
rhetoric ; universal history ; universal literature ; readings and recitation» ; moral
philosophy ; mathematics and ° geometry ; geology ; astronomy ; Latin and Greek ;
German and Italian languages ; drawing from models, including the principles of
perspective, upon the modem plan adopted in European schools ; painting in water
colors and oil ; ornamental free hand drawing ; vocal and instrumental music, and
calisthenics.
In addition to the familiar lectures given by the teachers, the Principal delivers
lectures to the young ladies of the senior class on subjects of interest connected with
their advanced studies.
Fotitider, Patron and President, The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Huron ; Visitors,
The Very Rev. the Dean of Huron ; the Very Rev. the Dean of Toronto ; Principal
and Chiiplain, the Rev. H. F. Darnell ; Assistant Chaplain, the Rev. C. B. Gillemont,
B.A. ; Lady Principal, Mrs. Darnell ; Lady Superintendent, Miss McLellan, assisted
by experienced resident European teachers.
Prizes, nertificates, and diplomas are given to successful studenta Fees.- Board and washinfr and tuition,
including the whole course of Enfflish ; the modem languages ; calisthenics ; drawing and painting ; use of the
piano and library ; medical attendance and medicine, j^O per annum. A reduction is made in the case of the
daughters of clergymen. Extras, if required— Private room, 1st and 2nd flights, $45 per an.ium ; private room,
3rd flight, (30 ; music, 146 ; singing (no charge for part singing), $45 ; board during Christmas and Easter vaca-
tions, |6 per waek. The payments are apportioned between three terms, and must be made strictly in advance.
The college year is divided into three terms corresponding to those in Hellmuth College.
BSLLEVILLE..
The College Grammar School is designed to prepare students for the faculties of the
University, as well as to meet the wants of those who desire a partial or elective
course of study. For the latter purpose, students in the Grammar School are per-
mitted to attend the lectures delivered to the undergraduates of Albert College ; they
are also prepared for the examinations of the Board of Provincial Surveyors, the Col-
lege of Physicians and Sargeons of Ontario, the Law Society of Ontano, and the li-
terary and scientific portions of the various theological examinations, for the examin-
ations of the Ontario College of Pharmacy, and of the Public School Teachers.
80
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Students of the Grammar School are under the immediate supervision of the author-
itiua of Albert College, and the rep^ulations on residence apply also to them as far as
relates to conduct, attendance at prayers and church, and occupancy of rooms.
rnmant form. — The principles of reading and the method of teaching it ; penman-
ship ; English grammar, parsing and analysis ; arithmetic ; geography ; history, gen-
eral, English and Canadian.
AdvuMed form. — English composition and rhetoric ; Latin and Grec'- grammar ;
Virgil ; Horace ; Homer ; book-keeping and commercial forms ; Euclid ; algebra ;
natural philosophy ; mensuration.
All the work prescribed by Albert University for matriculation in arts, is also in-
cluded in this form. Students attending any of the lectures delivered to undergrad-
uates will be charged the fees specified for lectures.
Hector, John Macoun, M.A. ^
Feeg.—the Qrammar School dassea aro arranged in two formti, the prinia>-y and advanced. The fees for these
are as follows ;— Tuition per annum, Primary, |18 ; advanced, 824 ; incidentulsi, 86.60, Board,i>6T v/eek, 82.26 tn
82.50. Lodi^ng without board, 75 cents. The sons of miniaten) of any denomination in Canada, and duly certified
probationcra for the miitiMtry, are charged half the usual tuitior< fees.
Re
dersc
Dunl
glish.
H. T
] :»
i^UxAttdtii €aUege,
BELLEVILLE.
President, The Rev. J. R. Jacques, M. A., D.D., Ph.D. ; Preceptress, Mrs. J. R.
Jacques ; Instructors, the Professors and Tutors in Albert College.
Alexandra College aims to secure to young ladies of all denominations the advan-
tages of a thorough and systematic training in the useful and ornamental branches,
'i'ho facilities for acquiring a knowledge of music, drawing, painting, embroidery, &c.,
'are ample. The young ladies are permitted to attend the lectures in Albert College ;
also the classes in elocution and English composition, and for composition and conver-
sation in the modern languages.
The ladies are under the immediate charge of a governess, whose duties also extend
to euforfling regular attendance at chapel, meals, lectures and divine worship. All
other matters are referred to the President.
Diplomas, certificates of honor and jjrizes are award *5d to successful students.
The Preparatoiy Department includes reading ; spelling ; writing ; arithmetic,
practical and intellectual ; English grammar ; geography and primary history.
The Academic Department embraces the whole range of high school and collegiate
education. Oofasional students may take any subjects at their option. Students in
the Academic department may take the Preparatory without additional cost.
The course of music extends over nine terms, but the Professor may shorten or ex-
tern! the time according to the proficiency of the pupil.
f«e»(.— The following fees will bo required ; At the novitiate examination, 82 ; for diploma in music, 83 ; for
diploma, 84 ; 8])ecial examination and diploma, 85.
For TUB Ykar.— Preparatory department 818; acailemic department, 824 ; collegiate grade, 830 ; pencilling,
S!l5 ; painting in oils, 824 ; painting in water, monochromatic, &c., 815; painting, pastel, 821 ; waxwork, 818 ;
incidentals, ^.50 ; embroidery according to kind and term, $12 to 830. Board, 82.50 per week.
Terms.— Hilary term ojiens January 6th and continues 13 weeks. Trinity term opens April 10th and con-
tinues 10 weeks. Michaelmas term opens September 0th and continues 15 weeks.
Fees for Music for the year.— Instrumental music, 813 ; vocalization, 815 ; thorough bass and composition,
8iri ; use of instrument, 88.
Students who take music alone will bo charged the following fees— Instrumental music, 843 ; vocalization,
!i<21 ; thorough bass and comiK>8ition, &c., 821 ; use of instrument and incidentals, 813.
• : , ©tttarto ^aflUiei* (JlfllUge,
:'.'«'*
WHITBY.
President, James Holden ; Vice- Prisident, W. Coulthard ; Directors, W. D. Mat-
thews, Toronto ; A. Ross, Prince Albert ; N. G. Reynolds, Whitby ; G. L. Smith,
Whitby ; J. Richardson, Whitby ; G. Y. Smith, Whitby ; Thomas McClung, Bow-
manville. Treasurer, H. B. Taylor ; Secretary, John Rice ; Gover'nor,the Rev. J. E.
Sanderson, M.A. ; Principal, Rev. J. J. Hare, B.A. ; Visitors. Rev. S. Nelles, D.D.,
LL.D. ; Rev. E. H. Dewart ; Rev. W. H. Withrow, M.A.
COLLEGIATE AND PRIVATE SCHOOLS.
81
he author-
as far as
(IB.
; penmaa-
itory, gen-
grammar ;
; algebra ;
is also in-
indergrad-
I foes (or these
week, #2.26 to
Idulycertiflud
/[rs. J. R.
the advan-
1 branches,
idery, «fcc.,
rt College ;
,nd conver-
ilso extend
rship. All
ints.
arithmetic,
[ry.
collegiate
tudents in
rten or ex-
nusic, $3 ; for
; pencilling,
Eixwork, 818 ;
llOth and con-
IcomiMsition,
Ivocaltzatiuii,
D. Mat-
Smith,
ig, Bow-
8V. J. E.
les, D.D.,
Rev. J. J. Hare, B.A., logic, metaphysics, and natural sciences. Rev. J. E. San-
derson, M.A., English language and literature, classics and moral science. Mias
Dunlop, mathematics and grammatical analysis. Miss McHenry, intermediate Eng-
glish. Miss McCalldu, writing and junior English. Mile. Vessot, French. Mr. F.
H. Torrington, vocal and instrumental music. Mrs. Hare, instrumental music. Miss
Law, instrumental music, wax flowers and fruit, fancy needlework. Mr. White,
assistant instructor on the organ. Mr. Hoch, drawing, painting, modelling in clay.
The f*repa/rat<yry Department comprises reading ; orthography ; dictation , penman-
ship ; English grammar ; arithmetic ; geography ; histury ; slate drawing and sewing ;
scripture ; simple lusoas on common science.
The Academic Department adds etymology ; physical geography, physiology and
book-keeping.
The Collegiate Department, in three years, comprises in its course, together with most of
the foregoing subjects, Latin ; French ; algebra ; geometry ; natural philosophy ; animal
kingdom ; botany ; analysis of Shukspeare ; rhetoric and composition ; trigonometry ;
logic ; astronomy ; English language, literature and classics ; ancient history ; natural
theology ; Christian evidences ; French literature, composition and conversation ;
geology ; natural philosophy ; natural science ; chemistry and universal histo^.
In addition to the regular course of lectures by resident teachers on Manners,
Morals, Sc'ences, &c. , Dr. Haanel, of Victoria College, will give a course of popular
lectures on various branches of natural science.
Solo singing receives marked and thorough attention. A choral class is taught by
Mr. Torrington, to which the students are admitted at the charge of $2 per term.
Drawing, painting in oils or water-cnlors, and modelling in day or wax, are taught
by an artist of large experience. Wax flowers and fruit, and fancy needlework, are
aha taught.
The building is very appropriate to college purposes. The grounds embrace an area
of about ten acres, and are abundantly provided with means of out-door amusement.
A .collection of maps, globes, physiological and botanical charts, philosophical and
chemical apparatus, is proviucd. A library is open to the students. Provision is also
made for a reading room.
In the government of the institution, and in all the associations of teachers and pu-
pils, it is desired and expected that a healthful Christian influence shall prevail.
Morning and evening worship will be regularly maintained ; and a Bible class on the
the Sabbath. Pupils attend the church specified by their parents. >
Pees (payable in advance).— Tuition : Preparatory department, $4 per term : Academic department, 16 per
term ; Ck>lle^ate department, 88 (>er term ; school room and incidental expenses, fl per term. Extras : French
German, Italian, wax-work, fancy needlework, and drawinjf, each $4 per term ; Painting in oil or water-colours'
S8 per term ; ModeUing In day or wax. Music, instrumental or vocal, private lessons by Mr. Torrington, |15
per term ; music, instrumental, in classes by Mr. Torrington, $5 per term ; music, instrumental or vocal, by 'lady
teacher, 98 per term ; choral class, by Mr. Torrington, 92 per term ; use of piano, one hour daily, 92 per term
Board, with furnished apartments, Uiien, table requisites, Ac, 9275 per week ; fuel, lights, and washing, 50 cents
per week. Extra charges determined by the number of extra branches taken. Twenty per cent, discount for
ministers' daugbten>.
The year is divided into four terms of ten weeks each ; one term and a h<ilf before Christmas, and two and a
half after. First term, September 7th to November 16th ; second term, November 16th to February 7th ; vaca-
tion from December 22nd to January 3rd ; third term, February 8th to April 20th ; fourth term, April 2l8t to
June 29th.
§vAntfoYd Dotttt0 W^A\t»* (EolU^t,
INCORPORATED 1874. ' '
The Hon. E. B. Wood's mansion is occupied by this school. The grounds, extend-
ing to three and a half acres, are beautifully laid out with flowers and fruit trees.
Conservatories are attached.
Course of Instruction. — There are two departments. The preparatory course will
usually extend over two years, and the collegiate course over three years. Candidates
for admission to the collegiate department must be at least 12 yeaiti of age, and must
pass a preliminary examination.
The moral and spiritual, equally with the intellectual and physical education of the
young ladies, are the great objects for which the college has been established. It is
specially desired that the dress of the students shall be simple and inexpensive.
Hi
S2
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
The currictiluni comprehenda all the uaual branches uf a ftoiiiid and practical English
education — including reading and elocution, writing, spelling, grammar and compo-
sition, literature, science of common things, arithmetic, booK-keeping, &c., biblical
knowledge, history, geography and chronology (ancient and modem), natural history,
botanv, geology und palteontology, physics, natural philosophy, chemistry, physiology
and hygiene, mental philosophy, moral philosophy. Christian evidencbs, natural
theology, &c.
Also, mnBio-iiuiirumeHtal — pianoforte and organ ; meal, choral and solo singing,
thorough bass and harmony ; painting, drawing and design ; languages: Latin, Greek.
French, German and Italian ; calisthenics, needlework, domestic economy.
Diplomas will be awarded students who have satisfactorily completed the college
cqjurse.
Reports of the standing and moral deportment of the pupils will be sent to parents
und giuirdians at the close of each year, or more frequently if desired.
Board of Director a, 1875 -'70. — PreMclent, A. Robinson, B. B. N. A. ; Vice-President,
H. W. Brethour ; Treasurer, Thomas McLean. A. Robertson (Brant Avenue) ; Wm.
Watt, Wm. Nichol, M.D.; G. H. Wilkes, B. F. Fitch, Rev. Dr. Cochrane. iiecretar\i
to the Board, William SanderBon.
President of College, Rev. William Cochrane, D.D. ; I rincipal, Rev. A. F. Kemp,
LL.D. ; Head Ooveitiess, Miss F. A. Macphie ; Assistant Ooveniesses, Miss Ashmore,
Miss Forrester, Miss Francis, in English ; Miss McCarroU, Miss Hess, in music ; Mdlle .
Yallois Flood and Misn Hess, in French, Italian and German ; Lecturer on, Bellex
Lettres a/nd Eloctition, Professor A. Melville Bell ; Professor of Miutic, Carl Martens (of
the Conservatory of Music, Hamburg, Germany) ; Master in Drawing and Painting,
Henry Martin (member of the Canadian Society of Artists) ; Medical Attendants, Drs.
Kenwood, Philip and Nichol ; Secretary, William Sanderson ; Housekeeper, Mrs. Clif-
ford, Oardet^er and Janitor, H. Thompson.
A reduction of ten per cent, is made in the case of the daughters of clergymen,
and when two or more members of one family are students in the college. A reduction
will p.lso be made where all or a large proportion of the extra studies are taken by the
pupil in any one year.
" While the college is in connection with the Presbyterian Church, the teaching is
thoroughly unsectarian. Bible classes, under the direction of the Principal, are held
every Sabbath afternoon, which all the students are required to attend. Stiidents arc
expected to attend the Presbyterian Church, unless otherwise directed by their parents
Qr guardians. Arrangements are made for those attending other churches, under the
escort of the governesses."
Fees (ill advance). -For the college acaileinic year of forty weeks, including tuition, board and waahing,
9200. The annual charge for bed and bedding is iK. For Day Pupifa.— Preparatory department, jier term of
ten weeks, iWi ; coUegriate, do., 88. Extra Studies, per term </ ten weeA-*.— Drawing, pencil or crayon, >8 ; water
color or colored crayon, $10 ; oils, 812 ; Latin, $i ; Greek, 84 ; French, 84 ; Oermaii, 84 ; Italian, 84 ; vocal music
(individual instruction), 88 ; vocal music (in class), 82 ; instrumental music, pianoforte, 1st year, 88 ; do., 2iid
year, 810 ; do., 3rd year, by Prof. Martens, 816 ; use of instrument (one hour per day), 82 ; organ (by Prof. Mar-
tens, no ; violin, do., 87 ; stationery, iier term 81 ; scat in church, per annum, 82 ; medical attendance extra.
Autumn term begins September 9th ; whiter do., November 10th ; spring do,, February 8th ; summer do., April
18th ; college year ends June 27th ; Christmaa vacation, December 23rd to January 4th ; summer vacation, July
and August. . •
BROOKHURST, COBOURO. ' ' , '
This institution was established in 1872, by the Misses Adams, formerly Principal
and Preceptress in the Wesleyan Female College, Hamilton.
'' Its object is to supply a school which provides a thorough collegiate education,
and at the same time affords facilities for the study of the modem languages and fine
arts, such as it is not possible to attain by the usual organization of collegiate institu-
tions for young ladies in our province."
No pupil is admitted who is not studying French. The department is under the
charge of a European teacher of the pure Parisian accent. AH the teachers speak
French. The ordinary branches are taught in French as soonas the pupils are suffi-
ciently advanced for that purpose.
ioal English
and compo-
te, biblical
iral hitttory,
physiology
:b», natural
olo singinK,
atin, Greek,
i the college
it to parents
ce- President,
inue) ; Wni.
9. ikeretani
L. F. Kemp,
as Ashmore,
lUsic ; Mdlle .
•er on Bellex
[ Martens (of
id Painting,
indants, Drs.
% Mrs. Clif-
f clergymen,
A reduction
taken by the
le teaching is
pal, are held
tudents are
their parents
under the
■d and waHhing,
Biit, |>er term of
rayon, i8 ; water
$4 ; vocal musiL-
ar, 18 ; do., 2nd
(by Prof. Mar-
ttendance extra,
inimer do., April
er vacation, July
COLLEGIATE AND PRIVATE HCHOOLS.
88
•ly Principal
education,
ages and fine
|iate institu-
under the
ushers speak
ils are suffi-
German and Italian are also spoken with pupils pursuing those languages.
Fine Arts. — Earnest efforts are directed by individual attention to aid the pupils in
the practical application of the laws of linear and afirial perspective, till they have them
independently at command. The studies are mainlv from nature.
The instruction in music is largely on the principle of that given in conservatories.
Junior CottrM. —English analysis ; rhetoric, with course of composition ; readins
and recitation ; history of literature ; arithmetic ; algebra ; book-keeping ; physicM
geography ; botany ; physiolo^ ; ancient history and geography ; moral science ;
French grammar and conversation ; class singing.
Henior. — Algebra ; geometry ; trigonometry ; physios with lectures ; chemistiy ; zoo-
logy ; geology ; composition (English and French) ; reading of English and French
classics ; general history ; logic ; mental science ; evidences of Christianity ; natursi
theolc^ ; class singing.
Optional. — Latin and Greek ; German and Italian ; drawing : pencil, pen and ink,
crayon, oil or water colors ; music : vocal and instrumental ; domestic economy ;
lessons in riding.
Students who require it are received into a preparatory department.
Young ladies are admitted to the lectures in logic, mental philosophy and the na-
tural sciences, in Victoria College, the former under the direction of tne President, and
the latter, of Dr. Haanel. Classes in the natural sciences thus have the benefit of
the apparatus of the college.
Physical training and the laws of health receive constant and earnest attention.
Prizes and diplomas will be awarded to pupils making the greatest progress.
Written examinations at close of terms, and public at the end of the year.
'' Brookhurst " is one of the most pleasant residences of Ccbourg. The grounds are
handsome ; the house airy and cheerful. The institution is non-denominational.
Students are escorted to whatever church their guardians may direct.
BoABO Of Directors op Joint Stock Company. — President, Col. Chambliss ; Vice-
President, Wm. Kerr, M.P. ; Secretary atui Treasurer, D. H. Minaker ; James Crossen,
Robert MulhoUand, John Jeffray, H. F. Wood, J. C. Field, W..J. Stanton, J. P.
Staff uf Imtruction. Miss M. E. Adams, Miss A. M. Adams, Prirmpals ; Miss E.
Hardy, English branches ; Mile. Anna Gaiser, French and German ; Mr. A. P. Cole-
man, Classical Languages ; Miss Adams, assisted by Mr. Coleman, Fine Arts ; Edward
Redgrave Doward, Professor of Music ; Miss H. Stephens, Vocal Music.
Trrms.— The flrat term be^fins, September 2nd ; second term, November 11th ; third term, February 9th ,
fourth term, May 2nd ; the year ends, June 22nd ; Christma-s holidays begin on Tuesday, December 22nd, and
end on Monday, January 4th.
Fee«.— Etoarding, per term of ten weeica, 940 ; English department and clasaicai languages, 96 to 98 ; Course
of scientific lectures, ^ ; French, German and Italian, each, 95 ; instrumental music, 910 ; use of instrument
t'i ; private vocal lessons, 910 ; vocal lessons in class, 92 ; drawing, with crayon, pencil or pen, 96 ; drawing in
oil or water colors, 93 ; seat in church at student's expense.
Boarders will provide themselves with silver, and certain bedding. There are no e&tra charges,
NOTUB DAME DtJ SACRE C(EUR, OTTAWA.
For the Superior Education of Young Ladies in the English and French languages.
The institution is under the immediate control of the lady superioress, assisted by a
teaching staff of twenty-seven teachers, composed entirely of members of the com-
munity. Established in 1845.
The course of studies embraces the usual branches of an English and French educa-
tion, bdbides both vocal and instrumental music. Plain sewing, fancy needlework,
culinary art and domestic economy receive a special attention.
The scholastic year consists of four terms of ten weeks each. The examinations take
place during the last fortnight of every term.
The Ladieh of Lobetto and The Sisters of St. Joseph have large boarding and
day schools in Toronto and other towns, but no particulars have been furnished.
84
PHOVINOE OP ONTARIO.
I^jfidumptioii (toXUfit,
HANDWIOU.
This College wm established in 18d6, by the Jesuit Fathers who at that time had
charge of the mission of Sandwich. On their departure, the College passed under
various management, with varied success, until Seutember, 1870, when, at the re<iuest
of Right Rev. John Walsh, D.D., R. C. Bishop of London, the direction of the College
was undertaken by the Basilian Fathers, who also have charge of St. Michael's College,
Toronto. Under their management the good name of the CoUege has been tirtuly estab-
lished, and the number of students has increased steadily, so that in this present year
it was found necessary to increase the accommodation. A large wing, t(j cost more
than ^0,000, has been put up this year, and is ready for occupation.
The object of the College is to furnish the means of securing the advantages of a
higher education to Roman Catholics, and to others willing to submit to the rules of
the Institution, which are said to interfere in no way with the religious belief of
protestants.
Patron, Right Rev. Bishop of the Diocese ; Superior, Rev. Denis O'Connor ; Direc-
tors, Rev. M. J . Ferguson, Rev. C. J. Faure, Rev. J. J. Aboulin; Maater of Discipline,
Rev. A. Vemede ; Teachitig Staff: Moral Theology, Rev. D. O'Connor ; Dogmatic Theo-
logy attd Mentol Philosophy, Rev. M. J. Ferguson ; Rhetoric aiul Belles Lettres, Rev. B.
McBrady ; Third Latir^ Class, Mr. D. Cushing ; Fourth do., Mr. M. Mungovan ; Fifth
do., Mr. A. Dumouchelle ; First Commercial Class, Mr. M. Gorman ; Sccoiid do., Mr. J.
Manning ; Third do., Mr. P. Madden ; Fourth do., Mr. L. Stebbins ; ChemiHry, Rev.
R. McBrady ; Natural PhUosophy.Mi. D. Cushing ; French, Rev. A. Vemede ; Gfe.nuMt,
Mr. F. Biuppert ; Instrumental Mtisic, Mr. E. Oirordot ; Vocal do., Rev. A. Vemede.
There are two courses of studies, classical and commercial. The former, occupying
six years, is for young men destined for the ecclesiastical state or for the professions ;
the other, completed in four years, is for young men preparing for commercial life. I»
both, the modem languages, the natural sciences and the higher branches of mathe-
matics are taught.'*'
There are three examinations in che year, just preceding the vacations of Christmas,
Easter, and Midsummer.
./' •■ '■'.' .,' r,~ '
Boanl, 9125 ; tuition, «25.
* Thure ia also a three years' counte of Theology for the younif men, not prtestB, members of the community
in charge, and a few otliuni recommended by Biuhops.
"(••i >
,H>^
^txnh 0t (SmtmA HftAieiei' jlrhool,
■.••>; v-/
■■•a'j
OTTAWA.
This school was established 1869, and incorporated 1871.
VisiUtrs. — The Right Reverend the Lord Bishop of Ontario ; the Ven. Archdeacon
of Kingston ; the Ven. Archdeacon of Ottawa.
Council. — The Von. Archdeacon Lauder, chairman; J. D. Slater, J. A. Torrance,
G. P. Boker, F. Clemow, G. W. Wicksteed, T. M. Clark. W. R. Wright, Judge Lyon;
A. J. Cambie, Treasurer; J. A. Torrance, Secretary ; Lady Principal, Miss Mann.
The Anglican Synod of Ontario, at its last meeting, unanimously passed the follow-
ing resolution : —
' ' That this Synod, desirous of advancing the cause of church education, commends
to the favourable attention of the members of the church in this diocese, the Church
of England Ladies' School at Ottawa, as deserving of their support; and that the Bishop
be instructed to appoint a committee to consider the best means of aiding the church
school at Ottawa."
The school year commences September 1st, and ends June 29th ; and is divided into
four quarters, namely: —
First quarter, September 1st to November 10th ; second quarter, November 11 th to
February 8th ; third quarter, Febmary 9th to April 20th ; fourth quarter, April 21st
to June 29th. *
Books, stationery and music supplied at the school at the regular prices.
lat time had
passed under
kt the re<iueat
>{ the Cullege
oel's College,
I tiriiily estab-
I prenent year
to cost more
trantages of a
) the rules of
ous belief of
>nnor ; Direc-
of [MsctpliMf
'ogmatic Theo-
ttret, Key. B.
govan ; Fifth
id do., Mr. J.
jemistry, Rev.
)de ; Octncm,
L. Vemede.
ar, occupying
I professions ;
iroiallife. In
)8 of mathe-
of Chriatmas,
the coninmnity
COLLKOIATE AND PRIVATE HGHOOLH.
85
Archdeacon
k. Torrance,
udge Lyon;
Manu.
the follow-
, commends
the Ghurch
t the Bishop
the church
livided into
iber nth to
, April 2l8t
It is renuentot^ that the drosn of the pupils, in all oases, be simple and iuexpensivo ;
and valuable jewellery must not be worn.
Fefii tier Trnn (in adwinet).- QnA»nM oliuw, 112 ; Mtilnr oIm», 910 ; Intormediato oImm, 48 ; junior uIkm, 96 ;
niualc, SIO Biiii $12 ; vnc«l mualc, 912 ; (terniaii, i*( ; lullaii, 90 ; dnwliitr, 9<t i p»intliitr, 9B ; iMMrd, wUli tuition
in any claM, 9&7 M) ; wnithinif, 17 ; iww- runt, #1 2i>
#tt)iwR %UW M\t%t AttA (Slotti^ervtttor)) (f PttmU.
This school, incorporated in 1869 by Act of Parliament, has been established in
order to have a first-class education put within the reach of the young women of the
City of Ottawa and vicinity. The basis of the institution is religious and protestant.
The College is the property o\ a chartered Joint StooklCompany (limited liability),
controlled by a board of managers, who are elected by the stock-holders on the first
Mondav of July in each year.
The building, which was erected for the purpose, is a substantial stone edifice four
stories high, with airy corridors and commodious apartments. There is accummudation
for one hundred boarders.
Board of Manaorrs. — PresideiU. H, F. Bronson; lat Viee-Prendent, John Sweetland,
M.D. ; 2nd Fice- President, Rev. William Moore ; Hon. James Skead ; Robert Blackburn,
M.P.; E. B. Eddy, John M. Garland, Edward McGillivray, Alexander Mutohmor,
James Rochester, A. S. Woodbum, James Cunniugham, Rev. D. M. Ck)rdon, C. T. Bate.
JPVicttM}/ (1874-5). — B. P. Jackson, M. A., Pnneipal; Miss B. Hart Davis, Prfcep-
ireaa; Miss E. O. Rose, FirHt Depcurtvient ; Miss Julia Neill, Elementary Department.
Mnaic. — E. J. Butler, Director ; Miss H. W. Burdett, Vocal and Instrumental ; Miss
Ella Lees, huttmniental ; Miss Isabella Christie, Instmmental ; Mme. Guerpillon, French ;
Miss E. Hart Davis, Oemum.
Miscellaneous. — W. C. Forster, Painting and Drawing ; Mrs. M. Macaulay, Needle-
work; John Dickie, Sicretaru-Treasurer ; Mrs. Hugh Ross, Matron; Robert Brighton,
Custodian.
Course <if Study.— The Preparatory Department oomprineR object lesRons ; apeiling ; reading : arithmetic :
MOgrapliy ; grammar ; hidtory : compogition ; pennunHhip ; scripture ; drawing ; observation ; and the optional
brauchCBof mugic, French, Latin ana needleworlc. The Intermediate and Academie Departments add common
science and the more advanced study of the previous Rubjects.
CoUegiate Department: First rtfar.— Arithmetic, finished; natural philosophy, finished; English literv
tare; algebra and geometrv- ;* l>otany, with excursions; analysis, false syntax; boolc-keeping ;' scripture;*
composlMon, essays and abstract of lectures; general history; criticism; miscellaneous reviews; optional:
music, modern lani;uages, Latm, painting and drawing, needlework.
The Second Year adds -Chemistry, lectures and exjterinwnts ; mythology ; natural history* and loolviyy ;"
physiology, lectures with colmired charts ; domestic economy.
The Third Year at\dH^Oeo\ogy , lectures and excrirsions ; counen of reading; the newspaper; trigon' -
metry ; * moral science and Christian evidences , astronomy ; intellectual philosophy ; rhetoric* and logic*
Fur Boarders, attendance at church on Sunday is regulated by the wishes of the itaronts ; all are required
to attend the afternoon service in the College.
Terms, 1875-6.— Fall term begins September Ist ; Winter, November lOtb ; Siiring, February 2nd ; Sum-
mer, April 13th to .June 22nd ; Vacations, December 23rd to .lanuary 5th, and three dayH at Easter.
Fees (in advance, per quarter).- -Elementary Department, 84 ; Junior, 95 ; Intonnediatc, i^^ ; Academic, 9>t ;
CoUegiato, 910 ; Senior French, Ocmian, Italian, Ornamental Needlework, each 95 ; Junior French, 93; Senior
Drawing, 9B ; Painting and Waxflowers, each %» ; Calisthenics, 60 cents. ; Materials and school room expenses,
91.26.
Partial Cottrse.- Four branches or less in Collegiate Department, each 92.50 ; one extra and no other branch,
33^ per cent, additional ; two do. do. 25 per cent, ^ditional ; three or more do,, 10 per cent, additional.
Board, etc.— Board and fumiHhed room, per week, *3.50 ; a discount of 10 per cent, is made to sisters room-
ing together ; washing, per dozen, 30 cents to 76 cents.
The average total expend for board, tuition, books, ctc.,is about 9200 per year.
Fees in JWuwo.— Individual instruction, twenty lessons of half an hour each, instrumental and vocal : Senior,
910 ; Junior, 98 ; or, if Music is the only study, instrumental, $15 and 912 ; vocal, 913 and 910 ; use of instrument,
81 per hour.
Instruction in classes of four, one hour, instrumental and vocal, 98 and 96 ; or if Music is the only study,
910 and 98.
^lu ^mAUf ii$Auc»tiottal i^isiieiadation of ^otonto.
I ■ )
INCORPOHATED 1874. '»
• I
The purposes of this Society are: — To establish courses of lectures for the higher
education of women, by professors of University College, or other competent persons
* Branches m the Academic and Collegiate Departments marked with a star may bo laid aside for optinoa'
branches, which will he accepted as equivalents.
86
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
to appoint examiners, to hold exuminations in the various departments in science and
literature, in which instruction shall from time to time be given ; to give diplomas, or
certificates of standing and acquirements to such candidates as shall pass the requisite
examinations ; to establish scholarshipb or other suitable rewards for proficiency on
the part of such candidates, and to tali c such other steps as shall be found desirable
for promoting the difiusion of higher education among women.
Seventh Session, 1875-76. — The committee of management have made the following
arrangements foj the courses of lectures, commencing on Tuesday, I2th October, at the
Lecture Room of the School of Practical Science, Adelaide Street :
First Term. — I. Course of eighteen lectures by Professor Young, on Mental and Moral
Philosophy. The class will meet every Tuesday and Friday from 3 to 4 p.m. II. A
Course of eighteen lectures by J. E. Graham, M.D., on Physiology. The class will meet
every Tuesday and Friday at 4 p.m.
Second Tei'm. — III. A course of eighteen lectures by J. M. Buchan, M.A., high
school inspector, on English Literature. IV. A course of eighteen lectures by Professor
Ramsay Wriyht, M.A., University College, on Zoology.
Examinations will be held at the end of each term, conducted in writing, for all lady
students who desire to avail themselves of them, and certificates will be given to the
iniccessful candidates. The written answers will be marked only with the number of
each candidate, and the results will be given without mentioning names. The reports of
the examiners will be regarded as strictly confidential, and the result in relation to
each candidate commiinicated to herself alone.
Fees. — Member's subscription, to admit herself and student, 812. Members may,
however, obtain tickets for a full or partial course. Special arrangements will be made
with the heads of schools, who may wish to have the advantage of the lectures for their
pupils. A member may bring a friend to a single lecture on payment of 30 cents.
Officers. — President: Mrs. Grasett ; Vice-Presidents: Mrs. S, Reward and Mrs.
Thomas Moss ; Secretary: Mrs. Ewart ; 'Treasurer: Mrs. J. M. King; Executive Coui-
mittee : Mrs. Mowat, Mrs. F. Osier, Mrs. Cockburn, Mrs. J. H. Richardson, and Mrs,
Fisken ; General Committee : Mrs. Edward Blake, Mrs. Goldwin Smith, Mrs. George
Brown, Mrs. Gordon Brown, Mrs. Mortimer Clarke, Mrs. Homer Dixon, MissDupont,
Mrs. Galbraith, Mrs. Thomas Hodgins, Mrs. Holiwell, Mrs. John Kerr, Miss Lash,
Mrs. D. L. Macpherson, Mrs. D. J. Macdonnell, Mrs. S. McMaster, and Miss Stubbs.
Notice.— Ladies wishing to become members should send their names and addresses
to Mrs. "^wart, Secretary, 473 Sherbourne Street. Tickets can be had from the treasurer.
TORONTO.
This College wac opened in 1852, by the Fathers of the Order of St. Basil, and was
incorporated in 1854 (18 Vic. , chap. 237). There is a commercial and a classical coiirse.
The corporation consists of thi Archbishop, the Superior, and the Professors. The
College occupies very spacious Duildings on a fine site (Clover Hill). (No information
was furnished by the authorities. )
The iPiODuation to be obtained respecting private schools is too meagre to be of
much value. On a future occasion, some details may be presented respecting a class
of institutions, many of which are doing important work. In the rural parts, but few
private schools are kept, and the result of a diligent inquiry shows that these are
generally quite small, and chiefly for very young children of both sexes. For the most
part such schoole are either maintained in consequence of the distance of some families
from the public schools, or else as a mere temporary expedient, where there is general
dissatisfaction with the local school management. Outside the cities, towns and
villages, there seem to be but some 120 such schools in the Province, and many of
these with less than 10 pupils.
In villa^^es and towns there are fre(iuently, in addition to infant schools, private
classes, some of which afl!"ord facilities for the cultivation of music and the languages,
1 science and
diplomas, or
the requisite
roficiency on
ind desirable
the following
tober, at the
al and Moral
p.m. II. A
ass will meet
, M.A., high
by Professor
:, for all lady
given to the
\e number of
'he reports of
n relation to
[embers may,
will be made
ures for their
30 cents.
rd and Mrs.
xecntive Cowi-
3on, and Mrs.
Mrs. George
Vliss Dupont,
Miss Lash,
Miss Stubbs.
md addresses
he treasurer.
THE UNIVERSITIES.
sr
asil, and was
jsical course.
Bssors. The
information
gre to be of
cting a class
irts, but few
at these are
or the most
onie families
e is general
towns and
nd many of
ols, private
languages.
while others are specially for commercial training. In the cities and larger towns,
there are some sui>erior private schools, but the statistics are not available. Taking
all the collegiate and private schools together, according to the most recent estimates ,
there were in 1874, 280 of these organized independently of the school laws, witli some
8,500 pupils, and 540 teachers.
ANNALS OF LEGISLATION.
It has already been noted (p. 1) that the project for a college, which had en-
gaged much attention, was abandoned at the close of the last century. But in
1819 the Executive Council again took the matter into consideration, find
recommended that 500,000 acres of land be disposed of for the purpose of estab-
lishing a University. The estimate of the Council comprised £10,000 for build-
ings and appliances, with £4,000 per annum for salaries, scholarships and
contingencies.
In 1820 it was enacted that on the establishment of a University, it might be
duly represented in Parliament.
In March, 1827, the charter of King's College was obtained by Sir Peregrine
Maitland, and Lord Bathurst's despatch promised a grant of £1,000 per annum
for the college buildings. The Grovernor was directed to endow King's College
from the Crown Koserves.
In 1828-9 the Wesleyan Methodists began to move for their academy, which,
in the year 1841, became the University of Victoria College, under the presi-
dency of the Rev. Dr. Ryerson, and received an annual grant of £500 from the
Legislature. The College opened with the faculty of Arts ; Medicine was added
in 1854, and Law in 1862.
In 1831, Lord Goderich proposed that King's College charter should be sur-
rendered, with a view to its modification. .
In 1835, by the will of the Right Rev. Bishop MacDonell, four acres of land
were devised for a proposed Roman Catholic College, which was afterwards incor-
porated as Regiopolis College, and was opened at Kingston in 1846. It is not
now in operation.
In 1837, the Provincial Legislature, having been authorized by the Imperial
Government to deal with the charter of King's College, passed an Act amending
the same, ar.-i coitnecting Upper Canada College with the University.
In 1840, an Act incorporating a Presbyterian College at Kingston was passed,
and reserved for the Queen's pleasure ; but in 1841 Her Majesty granted a Royal
Charter to the institution as " Queen's College jit Kingston." The faculties of
Theology and Arts were thereupon established ; Medicine was added in 1854,
and Law in 18G1.
In 1842 the foundation stone of King's College was laid by Sir Charles Bagot,
and in June, 1843, the University was formally opened, under the presid(;ncy of
the Right Rev. Bishop Strachan.
In 1843 an effort was made to affiliate Kind's College and Queen's College, but
it failed, and an agitation commenced, under which the charter was again amended
by the Act of 1849, and the Toronto institution was denuded of its Thecjlogical
faculty.
In 1848, St. Joseph's College was established at By town (Ottawa). It is now
known as the College of Ottawa. ,
5^
88
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
The authorities of the Church of England in this Province, having determined
upon the establishment of another University, on the abolition of the faculty of
Theology, obtained an Act of incorporation in 1850 for, the new College, and in
1851 a Royal Charter was issued to the University of Trinity College, Toronto,
and|the Diocesan School of Theology at Cobourg was thereupon merged in it.
In 1853 the Legislature again amended the charter of the University of Toronto,
and separated the University from the College, depriving it at the same time of
the professors of Law and Medicine. By this Act the University became the
examining body, also conferring degrees in Arts, Law, and Medicine, and the
College was constituted a teaching institution for the faculty of Arts. Convoca-
tion was abolished, and the government was vested in a Senate, appointed by
the Crown. ,
In 1857, the Methodist Episcopal Church established a seminary at Belleville
for the higher education of students of both sexes, which in, 1866 and 1871, was
incorporated as the University of Albert College.
In 1868, the annual legislative grants which had been long enjoyed, were with-
drawn from the following institutions : Victoria College, $5,000, and $750, Medical
faculty ; Queen's College, $5,000 ; Regiopolis College, $3,000 \ St. Michael's
College, $2,000 ; Trinity College, $4,000 ; Ottawa College, $1,400 ; L'Assomption
College, $1,000 ; also $750 each for the Medical faculties of Kingston and
Toronto.
In 1873, the important Act modifying the constitution of the University of
Toronto was passed. The principal provisions are mentioned below.
In 1874, the Charter and Acts relating to Victoria College were repealed, and
a new Act passed, providing for the appointment of the College Board by the
General Conference of the Methodist Church of Canada.
The Legislature has thus permitted, in a Province of less than 2,000,000 inha-
bitants, no fewer than seven institutions to assume the functions and powers of
Universities. Six of these are in active operation, each determining its own
curriculum, and granting degrees in the several faculties. The maintenance of
efficient local Colleges is to be desired, but a common standard foi- University
degrees is surely not less necessary, in the interests of our higher education.
, ,: ; . , , , , . ;: ,.,. ! . .. ... ' ■ i' ^» ••\' ' : • '/ ;!
This University was established by Royal Charter bearing date 15th March, 1827,
under the title of King's College, and was endowod by Patent on 3rd January, 1828,
with a grant of the lands set apart by the Crown in 1798. The institution was inau-
gurated and the first students were admitted on 8th June, 1843, and the first Convo-
cation was held on 14th December, 1844. Various Acts have been passed relating to
this University as recorded in preceding pages. These acts were 60 Geo. III., cap 2
(1820) ; 7 VVUliam IV. cap 16 (1837) ; 12 Vic. cap 82 (1849) ; 10 Via cap 89 (1853).
By an Act (36 Vic. cap 29) passed in 1873, extensive changes were made in the gov-
ernment of the University oi Toronto.
The Corporation of the University was then declared to consist of the Chancellor,
Vice-Chaucellor, and the members of the Senate and of the Convocation.
The 63nate now consists of twenty -four members, besides certain ex officio members.
Convc -"tion is composed of the graduates; but Bachelors of Arts and Science must be of
three years' standing. Convocation elects the Chancellor and fifteen members of the
Senate, the Government nominating nine members. Convocation may also deliberate
on questions affecting the University; and has, with the Senate, power of deciding on
the terms of afiiliation of Colleges.
No member of the Senate can be an Examiner.
The Governor, on the reconunendation of the Senate, may establish other Profes-
sorships in any department of knowledge, science or art in Uiuversity College.
The Senate is empowered to provide for local examinations.
; determined
he faculty of
liege, and in
ige, Toronto,
fed in it.
>r of Toronto,
lame time of
became the
line, and the
i. Convoca-
ppointed by
at Belleville
id 1871, was
d, were with-
)750, Medical
It. Michael's
i'Assomption
angeton and
;"■' v.
Jniversity of
'epeakd, and
loard by the
)00,000 inha-
nd powers of
ping its own
intenance of
University
ucation.
March, 1827,
inuary, 1828,
ion was inau-
firsf Convo-
d relating to
111., cap 2
89 (1853).
e in the gov-
Chancellor,
do members,
ce must be of
mbers of the
BO deliberate
deciding on
ther Profes-
ege.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
8EMATK, 1875-76.
89
(1.) Ex officio. — Hon. Joseph Curran Morrison, Chancellor; Hon. Thomas Moss,
M. A,, Vice-Chancellor;* Rev. John McCaul, LL. D., President of Univei-sity
College ; Rev. Egerton Ryerson, D.D. Chief Superintendent of Education ; Hon.
John Hillyard Cameron, D.C.L., Q.C., M.P., Representative of the Law Society of
Ontario ; George T. R. Cockbum, M.A., Principal of Upper Canada College ; William
T. Aikins, M.D., Representative of the Toronto School of Medicine ; Rev. Robert
Alexander Fyfe, D.D., Representative of the Canadian Literary Inst ite, Woodstock ;
Wiliam Tassie, LL.D., Representative of High School Masters, Oiicario ; Henry H.
Croft, D.C.L., F.L.S., John Langton, M.A., Hon. James Patton. LL.D., Q.C., Hon.
Adam Crocks, LL.D., Q.C., Larratt William Smith. D.C.L., ex Vice-Chancellors;
Edward John Chapman, Ph.D., LL.D., George Templeman Kingston, M.A., Repre-
senting Council of University College.
(2.) Electedby Omvocation. — Hon. Edward Blake, M.A., Q.C., M.P., Laughlin
Macfarlane, M.B., Thomas Wardlaw Taylor, M.A., retire in 1876. William Mulock,
M.A., John Boyd, M.A.,B.C.L., William Oldright, M.A., M.D., retire in 1877. John
Morrison Gibson, M. A. LL.B., James H. Richardson, M.D., James Alexander Mc-
Lellan, LL.D., retire in 1878. James Loudon, M.A., James Thor bum, M.D., Thomas
Kirkland, M. A., retire in 1879. William Ralph Meredith, LL.B. M.P.P., James
Fisher, M.A., Archibald Frederick Campbell, M.A., retire in 1880.
(3.) Nomhmted by His Excellency the Lieutemuint-Governor. — Hon. William Mc-
Master, Hon. John Wellington Gwynne, Hon. George Br<jwn, retire in 1876. John
McKeown, M.A., Casimir Stanislaus Gzowski, C.E., John Macdonald, M.P,, retire in
1877. Daniel Wilson, JiL.D., Rev. Daniel James Macdonnell, B.D., Goldwin Smith,
M. A., retire in 1878.
There are committees of the Senate on the library ; on the building and grounds ;
on the observatory ; on finance ; on the museum ; on Upper Canada College ; on ap-
plications and memorials ; on examinations.
Officers of the Univbrsitv. — Bursar — David Buchan, Esq. ; Registrar — William
Glenholme Falconbridge, M.A.; Librarian — William Henry Vandermissen, M.A.
, . , PACUI.TY of arts.
Degree of B. A. — There are two regular modes of proceeding, viz. : one by passing the
five annual examinations, and the other by passing the last four of them. The first
examination is called " the junior matriculation examination," which takes place in
May, and the second, " the senior matriculation examination," or " the examination
for the first year ;" this takes place in September. There are some other modes of pro-
ceeding provided to meet special cases. At the junior matriculation four scholarships
are offered for competition, each of the value of $120, and three of $80. At the senior
matriculation, four of $120 ; at the first year, four of $120 ; three of $80 ; and one
of $60.
Degree of M. A. — Candidates for the degree of M. A. must have been admitted to
the degree of B.A., must be of the standing of one year from admission to the degree
of B. A., and must have composed an approved Thesis upon some subject in one of the
departments in the Faculty of Arts.
The Annual Examitiations for junior and senior matriculation will be held lu the
latter part of September.
The annual examination for students who have already matriculated, and for those
who propose to enter at any other part of the course, will be held in the month of
May.
Notice will be given annually in January, of the day when the examinations wiU
commence.
Fees. — The following fees will be required : — Formatriculatiou, S4 ; for change of faculty, $4 ;
for admiitsion " adeundem statum" $6 ; for the first degree in the University, ^6 ; for every sub-
sequent degree, $8 ; for admission " ad eundem gradum" $10.
The fee for matriculation must be paid to the registrar, before the candidate offers himself
for examination ; but if he should be rejected, he may offer himself again without any additional
fee.
'&.\
^
t !
90
PROVINCE OP ONTARIO.
The fee for admisBion " orf eundem statum," or for matriculation upon the certificate of the
head of an affiliated institution, must be paid to the redBtrar at the time of application.
The fee for a degree must be paid to the registrar Before the degree is conferred.
Subject*, Junior Matriculation Examination.
Clatsicg.—Ijxician, Charon and Life ; Homer, Iliad, B. I. ; Cicero, for the Manilian law ;
Virgil, ^neid, B. II. ; translation from English into Latin prose.
Mathematict. — Arithmetic ; first four rules of algebra, and simple equations (Loudon's) ; Euclid,
B. I. (Colenso's, Pott's or Todhunter's).
Modern Langua/jes. — English grammar ; French grammar and exercises (De Fivas) ; Voltaire,
Histoire de Charles XII., Liv., VI., VII., VIII. ; Comeille, Horace, Acts I., II.
Histoi'y and Gewjraphy. — Outlines of English history at the j)resent time ; outlines of Koman
hisljory to the death of Nero ; outlines of Grecian history to the death of Alexander ; outlines of
ancient and modem geography.
French is necessary for those who may substitute modern languages for clashics, after the
■second year.
Candidates for honors and scholarships will be examined in the following additional subjects :
Q reek and Latin. — Xenophon, Anabasis, B. I., chaps. VII., VIII., IX., X, ; Homer, Odysfey,
B. IX. ; Livy, B- II. , chaps. I. to XV. inclusive ; Horace, Odes, B. I. ; Ovid, Heroides, I. ,
XIII.
Two passages, one in Greek and the other in Latin, selected by the examiners from author.s or
works not speciiied. Translation from English into Latin verse, or paper on grammar, at the option
of the candidate.
^?gre6rrt.— Proportion and progression ; quadratic equations.
Oeometry.—EiacMA, Bb. 11. III., and IV. %,
English. — Grammar and comi)()sition.
English History under the houses of Tiidor and Stuart ; Geography of the British Empire,
including the Colonies.
First Year, or Senior Matriculation,
Classics. — Xenophon, Anabasis, B.V. ; Homer, Iliad, B. VI. ; Livy, B. V. chaps. I. to XXV.,
inclusive ; Horace, Odes, B. III. ; Ovid, Fasti, B. I. Translation from English into Latin
prose.
Mathetnatics.—Arithmiitic; Algebra (Loudon) ; Euclid, Bb. I., II., III., IV. and VI. and
Def. of V. (Colenso's "Potts's, or Todhunter's) ; plane trigonometry, as far as solution of plane
triangles (Cherriman's).
Modern Languages. — English composition ; Orthographical, Etymological and lihetorical forms
of English language. (Fowler's English language. Parts III., IV., VII.) History of English
literature from Edward III. to James I., inclusive (Craik's English literature and language).
Books of Iieftrence.--Vra.\k'ti history of literature and learning in England, books III., IV., V.
Marsh's English language and literature, lects. VI. to XII,
French grammar (De Fivas) ; De Stael, L'AUemagne, Ire Partie.
German grammar (Aue's Elementary) ; Adler's Reader, Part II. ; History of German Liter-
ature (Thimm's Literature of Germany).
Natural Sciences. — Elements of natural history, as in the second year, viz.: elements of general
and comparative physiology (Nicholson's text-book of Zoology) : elements of botanical science,
structural and systematical (Graj^'s how plants grow).
Hebreiv.— Grammar to end of In-egular Verbs (Gesenius's) ; Genesis, Chaps. I., II., III., IV.
V. ; Psalms, I., II., III., IV., V. ; outlines of the history of the Hebrew language and literature
to the Christian era.
Senior matriculants, and those students who I'.id not take French at the junior matriculation,
are reciuired to take either French or Hebrew. German is necessary for those who may substitute
modem languages for clasjsics after the second year. They must state their desire to do ho, in the
1 rinted form.
The elements of natural histoiy are necessary either in this or the second year.
Students may in this year, at their discretion, paas their examination in any necessary sub-
department prescribed for a succeeding year.
Candidates for honors and scholai-ships at this examination, will be examined in the follow-
ing additional subjects :—
Classics.— Ijiicmn, Tinion; Homer, Odyssey, B. XII. ; Livy, B. V., chaps. XXVI. to LV.,
inclusive ; Cicero, for Arcliias ; Virgil, ^neid B. IX.
Two passages, one in (rreek and the other in Latin, selected by the examiners from authors or
works not specified, '^•anslation from English into Latin verse, or paper on grammar, at the
option of the candit'
Matliematics. - .a (Colenso's or Todhunter's) ; Plane Trigonometry (Colenso's or
Todhunter's).
Modern Languages. — English — Prtwody (Fowler's] English Language, Part VIII) ; Book of
reference — Guest's History of English llhythnis ; History of English Literature prior to Chaucer
(Craik's History of Literature and Learning in England, Bb. I., II) ; Book of reference — Marsh's
English Language and Literature, Lectures III. to VII ; *AnalysiH of one of Sbakspeare's Plays ;
187(1, Macbeth. 1877, Coriolainis. 1878, Merchant of Venice.
;rtiificate of the
bion.
Manilian law ;
idon'H) ; Enclid,
vas) ; Voltaire,
linea of Roman
ler ; outlineu of
i«bic8, after the
bional subjects :
omer, Odysfey,
1, Heroides, I.,
from authors or
r, at the option
British Empire,
>8. 1, toxxy.,
iish into Latin
. and VI. and
ilution of plane
hetorical forms
Dry of English
iguage).
III., IV., V.
German Liter-
nts of general
inical science,
[I., III., IV.
and literature
matriculation,
nay substitute
do so, in the
lecessary sub-
the follow-
^VI. toLV.,
)m authors or
liuiar, at the
(Colenso's or
[I) ; Book of
to C'haiicer
CO— Marsh's
eare's Plays ;
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
9lf
; translation from English into
translation from English into
Morris's Prologue to Canterbury Tales (Clarendon Press Ed.).
/WncA— Voltaire, Alzire ; Alfred De Vigny, Cinq-Mars :
French.
Oemiaw— Schiller, Lied von der Glocke, and Neffe als Onkel ;
German.
Natural Sckncen — Inorganic Chemistry (Roscoe's Elements, or Macadam's Wilson).
Chemistry is necessary for those who purpose offering themselves as Candidates for Honors
or Scholarships at the examination in Natural Sciences for the Second Year.
Hebrew— Geueaia, chapters, VI., VII., VIII ; Psalms VI., VII., VIIL
Fincl Examination for D&jree of B. A . ,/
Classics — Thucj'dides, B. V ; Sophocles, Antigone ; Tacitus, Annals, B. I ; Jiivenal, Mat.
III., VII., VIII., and X ; translation from English into Latin Prose.
Mathematics — Acoustics, — Chambers's Educational ('ourse ; Astronomy - Herchel's Outlines.
Modern Languages —En(ilish.--VTincv\}\*i» of composition, grammar, and etymology, from se-
lected passages ; History of the fonnation of the English language and its philological elements
— Fowler's English Lanjjuage, or Latham's English Language ; History of Literature from Queen
Anne to the present time— Craik's English Literature and Language ; Books of reference, —
Marsh's English Language and its early Literature ; Craik's History of English Literature.
French. — Composition ; Corneille, Le Cid ; Antonin Roche, Prosateurs Franfiais, to 18th
Century ; Demogeot, Litterature Frangaise, to 4th period.
German. — Grammar ; Composition ; Tieck, Der gestiefelte Kater ; Schiller, Wilhelm Tell ;
Evans's History of German Literature.
For reference. — Carlyle's Life of Schiller and Essays ; G. H. Lewes's Life of Goethe ; Jorden's .
Lexikon deutscher Dichter und Prosaisten ; Vilmar, Geschichte der deutschen Nationtal Liter-
atur.
Natural Sciences. — Physical and chemical characters of minerals, including crystallography,
and the application of the olowpipe ; systematic and descriptive mineralogy ; general principles
of physical geography, palaeontology, and geology.
Books of reference. — Dana's System of Mineralogy, 4th Ed. ; Lyell'a Principles and Ele-
ments of Geology • Xichjlson's Manual of Paleontology ; Johnson's abridged Atlas ; Synop^i'* of
Prof. Chapman's Lectuies.
Applied C'hemistn . Books of reference. — Knai)p's Technology ; Wagner's Technology.
Loomis's Meteoro'ogy, Chapters I. to V., inclusive.
Civil Polity. —^taMi, Wealth of Nations, Bk. L, II., III., and IV.; Cox, British Com-
monwealth.
Hebrew.— 3oh, Chapters, III., IV., V., VI., VII ; Proverbs, Chapters, I., II., Ill ; Eccle-
siastcs, Chapters I., II., XII.
Those who are not Candidates for Honors may take .any three Departments ; but two of them
must be selected from the following four: — "Classics," "Mathematics," "Modern Languages,"
and " N'.tural Sciences." Those who take Hebrew must also take Classics. Those who have not
taken Mathematics in the Third Ye.ar must take Mathematics with Meteorology in this year.
Those who have not taken Natural History in the Third Year must take Mineralogy, Geology,
and Physical Geography, with applied Chemistry in this year.
Candidates for Honors at the Final Examination will be examined in the follo^ving additional
subjects :
Classics. —Herodotus, Bb. VI., IX. ; Thucydides, Bb. V., VII; Xenophon, Hellenics, B. I. ;
Anabasis, B. V. ; Polybius, B. X. ; ^scliines, against Ctesiphon ; Demosthenes, on the Crown ;
Aristotle, Rhetoric, B. II. ; Politics, B. II. ; Plato, Apology ; Homer, Iliad, Bb. VI. XXII. ;
Odyssey, Bb. XII., XXI. ; Hesiod, Works and Days : ,-Eschj'lus, the Persia' s and Prometheus ;
Euripides, Alcestis and Medea ; Sophocles, fEdipus Tyrainius and Antigone ; Aristophanes,
the Knights ; Pindar, Olimpic Odes; Iheocnttis, Idylls, I., IV., VI., VI. ; Bion, Idyll, T.; Moschus,
Idylls, I., III. ; Greek Epigi-aphy ; Sallust, Jugurtha ; Livy, Bb. V., XXL, XXXI.; Tacitus,
Histories, B. I. ; Annals, I. ; Cicero, for Archias, for Ligarius, and Philippic II. ; de Oratore, B.
II. ; de Legibus ; Epi-stles, ad Familiares, B. XIV. ; Pliny, Epistles, B. VI ; l^ucretius, B. V. ;
Virgil, ^neid, Bb. IX., XII. ; Georgics, .Bb. I., IV; Eclogues, I., IV. IX. ; Plautus, Aulu-
laria ; Terence, Andrian ; Horace; Persius, Sat. I., III., V. ; Juvenal, Sat. III., VII., VIIL,
X; Catullus, IV., IX., XIV., XXXL, LXV., CI. ; Tibullus, B. I. 10, B. II. 1; B. IIL H; Pro-
pertius, B. III. 1, B. III. 2C, B. IV. «. ; Latin Epigraphy.
Four p issages, two in Greek and two in Latin, selected by the Examiners frf)m authors or
works not specified ; translation into Greek and Latin Verse, or two Papers on (Grammar, one
in Greek and the other in Latin, at the option of the Candidate.
Mrt</ieni((<ics.— Arithmetic ; Algebra, (Colenso's or Todhunter's) ; Plane Trigimometry (Col-
enso's or Todhunter's); Spherical Trigonometry (Todhunter's); Conic Sections (Puckle's) Analytical
Geometry (Salmon's and Aldis's); Differential and Integral Calculus ; Theory of Algebraic
Equations (Todhunter's); Newton's Principia, sect. I., II., III. IX. & XI. (Fost's Edition) ;
Statics (Todhunter's) ; Dynamics (Sandeman's and Griffin's); Hydrostatics and Hydrodynamics
(Miller's or Besant's); Geometrical Optics (Parkinson's); Acoustics (Herschel's or Pierce's) ; Plane
Astronomy (Hymer's or Chauvenet's) ; Lunar Theory (Godfrey's).
•1 I
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Modem Lan(jvnyea.—Engliah.—*Critica\ Analysin of two of Shakespeai-e'fl Historical Plajra.
"Critical Analysis of Poems of Spenser, Milton, Poiie, Cowper, and Wordsworth.
French. — Lamartine, Voyage en Orient, ler Volume ; Antonin Roche, Poetes Frangais ;
Moliere, L'Avare ; Ponsard, "LTnonneur et L'argent ; passages from anthoi-s or works not specified.
Conversations in French. All questions, whether oral or written, must be answered in French.
German. — La Motte Fouqu6, Sintram und seine GefHhrten ; Schiller, Greschichte des dreis-
zigjKhrigen Krieges, B. I. ; Goethe, Iphigenie auf Tanris ; Wieland, Oberon ; passages from au-
thors or works nut specified.
Italian. -Manzoni, I Promessi Sjwsi, I. — XX. ; Tasso, Gerusalemme Liberata, Canto XII. ;
Dante, Inferno, Can. I. to VII. inclusive; Alfieri, Agamennone; Goldoni, IlBurbero Benefico;
translation from English into Italian ; History of Italian Literature— Sismondi's Literature of the
South of Europe, to Chap. XIV. inclusive. •
<S^)anM.— Grammar (De Vere's), and translation from English into Spanish ; Quintana, Vida
del Cid, and El Gran Capitan ; Moratin, El Si de las Ninas ; History of Spanish Literature — Sis-
mondi's Literature of the South of Europe, to Chap. XXIX. inclusive ; Comparison of Etymo-
logical and Grammatical Forms in Latin, Provengal, French, Italian, and Spanish ; Sir G. Come-
wall'Lewis's Origin and Formation of the Romance Languages.
A Candidate for Honors in Modern Languages is not required to take both Italian and Span-
ish, but either, at his option.
Natural Scienceg. — Qualitative Analytical Chemistry (Croft's Practical Chemistry) : Books of
reference— Fresenius's or Noad's Qualitative Analysis ; Organic Chemistry (Roscoe's Elements) ;
Book of reference — Fownes's Manual, or Naquet's ; Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of
Vertebrete Animals; Books of reference— Carpenter's Principles of Comparative Physiology;
Huxley's Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals ; Matnematics of Crystallography, com-
prising the calculation of crystal axes and angles: Geology of Canada, with Rock Formations,
and Economic Minerals of Ontario considered in detail ; Prof. (Chapman's examples of the appli-
cation of Trigonometry to the calculation of crystal axes, etc. ; Chapman's Outline of the G«ology
of Canada ; Reports of Geological Survey.
Candidates for Honors in Meteorology, with a view to the Prize, are required to be prepared
in the following subjects : —
Treatise on Meteorology, by Professor Loomis ; Books of reference — Herschell's Meteorology ;
Dove on the Distribution ot Heat ; Dove on the Laws of Storms.
They must also show a practical acquaintance with the process of taking and registering the
ordinary meteorological observations.
Metaphiisirs, Ethics, and Civil Polity. — Mill's Logic, B. III., of Induction ; Hamilton's Dis-
sertations and notes on Reid(Note "A." On the Philosophy of Common Sense, sections 1, 2, 3,
4. Note " B." Of Presentative and Representative Knowledge, section 1. Note " C." Theories
of External Perception, section 1. Note " D." Primary and Secondary Qualities of Body, section
•J. Note " D%" Perception, section 1. Notes " D** " and " D**»," Mental Association) ; Calder-
wood's Hand Book of Moral Philosophy ; Kant, Critique of Piu-e Reason ; Snhwegler, History
of Philosophy, to end of Ch. XLIL; Tennemann, History of Philosophy, Scholastic Period (end of
Part the Second) ; Austin, Lectures on Jurisprudence, Vol. I., L^cts. -XXVII. ; Mill's Political
Economy.
Oriental Languapes. -ir«6r«ic— Joel, Chaps. I., II., III., IV. ; Jonah: Zechariab, Chaps. I.,
I?.., III. IV.
' CAa Wee— Daniol. Chaps. IV., V ; Ezra, Chaps. IV., V.
Syrioc— Gratnmar ; Pnillips's ; The Parables in the New Testament ; History of the Syriac
T language.
A Candidates for Honors in Classics, Mathematics, Modem Languages, Natural Sciences, or
Ivletaphysic'j, Ethics and Civil Polity, who has also obtained Honors in the same Department or
Departmer/ci at the Examinations for the Third Year, may omit all other Departments.
, FACULTY OP MEDICINE. ,, , .,,,^ . ,, , ^
Uigree of M.B. — The following are the requisites for admission to the Degree,
viz : —
(1) Having produced satisfactory certificates of good conduct. ■'-' '
(2) Having matriculated in any Faculty in this University, or having been admit-
ted ad eundeni' gradum or statum in Law or Arts.
'^ 1876. -Hamlet, and the Tempest ; Spenser, Faerie Queen, Bk. II. Cau. III. VII. ; Spenser, Shepherd's Cat
endar, Eclogue IV.; Milton, Paradise Lost, Bh. V., VI. ; Milton, Comus, and Sonnets ; Poiie, Duuciad, B. IV,
Po]-xd, Essay on Criticism, Pt. III. ; Cowper, Task, Bb. II. VI, ; Cowper, Conversation ; Wordsworth, Tintern
Abbey ; Wordsworth. Sonnets to Liberty, Part L, Nos. IV., VI., XII., XIV., XV.
1876.— Richard II. and Richard III. ; Spenser, Faerie Queen, B. I., Can. IX., X. ; Spenser, Shepherd's Calen-
dar, Eclogfue V. ; Milton, Paradise Lost, Bo. VII., VIII. ; Milton, Lycidas, and Sonnets ; Pope, Essay on Man,
Epistle I. ; Cowper, Task, Bb. IV., V. ; Cowper, On receipt of My Mother's Picture ; Wordsworth's Excursion, B.
IV. ; Wordsworth, Sonnets to Liberty, Part I., Nos. XVI., XVII., XIX., XXI., XXIV.
1877.— King Lear, aiid As You Like it ; Spenser, Faerie Queen, B. III., Can. IV., V; Spenser, Shepherd's
Calendar, Eclogue X. ; Milton, Paradise Lost, Bb. I., II. ; Milton, Samson Agonistes ; Pope, Dunclad, Bb. III.,
IV. ; Pope, Prologue to the Satires ; Cowper, Task, B.V. ; Cowper, Retirement ; Wordsworth, Excursion, B. IV.;
■ Wordsworth, Intimations of Immortality.
[istorical Plays.
letes Frangais ;
IcB not specified,
red in French.
lichte des dreis-
assages from au-
la, Canto XII. ;
irbero Benefico ;
Literature of the
Quintana, Vida
Literature — Sis-
•ison of Etymo-
1 ; Sir 6. Come-
balian and Span-
listry) ; Books of
soe's Elements) ;
nd Physiology of
;ive Physiology;
allography, com-
ock Formations,
>le8 of the appli-
le of the Geology
id to be prepared
ll's Meteorology ;
d registering the
Hamilton's Dis-
, sections 1, 2, 3,
B " C." Theories
of Body, section
ciation); Calder-
hwegler, History
tic Period (end of
Mill's Political
ariab, Chaps. I.,
ry of the Syriac
ural Sciences, or
Department or
iments.
o the Degree,
; been admit-
r, Shepherd's Cal
Ouiiciad, B. IV.
rdsworth, Tintern
Shepherd's Oalen-
le. Essay on Man,
th's Excursion, B.
enser, Shepherd's
— unciad, Bb. III.,
Excursion, B. IV. ;
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
93*
^3^ Being of the full age of 21 years.
(4) Having pursued Medical Studies f r the period of at least four years, and hav-
ing regularly attended Lectures extending over a period uf at least three Sessions of
six months each, in the following branches of Medical education, for the respective
periods hereinafter set forth : —
Anatomy ; Practical Anatomy ; Theory and Practice of Medicine ; i'rinciples
and Practice of Surgery ; Chemistry ; Midwifery and Diseases of Women and
Children, and attendance on six oases of labour ; Therapeutics and Pharmaco-
logy ; Physiology ; each, two courses of six months.
Practical Chemistry ; Medical Jurispnidence ; Botany ; each, one course of
three months.
(5) Having attended for at least twelve months the practice of some general Hos-
pital, and having attended during six months Clinical Lectures on Medicine and
Surgery.
(6) Having passed in this University an Examination in all the subjects specified in
Article 4.
Degree of M.D. — The following are the requisites for admission to this degree,
viz.: —
Having been admitted to the degree of M.B., being of one year's standing from ad-
mission to the Degree of M.B. and having composed an approved Thesis upon some
Medical Subject.
Degrees ad emulem . — A Graduate of any of the Universities in Great Britain or Ireland
may be admitted to the like Degree in this University. He must send in his certificate
to the Registrar at least two weeks before the first meeting of the Session of the
Senate at which his application is to be brought forward.
Fees. — For Matriculation or Entrance, $4 ; for the Degree of M.B., $6; for the Degree of
M.D., $8 ; for admiBsion ad eundcm gradum, $10. Four Scholarships will be annually offered for
competition, viz. : — One among Matriculants, and one for students of each year. Medals, prizes
and certificates of honor are duly awarded.
.<•;.;
Matriculation Examination.
Classics.— IsaciKOy Charon; Cicero, for the Manilian Law. .
Mathematics — Arithmetic : First four rules of Algebra and Simple Equations (Todhunter'ff
Algebra for Beginners) ; Euclid, Bb. I., II.
English — Grammar and Composition.
t/'Venafe— Grammar and Exercises (De Fivas') ; Voltaire, Histoire de Charles XII., Bb. I.,
II., III. ; Comeille, Horace, Act II.
^Gerrnanr- Grammar (Aue's Elementary) ; Adler's Reader, Parts I., II., III.
HisUxry and Geography— OvitVaie^ of English History to the present time ; Outlines of Mod-
em Geography.
\Natural PWtoiopAy— Mechanics ; Hydrostatics ; Pneumatics.
• ' - :" • r . . Degree of M.B. . .
Anatomy ; Physiology ; Practical Anatomy ; Theory and Practice of Medicine ; Principles
and Practice of Surgery ; Alidwifery and Diseases of Women and Children : Therapeutics and
Pharmacology ; Chemistry ; Practical Chemistry ; Medical Jurispmdence ; Botany.
This Examination may also be divided as follows : —
(1) Students of Two or Three Yeara" standing may pass a Primary Examination in
the following subjects : —
Descriptive Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Botany.
N.B. — Only one of these subjects is necessary for a Student who has passed a satis-
factory Examination in the subjects appointed for a Scholarship for the Second
Year.
(2) Students of Four Years' standing, who have satisfactorily passed the Primary
Examination, and have attended the prescribed courses, if they are not Candidates for
Medals or Honors, may pass the Final Exairination in the following subjects : —
Surgical Anatomy, Practical Chemistry, Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, Jurispnidence.
Candidates for Medals or Honors at the Final Examination will be examined in all
the subjects appointed for the Degree of M.B.
t The Candidate may select any one o the subjecto marked thus,
> i,i
34
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Scholarships.
Matriculation. — (la addition to the HubjectH before 8i)eciiied fur Matriculation.)
Classics. — Homer, liiad, B. I.; Horace, Odes, B. I.; Translation into Latin Prose.
Jfa<Ae»n/i«ic«.— Algebra, as far as Quadratic £(iuation8, inclusive ; Euclid, Bb. III., IV. (Co-
lenao's, Pott-t's, or Todhunter'H).
JFVencA.— Grammar and Exercises (De Fivas') ; Voltaire, Histoire de Charles III., Bb. I., II.,
Ill ; Corneille, Horace, Act II.
First Yerr.— Anatomy of the bones, muscles, and the ligaments, and the viscera of the abdo-
men and thorax ; Greneral Anatomy and Physiology of the organs of locomotion, digestion, and
circulation ; Inorganic Chemistry and Heat.
Second Year. —Anatomy ; Physiology ; Organic Chemistry and Electricity ; Botany ; The-
rapeutics and Pharmacology.
Third Year. —Medicine ; Surgery ; Midwfei-y ; Medical Jurisprudence ; Comparative Anat-
omy ; Practical Chemistry.
FACULTY OF LAW.
Degree of LL.B. — The following are the requisites for obtaining the Degree in the
ordinary course : —
Having produced satisfactory Certificates of Good Conduct ; having Matriculated
in the Faculty of Law ; being of the standing of Three Years from Senior Matricu-
lation, or Four Years from Junior Matriculation; having passed in each of those
years the Examination prescribed in the Statute respecting "Subjects of Examination
' in the Faculty of Law ; being of the full age of Twenty-one years.
The Degree of LL.B. may also be conferred after one Special Examination at which
no Honors will be awarded, if the Candidate be a Master of Arts of Seven Years'
standing in the University of Toronto, or a Barrister of Seven Years' standing from
his admission by the Law Society of Upper Canada, or if he be a Graduate in the
Faculty of Arts in the University of Toronto of Three Years' standing, being also a
Barrister admitted by the Law Society of Upper Canada.
Degree of LL.I). — The following are the requisites for obtaining this Degree :—
Having been admitted to the Degree of LL.B. ; being of Ten Years' standing from
adiuiaaion to the Degree of LL.B., or of M.A. ; having composed two approved
Theses upon subjects in Law.
The Examinations for Junior Matriculation will take place in the month of Sep-
tember, and all other Examinations in the Faculty will take place in the month of
May. Notice of the day when they commence will be given early in January.
Four Scholarships will be annually offered for competition, viz. ; —
One for General Proficiency among Junior Matriculants ; one for General Pro-
ficiency among Students of One Year's standing and Senior Matriculants ; one among
Students of Two Years' standing ; one among Students of Three Years' standing.
Fees. — The following Fees will be required : —
For Matriculation or Entrance, $4 ; for the Degree of LL.B., $6^ for the Degree of LL.B.
after Special Examination, $10 ; for the Degree of LL.D., $8 ; for admission ad eundem gradum,
810.
The Fee for Matriculation must be paid to the Registrar before the Candidate offers himself for
Examination ; but if he should be rejected, he may offer himself again without any additional
Fee.
The Fee for a Degree must be paid to the Registrar before the Degree is conferred.
Each Scholarship is of the value of one hundred and twenty dollars a year.
Junior Matriculation Examination.
Classics.— Xenophon, Anabasis, B. V. ; Homer, Iliad, B. VI. ; Livy, B. V., Chaps. I. to
XXV. inclusive ; Horace, Odes, B. III. ; Ovid, Fasti, B. I. ; Translation from Enghsh into
Latin Prose.
Jlfa</i«mafrM;s.— Arithmetic ; Algebra (Todhunter's Algebra for Beginners) ; Euclid, Bb. I,, II.,
III., IV., and VI., and Def. of V. (Colenso's, Potts's, or Todhunter's) ; Plane Trigonometry, as
far as Solution of Plane Triangles (Cherriman's).
Modem Languages. English.— Composition ; Orthographical, Etymological, and Rhetorical
forms in the English Language (Fowler's English Langiiage, Parts III., IV., and VII) ; History
of English Literature from Edward'III. to James I. , inclusive (Craik's English Literature and
Language) ; Book of Reference— Craik's History of Literature and Learning in England, Books,
iilT IV., V.
French. -Grammar (De Fivas") ; De Stael, L'Allemagne, Premidre Partie.
Natural Sciences.— Ivlov^&vAq Chemistry (Fownes's Elements of Chemistry, Part II., or Gra-
ise.
II., IV. (Co-
.,Bb. I., II.,
h of the abdo-
ligestion, and
Jotany ; The-
arative Anat-
)gree in the
Matriculated
or Matricu-
bch of those
Sxamination
ion at which
•even Years'
.nding from
iuate in the
being also a
^ee :—
finding from
TO approved
nth of Sep-
e month of
anuary.
eneral Pro-
one among
nding.
ree of LL.B.
idem graduvi,
;r8 himself for
ny additional
id.
Chaps. I. to
English into
Bb. i.,n.,
onometry, as
Bhetorical
[I); History
berature and
land. Books,
III., or Gra-
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO.
06
h»i
laiii'H ElomuntH of Inorganic ( 'hemistry) ; Eleinonts of General and Comparative Physiology
NicholHon's Text Book of Zoology) ; Elements of Botanical Science, structural and systematical
(Gray'H How I'lantH Grow).
Candidates for Honors and for the Scholarship will be exanine<l in the following additional
subjects : —
6Vas»jc«.— liucian, Timon ; ilimer, Odyssey, B. XII.; Livy, B. V., Chaps. XXXVI. to
LV. inclusive ; Cioen), for Archias ; Virgil, JEnvid, U. IX. ; two passages, one in (Jreek and the
other in liatin, selected by the Examiners from authors or works not s[)ecified ; translation from
English into Latin Verse, or Paper on Grammar, at the option of the Candidate.
Mathematics. —Algebra (Colenso's) ; P^ane Trigonometry (( -'olenso's or Todhunter's).
Modem Laniiuaije^. Emjliah. — Prosody (Fowler's English Luiigu»ige, Part VIII.) ; Book of
references-Guest's History of English Rhythms ; History of English Literature prior to Chaucer ;
(h-aik's History of Literature and licarning in England, Bb. I., II. ; "Analysis of one of Shak-
speare's Plays ; Canterbury Tales (Oxford edition. Clarendon Press).
FrcncA.— Voltaire, Alzire ; Alfred De Vigny, Cimi-Mare; translation from English into
French.
Natural Sciences. — Elements of Vegetable Anatomy and Physiology ; The Elements of Zoo-
logy and Comparative Anatomy ; Books of reference — (Jwen's Lectures on Comparative Ana-
tomy ; Nicholson's Introduction to the study of Biology.
First Year, nr Senior Matriculation. >
».— Demosthenes, Philippics, I., II.j Homer, Odyssey, B. XXL; Cicero against Cati-
for Ligarius ; Virgil, Georgics, B. iV. ; translation from English into Latin Prose.
Classics. — I
line I., and _ _ . _ .
Mathematics.— fAriihmetic ; t Algebra (Todhunter's for Beginners) ;f Euclid, Bb. L, II., IV.,
and VI. , and Def. of V. (Colenso's, Potts's, or Todhunter's) ; tPlane Trigonometry, as far as
.Solution of Plane Triangles (Cherriman's) ; Statics, Dynamics (Cherriman's).
FrcnrA.— Grammaire et Exercices (Pujol) ; Antonin Roche, Prosateurs Franyais (19th Cen-
tury) ; Demogeot, Littfirature Franyaise, Sixiduie P6riode ; translation fromEnglish into French.
History.— Outlines of History, to theDiscovery of America (Heeren'a and Schmitz's Manuals
of Ancient History) ; Hallam's History of the Middle Ages, Chaps. I., IL, P. 1 ; IV.. V.. VII
Pp. 2,3.
Natural Sciences.— Ivora&nic Chemistry— Fownes's Elements, Part IL, or Graham's Ele-
ments ; Elements of General and Comparative Physiology — Nicholson's Text Book of Zoology ;
Elements of Botanical Science, structural and systematical Gray's How Plants Grow ; The pro-
perties and distinctive characters, conditions of occurrence, and classification of rocks generally ;
Geological phenomena now in action, with theory of springs, currents, tides, winds, Ac. (Dana's'
Manual of Mineralogy ; Lyell's Elementary Geology ; Buff's Physics of the Earth). A detailed
synopsis of Professor Chapman's Lectiu-es may be obtained by application to the Registrar.
Logic, Metaphysics and Ethics. — Mun-ay, Logic .(Walker's edition); Locke, Bb. II. , III.,
IV. ; Stewart, Outlines of Moral Philosophy.
Candidates for Honors and for the Scholarship will be examined in the following additional
subjects : —
Classics. — Demosthenes, Philippic III. ; Xenophon, Hellenics, B. I ; Homer, Iliad, B.
XXII. ; Cicero, Philippic II. ; Virgil, Georgics, B. I. ; Horace, Odes, B. II., IV., and Enodes;
two passages, one in Greek and the other ia Latin, selected by the Examiners from authors or
works not specified ; translation.** from English into Latin Verse, or Paper on Grammar, at the
option of the Candidate.
J/a</i€»ia<ics.— Analytical Conic Sections (Puckle's) ; Newton, Principia, section 1 (Evans's
edition) ; Elements of Differential and Integral Calculus (Hemming's) ; Newton, Principia, sec-
tions II. and III. (Evans's edition.)
French.-— Ijo, BruySre, Chap. I. Des Ouvrages de I'Esprit ; La Fontaine, Liv. I., IL. Ill
IV.,V.,VL
iBTistor//.— European History from Rise of Moham/nedanism to Accession of Charles V. to the
Empire (Taylor's Manual of Modern History ; Prescott's Robertson's Charles V. ; Hallam's
Middle Ages, Chap. I., Part I. ; Chaps. IL, itl., IV., VI.).
Natural Sciences. — Elements of Vegetable Anatomy and Physiology ; Elements of Zoology
and Comparative Anatomy ; Books of reference— Owen's Lectures on Comparative Anatomy ;
Nicholson's Introduction to the Study of Biology ; Rudiments of Crystallography ; Elementary
Principles of Palaeontology ; Elements of Physical Geography (Dana's Manual; Johnson's Ele-
mentary Atlas of Physical Geography ; Synopsit, of Professor Chapman's Lectures).
Logic, Metaphysics, and Ethics.— ThomHon, Outline of the Laws of Thought ; Tennemaun,
History of Philosophy, to the end of the Scholastic Period.
' Second and Third Years, and Degree Examinations.
Second Fear.— Rogers, Manual of Political Economy ; Hallara, Constitutional History ;
Maine, Ancient Law ; Smith, Manual of Equity Jurisprudence ; Williams, Real Property ;
Smith, Mercantile Law ; Bowyer, Civil Law.
* 1876. Macbeth ; 1877. Coriolanus ; 1878, Merchant of Venice.
t These may be omitted by those Candidates who who have passed the Examination in theni at Junior Ma-
triculation.
,■ I
r
96
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Thh-d Year.— Htaith, Wealth of Nations, Bb. II., III., IV. ; Cox, firitiih Commouwealth ;
Mitford, PleaiUngH in Enuity, with the changes effected by the Imperial Act 15 and lU Vict., c^.
Wi, and by the Provincial Htatutes and General Orders of the Court of Clianoery : Burton, Com-
uendium of the Law of Real Property ; Arohbold, Landlord and Tenant ; Umitn on Contracts ;
W»'Htlake, Conflict of Lawn.
Candidaten for I(I«. /<.-- Taylor, on Evidence j Sugden, on Ve'jdors and Ptu'chaserH ; Jarman,
or Wills ; Blackstone, Vol. IV. ; Juxtinian, Institutes (Hivrular's e<lition) ; llonian Jurisprudence,
Gibimn's Decline and Fall, Chun. XLIV., with Guizot's iiinl WaidcUning's Notes (Mihnan's last
edition), and Arnold's Rome, <!nap. XIII., " Terentilian Law," Chap. XIV., ''Laws of the
Twelve Tables," Chaj). XVI., ''Valerian and Canuleian LawH," (^nap. XX VL, "Licinian
Laws."
Additiorutl for Uonom. Sxxgihn, on Powers; Wheaton, IntemHtioual Law; Mackeldey,
Systema Juris Komani (Kauffman's edition).
Sueciol Examination fw LL.B. Bentham, Theory of Legislation (Dumont's edition); Lie-
ber. Political Ethics, Vol. I. ; Wheaton, International I^aw ; Vattel, Law of Nations ; Westlake,
C?onflict of Laws ; .lustinian, In^tituteH (Saadar's edition) ; Gibbon, Decline and Fall, Chap.
XLIV., with Guizot'B and Wankiining's Notes (Milnian's last edition) and Arnold's History of
liome. Vol. I., Chap. XIV; Hallam, ('onxtitutional History ; Hallam, Middle Ages, Chap. II. ;
Cicero, de Legibus ; Aristotle, Politics, lib. I., III.
Each Candidate must be examined in at least six of the above-nanuHl books ; and in ^ving
notice of his intention to present himself for examination, he must state the books in which he
elects to be examined.
'SCHOOIi OF CIVIL ENGINEERING.
The requiflites for obtaining the diploma in civil engineering are as follows : —
Having produced satisfactory certificates of good conduct ; having matriculated in
the faculty of law ; or having passed the examination for the first year in the faculty
of arts ; or having passed the examination appointed for matriculation in the
school of civil engineering ; being of the standing of two years from matricula-
tion ; having passed in each of those years an examination in the subjects prescribed
for such year in the course appointed for students of civil engineering.
The annual examination for matriculation will be held in the latter part of the
month of September.
The examinations for the first and second years will be held in the month of May.
Notice will be given annually, in January, of the day when the examinations will
commence:
Every student who proposes to present himself at any examination is required to
send to the Registrar, at least three weeks before the day appointed, a paper (accord-
ing to a printed form which will be provided), stating his standing, and whether he is
a candidate for Honors or otherwise.
Prizes. — A prize of the value of sixteen dollars in books will be given to the student
who at the examination of the first or of the second year, has jbeen placed first in
the First Class of Honors.
Feu, For matriculation or entrance, $4 ; for the diploma, $6. L' : • ■ ' !' ''
Matriculation Examinationt.
Afo<7teftut<tc«.— Arithmetic ; Algebra (Colenso's) ; Euclid, Bb. I., II., III., IV., VI., and
Definitions of B. V. (Colenso's ed. of Simpson's) ; Nature and use of Logarithms (Cherriman's);
Plane Trigonometry, as far as the Solution of Plane Triangles (Cherriman's).
^w/ii«A.— Grammar and Composition.
J<Venc/i.— Grammar and Exercises (De Fivas') ; Voltaire, Histoire de Charles XII., Bb. I.,
II., III. ; Corneille, Horace, Act IV.
History and Geography. — Outlines of British History to the present time; Outlines of Mo-
dem Geography ; (Geography of the British Empire, including her Colonies.
^ Drawiner.— Drawing from a copy. ... ,, ,>.^
if: ■' I -Z-, -/■'■
, First, Second and Third Years.
First Year. Mathematics. -'Euclid, XI., V.lio 21; Statics and Dynamics (Cherriman's);
Astronomy (Main's, in Weale's series).
English. — Composition ; Orthographical, Etymological, and Rhetorical Forms of the English
Language (Fowler's English Lan^niage, Parts III., IV., Vtl.).
J!'rencA.— Grammar ; translation from English into French ; With, Construction de Chemins
de fer. Chaps. I.— X. inclusive (Roret's series).
CAemwtry.— Chemistry and Chemical Physics (Fownes's Elements of Chemistry ; Lardner's
Handbook of Heat and Electricity, or Miller's Chemical Physics).
ommonwealth ;
(1 16 Vict., oh.
Burton, Com-
on Contractti ;
werH ; Jarman,
JuriHprudence,
(Milinan'H laut
, ''Laws of the
/I., "Licinian
w ; Mackuldey,
I edition) ; Lie-
OQH : WeHtlake,
nd Fall, C!hap.
old's Hibtory of
^eH, Chap. II. ;
; and in ^ving
oks in which he
as follows :—
[atriculated in
in the faculty
ation in the
)ra matricula-
icts prescribed
r part of the
ath of May.
oinations will
is required to
aper (accord-
whether he is
the student
)laced first in
. ,.■.^ .,
IV., VI., and
UCherriman's);
XII., Bb. I.,
utlines of Mo-
;!herriman's) ;
ai the English
de Chemins
■; Larduer's
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, TORONTO.
97
cnmng
Mineralogp and ^eo/o//«. —The Properties and DiHtinctive ('haracten ot thfi commonly oc-
ing Minerals and Metallic Ores ; llie Stnictural ( Iharncters, Conditions of Occurrence, and
ClftJisihoation of Rocks generally ; Geological phenomena now in action, with Theory of Springs,
Currents, Tides, Winds &c. (Dana's Manual of Mineralogy ; Lyell's Elementary Geology ; Bun's
PhyxicH of the Earth : Synoitsis of Professor (Ihupman's Ijeotures).
Drawimj. — Drawm^; fromji model ; Perspective ( line's, Weale's Rudinuentary Treatises).
Surveying and Geodeay.
-Constniction and use of Field and Office Instninients ; Surveying
Operations ; Mensuration of Areas and Solids ; Levelling Operations : Oross Sections ; Method
iif conducting a Trigonometrical Survey, and of finding the Latitude and Longitude, and Variation
of the Compass (Simras's Mathematical Instruments, and Treatise on Levelling : Gillespie's
Laud Surveying ; Williams's Practical Geodesy ; Practical Mathematics, Chambers's Educational
Coui'fie).
Second Year. Afn<A€»i«tic».—Hydro8tatic.i (Chambers's Educational Course)^ Optics (Cham-
liers's Educational Course) ; Acoustics (Chambers's Educational Course) ; Descriptive Geometry
(Heather's).
Chemittry. — Applied Chemistry (Knapn's Technology).
Miiierafony and Oeoloify. —FhyHical and Chemical CHiaracter of Minerals, including the Appli-
cations of Crystallography, and the Constniction of Chemical FormultB ; Classification and De-
scription of Minerals ; (Jeneral Principles of Geology fully considered ; Geolofjv of North America,
with Rock Formations, and Economic Minerals of C;anada considered in detail ; (Dana's System of
Mineralogy, 4th ed. ; De la Beche's Geological Observer ; Cieology of Canada by Logan and
Hunt I.
Cit'il Enuineering and /lrcAi<ec<Mre.— Architecture, Building and Building Materials, and
Measurement of Work ; Bridge Construction ; Strength of Materials and Stability 6l Structure ;
Calculation of Earth-work in Cutting and Embankments ; Setting out Railway Curves and
other Railway Operations ; Road Making ; Drainage Operations ; Construction of Canals, Gaug-
ing of Water-courses, and Application of Water-power ; Construction of Stationary and Loco-
motive Steam-engines (Weale's Rudimentary Treatise ; Haupt's Bridge Constniction ; Mahan's
Civil Engineer ; Lardner's Steam-engine and Railway Economy ; Practical Mathematics,
Chambers's Educational Course).
Z>rawJni;.— Perspective and Projections ; Engineering and Architectural Drawing.
•
DEPARTMRNT OF AOKIOULTURE.
A Course in Agriculture is prescribed.
Students passiing the second year's examination receive a certificate. There were
no candidates at the last examination.
The Course includes : — 1 . The History of the Art. 2. The Science of Agriculture.
3. The Practice of Agriculture.
Fees. -The scale of fees for lectures in University College for Students in Arts, Civil En-
^aneering, or Agriculture, is given on page 99.
Uttivetjeiittj (KolUof, ©otonto.
This Institution was opened for the admission of students, June 8th, 1843. From
that date to December Slst, 1849, it was conducted under the Royal Charter, as
amended by the Provincial Statute. In the foregoing pages the legislation respecting
the University and College has been sketched.
The seat of the University and of the College is a magnificent building, of Norman
architecture^ picturesquely situated in an ample park. In the report of a Commission
of Inquiry appointed in 1861, the expenditure on the buildings Avas stated as $355,907,
and on the Library and Museum, $65,569, taken from the endowment. The Library
and jNJuseum are under the joint control of the Senate of the University and of the .
CouncilNjf University College. Any person may be admitted to read, in the reading
room, from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m., on entering his name and address in the Librarian's
register. Catalogues are provided, and the books may be obtained on application, but
must not be taken from the reading room. The very fine collections in the Museum
are also open to the public.
As first established, the University comprised the teaching body, and also deter>
mined the standard for degrees. By the Act of 1849 the College was established as a
distinct institution, under the government of a Council, composed of the President,
Vice-President, and Professors.
Vidtor, His Honor the Hon. D. A. Macdonald, Lieutenant-Governor of Ontario ;
Preskhnt, Rev. John McCaul, LL. D. ; Professors, <fcc. ; * Rev. John McCaul, LL. D.,
* Member of the College Council
98
PROVINCE OK ONTARIO.
ProfeHBor of Classical Literature, Loyic, and Rhetoric; * H. H. Croft, D.C.L., I'ro-
fessor of Chemistry and Exporimontai PhiloHophy ; * George Buokland, ProfeHsor of
Theory and Practice of Agriculture ; ♦ Daniel vVilson, LL.D., Professor of Histury
and Enulish Literature; * E. J. Chapman, Ph. D., LL.D., Professor of Minoraloi^fy
and Geology ; G. T.Kingston, M.A., Professor of Meteorology, and Diruct<»r of the
Magnetic observatory ; * Rev. G. P. Young, M.A., Professor of MutuphysicH and
Ethics; *J. Loudon, M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy ; Alfred Uakur, M.A.,
Mathematical Tutor ; * R. R. Wright, M. A., H. Sc, ProfosHorof Natural History; J.
M. Hirschfeldor, Lecturer on Oriental Literature; VV. H. Vandersmissun, M.A., Lec-
turer on German ; Emilo Pernet, Lecturer on French; VV. Oldright, M.A., M.l>.,
Lecturer on Italian and Spaniah ; W. D. Pearniati, M.A., Classical Tutor ; Jinrmr,
David Jiuchan ; iietjidrar, W. D. Pearman, M.A.; Printer, liookseUer, and StaHoner,
H. Rowsell.
Course of buitruction. — The courst^s prescribed by the (Jniversity of Toronto have
been adopted by University College; and its lectures are given on the subjects appointed
for candidates for the degree of B. A., or for th*.> diplomas in civil engineering and
agriculture.
8tude.ntH. — The regular students of the college are those who have passed the matri-
culation examination in arts, civil engineering, or agriculture, in any university in Uer
Majesty's dominions ; but those are also admissible, although non-matriculated, who
desire to attend lectures in any department.
Matriculated students are required to attend the lectures and examinations, on all
the subjects appointed by the University, as necessary for students of their respective
standings.
Matriciilated stiidents are required to reside, during the period of their attendance
on lectures, in the college ; unless they have the permission of the President to reside
in houses selected by their parents or guardians, or approved by him.
Non-matriculated students may be admitted to lectures, on application to the pro-
fessors in the respective departments in which they desire to attend, and are not
required to produce any certificate, or to pass any examination.
Certificates of attendance on lectures in any department during an academic year
may be given to those non-matriculated students who have been regular in their attend-
ance, and who have also passed the examination in such department.
Terms. — The academic year consists of two terms : the first {Michaelnuu,) extending
from October 1st to December 23rd, and the second {Easter) from January 7th to
May 18th.
The term will not be allowed to those who have attended less than three-fourthsf of
the required lectures, or who have not passed the prescribed examinations, or who hp.ve
not conformed to the other statutes or regulations of the college, or who have been
reported to the Council for bad conduct.
Resident Students. — The resident students are under the immediate charge of the
Dean of Residence.
Graduates formerly members of the college, and matriculated students in arts, civil
engineering, or agriculture, attending lectures in the college, are admissible as resi-
dents. Rooms cannot be vacated without the permission of the President.
A register shall be kept of the attendance of the residents at lectures, at prayers, and
at meals, and also of their hours of passing the gate. This register shall be submitted
weekly to the President, and shall also be laid before the Council at their monthly
meetings.
Resident students shall wear their caps and gowns during term, both in and outside
the college, at the discretion of the Dean. They shall regularly attend morning and
svening prayers of the college, unless exempted from so doing in consequence of
the objection of their parents or guardians. They shall regularly attend their re'
spective places of worship on Sunday. No student shall be absent from the college
after the closing of the gate, except by permission of the Dean. No stranger shall be
admitted after the closing of the gate, nor remain in the building after 12 o'clock
at night. The Dean is authorized to impose fines for infraction of regulations, insub-
* Members of the College Council.
t Satisfactory explanations Mdll be required of absence from any lectures.
UNIVEUMITY OK VUrrOHIA COLLKllK.
«)9
C.L., Pro-
'n>feHSor of
of History
Mitioralngy
uctor of the
thysicH and
kor, M.A.,
History ; J.
M.A., Ltic-
.A., M.U.,
)r ; Jinritar,
d ^7t»^■'>»^«?r,
tronto havo
ts appointed
iieerini? and
d the matri-
jfBity in Her
Bulated, who
itions, on all
)ir respective
ir attendance
lent to reside
n to the pro-
unu are not
icademic year
their attend-
rti) extending
nuary 7th to
^e-fourthsf of
}, or who hp.ve
lo have been
char{j;e of the
in arts, civil
Isible aa resi-
st.
prayers, and
I be submitted
their monthly
In and outside
1 morning and
Insequence of
lend their re'
the college
Lnger shall be
Iter 12 o'clock
ations, insub-
ordination, or disorderly conduct. The authority to suHpond is vested in the Pre-
sident, and that to expel in the Council.
The first morning bell shall be rung at 7.'M a.m. ; second morning bell at 8 k.m^ ;
prayers at 8.05 a.m.; breakfast from 8. 15 to 8.55 a. .m.; dinnt>r at 2.15 f.m. ; Hrst
evening boll at 7 p.m. ; prayers at 7.05 I'.m. ; tea from 7.15 to 8 p.m. ; Hucond even-
ing bull at I'.M. ; and gate closed at 9.{U> p.m.
The fee payable for resident ntudents for board and rent of room varies from throe
to four dollars per week. All foes of undorgraduatus are to be paid in advance per
month or per quarter ; of graduates, per quarter.
. KXAMINATIONS.
Examinations are hold at the close of each term, in the subjects of locttires duiing
that term.
All matriculated students of the college are required to attend the Michaohnas ex-
aminatiim, in every department or branch prescribed by the University of Toronto as
necessary for students of their respective standings ; but the Eastor examination is
exclusively for candidates for prizes and hon(»r5.
Non -matriculated stmlents aro not required to attend the examinations, unless thoy
are candidateH for prizes or honors, or desire to obtain certificates «)f attendance.
Candidates for prizes or honors are arranged, according to their proficiency, in two
classes ; and those who are not candidates for prizes or honors are similarly arranged
in the third class. The Macdonald Bursary of ^0 and valuable prizes in each depart-
ment are open to annual competition.
Feex. -The following is the scale of fees for lectures (payable in advance) :
For Matriculated Students in Arts, Civil Engineering, or Agriculture : for Academic year,
?10 ; for Michaelmas term, 86 ; for EaHtcr term, 87.
For Non-Matriculated StudentH : for one course of lectures : six or five in each week— for
Academic year, $G ; for Michaelmas term, $',i ; for Easter term, iW- four or three in each week —
for Academic year, 84; for Michaelmas term, 82 ; for Easter term, 8J< ; two or one in eaih week
for Academic year, 8.'} ; for Michaelmas term, 81.50 ; for Easter term, $2.FtQ.
For three courses of lectures : the above fees, witli a reduction of one dollar for each course
for Academic year ; or half a dollar for each course per term.
For all the courses : for Academic year, 820 ; for Michaelmas term, 810 ; for Easter term, 812.
^Ittivrrieiity of ^'ittoria (toWtut,
, OOBOURO.
The existence of this College is due to the eflbrts of the Coliference of the Wealeyan
Methodist Church. During the years 1828-9, plans were devised for the establishment
of an Academy for the siiperior education of both sexes. After offers of donations of
land and money from various parts of the Province, the town of Cobourg was selected,
for the liberality of its offer and central position. Upwards of £7,000 were collected ;
and in the aiitumn of 1832 the buildings were commenced. It was not until the 18th
June, 1836, that the Academy was formally opened. Un the 12th October of the same
year, a Koyal Charter of incorporation was <d)tained ; and also, about the same time, a
public grant, principally through the exartions of the chief originator of the Colltiwe
the Rev. Egerton Ryerson, D.D. In 1841, application was made to Parliament for an
alteration iii the constitution of the Academy and its establishment as a University •
and accordingly the Act 4 & 5 Victoria, cap. 37, was passed conferring the usual Uni-
versity powers upon its authorities, under the title of "Victoria College at Cobourg."*
Under this Act, the management of the College was entnisted to a Board, appointed by
the Conference ; and to a Senate, composed of the president, professors, members of the
Board and certain officers of Governmeni for the time being. The Faculty of Arts has
been in operation since 1 842, In 1854 an arrangement was made with the Toronto School
of Medicine, by which that institution became the Faculty of Medicine of the Univer-
sity. Subsequently the University established the Victoria Medical School at
res.
* In 1850 this Act was amended by 13 and 14 Vict., cap. 143, authorizing the removal of the Colleji' to
I Torontg.
100
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Toronto, but it was afterwards discontinued, and the present arrangements for medical
studies are stated below. In 1874 an Act was passed, giving the nomination of the
l^rd to the General Conference and providing that the Senate shall consist of the
president and' professors..
The Cobourg Collegiate Institute serves as a preparatory department to the
College.
The College is supported by the income from endowment, scholarships, and fees.
Prior to the confederation of the provinces, it also enjoyed a parliamentary grant of
£2,000 per annum ; this, however, was taken away in 1868, and the friends of the in-
stitution bave since been actively engaged in raising an endowment by voluntary sub-
scriptions. In this they have beea largely successful, the amount already invested
being very considerable.
THE UNIVERSITY SENATE.
Rev. S. S. Nelles, D.D., LL.D., President ; Professors of Arts, Medicine, Law and
Theology ;
LL.D.
the Board of Trustees and Visitors. Registrar, Professor John Wilson,
THE COLLEQE BOARD.
Trustees: Rev. Enoch Wood, D.D., Chairman; Rev. Egerton Ryerson, D.D.,
LL.D. ; Rev. Anson Green, D.D. ; William Kerr, M.A., M.P., Bursar and Solicitor ;
Rev. Richard Jones, Co-Bursar; Rev. S. S. Nelles, D.D., LL.D., Secretary; Rev.
Oeorgo R. Sanderson ; W. H. Gibbs ; Rev. I. B. Howard ; Rev. A. Sutherland ; John
Beatty, M.D.; J. H. Durable, M.A., LL.B.
Visitors ; Rev. S. D. Rice, D.D. ; Rev. S. Rose, Trustee of Endowment Fund ;
Rev. W. S. Griffin; Rev. E. H. Dewart ; J. J. MacLaren, M.A., LL.B. ; John
McDonald, Trustee of the Endowment Fund ; B. M. Britton, M.A. ; W. W. Dean,
B A ; W. E. Sanford; M. Lavell, M.D. ; W. Beatty, M.A., LL.B. ; W. Brouse.
M.A.,M.D.,M.P.
Rev. T. S. Keough, Financial Secretary; Rev. J. H. Johnson, Rev. J. C. Ash,
Agents
Rev. W. Briggs, Rev. T. A. Ferguson, Auditors,
FAOULTY OK ARTS.
Rev. S. S. Nelles, D.D., LL.D., President, Professor of Mental Philosophy, Logic,
Ethics, and the Evidences of Religion ; John Wilson, LL.D., Professor of Latin and
Greek; Rev. Alfred H. Reyuar, M.A., Professor of Modern Languages and English
Literature ; A. R. Bain, M. A., Professor of Mathematics and Lecturer on Astronomy ;
Eugene Haanel, Pii.D. (T>rcolau), Professor of Chemistry and Physics and Lecturer on
Geology ; R. W. Wilson,' M. A. , Classical Tutor and Lecturer on Botany ; Secretary of
Faculty, Rev. A. H. Reynar, M.A.
Admission. — The regular matriculation examinations are held in September. Stu-
dents are required to give written notice to the Secretary of the Faculty a fortnight
before the day of examination announced in the calendar.
Students not intending to graduate are not recjuired to pass the matricrlation
examination, but they may attend any course of lectures for which, in the judgment
of the Faculty, they are prepared.
Students coming from other universities, and briiiging letters of honorable dismis-
sion, are admitted ad eundem statum, subject, however, to examination, if deemed
« Ivisable by the Faculty.
There are four scholarships awarded each year to imdergraduates in Arts.
Degree of Bachelor of Arts. — In order to proceed regularly to this degree, candidates
are required — 1. To pass the matriculation examination. 2. To attend the daily in-
structions of the lecture room, unless under special circumstances, when a dispensation
may be obtained from the Faculty. 3. To pifrsue their university studies regularly
for a period of at least four years, three of which must be subsequent to the attain-
ment ')f sophomore standing. 4. To pass satisfactory examinations in gJl the subjects
of the prescribed course of study. Besides the ordinary daily, terminal and occa-
sional examinations, conducted by the professors, there will be a Primary examination
on the work of the first two years, and a Final on the work of the last two. 5. To
maintain a good moral character. . ,
for medical
btion of the
aaist of the
nt to the
, and feea>
ry grant of
I of the in-
antary sub-
iy invested
e, Law and
hn Wilson,
rson, D.D. ,
id Solicitor ;
etary ; Rev .
rland ; John
aent Fund ;
L.B. ; John
. W, Dean,
W. Brouse,
J. 0. Ash,
ophy. Logic,
)i Latin and
and English
Astronomy ;
Lecturer on
Secretary of
mber. Stu-
a fortnight
iatrici'lation
e judgment
able dismis-
if deemed
)S.
i, candidates
e daily in-
ispensation
8 regularly
t'ie attain-
he subjects
1 and occa-
xamination
two. 5. To
UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA COLLEGE.
101
These conditions may be modified, in very exceptional cases, to meet neculiar
requirements of age, occupation, educational advantages or other circumstaiiceh. Any
modification of this nature is to be obtained only by special dispensation from tho
Faculty.
Degree of Master of Arts. — Candidates for this degree must be Bachelors in Arts of
at Ibast three years' standing. Their attainments and moral character must be satis-
factory to the authorities of the University.
They must make application in writing to the President, on or before the day speci-
fied in the calendar. No honorary degrees in Arts are conferred by this TTniversity .
Matriculation Examination.
Virgil, yEneid, Bk. II. ; Xenophoii, Anabivsio,
Latin and Greek Grammar ; Latin Prose Com-
CA'Mstrs.*— Caesar, de Bello Gallico, Bk. I.
Bk. I.,— 7, 8, 9, 10 ; Lucian, Vita and Charon
position (Arnold, I. — XX.).
Mathematics. — Arithmetic ' Algebra (Todhnnter's Algebra for Beginners, through (^uad
ratics) ; Geometrv (Potts's P^uclid, Bks. I.— IV.); Natural PhiloHophy (Hanghton, or Peck'*
Ganot, as far as Optics).
EiKjHsh. — Grammar ; Composition— Orthography, Punctuation, and use of Capitals (Hart's
Composition and Rhetoric, pages 1-G6 and 261-275, or Qnackenbos, pages 74-155 and 255-272 ; His-
tory of England (Collier) ; History of Greece and Rome (Schmitz) ; Geogi-aphy, Ancient and
Modem.
Additional for Honors.
issics. — Cicero, Pro Lege Manilla; Homer, Iliad, B
ithematics. — Algebra ('lodhunter, completed).
Bk. I., or Odyssey, Bk. IX.
Clas
Mathemr
Disciplme. — Students connected with the College are expected to conduct themselvts
with propriety, and to observe all regulations imposed by the President and Faculty.
Students whose conduct or progress in study is unsatisfactory, will not be allowed to
remain in the institution.
Religions Services. — All students are required to attend Divine service on the Sab-
bath, a.t such cu..i'ches as their parents or guardians may prefer. They are also
required to attend daily prayers, with the reading of the Holy Scriptures, in the
College chapel. On the Lord's day there are Bible classes, prayer meetings and other
religious services for such as desire to attend.
Rooms provided with stove, mattress, bedstead and table, may be had in the C<il-
lege at a trifling rent. Fuel supplied at cost. Students who lodge in the College may
make convenient arrangements in private families for their board. Where it is pre-
ferred, board, with lodging may be had in private families, at prices varying from 82
to 83 a week. The total expenses for tuition, board and incidentals, need not exceed
8120 per annum.
Feet.— MatricnWtion, 85 ; scholarship, entitling to tuition in all branche;^, S8 ; incidentals, ■'?5 ;
supplementary examination, §1; certificate of standing, 81; degreo of B.A., 810; degree of
M.A.,«10.
SCIENTIFIC DEPARTMENT.
Degree of B. Sc. — On the successful completion of the course in science, the degree
of Bachelor in Science will be conferred by the Senate of the University.
The Matriculation examination and regulations and announcements concerning ad-
mission, degrees, discipline, religious services and fees and expenses for the Faculty
of Arts, will apply in this departm.:nt also.
FACULTY OF MKDICINE.
The lectures in Victoria Medical School having been discontinued, students intend-
ing to graduate in Victoria University are recommended to attend lectures in the
Toronto School of Medicine, from which school certificates will be accepted by this
University. The Lecturers are named in a subsequent page.
The lectures in this Faculty, for the Province of Quebec, are delivered at L'Ecole de
* Instead of the Clas.sic8 liore prescribed, satisfactory equlva'eiitH from otlicr Latin or Greek authors will be
accepted. ^
102
PUOVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Medecine et de Chirurgie, Montreal, where the fullest advantages for clinical study are
afforded . The clinical lectures for thr Toronto School of Medicine are given at the
General Hospital, by Dr. Aikins, Dr. Richardson and Dr. Thorburn. The courses
of instruction are adapted to the legal recjuirements of the Provinces of Ontario and
Quebec respectively. . -v. ua < ,. •
Ecole de Medecine et de Chirurgie, Moidreal.
9
Rev. S. 8. Nelles, D.D., LL.D., President; Pierre Monroe, M.D., Dean of the Faculty,
Surgery ; P. Beaubien, M.D., Theory and Practice of Medicine ; Eugene II. Trudel,
M.D., Midwifery and Diseases of Women and Children ; J. G. Bibaud, M.D., Anatomy,
Descriptive and Surgical ; J. Emery-Coderre, M.D., Materia Medica and Therapeutics;
Thomas D. D'Orsonnens, M D., Chemistry ami Pharmacy ; H.Peltier, M.D., Insti-
tutes of Medicine ; J. P. Bottot, M.D., Medical Jurisprudence! A. Brosseau, M.D.,
Botany ; G. Gernier, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy ; Dr. Munro, Clinical Surgery;
Dr. Beaubien, Clinical Medicine and Pathological Anatomy ; Dean of tJie Faculty, Dr.
Munro, Montreal • Secretary, Dr. H. Peltier, Montreal.
Degree of M.D. — Candidates for this degree are required to spend four years in pro-
fessional study, before being admitted to final examination. Graduates in Arts will be
admitted after three years of professional study, siibsequent to graduation.
All candidates must furnish evidence of attendance upon medical lectures for three
sessions of six months each at the Toronto School of Medicine, L'Ecole de Medecine
et de Chirurgie, Montreal, or some school of standing recognised by the Board. The
lectures required are as follows : —
Descriptive anatomy, practical anatomy, physiology, theoretical chemistry, materia
medica and therapeutics, principles and practice of surgery, principles and practice of
medicine, midwifery and diseases of women and children, clinical medicine and clinical
surgery, two courses each ; medical jurisprudence, practical chemistry and botany,
one course each.
They must spend six months in the office of a regularly qualified medical practi-
tioner ; they must attend the practice of a general hospital for eighteen months ; they
must have attended six cases of midwifery ; they must have passed the matriculation
and primary examinations prescribed by the University ; they must be twenty-one
years of age ; they nuist pass a satisfactory final examination, written and oral, on all
the subjects of the ciirriculum, before the examiners appointed by the University,
Additional information may be obtained from Dr. Aikins, President of the Toronto
School of Medicine ; or from Dr. Peltier, Secretary of L'Ecole de Medecine et Chirur-
gie, Montreal.
^ee«.~Matiiculatiou, $;) ; degree of Af.D. , including primary and final examinations, $20.
Course of Study,
Matrirnlatiou. English Grammar and iJomposition ; Arithmetic ; Algebra (through Simple
E(iuations) ; Geometry (Euclid, Bkw. I. and II.) ; Latin (Grammar and translation of any Latin
author) ; an ojjtion of Greek ; French ; Gennan ; Natural Philosophy.
Priiiiarn A^o^a/n/Hatwn.-- Descriptive Anatomy ; Physiology ; Theoretical Chemistry ; Materia
Medica ; Botany.
/''i/irt/ A'.«;«/;u/m<(OH.- Surgical Anatomy; Practical Cliemistry; Principles and Practice of
Medicine ; Principles and Practice of Surgery ; Midwifeiy and Diseases of Women and Children ;
Medical .T\irisi)rudence.
FACULTY OF LAW.
Examiners. — William Kerr, M.A., M.P.; Byron M. Britton, M.A.; J. J. Maclareu,
M.A., B.C.L.; John H. Dumblo, M.A., LL.B.
4.
7.
Course of Study.
Matriculatiou. — J Aicia,n, Vita and Charon; Homer, Iliad, Bk. I.; Virgil, ^neid, Bk. II.;
(Mcero, I'ro liege Manilia ; Arithmetic ; Algebra, as far as quadratic e(|uatioii8 (Todhunters) ;
Geometry, firsi six books, (Euclid) ; English grammar ; English CompoMition ; Outlines of Ancient
History (Schmitz) ; English History (Collier) ; Geography, Ancient and Modern.
First Yenr. i. Horace, t)dei/, Bks. I. and HI.; 2. Demosthenes de t!orona ; '.i. Hallara's on-
cal study are
given at the
The courses
Ontario and
' the Faculty,
3 11. Trudel,
)., Anatomy,
rheraijeutica;
M.D., Insti-
iseau, M.D.,
ical Surgery;
Faculty, Dr.
years in pro-
i Arts will be
1.
pes for three
ie Medecine
Board. The
stry, materia
i practice of
s and clinical
and botany,
dical practi-
onths ; they
natriculation
twenty-one
oral, on all
iversity.
the Toronto
le et Chirur-
tions, $20.
rough Simple
of any Latin
itry ; Materia
I Practice of
Mil Children ;
Maclareu,
eid, Bk. II.;
.'odhunters) ;
38 of Ancient
allara'B on-
UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA COLLEGE.
103
stitntlonal History ; 4. Coxe'a British Constitution ; 5. Blackstone's CommentarieH, Vols. I. and
II. ; G. Statutes relating to the Constitution of Canada ; 7. Stewart's Active and Moral Powers.
Second Year.—l. Roger's Political Economy; 2. Powell on Evidence; 3. Drew'^ Equity
Pleading; 4. Stephen's Pleading; ,5. Blackston^s Commentaries, Vol. III.; 0. Smith on Con-
tracts ; 7. Whately' Logic ; 8. Hamilton's Metaphysics.
Third Year. — 1. Smith's Mercantile Law ; 2. Byles on Bills ; 3. Watkins on Conveyancing;
4. Williams on Real Property ; 5. Story's Equity Jurisprudence, Vol. I. ; 0. Justinian's Institutes;
7. Statutes relating to Real Property and Commercial Law ; 8; Lieber's Poetical Ethics, Vol. I.
Fourth Yeai: — 1. Story's Ecjuity Jurisprudence, Vol. II.; 2. Taylor on Evidence ; 3. Addison
on Contracts ; 4. Russell on Crimes; 5. Black^one'siCoramentaries, Vol. IV.; G. Canadian Sta-
tutes relating to the Administration of Justice and Criminal Law ; Lieber's Political Ethics,
Vol. II.
Degree of LL.B. — To obtain the Degree of LL.B., it is necessary to pass the exa-
mination for matriculation, and the four subsequent annual examinations prescribed
above.
A graduaiie in the faculty of Arts of the University of Victoria College, may enter
the faculty of Law at the third year's examinati(m.
A student of two year's standing in Arts, may enter the faculty of Law at the exami-
tion of the second year.
A student of one years' standing in Arts, may enter the faculty of Law at the exami-
tion of the first year.
Any person who has been admitted a Barrister by the Law Society of Ontario, may
enter the faculty of Law at the examination of the first year.
fees.— For each Examination, $5 ; for the Degree of LL.B., 810,
FACULTY OF THKOLOGV,
Rev. S. S. Nelles, D.D., LL.D., President, Professor of Ethics, Apologetics and
Homiletics ; Rev. N. Burwash, B.D. , Dean ; Edward Jackson, Professor of Biblical
and Systematic Theology ; John Wilson, LL.D., Exegesis and Literature of the New
Testament ; Rev. A. H. Roynar, M.A., Biblical and Ecclesiastical History; Rev. N.
Burwash, B.D. , Exegesis and Literature of the Old Testament.
PreHminarii Studies.— Wealey^H Sennons, I.-LIL; Wesley on Christian Perfection; Hare
on Justification ; Angus' Bible Hand-book ; Smith's New Testament History ; Smith's Old Testa-
ment History ; Elements of Mathematics and English ; Elements of Latin and Greek ; Elements
of Hebrew.
The curriculum (three years) comprises an extended course in Theology, Exegesis
and History.
Dtiirec of B. D. — Candidates for this degree must be graduates in arts of at least two
years' standing. They are recpiired tf) give evidence of satisfactory accjuaintance with
the subjects assigned as preliminary studies.
They are required to pass a satisfactory examination in all the subjects of the three
years' course of study.
Special facilities are oftered to graduates in arts, residing, for this course.
Candidates for the Ministry of the Methodist Church of Canada, who have been
appointed to College, will pursue the course of study prescribed on ptage 192 of the
Discipline of the Church.
They will be examined at the close of each college year by the committee appointed
by the Toronto, London, and Montreal Conferences.
The Educational Society of the Methodist Church makes provision for free tuition,
and aids in meeting the general expenses of young naen ap[iointed by the Conference
to attend college.
The lectures in Theology begin September 29, and close April ,30th.
Fees. — Conference stMilents free ; students recommended by quarterly meeting, free; others,
including examinations, $15; each University examination, !?o ; degree of B.D., !?10; total ex-
penses for board, books and tuition, ^120 to $1.S0.
Further information may be had from Rev. N. Burwash, B.D., Dean of the Faculty.
104
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
(^ueen'iei ^nivmiiJA mA (HHotUgr,
L.n t
' KINGSTON.
The object of this institution, as specified in the charter, is — " The education of
youth in the principles of the Christian religion, and their instruction in the various
branches of science and literature," with " liberty and faculty of taking the degrees of
Bachelor, Master and Doctor in the several' Arts and Faculties.''
The College was first established by an Act of the Legislature of Upper Canada,
which passed its third reading on 17th January 1840, under the title of " An Act to
establish a College by the name and style of the University at Kingston ." This Act
by the advice of the law oflicers of the Crown was disallowed, on the ground that
" it belongs to the Crown by its prerogative to incorporate a College or establish a
University " and on the 16th of October, 1841 (which is now observed as Univer-
sity Day) the Queen issued her "Letters Patent" incorporating the Institution.
The first session was opened on 7th March, 1842, with eleven students, Rev. Thomas
Liddell, D^D. , from Edinburgh, being Principal and Primarius Professor of Divinity,
and the Rev. Peter C. Campbell, M.A., for sometime minister at Brock ville, Pro-
fessor of Classical Literature. Dr. Liddell is now minister of the parish of Lochmaben,
Dumfriesshire, Scotland, and Dr. Campbell is Principal of the University of Aberdeen.
Soon after and from time to time other Professorships were instituted — those of mathe-
matics and natural philosophy, logic and mental and moral philosophy, chemistry and
natural history, church history and English literature with modern languages. Until
1852 the college sessions were held in premises which afforded temporary accommodation
for the classes. In that year, the fine property known as " Summer Hill " was pur-
chased at a cost of $35,900.
The site comprises six acres, upon the most elevated part of which is the/jollege, a
plain but substantial structure erected in 1858, containing a sufticient number of class
rooms, a convocation hail, reading room, library (containing 10,000 volumes), museum,
and a large quantity of apparatus for illustrative and experimenting purposes. Adjoin-
ing the College is a fine range of stone buildings in which the Principal and two of
the professors have residences. From 1845 till 1869 the Arts faculty had the benetit
of an annual Parliamentary grant, increased by successive augmentations from $2,000
to $5,000. At the close of 1868, the Legislative Assembly of Ontario resolved to dis-
continue this assistance; the eflect of which was to produce pecuniary embarassment.
In the beginning of 1869 an endowment fund was created, in connection with which
at the end of April last something over $103,000 had been collected, of which the au-
thorities have been able to invest $87,669. In its educational departments the Insti-
tution has enjoyed the services of able and distinguished men. Of those who have
passed away may be mentioned Dr. John Machar, Dr. George Romanes, Rev. John
Malcolm Smith, Dr. James George, Dr. Hugh Urquhart, and Dr. William Leitch.
The teaching work is confined to the faculties of Arts and Theology. A faculty of
Medicine was organized in 1854, but became a separate corporation in 1866, under the
name of the " Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons." It has its seat at Kingston
and is affiliated to the University. A Faculty ot Law was formed in 1861, but discon-
tinued in 1863. Since the opening of the College, 871 students have been enrolled
and 626 degrees have been conferred.
A number of societies are vigorously sustained by the stiidents — a missionary associa-
tion, an alma mater society, an athletic association, &c. By an Act passed at the ses-
sion of 1874, the formatioiv of a University Council is authorized. This body will
consist of the Trustees and Professors with an equal number of alumni — being a mem-
bership of sixty six. It is empowered to provide for the annual election of alumni to
succeed a certain number who are required to retire, and for the triennial election of a
Chancellor, to decide on the terms on which institutions may be affiliated, and to
regulate all matters pertaining to the meetings and business of convocation. In (jther
respects its functions, with reference to the affairs of the University and College are
principally deliberative and advisory.
Twenty-five scholarships and university prizes, varying in value from $25 to $80 are
announced for competition.
B.
VVa
D.
I education of
n the various
bhe degrees of
pper Canada,
t "An Act to
." This Act
ground that
3r establish a
3d as Univer-
> Institution.
Rev. Thomas
[■ of Divinity,
ockville, Fro-
E Lochmaben,
if Aberdeen,
ose of niathe-
hemistry and
uages. Until
commodation
11 " was pur-
the/3ollege, a
mber of class
les), museum,
pses. Adjoin-
d and two of
i the benefit
from ^2,0U0
slved to dis-
ibarassment.
with which
hich the au-
ts the insti-
se who have
, Rev. John
Leitch.
1 faculty of
under the
at Kingston
but discon-
)en enrolled
ary associa-
at the ses-
s body will
ing a niem-
alumni to
ection of a
ed, and to
In other
College are
to $80 are
queen's univehsity and college.
BOAKD OF TRUSTEES.
105 ■
Chairman — The Hon. John Hamilton ; Secretary and Treasurer — William Ireland.
Clericai Trustees. — Rev. Messrs. Robert Neill, D.D.; Gavin Lang, Donald Ross, M. A.,
B.D. ; Neil McNish, B.D. ; Kenneth Maclennan, M.A.; William Bain, D.D. ; David
Watson, M. A. ; Daniel J. Macdonnell, M. A. , B.D. ; George Bell, LL. D. ; John Jenkins,
D.D.; Daniel M. Gordon, M.A., B.D., The Principal, ex-officio.
Lay Trustees.— I^eil J. McGillivray, B.A.; James Croil, Sir Hugh Allan, Hon. Do-
nald McDonald, Senator; George H. Boulter, M.D., M.P.P.; Archibald Barker, Hon.
Alexander Morris, M.A., D.C.L.; George Davidson, George M. Kinghom, George M.
Macdonnell, B.A. ; James A. Grant, M.D. ; Hon. John Hamilton, Senator ; Jamea^
Michie, James Wright, John Carnegie. •
THE COLLEGE SENATE.
Very Rev. William Snodgrass, D.D., Principal and Primarius Professor of Divinit^;
Rev. John B. Mowat, M.A., Professor of Oriental Languages, Biblical Criticism, and
Church History; Rev. James Williamson, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Mathematics and
Natural Philosophy; Rev. John H. Mackerras, M.A., Professor of Classical Literatiire;
Nathan F. Dupuis, M.A.,F.B.S., Edin., Professor of Chemistry and Natural History;
Rev. George D. Ferguson, B.A., Professor of History ai\d English Literature, and
LeCTurer on Modern Languages; John Watson, M.A., Professor of Logic, Metaphysics,
and Ethics ; Secretary and Registrar, Professor Mowat ; Examiner for Matriculatioi in
Medicine, Samuel Woods, M.A.
Convocation Members. — Trustees, Professors, Lecturers, Fellows, Graduates. Pre-
suient. the Principal; Hecretarii, Professor Mowat.
Observatory Board. — The Principal, Professor Williamson, M. Flanagan ; Director,
Professor Williamson ; Observer, Professor Dupuis ; Secretary, Professor Mowat.
The Library. — Curators— The Principal, Professors Mowat and Ferguson ; Secretary,
Professor Mowat ; Librarian, Professor Dupuis.
Curator of the Museum. — The Professor of Natural History; Janitor. — John
Cormack.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
The ordinary curriculum with a view to the degree of B.A., shall extend over four
sessions, and shall include attendance for not less than one session on each of the fol-
lowing classes, namely, junior Latin, junior Greek, junior mathematics, senior Latin,
senior Greek, senior mathematics, chemistry, logic and metaphysics;, ethics, natural
{)hilosophy, rhetoric and English literature, not less than one session in either of the
classes of French, German, or junior Hebrew.
Any intrant who shall satisfy the Senate, on examination, that he is qualified to at-
tend the senior classes of Latin, Greek and mathematics, or any one of these classes,
may be admitted into such class or classes without being required to attend the junior
class or classes, and when a student shall be thus admitted to the senior classes of both
Latin and Greek, his course of study for the degree of Bachelor of Arts may be com-
pleted within three sessions.
Candidates for graduation and students having in view the ministry of the Presby-
terian Chiirch, must take the class of senior mathematics before the class of natural
philosophy, the class of logic and metaphysics before that of ethics, and the class of
chemistry before that of natural science .
There shall be two pass examinations annually — one at tl* close of a session and the
other at the commencement of the following session.
Students who are candidates for graduation must undergo a pass examination on the
subject or subjects taught in every class of the course.
When a student shall have completed the required attendance on any class he may
present himself for examination on the subject or subjects taught in that class at either
the first or second pass examination which shall occur next after the completing of his
attendance ; but he shall not be allowed to appear for examination on such subjects,
at any subsequent pass examination, unless with special permission of the Senate
granted on accotint of sickness or some similar cause duly certified.
Honors shall be awarded for distinguished merit at examinations, but only in one or
106
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
■4
mi
m
more of the following departments, and only when snch merit reaches the prescribed
standard in all the subjects of a department : — 1. Glassies, i:;cluding Latin and Greek ;
2. Mathematics and natural philosophy ; 3. Chemistry and natural science ; 4. Logic,
metaphysics and ethics ; 5. Rhetoric, English literature, and history.
Examinations for honors in any department shall be open to candidates only after
they complete their attendance on classes prescribed for graduatipn in that department,
and provided they appear at the first or second examiii aon for honors after complet-
ing 81! ^h attendance.
Matriculation Examination.
ClattUssi — Virgil, ^neid, Bk. II. ; translation of English into Latin prose ; Greek Gram-
mar ; Lucian, Charon.
Candidates may profess similar portions of other Classical works, but in so doing cannot com-
pete for rank or scholarship.
Arithmetic. — As far aa the Extraction of Roots, inclusive.
• Alyebra.— To the end of Simple Equations (Todhunter).
Geometry. — Euclid, Books I. II.
English. — Bullion's Analytical and Practical Grammar.
In order to pass the examination, candidates must obtain at least one-foiu:th of the marks al-
lotted to each subject.
Ungrammatical language, incorrect spelling, or illegible writing shall be sufficient reason for
rejecting the papers of candidateM.
Degree of M. A. — This degree cannot be taJcen until after two years from the date of
graduation as Bachelor. The candidate m\ist compose a satisfactory Thesis on some
subject taught i 1 the Faculty or closely bearing on one of the Departments. Intima-
tion of the subject must be given to the secretary of the Senate, on or before .I3th
March, and the thesis must be in his hands on or before 8th April, together with a
certificate of moral character and of ago which must be at least twenty-one years.
Graduates of other colleges are admitted ad eundem gradxim (B. A. or M. A. ) on pro-,
ducing satisfactory proof of rank and character.
The Degree of Doctor of Laws (LL.D.) is honorary, and is awarded for literary, sci-
entific, or professional distinction.
No student is allowed to board or lodge in any house not approved of by the Senate,
except by permission of i>arent3 or guardians given in writing. Boarding about
$3.50 per week. All students must attend the churches to which they profess to
belong.
The Library contains over 10,()00 volumes.
The Observatory. — In 1855 subscribers aided by the City Corporation founded an As-
tronomical Observatory, which was transferred by deed to the University in 1861.
The Mrispum. — The Mineralogical and Palajontological collections are extensive and
valuable. Occasional demonstrations are given to the students.
Fees. — Class fees, payable 16th October ; graduation fees, 26th April ; students pre-
senting endowment nominations are exempted from class fees.
A. single class, any number of sessions, $6 ; Registration, per session, $4 ; Apparatus,
$2 ; Matriculation examination, $1 ; Pass examination, $2 ; Graduation fee, B.A.,
$10 ; M.A., $20 ; B.D., $20 ; Admission ad euHdern, gradnm, B.A., $10 ; Admission ad
etivdem gradnm, M.A., $20.
GRADUATION IN SCIKNCE.
The degree of Bacheloi^of Science (B. Sc.) may be obtained for distinguished merit
in either of the following groups of subjects : —
A. — 1. Logic, Metaphysics and Natural Philosophy ; 2. Chemistry and Natural
Science.
B. — I. Logic, Metaphysics, and Ethics ; 2. Classics — Latin and Greek; 3. History,
Rhetoric, and English Literature.
The more particular regulations on this degree are necessarily omitted here.
^ FACULTV OF THBOLOOY.
Matriculation examinations begin on Friday, 5th November. '
the prescribed
in and Greek ;
4. Logic,
ice
itea only after
at department,
after complet-
) ; Greek Gram-
ling cannot com-
of the marks al-
ficient reason for
i
rom the date of
Thesis on some
lents. Intima-
or before 13th
together with a
one years.
• M.A.) on pro-
or literary, sci-
by the Senate,
oarding about
hey profess to
ounded an As-
;y in 1861.
extensive and
students pre-
H ; Apparatus,
ion fee, B.A.,
Admission ad
iguished merit
and Natural
3. History,
here.
UNIVERSITY OF TRINITY COLLEGE.
107
^rt/rjm^ation.— Westminster Confession ; Hill's Lecturea, Bk. I., chaps. 2, 3, 4; Gcapel by
Mark in Greek and English.
The prescribed order of classes must be observed by all the students intending to
graduate, or having in view the ministry of the Presbyterian Church.
Divinity Lectures : on Systematic Theology, Pastoral Office, and Homiletics, with
prelections and examinations on Hill's Lectures on Divinity, Butler's Analogy, Paley's
Evidences, and Greek Testament for Doctrinal Exegesis. Students have opportunities
of conducting devotional exercises, practising pulpit elocution, and performing mis-
sionary work.
Hebrew and Ctmldee. — First Fcac — Wolfe's Hebrew Grammar; Genesis I. VI-IX.; Prov.
XXII-XXIV. ; Translation into Hebrew. Second Fear. —Gesenins' Hebrew Grammar; The
Messianic Prophecies ; Translations into Hebrew. Third Fear.— Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar ;
Ps. I-X XX. : Jer. VIII-X. ; Translations into Hebrew ; Rigg's Chaldee Manual ; Daniel
n-III ; Ezra IV.
Biblical Criticism.— I. and II. Epistles to Corinthians, in Greek. Text-ljook on Principles
and Sources of Textual Criticism. Lectures on New Testament Introduction.
Chnrck History.— KiWen'a Ancient Church. Wharey's Histoiy, Centuries I-VI, Lectures.
The Church requires the following discourses to be delivered during the course : —
Homily, and Exegesis ; Lecture, and Greek Exercise ; Sermon, and Hebrew Exercise.
Two are required each session in order.
There are Pass Examinations on the work of each session.
Degree of Bachelor of Divinity {B. D-) — To obtain this degree, three-fourths of the
marks allotted to each of the following subjects must be gained at the final examina-
tions:— 1. Prelections of the Third Session ; 2. Greek — Acts of the Apostles; 3. Wharey's
Church History, and History of the Church of Scotland ; 4. Angus' Bible Handbook,
Ch. IV., Rules of Interpretation ; 5. Hebrew — Psalms I-XXV.; Chaldee — Daniel II-
III.; 6. Paley's Evidences; 7. Butler's Analogy; 8. Hill's Lectures (Evidences ex-
cepted).
Alumni of former years or of other colleges, who produce satisfactory evidence of
attendance in Theological classes, may compete for the degree. In their case the sub-
jects of examination are 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 of the above list ; Hebrew, Exodus I- XXI,
and Psalms I-XLI ; Chaldee, Daniel II., III. All candidates must be Bachelors of
Arts.
The Degree of Doctor of Divinity (D.D.) is honorary, and is given for literary, sci-
entific, or professional distinction .
A number of scholarships have been founded to aid successful students,
FACULTY OF MEDICINE. '^
Graduatio^t. — Candidates must pass a matriculation examination.
They must produce to the Senate, at such time as the Senate may appoint, satisfac-
tory certificates showing — that they are of the full age of twenty-one years ; that they
are persons of good moral character ; that they have been registered, after Matricu-
lation.
The other requirements are substantially those of the Ontario College of Physicians
and Surgeons. The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons, Kingston, is affiliated
to this University.
Candidates must pass an examination on all the subjects ; but the examination may
consist of two parts— a Pnmari/ and Final.
Candidates must compose an approved Thesis on some medical subject.
The degree of M.D., entitles the holder to the diploma of the Royal College of Sur-
geons, London, on passing the required examination.
, TORONTO.
On the Ist of January, 1850, an Act of the Provincial Legislature came into opera-
tion, constituting the University of Toronto ; and, under the provisions of this Act,
the Faculty of Divinity was suppressed, and the use of the ritual of the English Church
forbidden, in King's College, now known as University College.
J :
< M
108
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
'i'% .'if
,■:*.■ Hi!,
I*
It :^^l^'
:'t'i
6':
TluB important change appeared to render indispensable the erection of a college for
the instruction of members of the Church of England. The Bishop, consequently, on
the 7th of February, 1860, issued a pastoral letter. This appeal was nobly responded
to, and about £25,000 currency was subscribed. In the same year the venerable pre-
late proceeded to England to advocate his project, and procured from the Societv for
the Propagation of the Gospel a vote of £2,000, and seven acres and a half of land.
The Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge granted £3,000, and the University of
Oxford £500. The subscriptions of individuals exceeded £4,000.
Trinity Collkob was, by an Act of the Legislature of Canada passed in 1851, con-
stituted a body corporate, consisting of the Bishops of <ho several dioceses into which
the original Diocese of Toronto is divided, the trustees of the College and the College
Council.
On April 30th, 1851, the foundation of the College was laid, and on 15th January,
1852, the inauguration took place, and from that day the regular course of instruction
proceeded.
The University op Trinity Collboe was constituted by a Royal Charter, bearing
date 16th July, 1852, and empowered to confer degrees in Divinity, Arts, Law and
Medicine.
In 1852 the Ven. A. N. Bethune raised further subscriptions in England, and in
1852'-3 the Rev. W. McMurray, D.D., made a tour in the United States, and obtained
little short of |10,000. The Rev. Dr. Fuller and the Rev. S. Givins procured addi-
tions to the endowment within the Diocese. In April, 1863, Dr. Bumside placed at
the disposal of the College £6,000. In 1864 the Rev. Dr. McMurray visited England,
and obtained in money and books about ^20,000 ; the Rev. W. S. Darling subse-
quently collected ^2,626. Bequests were made by the Hon. James Gordon, in 1865,
of $2,000 ; by Enoch Turner, Esq. , in the following year, of $8,000, payable on the
death of his wife ; and by T. C. Street, Esq., in 1872, of $4,000.
The Convocation of the University consists of the Chancellor, the Provost and Pro-
fessors of Trinity College, and all persons admitted to the degree of Mastnr of Arts,
or to any degree in Divinity, Law, or Medicine in the University. No degree is con-
ferred unless the candidate, being a British subject, has previously taken the oath of
allegiance and supremacy. Subscriptitm to the following declaration is ordinarily
required : " I, A. B., do willingly and heartily declare that I am truly and sincerely a
member of the Church of England." The Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor are, how-
ever, empowered to dispense with this declaration, in the case of degrees in Arts, Law
and Medicine, if such dispensation be sought by the candidate on the ground that he
is not a member of the Church of England.
Chancellor, the Hon. J. Hillyard Cameron, D.C.L., Q.C., elected 1863 ; Vke-Chan-
cellWi the Provost of Trinity College, elected 1853.
CajDtt«.— The Right Rev. T. B. Fuller, D.C.L. ; Rev. R. Harrison, M.A. ; S. J.
Vankoughnet, D.C.L. ; Rev. A. G. L. Trew, M.A. *
PROCEEDINGS IN ARTS.
All candidates for the degree of B. A. must be matriculated students of Trinity Col-
lege, and have kept nine complete terms. They will be required by the University
to pass two examinations.
Residence and attendance at lectures may, however, be dispensed with in individual
cases, in which application .to that effect shall have been made, and the grounds as-
signed by the applicant unaniinously approved by the Corporation. In such cases the
applicant must not be less than twenty -five years of age, and will be required to pass
the Matriculation, the Previous, and the Final examinations at intervals not leas than
those which are prescribed in the case of resident students, and to pay for each
examination which he undergoes, in addition to the fees for matriculation and degree,
the sum of $5 to the University chest.
Matriculation. '
Any person offering himself as a candidate for admission is required to produce testimoniali
of good conduct, and to pass a matriculation examination in the following siibjects : —
DivinUy. — Scripture History, and the first seven chapters of the Gospel of St. Matthew, and
the last four chapters of the Gospel of St. John, in Greek.
of a college for
aisequently, on
>bly reaponded
venerable pre-
the Society for
r half of land,
le University of
id in 1851, con-
Bses into which
nd the College
15th January,
3 of instruction
liarter, bearing
Vrts, Law and
ngland, and in
8, and obtained
procured addi-
iside placed at
sited England,
Darling siibse-
rdon, in 1865,
payable on the
ovost and Pro-
lastor of Arts,
degree is con-
ien the oath of
1 is ordinarily
ind sincerely a
or are, how-
in Arts, Law
round that he
3; Vice-Chan-
M.A. : S. J.
)f Trinity Col-
le University
in individual
le grounds as-
such cases the
uired to pass
not less than
jay for each
and degree,
26 testimonial!
Matthew, and
UNIVERSITY OF TRINITY COLLEGE.
109
CT<M«ic».— Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I., chapters VII.— X. ; Homer, Iliad, Book I. ; Cicero,
Pro Lege Manilla; Virffil, ifJneid, Book II. ; Latin Prose Compoaition.
Ancient i/irt«wy. —Greek and Roman. (Liddell's Rome and Dr. W. Smith's Greece are
recommended.
Af<i/A«ffuit(C«.— Arithmetic ; Euclid, Books I., II.
Alf;ebra.—¥int four rules, fractions, greatest common measure, least common multiple, invo-
lution and evolution, simple equations.
All candidates for scholarships will be further examined in the following subjects : —
Translations of passages from some standard Greek and liatin authors ; translations from
English into Latin and Greek verse ; EucUd, Bookf III., IV. and VI. ; Algebra ; Plane Trigo-
nometry.
Every candidate for admission must have entered his sixteenth year ; for a scholarship, on his
gevtuteenth year. The annual expenses of a, student resident in college are £60 currency, mclusive
of £12 lOs. as college fees. Non-resident sfudents make an annual payment of £15 lOs. currency.
N.B.—The lectures in the Arts course commence in the Michaelmas term ; and as the annual
ex.amination in the following June, and the Rnal examination for the degree of B.A., embrace the
subjects of the lectures delivered in that term, a student entering at any other time dues so under
ft great disadvantage, .
^ The Previout Examination.
This examination will take place, in the case of students entering in the Michaelmas term, at
the end of the second year. The subjects for this examination will be —
Divinity. — One of the historical books of the New Testament in Greek ; Evidences of Christi-
anity ; Church Catechism.
CloMi^g. — Portions of two Greek and two Latin authors ; liatin Prose Composition.
MathenKUics.—EncMA Books I., II., III., IV., VI. : Algebra, to Binomial Theorem in-
clusive ; Trigonometry, to Solution of Triangles inclusive ; Elementary Statics ; Elementary Dy-
namics, to the end of Rectilinear Motion of a Particle.
The particular authors to be fixed at the beginning of the Lent term of the preceding year.
Any student who shall have obtained a first-class in the previous examination, and shall also
have passed a satisfactory examination in the honor subjects in Classics at the end of the necond
year, shall be allowed to declare for Classical honors, and shall be exempted from attendance at
Mathematical lectures during the third year. The like exemption will be granted on the like con-
ditions (mutatit mutandis) to Mathematical students.
Degree of B. A., Pass Examination. ^ •-^■'..■- ;(
The regular time for passing the examination is at the end of the ninth term of residence.
The degree will not be conferred until the student shall have kept nine complete tenns.
All students, not candidates for honors, intending to proceed to the degree of B.A., must go
'through this examination. The list will be pubushed in the College Hall in alphabetical
order.
Students who shall have been allowed to declare for Classical honors at the end of the second
year, and shall have passed a satisfactory examination in the honor subjects in Classics at the end
of the third year, shall be exempted from examination in the Mathematical subjects of the ordin-
ary examination for B.A.
The like exemption will be granted on the like conditions (mutatis mutandis) to students who
have bSen allowed to declare for Mathematical honors.
The subjects for this examination will be as follows :
Z)tftni<y. — Scripture history; some one of the historical books of the New Testament in
Greek ; the Articles of the Church of England.
Classics. — One or more books of two Greek and two Latin Classical authors; Latin Prose
Composition ; Greek and Roman History.
Mathe7natics.— Euclid, Books I., II., III., IV., VI.; Arithmetic; Algebra, to Binomial
Theorem inclusive ; Plane Trigonometry, to Solution of Triangles inclusive ; Mechanics ; Hydro-
statics.
The particular authors to be fixed beiore the end of the Easter term of the second year.
Honor Examination at B.A.
Those who shall have been approved at the pass examination for B. A. may present them-
selves for further examination for honors in Classics or Mathematics.
Candidates for honors who shall have claimed exemption either in the Classical or Mathemati-
cal subjects appointed for the ordinary degree examination, if they shall have failed to obtain
a class in honors, will not be eligible for the degree of B.A. until they shall have passed the ordin-
ary examination.
Subjects for Classical Honors at the Examination for B.A,
Latin and Gfreek Composition. .—Vene and Prose.
History. — Greek— Ernst Curtius, or portions of Grote, not exceeding three volumes.
History.— Romtai Republic, Liddell, and T. Mommsen ; Roman Empire, Merivale, selected
chapters, equal to two volumes.^,
I i .
w
1
1 ':
\ ii
110
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
A paper on grammar and comparative philology.
Z/Of/tc.-Mansel'H Aldrich ; Thompson's Outlines of the Laws of Thought, and Treiulelen-
burg'H Elementa Logicesi^riHtotelete.
Greek P/ti7o»o/)/t»/.— Plato's. Republic, II. Bks. ; Aristotle's Ethics, III. Bks.
^M<orw. --Greek— Tlmcydides, II. Bks. ; Herodotus, II. Bks. Roman— Livy, II. Bks. ; Ta-
citus, II. Bks.
Oratory. — Greek — Demosthenes, De Corona, or the Leptinos and the Midia« ; Roman — In
Verrem, or selected IJrationa.
Poetry/. — Greek Iliatl, III. Bks. : Odyssey, III. Bks. ; Euripides, Sophocles, yEschyhis, oach
II. Plays ; Aristophanes, II. Plays ;JPiiidar, (Jlynipic or Pythian Odes ; Roman— Virgil, Mn. II.
BkB.. Eclogues and Geor^'ics, II. Bits. ; Horace, Odes, II. Bks., or Catullus; Selections from Ju-
venal and Persius ; the Satires or Epistles \if Ht race ; Terence and Plautus, III. Plays ; Lucre-
tius, II. Bks.
All the above subjects will be read entirely, or partially, in lecture.
Lectiu-es are ^{iven weekly to the students of each year, in the theory and practice of Greek
and Latin composition, prose and verse ; and great attention is devoted to this subject.
Lectures are also given on comparative philology and grammar.
Subjects of the Honor Mathematic<4 Examination for B.A., and the Text Books recommended.
Euclid (Colenso, Potts or Todhunter) ; Algebra, (Todhunteror Wood) ; Trigonometry (Cherri-
man, anJTodhunter) ; Conic Sections |Puckle and Salmon) ; Differential and Integral C^alculus,
(Hemming and Gregory) ; Newton's Prmcipia, sections 1, 2 and 3 (Evans or Frost); Solid Geo-
metry (Aldis) ; Theory of Equations (Hymersor Todhunter) ; Elementarv Statics and Dynamica
(Cherrinian) ; Elemeinentary Hydrostatics (Phear or Besant) ; Statics J Todhunter) ; Dynamics
(Sandeman) ; Hydrostatics (Besant) ; Optics (Parkinson) ; Rigid Dynamics (Routh).
Upon the request of any candidate, questions in any of the following subjects will be intro-
duced into the papers —Newton's Principia, sections 9 and 11 (Evans); Sphonud Trigonometry
(Todhunter) ; Astronomy (Hymers) ; Lunary Theory (Godfray).
PROCEEDINGS IN DIVINITY.
I. The following persons may be admitted to the Divinity class: Graduates in Arts of
Trinity College ; or the Universities of Oxford ; Cambridge ; Trinity College, Dublin ;
Durham ; King's College, Windsor, Nova Scotia ; King's College, Fredericton, New
Brunswick ; Bishop's College, Lennoxville ; and the late King's College, Toronto ;
graduates of the ilniversity of Toronto who have been resident students ; under-
graduates of Trinity College, who have attended the lectures of the arts course for at
least one year, provided that they have qbtained the approval of the Provost and Pro-
fessors, and are of the full age of twenty-one years.
Students may also be admitted to the divinity class under the following conditions : —
I. That the candidate for admission be of the full age of twenty-one years.
II. That he produce testimonials from some clergyman in priest's orders, certifying to his ^ood
moral character and apparent fitness for the office of the Christian ministry, and also to his inability
to meet the expense of a three years' academical course ; these testimonials being countersigwed by
the Bishop of the Diocese in which he resides, or in which he intends to offer himself as a candidate
for holy orders.
III. That he shall have passed a satisfactory examination in the following subjects : —
1. The first seven chapters of the Gospel of St. Matthew, and the last four chapters of the
Gospel of St. John, in Greek.
2. Scripture History.
3. Paley's Horae Paulinse; and Blunt's Undesigned Coincidences.
A. St. Augustine, De Catechizandis Riidibus. (In C. Marriott's Analecta (Jhristiana, part
5. The Liturgy, the Text Book being Procter's Elementary History of the Book of Common
Previously to admission, each student must subscribe the Thirty -nine Articles.
The period of study will in all cases be two years ; and no certificate in the theological
department oan be granted within this time.
Graduates of other Universities in Canada are also admitted to the divinity class, under the
following conditions : —
1. That they shall have proceeded to their degree by residence, and not simply by exami-
2. That they shall have graduated in honors, or have taken an ordinary degree, passing an
examination in classics and mathematics,
3. That they shall pass an examination in Trinity College, in all the divinity subjects for the
B A." Examination, viz. : Scripture History, the Thirty-nine Articles of the Church of England,
and the Acts of the Apostles in Greek.
4. That they shall be recommended by the Bishop of the diocese in which they reside, or in
irUch they propose to serve.
UNIVERSITY OP TRINITY COLLEGE.
Ill
and Tieudelon-
y, II. Bk«. ; Ta-
M ; Roman — In
yEschyhisi, each
Virgil, .En. II.
3tion8 from Ju-
. Plays ; Lucre-
■aotice of Greek
iibject.
I recommended.
»
lometry (Cherri-
ntegral C!alculu»,
38t) ; Solid Geo-
'M and Dynamioa
iter) ; Dynamics
ith).
jts will be intro-
tl Trigonometry
latea in Arts of
)llege, Dublin ;
idericton, New
ege, Toronto ;
dents ; under-
3 course for at
vost and Pro-
itions : —
Fying to his ^ood
») to his inability
lountersigmed by
If as a candidate
lects : —
chapters of the
JJhristiana, part
Dok of Common
I the theological
plasB, under the
pply by exami-
ree, passing an
[jubjects for the
ch of England,
ley reside, or in
Bachelor of Divinity. — Candidates for this degree must be masters of arts of at leiist
seven years' standing. The requisite exercises are : -
A liatin and English thesis ; one on some point of doctrine connected with the Thirty-niue
Articles, and the other on some Scriptural subject, to l)e appointed by the examiners.
An examination must also be passed in some Latin or Greek treatise or treatises chosen hj
the examiners.
An English sermon nmst be preached before the University.
Doctor of Divinity.- — Candidates for this degree must be Bachelors of Divinity of
tive years' standing. They will be required to write an English and a Latin thesis, aa
in the case of B.D., and to preach an English sermon before the University. The
examiners for the degiee of Bachelor and Doctor in Divinity shall be the Professor uf
Divinity and two graduates in that faculty, to be appointed by the Corporation.
Pea. -For tho#degree of B.D., £10 ; for the degree of D.D., £25. ,
PRO0BEDINO8 IN MEDICINE.
Degree of M. B. — The following are the requisites for admission to the degree of
Bachelor of Medicine in this University : —
Having passed the matriculation examination, or one equivalent thereto in all re-
spects, either in this, or some other recognized institution, The requirements for
matriculation, and the course of study are substantially the same as those of the
Ontario College of Physicians.
Having passed in this University all the subjects of the course. The course of
study may have been pursed either wholly in the Medical Department of this Univer-
sity, or partly in some other recognized Medical School. In the latter case, at least
one full session must have been spent in this department.
The last requirement does not apply to medical men coming up for examination,
who have been several years in practice. ^
An examination in Moral Science will take place at the end of the Lent Term in
each year, open to Bachelors of Arts. There will be a coursa of lectures on the His-
tory of Philosophy, and on portions of the works of standard ancient and modem
philosophers. The particular subjects for examination will be fixed in the Lent Term
of the preceding year. Candidates will be arranged in order of merit.
A special examination and prizes in Scripture History are provided for theological
students.
Lectures on Chemigtry and Chemical Phyfics are given to the students in Divinity and Arts by
W. H. Ellis, M.A., M.B., and an annual examination held in these subjects. The marks obtained
influence the placing of students and awarding of scholarships and other prizes.
Lectures in French are given twice a week by Monsieur Pernet ; prizes are awarded according
to the result of an annual examination, and the marks are added to the other marks obtained in the
annual examination in arts.
Lectures on Drawing and Music. — Instruction is given by Mr. H. Cameron in the theory and
practice of music, and by Mr. Hoch in drawing.
jp'ees.— For matriculation, £1 5s.; for degree of B. A. , £4; for degree of M.A., £6; annual
payment of members of Convocation and of Corporation, £1 5s.
• CORPORATION OF TRINITY COLLEGE.
The Right Reverend the Lord Bishop of Ontario ; the Right Reverend the Lord
Bishop of Toronto ; the Right Reverend the Lord Bishop of Huron ; the Right
Reverend the Lord Bishop of Niagara.
Tnistees. — The Very Rev. the Dean of Toronto ; the Hon. G. W. Allan ; Lewis
Moffatt. .. , . ;
Council. ' " '
John Arnold, Honorary Member.
Ex-offi,cio Members. — The Hon. John Hillyard Cameron, Chancellor of the Univer-
sity ; the Rev. the Provost of Trinity College ; the Kev. E. H. Maddock, M.A., Pro-
fessor of Classics ; the Rev. William Jones, M.A., Professor of Mathematics.
Members from the Diocese of Toronto. — The Very Rev. the Dean of Toronto j the
^
112
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
w
Hon. O. W. Allan ; Lewis Moflfatt ; Samuel Haruian, B.C.L. j *the Rev. 8. Oivins ;
■C. J. Campbell ; the Hun. Chief Justice Hagarty ; Salter J. Vankoughnnt, D.C.L. ;
W. Inoe ; *E. M. Huddor, M.D. ; Clarke Gamble ; James Hendersun, M.A.
MemberH from the Diooeite of Huron. — The Very Rev. the Dean of Huron ; Rev. J.
W. Marsh, M.A. ; Rev. St. George Caulffeld, LL.D. ; Rev. E. L. Elwood, M.A.
Mcmhera from the Diocese of ( Mario. — James A. Henderson, D.C.L. ; tlte Rev. W.
lileasdell, M.A. ; James S. Cartwright, B. A. ; the Rev. Francis R. Tane.
M'lnbira from the Dioceac of Niatjara, — (Not reported.)
Sicretary, (Jharles Magrath, D.C.L.
A number of scholarships are offered for competition annually, value from £30 to
£50, and numerous prizes are granted.
Museum, — A part of the present building has been fitted up for the temporary
reception of a Museum of Natural History, towards which many mineralogical, geolo-
gical, Mid other specimens have been already contributed.
The Library contains about 4,500 volumes. * .
» THE PEE8KNT SOCIETY.
Provost, Rev. George Whitaker, M.A. ; Professor of Divinity, the Provost ; Profes-
sor of Classics, Rev. E. H. Mnddock, M.A. ; Professor qf Mathematics, Rev. Williai»i
Jones, M.A. ; CUissical Lecturer, John Austen Worrell, B.A. ; Lecturer in Physical
Science, W. H. Ellis, M.A., M.B. ; Professor of Music, G. W. Strathy, Mus. Doc.
Professors and Lecturers in the Medical Faculty. — E. M. Hodder, M.D., F.R.C.S.,
Dean of the Faculty, Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children ;
l^orman Bethune, B.A., M.D., M.R.C.S., F.R.C.S., Professor of Principles and
Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery; Walter B. Geikie, M.D., F.R.C.S.,
L.R.O.P., Professor of Principles and Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine ;
J. Fulton, M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Professor of Physiology; C. W. Covemton,
M.R.C.S., Professor of Medical Diagnosis and Pathology ; J. E. Kennedy, B.A.,
M.D., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics ; W. H. Ellis, M.A., M.B.,
Professor of Chemistry, General and Practical ; J. Algernon Temple, M.D., M.R.C.S.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology ; H. Robertson, M.B., M.R.C.S.,
Eng. , General, Descriptive and Surgical Anatomy; John Fraser, M.D., L.R.C.P.,
London, L.R.C.S., Edm., Demonstrator of Anatomy ; A. J. Jolinson, M.D., M.R.C.S.,
Demonstrator and Lecturer on Microscopic Anatomy ; C. R. W. Biggar, M.D. ,
Lecturer on Botany.
Chaduates.—D.D., 1; D.C.L., 20; M.D., 24; Mus. D., 1 ; B.D., 1; M.A., 24;
B.C.L.,4; M.B.,82; B.A., 116.
This College was incorporated by an Act, 15th August, 1866, which granted univer-
sity powers. There was an earUer incorporation, as Bytown College, in 1849 (12
Vic. cap. 107). It was allowed to hold property to £2,000 annually, and was to make
an annual report to Parliament. It is under the direction of the Oblate Fathers of
Mary Immaculate. Its buildings are spacious and well situated, the grounds being
enclostid, shaded, and affording facilities for exercise and amusement. An exact ob-
servance of rules, enforced chiefly by moral influence, is required from students, and
the principles of religion are the basis of the education.
Board of Trustees. — Rev. A. Saillier, President ; Rev. J. H. Tabaret, Vice-President ;
Rev. E . Harnois, TreasuA-er ; Rev. M. Froc.
O^cen arid Faculty. — Rev. J. H. Tabaret, Director, Professor of History and Geo-
graphy ; Rev. J. Al. Fournier, Moral Theology and Sacred Eloquence ; Rev. J. Fil-
hitre, Dogmatic Theology, Sacred Scripture and Church History ; Rev. W. Bennet,
Greek, English ; Rev. R. Barret, Latin, English ; Rev. W. St Lawrence, Christian
Doctrine, English Literature and Declamation ; Rev. C. Lagicr, Christian Doctrine,
French ; Rev. A. Nolin, Mental Philosophy and Christian Doctrine, French ; Rev.
L. Sh. Saquin, Civil Engineering, Chemistry and Natural History ; Rev. C. Smith,
La
Mt
Dr
gill
J.
llDIl
' * Nominated by the Bishop of Toronto ; the other members from the Diocese of Toronto being elected bj
this Corporation.
. S. Oivins ;
i«t, D.C.L, ;
;.A.
on ; Rev. J.
1, M.A.
tiio ReT. VV.
from £30 to
le temporftry
ogical, geolo-
ALUEUT UNIVKKSITY.
118
vost ; Profes-
lev. Williai'i
r in Physical
Mus. Doc.
D., F.R.C.S.,
nd Children ;
rinciplea and
)., F.R.C.S.,
al Medicine ;
^ Covemton,
nnedy, B.A.,
M.A., M.B.,
.,M.R.C.S.,
, M.R.C.S.,
, L.R.C.P.,
.,M.R.C.S.,
iggar, M.D.,
M.A., 24;
Inted univer-
in 1849 (12
I was to make
Fathers of
|ounds being
m exact ob-
ludents, and
fe-President
Iry and Geo
iRev. J. Fil
IW. Rennet
}e, Christian
Doctrine
|ench ; Rev
C. Smith
king elected by
Latin, Greek, History and Geography; 'Rov. J. B. Balland, Natural Philos-tphy,
Mochanics, History and (Joograpliy ; Rov. F. Guertin, Mathematics ; Rev. A. Soradis,
Drawing ; Rev. Kp. Harnois, Hook-keeping.
Ai>Hi«titnt Ptofe.viorn. — Mosare. S. McCarthy, C. rt Rooney, F. Gourdine, S. Cadi-
gan. Ad. Martin, Al. Madoro, T. Suroill, and S. McDonnell.
'I'litchen of Music. — Rov. H. Leuomtu, Voual ; Rev. S. Sar6, Gregorian Chant ; Rov.
J. H. Ball Mid, Instrumental ; C. Jost, Piano; A. Marier, Violin. '
IHaeipli.i.c. — Revs. Z. Durocher, 8. Chaborel and A. St. Jean.
There are three courses— the commercial, the civil engineerinK ami the cliuiHiunl couroeH.
1. CommcrrinI and Prfftaratorii Coiirte, re(iuiremeut8 for acliuiMHioii ; -
En!)!ish,—}^tiM\\n^f, Ht)elliiiK, arithmetic (Tanmp^oirH l*r»ctical), Knglish grammar (Bullion),
hiwtory (Kernoy), writing. /'/YwrA. -ReatUiig, Hpelling, tranMlaticm into LngliHh, elementary
grammar, general outlincH of geography and hiHtory.
Courne of study in three forms :--
History, geography, arithmetic, object li'ssons, l)ook-keeping, algebra, geometry, drawing,
elements of natural philosophy, theories of electricity, tplegraj)hy, banki'ig, insurance, brokenige,
pivrtnershi|i, exchange. Sic, pnonography, with Enghsh and French literature and comiM>sition.
2. Admission to the course of (Jirif Enj/iiiceriu;/ will be granted after a satisfactory examina-
liiin on the following subjects, viz. : -
English grammar, geography, history, penmanship, arithmetic, algebra (inchxling etiuutions
of the seconcf degree), elementary plane geometry amf trigonometry, use of the tables of loirar-
itiims, mensuration of surfaces and solids, use of mathematical iiistrunu>nts, scales and globes,
linear drawing and the Krst principles uf colouring and shading, elementary principles of natural
jthilosophy.
The course exteiiJs over three years, and is very comprehensive.
QmdunUon. — In order to receive the degree of Hachelor of Arts, students must
undergo two oral and two written examinations — one of each at the end of their first
five years — upon all the subject matter of their classical course ; and again at the
close of their seventh year, upon philosophy, mathematics and the higher 8cienc«s.
Two years afterwards, any such student wishing to obtain the degree of Master of
Arts may, by writing, make known his intention to the President (»f the College, who
will exact a suflicient test of ability to warrant his conferring tho dosired favour.
;}. For admission to the classical course the English student must know the English grammar
(Bulli<m), and the French language sufficiently to understand it when read. The J rench stud mt
nuist know the French grammar (Larousao), and the English grammiir (BiUlion). All the students
shall be re([uired to know arithmetic (Thompson), algebra (Robinson's elementary), geometry
(Robinson's Plane), Physics (Silliman's Elements of).
4. The examination of the fifth year comprises English, French, Latin and Greek granmiar
.and composition ; extracts from Greek Testament, Ciesnr, Ovid, Xenophon, Livy, Holy Fathers
(Latin), Sallust, Virgil, Homer, St. Gregory's Letters (trreek), Oicero, Horace, St. C'hrysostom,
Demosthenes' Olynthiacs, Sophocles, Plato, St. Basil, Tacitus, Seneca, Juvenal, Tertullian ; also
geography, history, mathematics and physical science, and modern literature,
5. The examination of the seventh year comprises the several dei)artinent8 of mental philo-
soi)hy and natural philo80[)hy.
TcrHis. — There are two terms, of five months each, and general examinations in January and
.Tune.
Fees. Tuition and board, medical attendance, washing and mending, bed and bedding, per
term, !p80 ; day scholars, per term, .?12 50. Music : lessons on the i)iano, per term, $12 .50 ; use
of i)iano, $5 ; use of library, .$2 50.
There is a college band, with a choice variety of instruments. Students who wish to enter it
liave previously to make sj)ecittl arrangements.
N.B. — Drawing and vocal music do not entail any extra charge.
*
BELLEVILLE.
In 1854, the General Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church adopted a scheme
for the establishment of an institution at Belleville for superior education. Having been
incorporated in May, 1867 (20 Vic. , cap. 184), as the Belleville Seminary, it was opened
in the following July. By the Act 29 and 30 Vic, cap. 136, the name of Albert College
was given and limited University powers granted ; a Senate was created, with power to
confer degrees in Arts. In 1871 it was made a body corporate, with the full powers of
a University. Provision has accordingly been made for other faculties. The Senate
ii ;
114
PROVINCE OB' ONTARIO.
regulates the examinations, and all uthtir matters not committed to the Board of Man-
agement.
The Act of 1857 provides that vacancies in the Board of Trustees may be filled by
the General Conference, and clergymen are declared incapable of being trustees. The
Annual Conferences are empowered to appoint persons, who, with a bishop, shall be
associated with the trustees as a joint Board, to be called the Board of Management.
This Board appoints the professors and officers, and the terms, the manner of govern-
ment and the finances.
THE SENATE. i
The Rev. Albert Carman, D.D., President; the Rev. Albert Ca'-man, D.D., Chau-
cellor ; Rev. Eratus I. Badgley, B.D., Registrar ; J. R. Jaques, M.A., D.D., Ph.D.;
George S. Wright, Ph.D., John Macoun, M.A., James T. Bell, Henry VVhish, the
Rev. Gideon Shepard, the Rev. James Gardiner, the Rev. William Brown, the Rev.
Michael Benson, the Rev. George Abbs, the Rev . Amos Clampbell, the Hon. Lewis
Wallbridge, Q.C., the Hon. Chief Justice Richards, William Hope, M.D. , Thomas
Nichol, M.D., LL.B., John Bell, Q.C., Rufus Holden, M.D., the Rev. Isaac B. Ayls-
worth, M \., Robert B. Carman, M.A., Thomas M. Macintyre, M. A., Freeman Lane,
M.A., t. o Rev. Bidwoll Lane, B.A., Rev. John C. Pomeroy, S. ~
LL.B., the Rev. Thomas Webster, D.D., R. Conger Clute, LL.B., A.
Barton Burdett,
Carlyle, M.A.
BOARD OF MANAGEMENT.
Ciiaiiinan. — Rev. Albert Carman, D.D.
Tnustees. — Caleb R. Mallory, Charles Lane, Samuel Massey, Jos. L. Tucker, Carman
M. Gould, Edward Philpot, Levy Massey, Thomas Anderson, James C. Hufl'man, John
Rowe, James G. Robinson.
Associate Members. — Rev. James Gardiner, Rev. Michael Benson, Rev. Samuel G.
Stone, James Ayls worth. Rev. Amos Campbell, Rev. James Cruts.
Officers of the Board. — Rev. Samuel G. Stone, Hamilton, Secretary ; James G.
Robinson, Belleville, Bursar.
College Council. — The discipline of the students is vested in the President of the
College, and a Council composed of the Professors and Instructors.
PROFESSORS.
Rev. J. R. Jaques, M.A., D.D. , 'Ph. D., President and Professor of Ancient Lan-
guages and Ethics ; George S. Wright, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages,
History and Literature ; Rev. E. I. Badgley, M.A. , B.D., Professor of Metaphysics,!
Hebrew, Homiletics, etc.; John Macoun, M. A., Professor of Botany, Geology, etc.;
James T. Bell, Professor of Agriculture and Mining (County Chair) ; A Carlyle, M.A.,
Professor of Chemistry, Physiology, etc., and Tutor in Ancient Languages ; Rev. A.
Carman, D.D., Professor of Mathematics; G. W. Andrews, B.A., Tutor in Mathema-
tics and English ; Henry Whish, Professor of Piano, Voice and Harmony.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
Matriculation. ,
The mode of admission into this University is by passing an examination in the subjects pre-
scribed in the following course :—
Mathematics. —Arithmetic ; Algebra as far a« Quadratic Equationfi ; Euclid, I. II.
C7«88irA. -Latin : Cicero, Pro Lege Manilla; Virgil, .i^ilncid, II.; ixraniniar and Prose Com-
position ; Ancient Ueography and Mythology ; Greek : Lucian, Charon and Vita ; Homer, Iliad,
I.; Grammar.
EmjUsh. — Grammar; Comiweition (Quackenbos).
Htstwy and Geonraphii—OutMnea of Ancient History to the Fall of Rome, A.D. 47C> ; Outlines
of jinglish History ; Modern Geography.
The examination is held during the last fortnight of Trinity Term in each year.
Each candidate is reciuired to give notice to the Registrar of his intention to present himself :
to produce a certificate showing that his age is not less than fourteen years ; to give satisfacton-
roof of good moral character ; and to pay a matriculation fee of $4.
Candidates for honors in any depr tment are examined in the following adiHtional subjects in
such department :—
ALBKrt university.
115
toard of Man-
Y be filled by
xustees. The
shop, shall bo
Management,
ner of govern-
, D.D., Chan-
D.D., Ph.D.;
[•y Whish, the
:own, the Rev.
le Hon. Lewis
^.D., Thomas
Isaac B. Ayla-
ii'reeman Lane,
Eirton Burdett,
arlyle, M.A.
"acker, Carman
Huffman, John
lev. Samuel G.
ary ; James G.
resident of the
f Ancient Lan-
irn Languages,
if Metaphysics,!
Geology, etc.;
Carlyle, M.A.,
ages ; Rev. A.
•r in Mathema-
huy-
the subjects pre-
I. II.
Prose Com-
; Homer, Iliad,
land
Id. 47fl ; Outlines
rar.
Ipresent himself ;
jfive satisfacton'
tional subjects in
il/rt</)ema<iV8.— Euclid. III. , I V. ; Meusuration ; Algebra, Quadratics.!
C/asskn.— Creek : Xenouhon, Anab.-wis, I. 7-10 inc.: Homer, Odyssey, IX.; Latm : Livy, IL
1-15 inc.; Horace, Odes, I.: Ovid, EpistoUe Heroidum, I., XIII.; translation into Latm Verse or
paper in Grivmmar at the option of the (Jandidate.
£»»(//i«/(.- Latham's Hand-Bookof the English Language, Pts. I. II. IIL VI. VII.; Fleming's
Analysis of the English Language.
Historii andOeonraphji.—FA^gWah History under the Tudors and Stuarts ; History and Geogra-
phy of the British Colonies ; History of the Dominion of Oanaila, from 1769 to 1867.
Students in the first and second years of their undei^raduate course are denomi-
nated junior and senior freshmen ; in the third and fourth years, junior and senior
sophisters.
The annual examinations are held in June, when candidates for matriculation, senior fresh-
men, and candidates for degrees may present themselves.
'J'he terminnl examinatioiH are held during the last two weeks of the term. These exami-
nations are for junior freshmen and junior sophisters.
The supplemental examinations begin on the first Friday of every term. At these exami-
nations any student who has failed to attend or to pass the terminal or annual examinations,
may present himself.
In order to obtain credit for any term or ye^r, it is necessary for each student to attend seven
eighths of the total number of lectures delivered ?n each department of the coxirse during the term
or year, and to pass the terminal or annual examination of nis class.
The undergraduate course at each examination is divided into two parts ; the one to be
read by all students, the other by those who aspire to the higher honors of their class.
Candidates for honors in any otlur department in thu senior freshman class may onut the
departments of Modern and Oriental languages ])resciibed in the ordinary course for the class.
Candidates must obtain at least second-class honors in order to be entitled to omit any of the
departments prescribed in the ordinary course.
Students who have completed the twenty-fifth year of their age may enter at the senior fresh'
man examination by taking in addition to the sidijects jjrescribed for that examination, the mathe-
matics of the junior freshman year. Students admitted untier this provision must keep six full
terms before presenting themselves for the final examination for the degree of B.A.
FACULTY OF LAW.
Candidates for the degree of "'achelor of Laws are required to matriculate in
the f • :iilty, and to pass examiiiati( s in all the subjects specified in the course.
The subjects for matriodation are the same as for the junior freshman class in Arts.
The coui-se exteiuls over four years ; the fee for matriculation is $4.
Harristers-at-Law and junior sophisters in Arts may enter this faculty at the second year.
The fee for any examination in the Law course is .$5.
FACULTY OF MUSIC.
Students in this faculty are required to pass the examination for mati'iculation in
the faculty of Arts, and to spend at least four years subsequently in constant study and
practice of music under the professor.
The degree may be taken in less than four years from matriculation, if the candidate has
been engaged in the study and practice of nuisic for seven years, and passes all the examina
tions.
/''era. —Matriculation, $4 ; Degree, !J15.
FACULTY OF THEOLOGY.
Any candidate of good moral character who shall complete this course, having pre-
viously passed the examination for ^natriculation in the faculty of Arts, will receive a
divinity testimonium.
A Bachelor in Arts who has taken first-class honors in Oriental Languages at the final exami-
nation for B.A., will not be required to pass any examination in any of the Oriental Ivanguages
rt'ijuir d for divinity testirn'mium.
Fee for testimoinum, $ii ; lecture fees as in Arts, and a reduction to students for the ministry
and niinistfrs' sons.
FACULTY OF ENOINEERFNO.
C^^iulidates are retjnired to pass examinations in tiie subjects prescribed for matricu-
liu 1 : mid for the first and second yeais in the faculty.
116
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Matricufation.
Mathematics- Anthmetic ; Algebra, Todhunter's for Beginners ; Euclid I. II. III. IV. ; Legen-
dre, IV. V. VII. VIII.; Mensuration, Baker's ; Plane Trigonometry, Todhunter's.
Modem Languages. — English Grammar, Composition (Quackenbos) ; Fowler's English Gram-
mar, Parts I. III. IV. VII. VIII.; Craik's Handbook of English Literature to James 1.; French,
Faaquelle's French Grammar ; De StatJl, De I'Allemagne, Part I. ; Translation into French Prose.
History and Geography.— Outlinea of Ancient History to the Fall of Rome, A. D. 476 ; Out-
lines of English History ; Ancient Geography and Mythology ; Modem Geography.
Drawing.— Linear Drawmg from a copy.
There is an examinati<in at the end of the first and second years. Any candidate in this
faculty may exercise certain options ; such candidate, however, shall not receive the Degree of
C.E. , but may take out a Diploma as Mining Engineer.
The fee for Matriculation is $4 ; for the Degree of C.E., $6.
h 'I
ft*. ,1
- DBrARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.
The course of lectures in this department (which was endowed in 1859, by the
Council of the County of Hastings) embraces the examination and analysis of soils and
fertilizing agents, and the general j)rinciples of the nature and improvement of soils,
in addition to the other subjects auxiliary to a suitable course in theoretical and prac-
tical agriculture.
Diplomas in agriculture will be awarded to all duly qualified candidates, who shall
have passed satisfactory examinations in the subjects prescribed in the course.
J!'e««.— Matriculation, $4 ; Diploma, $6.
^V0imimixl awd MtnMc J^rttaols mA ^odctieisi.
^mx OHfllkgr,
s J.J
^'
TORONTO.
Knox College was established about 1844, by the Free Presbyterian Church, for the
training of Theological students. The new College Building on Spadina Avenue is very
handsome and commodious, and was opened October, J 875.
Board of Management.* — Rev. J. J. A. Proudfoot, D.D., Chairman ; Revs. Dr. Topp,
J. Gray, B.A. (Orillia), Jas. Cameron, VV. T. McMuUen, R. Torrance, J. McMillan,
G. Cuthbertson, Wm. King, J. W. Mitchell, M.A., R. Ure, J. Straith, Prof. Young,
M.A., Prof. Gregg, M.A., Prof. McLaren, Prin. Caven, D.D., P. Duncan, J. Smith,
J. McCall, J. Laing, M.A.. F. V.'. Farries, J. Davidson, W. Blain, W. Mitchell, J.M.
King, M.A., Arch. McLean, J. G. Robb, B.A., T, W. Taylor, M.A., J. McLennan,
M.A., A. J. McKenzie, W, M. Clark, J. Loghrin, W. Alexander, T. McCrae, Hon.
John McMurrich.
The Moderator of the General Assembly is, ex officio, a member of all the standing
committees .
Senate. — Rev. Principal Caven, D.D., Chairman ; Revs. Prof. Gregg, M.A., Prof.
McLaren, Dr. Topp, Dr. Proudfoot, J. Ross, J. M. King, M.A., J, Breckenridge, J.
M. Cameron, W. Reid, M.A.
Board of Examiners. — Rev. J. M. King, M.A., Convenor; Revs. R. Dewar, J.
McCall, R. ToiTance, J. Breckenbridge, W. Donald, T . Wardrope, and the Professors
and Lecturers of the College.
Staff of Instrtidors. — Rev, Principal Caven, D.D., Prof, of Exegetics and Biblical
Criticism ; Rev. William Gregg, M.A., Apologetics and Church History ; Rev. William
McLaren, Systematic Theology ; Rev. Dr. Proudfoot, Lecturer in Homiletics, &c.,
* The Board of Management, the Senate, and the Board of Examiners, are given as above for
the pa«t year .
[II.IV.;Legen-
8.
i English Gram-
,mes I.; French,
French Prose.
L D. 476 ; Out-
mclidate in this
a the Degree of
I 1869, by the
sis of Boils and
sment of soils,
tical and prac-
atea, who shall
course.
it^.
CANADIAN LITERARY INSTITUTE
117
lurch, for tlie
Avenue is very
leva. Dr. Topp,
J. McMillan,
Prof. Young,
3an, J. Smith,
Mitchell, J.M.
J. McLennan,
McCrae, Hon.
11 the standing
M.A., Prof,
eckenridge, J.
IR. Dewar, J.
Ithe Professors
and Biblical
iRev. William
bmiletics, &c.,
Iven as above for
Church Government and Pastoral Theology ; Hebrew is taught by Prof. Hirschfelder,
in University College ; Elocution will be taught by Prof. J, W. Tavemer ; A. M.
Hamilton, M.A., and W. A, Wilson, B.A., Classical Tutors.
The Library is extensive and valuable. The Reading room is supplied with theo-
logical and literary periodicals and newspapers. There is a Students' Literary Society,
and a Students' Missionary Society.
Students in Divinity must present a recommendation from a Presbytery of the Church, having
also obtained the degree of B. A. at the University of Toronto ; or at McGill College, Queen's Col-
lege, Victoria College, or at one of the National Universities of Great Britain or Ireland ; or a
certificate of having satisfactorily i)as8ed in the Preparatory Course in Knox College ; but in all
cases such students must present evidence of having attended, at least one ser sion, a ciass in He-
brew, or othei-wise undei"go an elementary examination in that language.
The Theological Course extends over three sessions of f'.. months each.
Works are named as a guide to students in their reading, in connection with the several sub-
jects in their course, and under the heads of Apologetics, Church History, Systematic Theology,
Homiletics, Exegetics, Biblical C'riticism.
Examinations are held at the close of each session, and the Senate gives a general certificate
to students who have completed their Theological course, in order to their being taken by Presby-
teries on preliminary trials for license.
Various scholarships and bursaries are offered annually, value from $40 to $60. To encourage
students to take a University course, three scholarships ($60, $50 and $45.) are offered to under-
graduates of the University of Toronto, who are prosecuting their studies with a view to enter
the ministry of the Canada Presbyterian Church.
The Elocution class is attended by all students in Theology.
Classical tuition is provided for students unable to take a University course. Students avail-
ing themselves of this tuition are required to give three years' attencfance on certain classes in
University College, and to pass the terminal examinations in those classes.
Entrants on the preparatory course in Knox College, will be examined on the following
subjects : —
Latin. — Grammar; and Caesar, de Bello Gallico, Book I.
Greek. — Grammar ; and Xenophon, Anabasis, B. I., chaps. 1 to 5.
English. — Geography ; Grammar ; History of England ; Arithmetic ; Euclid, Book I. ; Alge-
bra, first four Rules.
Students desirous of entering the second year of the Literary course will be required to pass
an examination in the following subjects, in addition to those prescribed for entrants on the
first year : —
Latin. — Virgil: B. II., Sallust's Jugurthine War, chaps, 1 to 42.
Greek. — Iliad, B. I.; Xenophon, Anabasis, B. I., chaps. 6 to 10.
Matlumatics. — Euclid, Books I., II., III., and Algebra, to Simple Equations (inclusive).
English. — Composition, orthographical, etymological, and rhetorical forms of the language,
(Fowler's English Literature, Parts III., IV., and VII).
These examinations are held in October.
The rooms of the students are completely furnished and lighted free of charge. The rate of
board does not exceed $3 per week, but although residence is recommended, it is optional. The
session is from 6th October to 6th April, with vacations from 17th December to 4th January.
(S;att»AiHn i^itevart) fnieititute,
THEOLOGICAL DEPAKTMENT, WOODSTOCK.
The Literary Department of this institution is described on page 75. The following
are the names of the governing body, and instructors, both Literary and Theol'j,-
gical ; —
Board of Tnistees. — Henry Moyle, President ; Reid Baker, Vice-President ; Rev. C.
Goodspeed, M. A., Secretary; R. W. Sawteil, Treasurer; Rev. H. P. Fitch, R. H.
Burtch, James V. Bodwell, Rev. E. Topping, Abram N. Barber, William Pavey, F. II
Scofleld, John Hatch, Rev. W. C. Beardsall, Rev. .John Dempsey, Rev. W. H. Porter,
M.A.
Executive Committee. — Rev. R. A. Fyfe, Principal; R. H. Biirtch, R. W. Sawr<;ll,
William Pavey, John Hatch, F B. Scofield, Rev. C . Goodspeed.
Ministerial Committee. — Rev. R. .\. Fyfe, Chairman; Professor J. E. Wells, Hoorr-
tary ; Professor John Crawford, Rev. W. C. Beardsall, Rev. E. Topping, Rev. CCiorxl-
speed. Rev. John Dempsey.
Examiners in the Literanj Department for 1875- '76. — Rev. John Torrance, B. A.,
Linus VVolverton, M.A., Peter Campbell.
Board of Instrnction. — Kev. R. A. Fyfe, D.D., Principal, Dogmatic and Christian
118
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Theology ; Rev. John Crawford, D.D., Old Testament Interpretation and Church His-
tory ; J. C. Yule, B.A., New Testement Interpretation and Evidences; J. E. Wella,
M.A., PrinciiJal in Dr. Fyfe's absence, Greek and Metaphysics ; Jabez Montgomery,
M.S., Natural Science ; S. J. McKee, B.A., Resident Teacher in Charge, Mathematics ;
M. S. Clarke, Latin ; S. J. Taylcjr, Modern Languages ; Hugh McQuarrie, Assistant in
Latin and Mathematics ; George McKee, Writing, and Assistant in Mathematics and
English ; Mrs. Sarah L. Nott, Governess, English Histcjry and Literature ; Miss Sophia
G. Brown, English Grammer and Rhetoric ; Mrs. A. (J. Revell, Music ; Miss Ottie A.
Smith, Drawing and Painting ; Miss Maria E. Revell, Assistant in Music.
Steward and Matron. — Rev. Robert Pick ard, B.A., Mrs. Robert Pickard.
The Institute is connected with the Baptist Church. Graduates of Universities or those who
have completed the full Literary course in tliis institute (page 75) are alone elijjible for admission in
the theological department. A special preparatory course is, however, jjrovided in certain cawes.
Students for the ministry must be sj)ecially recommended, and must be examined and approved
by the ministerial committee of the trustees before they are fully received. Free tuition in the
literary department is allowed to certain of such students, and the theological tuition i.-? free. This
course extends over three years of seven months each. Certificates will not be given to any students
who have not passed a creditable examination in all the branches prescribed.
The course embraces, introduction to Old and New Testaments ; Lectures, and Portions of
Angus's Bible Hand Book ; Harmony of the Gospels ; Butler's Analogy ; Hebrew ; Principles of
Interpretation ; New Testament, Greek ; Trench's Study of Words, and Exercises in Composition ;
Ecclesiastical History ; Christian Theology ; Prophecy ; Farrar's Critical History of Free 'I'hought,
Lectures 3, 6, 7 and 8 ; History of Doctrines ; Progress of T^octrines ; Pastoral Theology ; Homi-
letics ; Church History.
Sci
art
Eu
an(
Ar
Ch
Chi
ant
Moi
for
LONDON.
Huron College was founded in the year 1863 ; it was incorporated by Act of Parlia-
ment May 5th, 1863, and opened by the Right Rev. Dr. Cronyn, late Bishop of Huron,
December 2nd, infthe same year. The first Principal of the College was the Right Rev.
Dr. Hellmuth, the present Bishop. The first students were matriculated January 9th,
1864.
Early in his episcopal career, the late Bishop conceived the desire of having a Theo-
logical College under his own control. In 1861, he deputed Dr. Hellmuth to visit
England with a view to solicit aid, and nearly $23,000 was thus obtained, with which
the property was purchased and the buildings erected, while $5,000 was left for in-
vestment. Donations were afterwards received of $4,000, $400, £5000 sterling,
£3,000 sterling, $3,700 and $2,500, besides certain annual scholarships from various
sources .
The Calendar declares that Huron College is pledged by its distinctive principles to
be thoroughly loyal to the doctrines, order and discipline of the Church of England,
as maintained in the ancient creeds, as defined and explained in the Thirty-nine
Articles, and as unfolded in the devotional formularies of the Prayer Book.
President of llie Corporation : The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Huron ; Members
of the Corporation: Very Rev. Dr. Boomer, Dean of Huron ; Ven. Archdeacon
Bt-ough, M. A. ; Ven. Archdeacon Sandys, D.D. ; Rev. Canon Bettridge, B.D. ;
Rev. Canon Elwood, M.A. ; Rev. J. W. Marsh, M.A. ; Rev. J. Smythe, M.A. ; Rev.
B. Bayly, B. A. ; Rev. C. P. Hincks ; Rev. Principal Brock, M.A. ; Rev. Professor
Halpin, M.A. ; Major Evans; V. Cronyn, B.C.L.; H. Going, M.D. ; T. PhUiips,
M.D. ; Col. Shanly ; Principal and Divinity Professor: Very Rev. Dean Boomer,
LL.D; Classical and Mathematical Professor: Rev. W. Henry Halpin, M.A. ; Secre-
tary and Bursar : V. Cronyn, B.C.L.
Through the exertions and liberality of Dr. Hellmuth, a Collegiate Church was
built and opened October 18th 1864. There is a library of 2,000 volumes.
Matriculation and Course of Study.
lioth graduates and non-graduates must satisfy the Bishop or the Principal that they are
fitting i)er8oii8 to be trained for the ministry.
1 or non-graduates the first year is a period of probation ; they will be examined on entrancf
in one Latin and one Greek Classic ; one Greek gospel ; arithmetic, Euclid and Algebra ; also in
d Church His-
; J. E. Wells,
Montgomery,
Mathematics ;
e, Assistant in
.thematics and
; Miss Sophia
Miss Ottio A.
ard.
ies or those who
for admission in
n certain cases.
d and approveil
B tuition in the
on is free. This
to any students
an<i Portions of
V ; Principles of
in Composition ;
f Free Thought,
lieology ; Homi-
THE LAW SOCIETY.
119
Act of Parlia-
hop of Huron,
16 Right Rev.
January 9th,
iving a Theo-
mnth to visit
d, with which
as left for in-
000 sterling,
from various
principles to
1 of England,
Thirty-nine
ok.
an ; Members
Archdeacon
dge, B.D. ;
M.A. ; Rev.
Professor
T. Phillips,
an Boomer,
d.A. ; Secrc-
Church was
that they arc
d on entrance
^ehra ; also in
Scripture history and reading. Virgil, .^neid, B. I.; Anahasis, 15. I.; and St. John's Gospel
are recommended.
The course for graduates is two years, for non-graduates three years in length.
Classics and Mathetiiatirs (Three years). -Xenophon's Anabasis, II., III. ; Iliad,!., VI. ;
Euripides, Hecuba ; Demosthenes, Olynthiacs, Philippics ; Greek Testament ; Plato's Apology
and Urito ; Cicero, Manilian Law, Orations against Catiline ; Horace, Odes, Satires, Epistles,
Art of Poetry ; Arithmetic ; Euclid ; Algebra.
Theology. — I'he course embraces Scripture history and geogi-aphy ; Greek Testament ;
Church history ; The Articles; Analysis and composition of Sermons ; Hebrew ; The Prayer Book ;
church principles ; Christian evidences ; The Canon and the Creed ; Unit^ianism, Universalism
and Materialism ; Exercises in Elocution.
There is an examination at the end of the Academic year. Students are required to reside unless
specially excused. There are three terms in the year: Michaelmas, October Ist to December
20th ; Hilary, January 20th to Saturday before I'assion Week ; Trinity, Monday after Easter
Monday to June 28rd. The students furnish their own rooms. Fees $15 per term, and 83 a week
for board.
I
®hc l^aw Satiety of (Dntaria,
The Law Society was established in 1797, by the Act 37 George III. cap. 13, which
enabled the then Practitioners of the Law to form themselves into a Society, ' ' for the
purpose of securing to the country and the profession a learned and honorable body,
to assist their fellow -subjects as occasion may require, and to support and maintain
the Constitution of the Province. " By the same Act, the Judges of the Superior
Courts were constituted Visitors, with authority to sanction such rules as they consid-
ered necessary for the good government of the Society. In 1822, the Society was in-
corporjited, and its functions vested in the Treasurer and Benchers for the time being,
elected according to the By laws of the Society, much in the same manner as in the
Law Societies of Great Britain and Ireland.
The foregoing and subsequent Acts relating to the profession were consolidated
in 1859 (22 Vic. cap. 33, U. C Con. Stat.). The Act 34 Vic. cap. 15, provided for the
election of the Benchers by the Society,- and the Act 35 Vic. cap. 6, gave the Benchers
power to appoint reporters, and provides for an annual account of revenue and ex-
penditure. The Benchers sit in Convocation every Law Term, for the admission of
Sttidents and Barristers, and for general business. The terms are the same as those
of me Superior Courts of Common Law. The Convocation of Benchers meets in Term
time, or in Vacation on the last Tuesday or Wednesday of June and December. Spe-
cial meetings may be held at other times.
Visitors. — Hon. the Judges of the Superior Courts of Law and Equity, Ontario.
Treasurer. — Hon. John Hillyard Cameron, Q.C.
Benchers, Ex-officio. — Right Hon. Sir John Alexander Macdonald, K.C.B.,Q.C. ; Hon.
John Hillyard Cameron, Q.C; Hon. James Patton, Q.C. ; Hon. Lewis Walbridge, Q.C;
Hon. Albert Norton Richards, Q.C; Hon. James Cockburn, Q.C; Hon. Adam Crooks,
Q.< !. ; Hon. Oliver Mowat, Q.C.
Elected. — Henry C R. Becher, Q.C. ; Kenneth McKenzie, Q.C. ; Hon. Stephen
Richards, Q.C; David B. Read Q.C; John Crickmore, James O'Reilly, Q.C; Robert
Lees, Q.C. ; Hon. Matthew Crooks Csmeron, Q.C ; Daniel McMichael, Q.C ; John D.
Armour, Q.C; Robert A. Harrison, Q.C; Thomas Moore Benstm, D' Alton McCarthy,
Q.C; Hon. Timothy B. Pardee, William R. Meredith; James Shaw Sinclair, James
Maclennan, Q.C. ; James A, Henderson, Q.C, D.C.L. ; Hon. Edward Blake, Q.C. ;
Andrew Lemon, John T. Anderson, Q.C. ; Edward Martin ; Clarke Gamble, Q.C. ;
Thomas Robertson, Q.C. ; Thomas Hodgins, Q.C ; ^railius Irving, Q.C. ; James
Bethune.
Secretary, Sub- Treasurer and Librarian. — James Hutchison Esten.
Every candidate forCall must be presented by a Barrister, and must execute a bond
to the society.
Articled Clerks who apply for certificates of fitness for admission as Attorneys or
Solicitors, are required to file a statement of time served, and the solicitors with whom
they served makes a similar statement.
The Fee on call to the Bar is $100, and for admission as attorney or solicitor, $60.
120
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
If
Admission and Tntermedinte Examinations.
The examination for admission as Student-at-law is in the following subjects : Horace, Odes,
B. III. ; Virgil, ^neid, B. VI. ; Ttesar, Bb. V., VI.; Cicero, Pro Milone ; Arithmetic ; Euclid,
Bb. T., II., III. ; Aljfebra, to the end of Quadratic Equations; English history (\V. Douglas
Hamilton's) ; Outlines of Modern Geograj)hy ; English Grammar and Composition.
Graduates in Arts in any University in Her Majesty's Dominions are admitted on giving due
notice and presenting the diploma.
The subjects of examination for Articled Clerks are as follows :— C'lesar, Bb. V., VI. ; Arith-
metic ; Euclid, Bb. I., II., III.; Outlines of Modern Geography ; History of England (W. Doug-
las Hamilton's) ; English Grammar and Conipo.sition ; Book-keeping.
Those admitted as Students are not required to pass as Articled Clerks.
The Fees are .?! on givinj' the required six weeks' notice, .$40 on examination. If unsuccessful
$30 are returned. Ncme can be admitted under 16 years of age. Candidates must be pre,sented
by a Barrister.
Students are required to pass two examinations before the final examination for Call to the
Bar. One in the third year after admission, the other in the fourth year ; but if his I'niversity
standing be suthcient, he may be examined in the second year and again within six month.s of his
third year, and be Called in three years from admission.
Intermediate examinations shall commence on the Tuesday next before each Term.
The subjects and books for the First of these examinations shall be as follows :— Keal Property
(Williams) ; Equity (Smith's Manual) ; Common Law (Smith's Manual) ; Act respecting the
Court of Chancery ; Consol. Stats. U. C, chaps. 42 & 44, and amendfng Acts ; Consol. Stat. U.
C, chap. 12.
The subjects and books of the Second of such examinations shall be as follows : — Real Property
(Leith's Blackstone) ; Greenwood on the Practice of Conveyancing ; Chapters on Agree-
ments, Sales, Purchases, Leases, Mortgages and Wills ; Equity (Snell's Treatise) ; Common Law
(Broom's Common Law ; C. S. U. C. c. 88, and Ont. Act .SB Vic. c. 16) : Statutes of Can-
ada, 20 Vic. c. 28 ; Administration of Justice Acts, 1873 and 1874.
Additional subjects are prescribed for the Scholarships. {See Law School, below.)
Final Eliminations.
The subjects for the final examination of Articled Clerks shall be as follows : — Leith's Black-
stone ; Taylor on Titles ; Smith's Mercantile Law ; Taylor's Equity Jurisprudence ; Leake on
Contracts ; The Statute Law ; The Pleading and Practice of the Cfourts.
The Books for the final examination of Students-at-law shall be as follows : —
For Call : Blackstone, Vol. I. ; Leake on Contracts ; Walkem on Wills ; Taylor's Equity
Jurisprudence ; Stephen on Pleading ; Lewis's Equity Pleading ; Dart on Vendors and Purc-
hasers ; Taylor on Evidence ; Byles on Bills ; The Statute Law ; The Pleading and Practice of
the Courts.
For Call, with honors, in addition to the preceding : Russell on Crimes ; Broom's Legal
Maxims ; Lindley on Partnei-ship ; Fisher on Mortgages ; Benjamin on Sales ; Hawkin^on
Wills ; Von Savigny's Private International Law (Guthrie's Ed.) ; Maine's Ancient Law.
Candidates for the Final examinations may be examined on subjects of the Intermediate
examination.
Any candidate for Call to the Bar desiring to be examined for honors, must give to the Sec-
retary notice in writing of such desire, at latest on the Saturday next but two before the Term,
and must also endorse his petition for Call with the words " For Honors."
Ol
lei
lal
ail
sti
inl
Ml
Ml
Ml
THE LAW SCHOOL.
The staff of the Law School established by the society, consists of four Lecturers,
viz. : — on General Jurisprudence, Real Property, Commercial and Criminal Law, and
Equity.
The course consists of lectures, discussior .a, and examinations, from 1st November to 1st May.
Attendance is voluntary. Students and Articled Clerks may be admitted to the Junior class, and
if of two years' standing to the Senior class. Examinations are condiicted before three Benchers.
A reduction of time is atllowed to those who pass the examinations.
Scholarships.— ^inAent^ under one year's standing, one of §120 ; under two yeai-s, one of .iS160 ;
under three years, one of $200 ; under four years, one of $240.
For the scholarships orthe fimt year :— Stephens' iilackstone, vol. I. ; Stephens on Pleading ;
Williams on Pei-sonal Proi)erty ; Griffith's Institutes of Equity ; Con. Stats. U. C. , ch. 12 ; Con.
Stats. LT. C, ch. 42, and amending Acts.
For scholarships of the second year : — Williams on Real Property ; Best on Evidence ; Smith
on Contracts ; Snell's Treatise on Equity ; The Registry Act.
For the Scholarships of the third year:— Real Property Statutes relating to Ontario;
Stephen's Blackstone, B. ^ ; Byles on Bills ; Broom's Legal Maxims ; Taylor's Equity Juris-
prudence : Fisher on Mortgages, Vols. I. and II., chaps. 10, 11 and 12.
For the scholarship for the fourth year : Smith's Real and Personal Property ; Russell on
Crimes ; Common Law I'leading and I'ractice ; Benjamin on Sales ; Dart on Vendors and Pur-
chasers ; Lewis's Equity Pleading ; Et^uity Pleadi>ig and Practice of this Province.
: Horace, Odes,
hmetic ; Euclid,
y (W. Douglas
n.
edon giving due
v., VI. ; Arith-
:lHnd(W. Doug-
If unsuccessful
ist be presented
for Call to the
f his I'niversity
K months of his
Vrni.
-Keal Pri>perty
respecting the
onsol. Stat. U.
-Real Property
ters on Agree-
; i'ommon Law
atutes of Can-
ow.)
-Leith's Black-
!nce ; Leake on
aylor's Equity
ors and Purc-
nd Practice of
room's Legal
1; Hawkins^ou
|t Law.
Intermediate
ive to the Sec-
fore the Term,
Lecturers,
il Law, and
• to 1st May.
Jior class, and
lee Benchers.
one of .iSlCO ;
In Pleading :
\h. 12 ; Con.
trice ; Smith
lo Ontario ;
[piity Juris-
Russell on
bs and Pur-
COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS.
<£>ht (EoMtfit of f hyieiiriaiijei and jiuvgtonjei of (Dntario.
121
This is iu)t a Teaching Body, but simply the Corporate name of the Profession in
Ontario.
The Council of the College is a body entrusted by Parliament (37 Vic. cap. 30,) with
legislative power in matters relating to medical education, having power to make by-
laws for determining the admission and enrolment of students ; and authority to fix
and determine, from time to time, upon a curriculum of studies to be pursued by
students ; also, power to appoint a board of examiners by whom all persons must be
examined, touching their qualification to practise, before they can be registered accord-
ing to law, and participate in the benefits of registration.
Territorial Representatives. — E. G. Edwards, M.D.; John Hyde, L.F.P.S., Glas.;
William Clarke, L.R.C.S., Ire.; D. Clarke, M.D.; John Lawrence, L.M.B.; John D.
Macdonald, M.D., L.R.C.S., Edin. ; Robert William Hillary, L.M.B. ; W. Coburn,
M.D.; J. Forrest Dewar, M.D., L.R.C.S., Edin.; O. S. Strange, M.D.; J. A. Grant,
M.D., M.R.C.P., Lon.; W. H. Brouse, A.M., M.D.
Collegiate Representatives. — W. O. Eastwood, M.D. ; C. V. Berryman, A .M. , M.D. ;
Alexander BetWie, M. D. ; E. M. Hodder, M.D., F.R.C.S., Eng. ; W. T. Aikins, M.D. ;
M. Lavell, M.D.; J.P.Lynn, M.D.
Representatives at Large, — George A. Carson, M.D. ; Jos. Morrison, M.D. ; Seth 8.
Cornell, M.D.; John Muir, M.D.; David P. Bogart, L.M.B.
Hwnceopathic Representatives. — D. Campbell, M.D., L. R.C.S., Edin.; J.Adams,
M.D. ; W. Springer, MD.; G. C. Fields, M.D.; Elias Vernon, M.D. '
Medical Registration Office, corner |)f Church and Adelaide Streets, Toronto, in the
Technological College.
Officers of the Council. — President, Michael Lavell, M. D. ; Vice-President, E. G. Edwards,
M.!).; Treasurer, W. T. Aikins, M.D. ; Registrar, T. Pyne, L.C.P.S., L.C.
Board of Examiners. — W. T. Aikins, M.D. , Surgery and Surgical Pathology; H.
Robertson, M D., Anatomy, Descripti\e and Surgical; M. Lavell, M.D., Midwifery
and Diseases of Women and Children; C. V, Berryman, A.M , M.D., Materia Medica,
Therapeutics, and Sanitary Science; Wm. Clarke, L.R.C.S., Ire., Medical Diagnosis
and Medical Jurisprudence ; Daniel Clarke, M.D., Chemistry ; E. G. Edwards, M.D.,
Physiology ; J. Muir, M.D., Botany and Toxicology ; J. F. Dewar, M.D., L.R.C.S.,
Ed., Medicine and Medical Pathology.
Matiiculation Examiners. — Toronto, A. McMurchy, M.A.; Kingston, Samuel Wood^
M.A.
Matricvlation. — The examinations in preliminary education will be held in Toronto and King-
ston, on the iirst Tuesday and Wednesday in January, April, July and October in every year, in
the foUowiR^ subjects : —
a. English Language, including Grammar and Composition ; 6. Arithmetic, including Vulgar
and Decimal Fractions ; c. Algebra, including Simple Equations ; d. Ueometry, first two books of
Euclid; e. Latin, Translation and Grammar; and in one of the following :
/. Greek; .</. French; h. German; i. Natural Philosophy, including Mechanics, Hydrostatics
and Pneumatics.
Note. — Students are recommended to select Natural Philosophy, or one of the Modem Lan-
guages.
The following are the text books, and where more than one is named, the student may elect
which h« will be examined in :-
a. Latin — Caesar, Ccnninentarii de BeUo GaUico, 5th and Cth books ; Cicero, Manilian Law ;
Virgil, ^/J/iettZ, first book ; b. Greek — f^mt hook. oi Xenophon's Anabasis ; c. French — Charles XII.;
1st thrve books ; d. German — Adler's Reader, first part ; e. Natiu-al Philosophy — Peck's (ianot ,
Sangter's first book.
The following classes of persons are admitted without the matric^ation examination :—
1. Those who have already passed in any medical institution in Canada, prior to .July, 18G9.
'2. Graduates and Matriculants in Arts in any University in Her Majesty's Dominions. 3. Grad-
uates in medicine of any College of the Dominion, except Ontario, if they have passetl an equivalent
examination, and afterwards stiidied four years.
Medical Curriculum.— 1. Every student, after matriculating as above, must spend a period
of four years in actual professional study, except as hereinafter provided.
2. A graduate in arts of any recognised LTniversity will be required to pass three years in
attendance upim medical lectures, before examination.
3. Every student shall attend medical lectures for at least three sessions of six months each.
4. Each six months' cotu-se shall consist of not less than one hundred lectures.
5. Every student must attend lectures in a University, College or School of Medicine, approved
122
PKOVINCE OF ONTAHIO.
of by the Council, oh herein provided, viz : — Two couraea of six months each iijion Anatomy ; Prac-
tical Anatomy ; Physiology ; Theoretical Chemintry ; Materia Medica and Therapeutics ; Prin-
cipleM and Practice of Surgery ; Principles and Practice of Medicine, and Midwifery and Diseases
of Women and Children.
Two courses of six months each ujwn Clinical Medicine and Clinical Surgery.
One course of six months, or two courses of three months each up<m Medical Jurisprudence,
One course of three months upon Practical Chemistry and Botany.
Every student must pass one period of six months in the office of a * ' regularly (lualified medical
practitioner," in compounding medicines, &c. ; he must attend the practice of a General Hospital
for eighteen months; he must attend six cases of midwifery ; he must pass the primary and final
examinations of the Council.
Persons from the United States or other Foreign Countries are admitted under special regu-
lations.
Examinations. -The* examination shall be divided into two parts, a "Primary" and a
" Final " ; and will be conducted in writing and viva. voce.
The Primary examinations may be undergone at the end of the second or third year, and the
Final a,t the end of the fourth.
Primary examination.- Descriptive Anatomy; Physiology; Theoretical Chemistry; Toxi-
cology ; liotany ; Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
KS" NoTK.— Tlie pfeneral professional cxaniinationH upon Materia Medica and Therapeutics may be under-
gone by Ntiulonts at either the Primary or Final examinations.
Final examination. — Medical Diagnosis; Pathology; Surgical Anatomy; Practical Chem-
istry; Medical Jurisprudence ; Sanitary Science ; Operative Midwifery ; Operative Surgery and
Surgical Anatomy ; Materia Medica and Therapeutics ; Midwifery other than operative ; Surgery,
other than operative ; Theory and Practice of Medicine.
The examination on the Primary branches and the first eight subjects of the Final is in all
respects the same for every candidate ; Homoeopathic candidates are separately examined in the •
last four subjects. ^
Fees. — Matriculation examination, $10; this is payable to the Matriculation Examiner at
commencement of examination. Unsuccessful candidates will have $6 returned to them.
Registration of Matriculation. — Those examined before the Council's examiner, no charge ;
those examined by the various Colleges prior to July, 1869, if names have been reported to the
Registrar by the Qollege at which they were passed, .$2 ; Graduates and Matriculants in Arts of
recognised Colleges $10 ; Primary examination, $10 ; this is to be paid to the Treasurer of the
Council before the commencement of examinations. Unsuccessful candidates will have $3 re-
turned to them.
Final examinations, $40 ; this fee is payable in the same manner as the last. Unsuccessful
candidates will have $30 returned to them. Registration of additional Degrees or Titles, each $2.
This school was incorporated by Act of Parliament in 1861, and is in affiliation
with the University of Toronto. The University of Victoria College also recom-
mends medical students to attend this school and accepts its certificates.
The school occupies the building formerly belonging to the Victoria College Medi-
cal Faculty.
The 33rd session of the school opened on Ist October, 1875, and continues to Ist
April, 1876. Arrangements have also been made for the establishment of a Summer
course commencing May the 1st, and extending into July, when primary and final
subjects will be taken up, and particular attention devoted to the branches not fully
treated during the Winter course.
A full course of Clinical instruction is given in^he Toronto General Hospital.
FACULTY.
William T. Aikins, M.D., President, Lecturer on Principles and Practice of Surgery;
Joseph Workman, M.D., Emeritus Lecturer cm Midwifery and Diseases of Women and
Children ; H. H. Wright, M.D., L.C.P. and S.U.C. , Lecturer on Principles and Prac-
tice of Medicine ; J. H. Richardson, M.D., M.R.C.S., England, Lecturer on Descrip-
tive and Surgical Anatomy; Uzziel Ogden, M.D., Lecturer on Midwifery and Diseases
of Women and Children ; James Thorbum, M.D., Edin. and Toronto, Lecturer on
Materia Medica and Therapeutics ; M. Barrett, M.A., M.D., Lecturer on Physiology ;
W. Ogden, M.B., Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology; M. H. Aikins,
B.A,, M.B., M.R.C.S., Eng., Lecturer on Primary Anatomy; W. Oldright, M.A.
M.B., Curator of Museum and Lecturer on Sanitary Science ; L. M. McFarlane, M.D.,
Demonstrator of AnAtomy; George Wright, M.A., Demonstrator of Anatomy ; Alexan-
natoray ; Prac-
upentics ; Prin-
ry anil DiHeaHes
Jurisprudence.
Lialified medical
eneral Hospital
imary and final
r special regu-
imary " and a
d year, and the
umistry ; Toxi-
cs may be under-
ractical Chem-
ve Surgery and
iitive ; Surgery,
Final is in all
Kamined in the .
1 Examiner at
them.
ler, no charge ;
reported to the
ants in Arts of
'reasurer of the
ill have $3 re-
UnsuQcessful
Mtles, each $2.
in affiliation
lalso recom-
joUege Medi-
pinues to 1st
if a Summer
and final
38 not fully
}ital.
Snrgery ;
'^omen and
and Prac-
jn Descrip-
id Diseases
lecturer on
jhysiology ;
IH. Aikins,
[ight, M.A.
lane, M.D.,
Alexan-
MEDICAL SCHOOLS.
123
der Greenlees, M.B., Tutor in Chemistry ; Henry H. Croft, D.C.L. F.L.S., Professor
of Chemistry and Experimental Pliilos<tphy at University College,
Fees.— The courHes in Physiology ; ^fateria Medica and Therai)eutic8 ; Medicine ; Practical
Anatomy; and Midwifery with diHeases of women and children, $12 each. Anatomy, descriptive
and Hiugical, $17 ; Medical Juri8])rudence, $8 ; Chemistry, Clinical Medicine and f 'linical Sur-
j,'ery, $t) each ; Botany, $'A to .?5 ; Surgery and Opththalmic Surgery, .Slf); Sanitary Science,
free ; Registration, $5 ; payable only once ; the third C^ourse in the school in any branch, free.
Fee for the full Summer course, comprising Surgery, Medicine, Diseases of tlie skin, Mid-
wifery. Materia Medica and Anatomy, $25.
'fwo gold and three silver medals are open to competition at the University of Toronto, in
addition to Scholarships.
TORONTO.
The Winter session continues for six months from 1st October.* The building
ci'ected for the Faculty is in. the immediate vicinity of the Toronto General Hospital,
where the Clinical instruction is given.
Students have also the advantage of attending the Burnside Lying-in-Hospital.
The names of the Faculty are given with Trinity College, p. 112.
'Lecture Fees. — The fee for Anatomy, Surgery, Practice of Medicine, Obstetrics, Materia
Medica, Physiology and Chemistry, $12 each ; Practical Anatomy and Practical Chemistry, $8
each ; Medical Jurisprudence, $7 ; Clinical Medicine and (-finical Surgery. $6 each ; Botany,
§.5 ; Registration fee, payable once only, $5 ? total, for the first full course, including registration,
§121 ; for the second, $112. i
The special course on Microscopic Anatomy, will be free to those students who desire to
attend it. Students are free in all the regiilar branches after having attended the School during
two full courses.
Hospital Fees. — The Toronto General Hospital, $10 for a perpetual ticket; the Lying-in-
Hospital, $5 for six months.
Examination i'Ves.— For the primary examination, $10 ; for the final examination, $14.
The University of Trinity (College, and the Medical Faculty each offer a gold and silver
medal for competition on graduation, in addition to Schola/«hips for the first and second years.
^oyal (ffjoMtfit at ^hyjoiittanjai and ^n^ton^*
KINGSTON.
V
This college was incorporated iu 1866, and affiliated to Queen's University.
Teaching Staff.— John R. Dickson, M.D., M.R.C.P.L., M.R.C.S.E., and F.l^.C.S.,
Edin., President, Professor of Clinical Surgery; Fife Fowler, M.D., L.R.C.S. , Edin.,
Registrar, Professor of ft^teria Medica ; Horatio Yates, M.D., Professor of the Princi-
ples and Practice of Meaicines and Lecturer on Clinical Medicine ; Michael Lavell,
M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children; Michael Sullivan,
M.D., Professor of Surgery and Surgical Anatomy; Octavius Yates, M.D., Professor of
the Institutes of Medicine and Sanitary Science; James Neish, M.D., Professor of
Botany ; Thomas R. Dupuis, M.D., Professor of Descriptive and Regional Anatomy ;
Nathan F. Dupuis, M.A., Professor of Chemistry and Practical Chemistry ; Alfred S.
Oliver, M.D., Trofessor of Medical Juriapriidence ; Herbert J. Saunders, M.D.,
M.R.C.S.E., Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Certificates of attendance of this College are recognised by the Royal Colleges of
Surgeons of London and Edinburgh.
Facilities are presented for the study of Practical Anatomy, and great advantages for
clinical instruction are afforded at the General Hospital and Hotel Dieu.
The session begins on the first Wednesday in October. Information may be obtained
on application to Dr. Fowler, Registrar.
3^he ©ntatia doWtp ot ^hamatjj.
President : B. Lyman ; Vice-President : Neil C. Love ; Secretary and Registrar :
George Hodgetts, Toronto.
124
I'KOVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Incorporfttod ISOfi (35 Vic. cap. 34). Examinutious first Tuesday in March.
The School of Dentistry, instituted by tliis Colleyo, is hold at 4(), Church street,
Toronto. President : C. S, Chittenden ; Secretary : J. B. Willniott, Toronto.
ih
piUtnry (iroUfflc,
KINGSTON.
This College is established by the Government of Canada, for the purpose of im-
parting,' a complete education in all branches of military tactics, fortification, engineer-
ing, and general scientific knowledge in subjects cimnected with and necessary to a
thorough knowledge of the military profession, and for qualifying officers for command
and for staff appointments.
The length of the course of instruction is four years. Admission to the College is
granted to successful candidates at an open competitive examination, the examiners
being appointed annually by the Governor in Council. Boards to supervise the ex-
amination of the candidates at the several military district head-quarters are also
appointed. The first examinations will be held, in pursuance of regulations, approved
26th October, 1875, at Victoria, B.C., Winnipeg, Man., London, Kingston, Toronto,
Brockville, Montreal, Quebec, Fredericton, Halifax and Charlottetown, at 10A.M.,.on
— February, 187(>. Candidates must be between the ages of 16 and 20, and the num-
ber to be admitted is limited to 22. Candidates must be British subjects, with a cer-
tain period of residence in Canada, single, and f>f satisfactory physique and character.
Applications must be sent to the Adjutant-General one month before the examina-
tions, of which due notice will be given from time to time.
In addition to the Preliminary examination, which is obligatory, a Further and
optional examination will be held.
The subjects of "
(1) Mathematics
Preliminary " examination will be as follows :
(a) Arithmetic, including vulgar and decimal fractions, simple and com-
pound ^)roportion, simple and compound interest, partnership, profit and loss, 500 marks ; (b) Al-
gebra, including simple etiuations, 500 marks ; (c) Geometry, first book of Euclid, 500 marks. (2)
(a) Grammar and writing English correctly, and in, a good legible hand from dictation, 500 marks ;
(6) Composition as tested by the power of writing an essay, precis or letter, .500 marks. (.3) Geo-
graphy, general and descriptive, .500 marks. (4) History, British and Canadian general, 500 marks.
(5) French ; grammar and translation from the language, 500 marks. (6) German ; grammar and
translation from the language, .500 marks. (7) Latin : grammar and simple translation from the
language, 500 marks. (8) Elements of freehand drawing, viz. : simple copies from the flat, 300
marks.
Ncjcandidate will be considered qualified for a cadetship, or be allowed to count marks in the
Fiuliher examination, unless he obtain a minimum of half the total number of marks in each of the
subjects :— I, (a, b, c, together), 2, (a and b, together), 3, 4 and 8, and a minimum of one-third
in each of the subjects, 5, 6 and 7. *
French and German to be considered as alternative subjects— in either, but in only one of
which, the candidate need be qualified.
The subjects of the " Further " examination will be as follows :
(1) Mathematics : (a) Algebra, up to and including simple and quadratic equations, 1000 marks;
(6) Geometry, up to and including third book of Euclid, 1000 marks : (c) Theory and use of com-
mon logarithms, plane trigonometry, mensuration, 1000 marks. (2) English literature : limited to
specified authors, the names of the authors being given beforehand, 1000 marks ; (a) The exami-
nation in February, 1876, to include the first seven chapters of Spalding's English Literature. (3)
Geography : Physical, p.articularly of the Dominion of Canada and United States, 1000 marks ; {a)
For the examination in February, 1876, Page's Introductory Book, and Colton's Outline of Physical
Geography. (4) History, British and Canadian, limited to certain fixed periods, the names of the
authors and the periods being , specified beforehand, 1000 marks; (a) For the examinations in
February, 187(), Collier's History of the British Empire, embracing the Tudor and Stuart periods,
and the first ten chapters of Hodgins' History of Canada. (5) French ; translation from English
into French, 1200 marks. (6) German : translation from English into German, 1200 marks. (7)
Latin : including the fifth book of Coesar's Commentaries, to end of 23rd chap. , and second book
of Virgil's iEueid, 1500 marks. (8) Drawing: copy from Hat, shaded, and simple object drawing,
1000 marks.
No optional subject, exce))t mathematics and drawing, shall gain a Cadet any marks, unless he
obtain a miiumum of one-third of the marks assigned to that subject.
The marks gained in the obligatoiy subjects will be added to those gained in the optional
subjects, to make a second total.
ilurcli.
]!hurch street,
oronti).
St'UOOL OF (iUNNEUY, KIN(iSTON.
125
urpose of im-
;ion, engineer-
leceasary to a
1 foi' command
the College is
the examiners
ervise the ex-
,rters are also
ions, approved
ston, Toronto,
at 10 A.M.,.on
I, and the num-
!ts, with a cer-
and character,
e the examina-
V Further and
imple and corn-
marks ; (b) Al-
, 500 marks. (2)
ition, 500 marks;
narks. (.3) Geo-
leral, 500 marks,
grammar and
islation from the
om the flat, 300
mt marks in the
is in each of the
mm of one-third
t in only one of
ms, 1000 marks;
bud use of com-
tiire : limited to
(a) The exami-
Literature. (3)
_000 marks ; (a)
line of Physical
he names of the
[xaminations in
Stuart periods,
_ from English
'00 marks. (7)
[nd second book
ibject drawing,
Larks, luiless he
in the optional
The resulting total will' determine the candidate's place in the conijK'titive lift the sticci'ssful
candidates being those who stand first on the list up to the niunber of vacancies competed for, if
otherwise ((ualined.
Cadets will be subject to the same rides and regulations as Her Majtmty's troops. Kacli cadet
must i>rovide himself withclothir.;^. uniforni, instruments, itc. He will be provided free of expense
with barrack furniture, board, washiuj^ and attendance. A cadet is required to pay in advance
.^200 for the first year, and .^150 each sidwequent year for uniform, ap|>aratuH, booiis, iS;c., but any
suri>lus will be carried to his credit. A cadet necessarily al)sent a whole term must pay #50 to
keep Ins name on the rolls. A travelling allowance of four cents per mile is iillowed to cadets
whose district head (piarters are more than .500 miles from the ColU'L'e.
Certain rewards are provided for cadets who sp»!cially distinguisn themselves.
Additional regulations, promulgated ISth December, 1S75, jirovide that the general officer
commanding the Militia shall be President of the ( 'ollege. An annual inspection by a Board of
Visitors will be made, and a report thereon made to the Minister of Militia. The powers of the
Conjmandant are defined, rules for the discipline of the establishment are laid clown, and tlie
following course of instruction is prescribed :
Course of Jnntriii'tioii,
1. The length of the course will be four years. If any cadet fail to come up to the required
standard at any two i>eriodical examinations, or be found unable to (pialify in his studies, or to
accjinre sufficient proficiency in military exercises, he will be removed. No extension of the above
l)eriod on account of absence from any cause excejjt illness will be granted. Cases of protracted
absence on account of illness will be sjjecially referred to the general officer commanding.
2. The following sid>jects will form the course of obligatory studifs : -
(1) Mathematics, including i)lane trigonometry, practical mechanics with ai)iilication of
matliematics to machinery ; (2) l'\)rtification, field and permanent geometrical drawing ; (3)
Artillery ; (4) Military drawing, reconnaisance, stirveyiug ; (■")) Military history, .administration,
law, strategy, and tactics ; (li) French or trerman, at the student's choice ; (7) Klementaiy chemistiy,
geology, &c. ; (8) Drawing, free hand, figure and landscajje ; (9) Drills and exercises Infantry,
artillery, engineer, riding, sword exercise, &c., gymnastics, swinnning ; (10) Discipline.
3. In additi<m to the obligatory course every cadet will be allowe<l at his oi)tion to take u])
certain voluntary subjects, viz. : —
(1) Higher" Mathematics ; (2) Higher Fin-tification ; (.3) Higher Chemistry, Physics; (4)
French or German (other than languages taken up in obligatory examination) ; (5) Architecture,
construction, estimating, &c. ; (ti) Hydraulic engineering, &c., &c.
4. No obligatory subject shall obtain a cadet any marks unless he obtain a minimum of one
half marks in it.
5. No cadet will be considered qualified unless he obtain at least one-half marks in the obli-
gatory course in Mathematics, Fortification, Artillerj', Military History, Administration, &c. , &c. ,
and one-half the total aggregated of the marks allotted to all the obligatory subjects.
6. No voluntary subject shall gain a cadet any marks unless he obtain a minimum of at least
one-third of the marks assigned to that portion of it in which he is examined. The marks gained
in the voluntary subjects will be added to those obtained in the obligatory subjects and to those
gained during the College ourse, the whole to make a second total, iu;cording to wliich the cadets
shall be finally i)laced.
7. The final examination will be conducted by examiners indei)eiident of the College.
School of (J>unnetiu ** ^ '' iattcvy,
K1NO.STON.
This school of practical and theoretical artillery science was established under the
system detailed in General Orders, October, 1871. As early as the summer of that
year, it became apparent that the withdrawal of the Imperial troops, liowever detri-
mental to the Infantry and Cavalry Sclu)ols, would strike a more fatal blow to the
continuance of those for the artillery service — tlie latter requiring very special instruc-
tion of a nature not capable, for the most part, of being imparted by instructors taken
from the militia.
It was therefore decided to establish two Schools of Gunnery, one at Quebec for that
Province ; the other at Kingston, for the Province of Ontario. These institutions
took the form of regular batteries of artillery, to which none are admitted for duty
or instruction, except duly enrolled officers and men, belonging to some battery of
artillery of the active militia. Wliilst attached to the Schools of Gunnery, all officers
and men are under the rules of military discipline, as prescribed in clause 64 of the
Mutiny Act ; and thus Artillery Schools, as real as corps of the Royal Artillery itself,
have been formed for garrison duty, as well as for the theoretical and practical in-
struction in artillery science. In addition to the provision thus made for the instruc-
WW
126
PK0V1N(JK OF ONTARIO.
tion of ofticers, Kunners, and drivura, tlio buttery is charged with tho care and protec-
tion of the forts, magazines and warlike stores in Ontario, handed ovur by tho [ini)erial
Government, Those schools are coiiimandud, and the instruction carried on in them by
properly qiiaiiHed otticera of the Royal Artillery, assisted by serjeant-instructors of the
same regiment, whose services are loaned by the lmi)erial to the Dominion (jovern-
inent.
InHtructiunal Staff,
Commandant. — Lieut.-Col. Do la Cherois T. Irwin, Capt. R. A.
Batterij OJflcerH. — Major H. Cotton, Captain Comiiumding ; Capt. J. Holmes, Adju-
tant and Quarter-master; Lieut. F. VVilson, Lieut J. I'eters.
Inatnictionul Staff', N. ('. Offiwrn. — Sergeant-major J. Mortimer, late U.A.; Staff-
sergeant W. Clarke, R. A.; Staff-sergeant E. Hramah, R. A.; Staff-sergeant E. Swaine,
late R. A.; assisted by qualified N. C. Officers of "A" Battery.
The periods uf odniiHHion to the (funnery Hchool, are for throe and twelve monthH, and a
limited number of otficers and men may be re-atlniitted for a further period, or enrolled in " A "
battery for three yeai-s, if it be found neceHwary to do so, in order to maintain a Hutticieut staflf and
imcleuri for carrying on the intttrtiction and duties.
Short Course, — GaiTiami Artillery. — Hq^uad drill ; rifle exercises ; c()in])any drill ; garrison and
siege gun drill ; mortar drill ; gyn drill ; shng waggon ; shifting ordnance ; knotting and lushing ;
gun practice ; making up ammunition ; regimental duties.
Field Artillery.— 'Ai{\\o.\\ drill; rifle exorcisua ; eonij)any drill ; field gun drill; riding and
driving drill ; field battery movenients ; harnessing and stable duties; disabled field ordnance, re
movaiof; sword exercise ; gun practice ; making ui> ammunition ; regimental duties.
In addition to the above, this course includes taking notes at lectmes on ammunition, gunnery,
and artillery material.
Lonij f oitrsc. — Officers attending this course are re(iuired to be able to instruct in all the above
drills and duties and in addition are instructed in the following, viz. :—
Field artillery movements and positions ; artillery material and stores ; examination and
sighting ordnance ; sheer drill ; fortification ; mensuration and range finding ; military drawing
and surveying ; interior economy ; regimental duty ; charge of armament of fortress ; (Queen's
and Militia regulations, and Articles of War ; practice of t'ourts Martial.
Jixu in illations. —These are held whenever refpiired V)y candidates at the concluHion of their
short or long courses. First or second long or short course certificates are granted to successful
candidates. The examinations are both written and viia voce.
Officers and men receive the ordinary regimental pay and allowances when belonging to
"A" battery. Those attending for a short course receive, oflicers .SI ner diem ; N. 0. officers and
men .50 cents, and allowances ; the pay of officers is not increased when attending for a longei
period.
TORONTO.
This College was established in 1862, and ia in connection with the Council of the
Agricultural and Arts Asscjciation of Ontario. Students are required to attend ivfo
sessions, and receive a diploma on pas.sing the ttnal examination. They are also eligi-
ble for the diploma of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons.
129 persons have received the diploma.
Professors. — Prof. Smith, V.S. , Edin., Principal, Anatomy and Diseases of Fann
Animals; J. Thorburn, M.D., Edin., Veterinary Materia Medica ; M. Barrett, M.D.,
Animal Physiidogy ; Prof. Smith, V.S. , and Assistants, Clinical Instructors ; H. H.
Croft, D.C.L., University College, Chemistry ; Geo. Puckland, the History, Breeding
and Management of Domesticated Animals ; E. A. Grange, V.S., Assistant Demon-
strator of Anatomy.
Fees. — $50 per session, but $25 only if for a third session.
This Association was organized in 1874, and has for its objects the mutual improve-
ment of its members in t'- -se branches of knowledge specially pertaining to their pro-
fession, and the advancement of the position and interests of the veterinary profession
generally.
ro and pnttec-
y the [iiiperial
im in theui by
bructors of the
inioii (iovern-
lolmes, Adju-
) H.A.; Staff-
tnt E. Swaine,
a monthit, and »
nrolled in " A "
tticieut Htuff and
11 ; garritton and
ing and luHhing ;
ill ; riding and
lid oidnanco, re
ticH.
inition, gunnery,
b in all the above
xamination and
lilitary drawing
urtreHH ; (Queen's
nclusion of their
ted to Huccesafid
"b'
belonging to
('. otticern and
; for a longei
SCirOOI.S OF HCIKNCK AND AUUICUI.Tl'UE.
louncil of the
]o attend two
lare also eligi-
lises of Farm
irrett, M.D.,
Itors ; H. H.
ry, Breeding
lant Deniun-
lal improve-
> their pro-
profession
127
J'n:iident—Vrof. Andrew Sinitli, V.S., Principal of the Ontario Veterinary Colloue •
■ " •' ' " '" '■ -' *'^ ^* •Vict " '
yice-l'iesUlent—E. T. lijigyanl, V.S. ; Secoml yice'Preai<leht~-J. VViUon, V S. ; Tien-
mrei " " "" '' '' " " " ' - — "•
V.H.
V.S.
'«!r— W. Cowan, V.S. ; Sicirtut ij—V,. H. Sweotapplo, \'.8. ; Directum— C. Elliott
H. ; J. T. Duncan, V.S. ; U. Robinson, V.S ; A. O. F. Uolenmn, V.H. ; J. \iuin\,
a. i T. Lloyd, V.S.; E. A. A. (JranKo, V.S. ; J. 8. Caisar, V.S.
School of f tHrtlcttl J*rifnrf,
TOUONTO.
The Ontario Legislature, in 1873 (36 Vic, cap. 30), instituted this Schfxd "for
-*vuction in mining, engineering, and the mechanical and manufacturing arts," and
lecfed with it a unisenm of geology, mineralogy, Jicc.
Tho building was purchased in 187*2, from the Toronto Mechanics' Institute, and
classes in mechanical and architectural drawing, natural philosophy and chemistry,
were opened (ith May, 1872. Tho school is under tho control of the Government,,
which api)oint8 the staff. i
tHaHMes in drawing are instructed by W. Armstrong, C^E., Tuesday and Thurhday eveningB,
viz. :"-(l) Linear drawing, use of HcaleH, &c. ; (2) (.'ountruction drawnig, engineering; (;j) iJo,*
architectural; (4) Do (and liniHhing), mechanical; (6) Freeh.ind, onuinuntal and tlesign. Mr!
Annstrong also iuHtructH in object drawing and elements of perspective, and how to teacit the
same, on MondayH.
Lectures on elementary cheniistry, fullv illustrated, are^iven by Dr. Ellis, on Monday and
Friday evenings. Lectures on geology, and on some branch of physics, are given by Professor
Loudon. The adndssion to all the above is free. On WeduCTilay evenings practical instruction
is given in chemical manipulation and qualitative analysis. This course occupies thirty lessons,
and tlie fee is $10, for use of apparatus, an allowance being made if it is returned. Examinations
are held, and certificates awarded to proficient students. ^
A highly interesting museum and lil)rary are in course of formation.
* (Thr (»)ntJi«o J^rUool of ^flviruUurc,
UUEU'H.
This Institution was opened in May, 1874, with accomm(< lation for about thirty
pupils. " The objects of the institution shall bo : — First, to give a thorough masteiy
of the practice and theory oi husbandry to yoimig men of the Province enguced in
agricultural and horticultural pursuits, or intending to engage in such ; and, second
to conduct experiments tending to the solution of questions of material interest to
the agriculturists of the Province, and publish the results from time to time." The
farm consists of 550 acres.
Applicants for a<l mission must produce certificates as to moral character ; health; assent of
parents, and intention to engage in agriculture.
Candidates are roiiuired to be proficient in reading, writing, spelling, analysis and jjarsing of
any ordinary English author ; familiar and business correspondence ; arithmetic, through cube
root ; outlines of General, English and i'anadian history ; outlines of General and Canadian geo-
graphy.
The regular course is one of two years, but a single year's course may be taken by those who
can pi'oduce evidence of having assisted in farm operations for at least two summers.
Instruction is given in agriculture ; horticulture ; natural sciences, including chemistry •
animal anatomy and physiology, with veterinary surgeiy and practice ; English and mathematics.'
The pupils are daily distributed alternately to each of the following four departments : -
1. The live stock de[)artment ; 2, the field department ; ',i, the horticultural department • 4
the mechanical department. They will be taught the manner of performing the various opera-
tions in each department by the instructor or his assistants.
Students are required to reside in tho building, to attend the daily prayers (unless
the parent objects), work and lectures, and on Sundays to attend their respective
churches.
Daily Routine. — The morning bell at 5.30a.m.; prayers at 6 a.m.; breakfast at (}.30
a.m. ; farm at 7 a.m.; sciioolat 9 a.m. ; farm at 12 noon ; dinner at 12.30 p.m.; farm and
school at 1.30 p.m. ; farm and school at 4.30 p.m. ; tea at 5 p.m.; school at 7.30 p.m.-
prayers at 9 p.m. ; lights out and doors closed at 9.30 p.m.
128
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
No stiidwnt whose work does not at least pay for his tuition, board and washing, or
who fails to pass the requisite examinations, \n\l be allowed to remain at the Insti-
tution.
Hon'yrary Council. — Hon. David Christie, Hon. George Brown, Hon. Archibald
McKellar, Professor Buckland, James Young, M.P.; Delos W. Beadle, James Laidlaw .
IStaff of Irtstruetion. — *\V3lliain Brown, Lecturer on Agriculture; William Johnston,
B.A., Rector, Interim Lecturer on Natural Sciences except Chemistry; George Baptie,
M.A., M.B., Interim I^ecturer on Chemistry; E. A. A. Grange, V. S., Interim Lecturer
on Veterinary Surgery and Practice ; Rev. Robert Burnet, Interim Lecturer on
Agriculture ; James Stirton, Instructor in Live Stock Department ; James McNair,
Instructor in Field Department ; John F. Barron, Instructor in Horticultural Depart-
ment ; James Mackintosh, Instructor in Mechanical Department.
Winter term begins about 1st October, and summer term about 15th April. Each
is followed by an examination and vacation.
Fees.— For tuition, board aud washing, |2 per week. The students are allowed ten cents an
hour for farm work duly performed, and the diligent pupil will more than pay his fees by his work.
^ammwial (tMt^t^ and ^tlxooU,
These schools, of which there are a considerable number in the cities and towns, are
specially intended to prepare young men for business. They are entirely private enter-
prises. The usual course of study comprises spelling, arithmetic, book-keeping in all
departments, penmanship; business correspondence and transactions, with practical
illustrations ; telegraphy, phonography, and some lectures on Commercial Law.
Those of which any account has been received are the following ; —
BiuTisH American Commercial Colleoe, Toronto. — This school has been in opera-
tion fourteen years.
Principal, J . D. Odell ; Secretary, Edward Trout : Teachers, Connor O'Dea, W. H,
Dennis, and Richard Lewis. Messrs. George Hague, Robert Wilkes, M.P., and H. E.
Caston give lectures on Banking, Business and Commercial Law.
Hours 9 a. ni. to 12 ; 1.30 p. m. to 4 ; and in winter from 7 to 9 p.m.
Fee for course, $40 ; time unlimited, $75.
J. E. Day's Commerciai College, Tohonxo.— Established 1864.
Fees.—Premratorii class, S30 for three months, .^.TO for 6 months ; Business course, $45 for
3 months, !3()0 for G months. Time unlimited, $75. Hours, 9 a. m. to 12 ; 2 to 4 p.m. Evening
sessions in winter.
London Commercial College. — Established April, 1862. Manager: George A.
Swayze ; Assistant Teachers ; N. Stillwdli, Samuel Edgar ; Messrs. W. E. Moncrieff
and Thos. Purdon, Lecturers on English Literature and Commercial Law.
Fees.--Whole course, time unlimited, $35 ; ladies, $30 ; books, &c., $10. Three months tui-
tion, $30 ; telegraph time unlimited, $20 ; phonography, $15 ; English branches, $12.
Douglas' Commercial Institute, Orillia, — Established in September, 1871. The
junior Classics are taught as well as the commercial branches. Residents of the town
oflfer medals and prizes at the annual examinations.
Fees. — $8 and $10 por term of eleven weeks.
RocKWOOD Academy. — This school was founded in 1850. It hat an attendance of
from 40 to 70, and three teachers. The pupils are principally teacliers and adult com-
mercial students. The object is to provide for young men a practical education, with
a well-regulated and comfortable home, at small expense. In addition to the com-
» Pending the appointment of a Principal, Mr. Janios Laidlaw, Warden Co. Wellington, acts as Farm Super-
intendent, and Mr. Jolinston as Principal of the School.
id washing, or
n at the 1 nati-
on. Archibald
^ames Laidlaw .
liam Johnston,
leorge Baptie,
terim Lecturer
n Lecturer on
rames McNair,
iltural Depart-
i April. Each
wed ten cents an
'ees by his work.
and towns, are
T private enter-
L-keeping in all
with pvactical
lal Law.
a been in opera-
O'Dea, W. H.
.P.,andH. E.
SCIENCE AND ART.
129
course, $45 for
p.m. Evening
\r : George A.
E. Moncrieff
ree months tui-
Ir, 1871. The
Is of the town
ptendance of
Id adult com-
ication, with
I to the com-
I as Farm Supcr-
mercial and English courses, students are prepared for the University Matriculation
with honors. Principal, A. McMillan ; Associate, W. J. Ferguson,
Fees. —Per quarter of eleven weeks : Board, with English tuition, $.34 ; Languages, each, ^0 ;
Music, $5 ; use of piano, $1 ; reading room, 50 cents ; incidentals, $1.
TORONTO.
The Canadian Institute origijiated in 1849, among some members of the engineerincr
and surveying professions. In 1851 it was given a more general character ; and on tlie
4th of November of that year, a Royal Charter was obtained, defining the objects of
the Institute to be : The promotion of the Physical Sciences ; the encourage-
ment and advancement of the Industrial Arts and Manufactures ; the formation
of a Provincial Museum, and the acquisition and dissemination of knowledge con-
nected with the surveying, engineering and architectural professions- In 1855 an
amalgamation took place with the "Toronto Athenjeum," a society which had been
incorporated in 1848, for the formation of a public library and museum, and other
literary purposes.
More recentlj a section has been formed for discussions and investigations relating
specially to the Science of Medicine.
The meetings of the Institute are Iield on every Saturday evening (except during
the holidays) between the 1st December and the Ist April of each year. The trans-
actions are published in the Cai\adian Journal.
President of the Institute and General Editor, Rev. H. Scadding, D.D. ; the other
members of the editing committee are Dr. Chapman, Dr. Croft, E. T. Kingston. M.A.,
J. B. Cherriman, M.A. ; Dr. Wilson ; Secretaries, G. Murray, James Loudon, M.A.;
London Agent, Edward Allen, 12 Tavistock Street, Covent Garden.
TORONTO.
The objects of the Society are the encouragement and fostering of original Art in the
country and the promotion of the interests of the members by mutual help and co-
operation.
Also, and as ameans to the foregoing ends, the holding of annual Exhibitions, an Art
Union in connection with them, and, whenever practicable, the establishment of a Na-
tional Gallery and School of Art.
Hon. President, W. H, Rowland ; Vice-President, L. R. O'Brien j Secretary, M.
Matthews ; Treasurer, C. S. Gzowski.
The members are professional artists, and pay an annual fee of $10. The president and
treasurer may be appointed from non-members. The annual meeting and the annual exhibition
take place in May. The Art Union subscription is $5.
This Society publishes a monthly illustrated organ, entitled The Entomologist, of
which six volumes are complete ; it disseminates a vast amount of practical, as well
as scientific knowledge relating to Entomology. President, Rev. C. J. S. Bethune,
M. A. ; Vice-President, R. V. Rogers ; Secretary-Treasurer, J. H. McMechan ; Editor,
W. Saunders ; Council, E. Baynes Reed, W. Saunders, Rev. G. M. Innes, J. M.
Denton and E. J. Bowles.
The <;hief function of this body is the holding of an Annual Exhibition, and offering
prizes for oorapetition among exhibitors.
I .
130
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
Members of the Council, 1875. — Presidtnt, Arch. McNabb ; Vice-President, Ira
Morgan ; Treasurer, Geo. Graham ; Andrew Wilson, J. B. Aylsworth, Samuel Wilmot,
ThoB. Stock, J. C. Rykert, Hon. David Christie, Robt. Gibbons, Lionel E. Shipley,
Stephen White. Ex-officio Members. — Hon. S. C. Wood, Jas. Young, M.P., Rev. R.
Burnet, Hamilton ; George Buck.and, Rev. Dr. Ryerson, Rev. C. J. S. Bethune, and
K. Graham. Secretary, H. C. Thomson ; Consulting Chemist, Professor Croft ; Veter-
inary Surgeon and Referee, A. Smith ; Seed,sm<in, Jas. Fleming ; Bankers, Bank of
Commerce ; General Superintendent of the Exhibition, Henry Anderson.
The Act 31 Vic. , cap. 29, provided that any number of Mechanics' Institutes might
form themselves into a Mechanics' Institute Association, and any Institute incorporated
and having provided a library or evening classes shall receive $200 from the Province,
on condition of raising an equal amount, and of sending an annual report to the
Commissioner of Agriculture, five per cent of the government grant having also been
paid to the treasurer of the Mechanics' Institute Association.
The Act 34 Vic, cap. 23, increased the grant to $400, the local minimum contribu-
tion remaining at $200. The Act prescribes that the library must comprise books of
science and art.
The Act 35 Vic. , cap. 32, provides that the grant shall be conditional on the county
School Inspector having reported that on inspection he has found the law to have been
duly complied with.
The Association offers prizes ($10, $6 and $4) for competition among those attending
;,he evening classes at any institute (not being members of any university, teachers,
or members of a learned profession).
The subjects of the classes are : — 1 . English Grammar and Composition ; 2. Arith-
metic, Geometry and Mensuration ; 3. Penmanship and Book-keeping ; 4. Principles
of, and Practical Mechanics ; 5. Chemistry ; 6. Geometrical and Decorative Drawing ;
7. Free-hand Drawing, &o., Sk.
The examinations are completed the first week in May.
The last Report shows that 15 institutes held classes, the average attendance
amounting to 772.
Ontabio Mechanics' Institute Association. — President, James Young, M.P.,
Gait ; Vice-President, David McCrae, Gnelph ; Secretary and Treasurer, W. Edwards,
Toronto ; Executive Committee, Otto Klotz, Preston ; Peter Begg, Brighton ; John
Fensom, Toronto ; Erastus Jackson, Newmarket.
Patron, His Excellency the Governor-General ; President, John Thorburn, M.A. ;
1st Vice-President, E. A. Meredith, LL.D. ; 2^id Vice-President, W. D. LeSueur,
B.A. ; Secretary, H. P. Hill, M.A. ; Treasurer, J. G. Whyte ; Librarian, George
Cochvan, B.A. ; Curator, Thomas Hector; Members of Council, Thos. Kirby, F. H.
Chrysler, E. A. Ackroyd ; Custodian, John Jackson.
^U <!)utari0 ^leiieia^ation Ut the iltlv»tttm^t of MmAiioti.
An association of public school teachers, and another of high school masters, held
separate annual meetings for some years during the summer vacation, to dipouss mat-
ters relative to their profession. In 1872, these two bodies united under the above
designation.
The objects of the association are : —
Ist. To advance the interests of education, by encouraging the formation of local
associations throughout the country, and aff'ording them the means of co'nparing their
views on the various subjects connected with the interests of practical ' ducation, and
of the profession ; and of giving expression to such views and conclusio is as they may,
in general convention, agree upon.
2nd. To suggest to the Council of Public Instruction, and press upon the attention
President, Ira
binuel Wilmot,
el E. Shipley,
VI. P., Rev. R.
Bethune, and
Croft; Veter-
kers, Bank of
EDUCATIONAL MUSEUM — SPECIAL SCHOOLS.
131
stitutes might
e incorporated
the Province,
report to the
vring also been
niim contribu-
prise books of
on the county
V to have been
hose attending
'sity, teachers,
ion ; 2. Arith-
; 4. Principles
ktive Drawing ;
ge attendance
young, M.P.,
W. Edwards,
ghton ; John
burn, M.A. ;
D. LeSueur,
irian, George
Kirby, F. H.
powu
Imasters, held
dipouss mat-
ier ihe above
yion of local
iparing their
lucation, and
las they may,
Ithe attention
of the Legislature, such improvements or modifications in the School Law, as from
experience may appear to teachers expedient or necessary.
All personn engaged in any department of education are eligible for membership. The annual
Fp3 i8$l, and for members of branch associations, 50c. The association is divided into three
sections: 1. Teachers in high schools ; 2. Inspectors; 3. Public school teachers. A section may
meet and discuss separately the matters falling within its prodnce, but final action thereon is only
to be taken by the association.
Officers for 1875-6. — President, Rev. Egerton Ryerson, D.D. ; Vice-Presidents,
Robert McQueen, James Hughes, John Seath, M.A. ; Secrroaries, Archibald McMurchy|
M.A. ; Thomas Kirkland, M.A. ; Treasurer, Samuel McAllister.
IN CONNECTION WITH THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
The legislature votes annually from $2,500 to ^3,500 for works of art, models, histo-
rical and other books for this collection, which was commenced in 1850.
The Museum contains a large selection of objects of art, models, &c. , viz. :
Antique and Modern Statues and Busts ; Assyrian Slabs in Relief ; Winged Bull
&c. ; Egyptian Statues, Busts, &c. ; Architectural Models ; a fine series of casts from
Gems and Medals, and of Ancient and Mediaeval Ivory Carving ; Rogers' American
Groups. Paintings : Italian, Flemish, Dutch, German, French, and Spanish Schools.
Engravings, etc. : Lithographs, Chromo-Lithographs, Photographs. Works Illustrating
the History of Art, etc. : Illustrations of Mediaeval History, Figures in Armour, Wea-
pons, &c. ; Maps and Plans in Relief ; Specimens of Natural History ; Geological
Specimens ; Models of Agricultural Implements ; Philosophical Models and School
Apparatus ; Photographic Copjes of Porcelain and Rock Crystal Ware, Decorative
Plate, Bronzes, &c., &c. ; Collections of (I) Insects injurious to vegetation (grain,
timber, &c.,) with specimens of both ; (2), of Insects useful in medicine, with speci-
mens, &c. ; (3), Canadian Insect architecture, &c.
Revolving stands in the several rooms are filled with various illustrations, and the
sculpture casts in the Assyrian rooms are fully coloured after the style shown in the
large published volumes of Austin Layard. The^-e are in the Library many hundreds
of books and pamphlets, illustrative of Canadian history; also an extensive collec-
tion of school fittings and apparatus, including models illustrative of natural history
and natural philosophy — comprising mechanics, hydraulics, hydrostatics, steam, elec-
tricity, etc.
In addition to the societies named above, the students of the several Colleges have
their Literary and other Associations.
f t>wlal J^thautisi.
Wm (^tttavio InieitUution fov the (S^auration of Xb.t ^tini),
BRANTFORD.
The Act (36 Victoria, cap. 32, Ontario,) respecting the Ontario Institutions for the
3eaf and Dumb, and for the Blind, provides that their purpose is to educate and
impart instruction in some manual art to persons so afflicted, and who are residents of
the Province. None can be admitted except for that purpose ; nor, if over the age of
twenty-one, without the assent of the Inspector, and the continued maintenance of any
lerson admitted is at the discretion of the Inspector, subject to the approval of the
"Provincial Secretary. Officers are appointed by Government. The Inspector makes
rules and by-laws, subject to approval by Government.
he
w
132
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
The object of this Institution is the instruction of blind persons of sound intellect
in the ordinary branches of an English education^ in vocal and instrumental music,
and in such mechanical arts as are within the reach of the blind. A few over-age
pupils are admitted, but their continuance over a single session is strictly determined
by their aptitude for instruction. Admission is, under no circumstances, awarded to
the aged, the infirm, or to imbeciles. The institution is visited daily by the [nstitu-
tion physician, and periodically by a leading oculist. Though the pupils are specially
treated for ophthalmi ; affections, their general health must be such as to prevent any
long-continued interi aption of their stxidies.
In 1854 an appropriation of ^0,000 was set apart by the Parliament of the two
united Canadian Provinces for the erection of buildings to educate conjointly deaf
mutes and the blind. Much confusion of ideas appears to have prevailed as to the
pr«>per functions of such establishments, and the Act not only provided for the com-
bination of the two entirely distinct forms of instruction, but limited the choice of
Principal to the medical profession.
In the meantime the education of these classes was, in spite of many formidable
difficulties, pursued at Hamilton by Mr. J. B. McGaim.
In May, 1871, the Ontario Institution for the Blind commenced operations, with an
attendance of only eleven pupils. The site selected for the Institution was an elevated
plateau, a little to the north-west of Brantford. The building is designed in the
Tudor style, and presents an imposing appearance. The growth of the Institution
has recently been so rapid that it now ranks among the foremost in America. The
number of applications for admission or re-adniission, the present (5th) session, exceeded
140.
The establishment is administered by the Principal, who is the chief executive
officer, and whose administration is subject to such rules and by-laws as may be made
by the Government Inspector, and be approved by the Lieutenant-Governor in
Council.
Officers. — Principal, J. Howard Hunter, M.A. ; Bursar, W. N. Hossie ; Physi-
cian and Surgeon, W. C. Corson, M.A. ; Oculist, A. M. Rosebrugh, M.D. ; Teachers,
J. M. Brownj Miss M. D. Tyrrell (late of New York State Institution for the Blind),
Miss Margaret Scott, Miss Isabella Alexander ; Musical Instructor, Prof. B. F.
Cheesbro ; Trades Instructor, Thos. Truss ; Engineer, John Marter ; Gardener, David
Stickley.
Oaurse of Instruction. .- The course of instruction comprises the reading of literature in the
various tangible alphabets, especially the ordinary raised letters, the Moon type, and the Wait
system of point print ; the use of various writing cards and boards ; the study of geography, by
means of relief and dissected maps ; arithmetic in all its ordinary applications ; English literature;
English grammar and composition history ; music, vocal and instrumental ; beadwork, knitting,
netting, sewing (hand and machine), crocheting ; manufacture of willow-work and cane chairs.
In all of the above branches new appliances to facilitate instruction have been devised within
the Ontario Institution, and have been manufactured expressly for the use of its pupils.
The full course of study for junior pupils is designed to occupy the period of seven years.
Examinations are held periodically, and prizes awarded.
Fees. — To pupils able to pay, a nominal fee for board ($50 per session of ten months) is charged;
but those certified as unable to pay are admitted gratuitously. No fee is in any case charged for
tuition. The Institution is maintained exclusively at the expense of the provincial treasury, into
which the small amount accruing from fees is directly paid, thus constituting no portion of the
.Institution revenue. For admission, application is to be made to th^ Principal.
%ht (^ntavia iujeitituti0n fox iht Mntaiion ot iht gtnf mA §umK
BELLEVILIE.
This establishment was provided for the education of all deaf mutes of both sexes,
between the ages of seven and twenty. No pupil can remain after the age of twenty
one, unless under special circumstances ; discretionary power in this respect to be
vested in the Inspector and Principal. The period of education and instruction is not
to exceed seven years, except by special arrangement.
The Institution was formally opened on the 20th October, 1870, for the reception
of pupils, in the presence of His Honor the Lieut. -Governor, and several members of
the Government. The number of pupils in attendance has been as follows :— lat term,
70 ; 2nd term, 124 ; 3rd term, 148 ; 4th term, 201 ; oth term, 210. , ..
SEPARATE SCHOOLS.
133
)und intellect
mental music,
few over-age
ly determined
1, awarded to
? the (nstitu-
3 are specially
I prevent any
nt of the two
mjointly deaf
iled as to the
for the com-
the choice of
ly formidable
ttions, with an
ras an elevated
isigned in the
he Institution
A.merica. The
jsion, exceeded
;hief executive
s may be made
,t-Governor in
Bossie ; Physi-
[.D. ; Teachers,
For the Blind),
•, Prof. B. F.
ardener, David
literature in the
e, and the Wait
•f geography, by
nglish literature;
dwork, knitting,
1 cane chairs,
n devised within
pupils,
seven years.
inths) is charged;
lase charged for
al treasury, uito
portion of the
§ttWlft
both sexes,
m of twenty-
[respect to be
Ibruction is not
jthe reception
tl members of
Fs :— Ist terra,
Frincipal, W. J, Palmer, M.A", Ph.D. ; Teachers, D. R. Coleman, M.A., J. B.
McGann, J. T. Watson, S. T. Greene, B.A., P. Denys, Mrs. J. G. Terrill, Miss
Mary Johnson ; Assistant Teachers, R. J. Wallbridge, D. J. McKillop, Miss A. Symes i
Teacher of Articulation, J. T. Watson ; Teacher of Draunng, George Ackermann ;
Physician, W. Hope, M.D. ; Bursar, A. Christie ; Matron, Mrs. M. A. Keegan ; House-
keeper, Mrs. S. Foxley ; Fanner, P. F. Canniff ; Engineer, J. Middlemass ; Master
Carpenter, H. Creber ; Master Shoemaker, J . Flowers ; Supervisoi- of Boys, A . W.
Mason.
Course of Study. — The uaual English education, viz,:— History, Scriptural and general, geo-
graphy, arithmetic, writing, &c. , articulation, drawing. The boiis learn the following trades . -
Carpentering, cabinet -making and shoemaking, besides working on the farm and in the garden.
The girls are taught Sewing, knitting, fancy work and general cfotaestic work.
Examinations. — The examinations take place at Easter and the latter part of September, for
classification.
Terms of Admission. — Parents or guardians unable to pay 850 per session for the Iward of
pupils must apply for a certificate, and have it signed by the reeve or mayor of the municipality
in which they reside, which will enable the pupil to be educated freely. Indigent orphans are
clothed, boarded and educated freely. Pupils from other provinces pay $125 per annum for
board and education. Vacations commence on the last Wednesday in June, and end on the first
Wednesday in September. The necessary forms and certificates, together with all information, to
be had of Dr. Palmer, Principal, on application at the Institution.
m
' ' SAULT STE. MARIE.
This Institution was established for the civilization, education and Christian train-
ing of Indian children. In 1871, Chief " Little Pine," accompanied by the Rev. E.
F. Wilson, visited several towns, to arouse an interest in the education of the children
of his people. Another Chief accompanied Mr. Wilson to England, where £800 was
obtained for the object in view. In 1873 an Industrial Home was built at Garden
River, with accommodation for forty pupils, and opened 22nd September. A week
after, it was burnt to the ground. A ftmd for rebuilding was immediately commenced,
and £350 was subscribed in England in two weeks, and afterwards increased to £1,600.
Added to the Canadian contributions, a sura of $12,000 was received, of which $7,600
has been expended in the new buildings at Sault Ste. Marie, including infirmary, &c. ,
and the remainder in purchasing land, furniture, farm stock, «&c.
Plan of Work. — The managing staff consists of the Rev. E. F. Wilson, Principal and Chap-
lain ; a matron, who, besides her general duties, teaches the girls sewing ; a schoolmaster, with
the assistance of native pupil teachers, has control of the educational department ; a farm mau
carpenter and laundress. Indian children of ten or twelve years of age are received as pupils. N >
servants are kept, but the children are taught to engage in every branch of house work ; and be-
sides receiving a good common education, learn various trades, so as to become in every way
fitted, as far as possible, for a useful Ife. A few young people, both male and female, who have
already had the advantage of a little education in more civilized parts, will be admitted with a
new of fitting them to become teachers, and labour among their people, and it is hoped that some
of the young men may even be eventually admitted into Holy Orders.
il/cans o/iSiM/)/)or^- The Home is mainly supported by voluntary contributions. The Cana-
dian Government undertakes the support of a limited number both of children and aged people.
The greater number of the children 8,re maintained by the different Church of England Sunday
Schools throughout Canada. The cost of a child is 875 jjer annum for board and clothing ; but,
if clothing be supplied, $50 will suffice. The cost of a young person preparing for a teacher is
$100 per annum, and of an aged person $75 per annum. The assisting Sunday Schools usually
provide for one pupil each, remitting the subscription periodically, and a box of clothing once a
year.
The Roman Catholic Schools have been noticed on pages 2, 4, 6, 9. The following
is a digest of the law (1863) relating to them (26 Vic, cap. 5).
The Law respecting Protestant and Coloured Separate Schools is contained in the
U. C. Con. Stats., 22 Vic, cap. 65, and in 32 Vic. , cap. 44, sec 9. It is rarely put into
effect.
134
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
UIOSHT or THB KOMAN CATIIOLIU SHPAKATE 8UU00L AOT.
1. 28. The previoiiB Act is repealed, but the existing engagements are continued.
2. Five Roman Catholic heads of families, being freeholders or householders, resident
in a section, or in a ward of a city or town, may call a meeting.
3. A majority of the Roman Catholic freeholders or householders, not themselves
candidates, may elect three trustees, being British subjects, 21 years of age,
resident in such section or in one adjoining.
4. Notice of the facts shall be given to the reeve or to the chairman of the public
school board, who shall endorse thereon the date of receipt, whereupon sucli
tnistees shall be a body corporate.
6. The trustees of all the wards in a city or town shall form one board.
6. Unions of sections may be formed at meetings held in both sections. Notice shall
be given to the municipal clerk and Chief Superintendent, and thereafter theue
shall be three trustees.
7—11. The trustees have the same power in collecting rates, &c. , from their supporters,
as have public school trustees — and shall be allowed to copy the assessment roll ;
they shall make the same declaration, shall be similarly elected, for the same
time, and be, with their teachers, under the same obligations and penalties,
as in public schools.
12. The trustees may allow Roman Catholic children from other sections to attend, but
only Roman Catholics shall be returned as attending.
13. The teachers shall be examined and certificated as are piiblic school teachers, but
any teachers qualified in Quebec may be employed. *
14. 19. Any ratepayer residing within three miles from the separate school, who gives
notice to the municipal clerk by the 1st of March, that he is a Roman Catholic,
and a supporter of a separate school, in that or a contiguous municipality, shall
be exempt for the year from public school rates, in the section where lie resides. The
trustees shall annually by the Ist of June, give the clerk the list of their sup-
porters, and any not included therein shall be liable for public school rates.
16, 16. The clerk shall give a receipt for such notice. Any person giving a fraudulent
notice may be sued by the municipality before a justice of the peace for^
penalty.
)7. None, however, are exempt from rates imposed before the establishment of the
separate school.
18. A Roman Catholic may withdraw his support, by giving notice to the municipal
clerk before the 2nd Wednesday in January, but he shall not be exempt from
separate school rates imposed before such withdrawal.
20, 21. Separate schools shall share in provincial or municipal public school grants,
investments, «&c , according to average attendance, but shall not share in muni-
cipal school assessments.
22. The trustees shall make a semi annual return to the Chief Superintendent, where-
upon he shall apportion the legislative grant.
23. Separate schools have the same visitors as public schools (p. 23), except the
Protestant clergy.
24. Trustee elections are void, unless a school be established within three months
therefrom.
25. No separate school supporter may vote at a public school election.
26. The separate schools are subject to the regulations of the Council, and to such
inspection as shall be directed by the Chief Superintendent.
27. Disputes between the trustees and the inspectors or municipal authorities, shall
be referred to the Chief Superintendent, subject to an appeal to the Governor,
whose award shall be final.
She ajvphaw Itumtisi— indujeittial j^fchooliei.
Until the School Act of 1871, no authorization was given by the Legislature to the
school boards to provide industrial schools for neglected children. Benevolent efforts
of individuals and societies had done much, with some municipal aid, to supply this
want in cities, and the Boys' and Girls' Homes, and Protestant Orphans' Homefin To-
ronto have cared for, educated and apprenticed very many of such children.
I continued,
elders, resideitt
not themselves
L years of age,
I of the public
hereupon sucli
I.
I. Notice shall
hereafter theoe
leir supporters,
ssessment roll ;
d, for the same
and penalties,
s to attend, but
)1 teachers, but
iool, who gives
Oman Catholic,
licipality, shall
lie resides. The
st of their sup-
hool rates,
ng a fraudulent
e peace for ^
ishment of the
the municipal
e exempt from
school grants,
share in muni-
sndent, where-
J), except the
three months
1, and to such
horitiea, shall
nthe Governor,
ilature to the
Ivolent efforts
lo supply this
jHomelin To-
sn.
INDUSTRIAL AND REFORMATORY SCHOOLS.
13{V
The House of Providence, in which one of the city separate schools is held, has for
years been doing the same good work ; which is also done in other towns.
These agencies, however, have been found insufficient, and in 1874, an Act was
passed which extended the powers given to school trustees in 1871. A digest of this
Act is subjoined.
THE INDUSTRIAL SCHOOLS ACT, 1874 (37 "Vic Cap. 29). — DIUBHT.
1.
2.
5, 6.
8.
An industrial school is defined as a school where children are lodged, clothed and
fed, and receive an industrial training.
The public or separate school board in any 6ity, may provide and fit up a building,
and if the Chief Superintendent, on the report of the Inspector, certify his ap-
proval of the arrangements, the school shall be deemed an industrial school, and
notice thereof shall be given to the police magistrate, and gazetted.
Any person may bring before the magistrate a child apparently under the age of
14, (1) found begging ; (2) or vagrant ; (3) or a destitute orphan, or the child
of a person in prison ; (4) or whose parent represents to the magistrate that the
•hild is uncontrollable, and wishes him so sent ; (5) or who, by parental neglect
or vice, is without due control and education^ or exposed to an evil life.
The magistrate may order the child to be sent to such a school up to the age of
16, and the said school boards may receive and provide for such child.
If a Roman Catholic school be established, the children of that religion shall be
sent there, or transferred to it from another industrial school if the Ckief
Superintendent think it just.
The Council of Public Instruction shall make regulations as to the visits of
Clergy.
9—12. A child so committed may be lodged for a time elsewhere if the Chief Super-
intendent approve.
13. The Chief Superintendent may order the discharge of a child.
14. The school board may apprentice a child, with his own consent.
16. The school board may frame rules, which, when approved by the Council and the
Chief Superintendent, shall be binding.
W — 13. On complaint of the school board, the county judge may order a parent to pay
a sum not exceeding $1 a week for such child ; and the judge may vary the
order. Costs to be at his discretion, and the court fees on the lowest scale.
If the child come from another municipality, it shall pay expenses of such
child.
An escaped child may be apprehended without warrant.
The Chief Superintendent shall apportion the special grant to such schools accord-
ing to the average attendance.
In other respects such schools shall be under the usual school laws and regu-
lations.
In case of the reformation of the parents, if they give security, the school board
may restore the child.
An appeal from the Chief Superintendent's decisions shall lie to the Governor,
whose judgment is final.
At the Provincial Reformatory, Penetanguishene, there are 173 boys. They are
instructed separately by two teachers, appointed respectively by the Protestant and
the Roman Catholic chaplains. The school time is only two hours a day, viz., from
6 to 8 a. m. , the rest of the time being devoted to various industries. The Warden reports
favourably of the ettects of the treatment, as exhibited in the subsequent history of the
boys who have been at the Reformatory. The Inspector, however, recommends gi-eater
educational fccilitiea.
W^»iml ®«ucati0n— PiUtntjj §m.
No definite information is at present obtainable as to the extent to which facilities
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
:■!■''■
n
136
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO.
'are provided and made use of for the systematic training of the physical powers. In
some towns a gymnasium may be found. In the normal and model schools, and other
large establishments, the gymnastic and drill master is on the regular stafi', but the vil-
lage cricket or lacrosse club, or the local volunteer corps is frequently the only physi-
cal training school of the youth of a neighborhood ; too often, even these resources are
wanting.
By the last report of the Minister of Militia, it appears that 13,457 volunteers are
under drill in Ontario.
These schools are noticed under the head of Religious Instruction. Tolerably full
returns show that there were in Ontario in 1874 some 3,500 Sunday Schools of all
sorts, with 197,000 scholars and 22,7C0 teachers. These are more likely to be under
than over the actual figures.
ACADEMY FOR THE EIIUCATION OF YOUNG LADIES, TOKONTO.
The object of the institution is to prepare young ladies for their various duties in
society, by instructing them in all the higher branches of education, but more especially
by if stilling into their minds sound Christian principles which will exercise a lasting
influence over their future lives.
The boarding school was established in 1854, at the Convent on Power street, but
in 1862 the number of pupils had so increased that the accommodation was found in-
suflicient, and it became necessary to remove to a more commodious building. A site
on St. Alban's street, in the neighbourhood of the University, and in one of the
healthiest localities of the city was procured, and the present large and well-fitted
Convent erected. The school has since then enjoyed an increasing popularity, and at
present has a large number of pupils.
The school is conducted under the auspices of His Grace the Archbishop of Toronto,
and it is at all times open to inspection by him or any person appointed by him.^ It
is immediately under the supervision of the Superioress of the Community, who
governs it according to established rules and is assisted by the staflf of teachers. The
teaching body is composed exclusively of members of the community.
The course of study embraces the various English 'branches from the elementary classes to
the ordinarj' subjects of a high school education, alio the French language, music, drawing, paint-
ing, fancy work and domesti* economy.
Every Friday afternoon the classes are examined on one particular subject, and the places in
class and on the " Honor List" for the following week, awarded accordingly. In the senior
classes, the examinations are written ; in the junior, oral. There are three general examination.s
in the year, namely, at Christmas, Easter and Midsvunmer ; according to these the promotions are
made and the prizes awarded.
Fees for Board and Tuition.
For board, and tuition in English and French, per annum, $125 ; tuition on Piano and use
of, ,^28 ; Organ, $28 ; Harp, §50 ; Guitar, $20 ; Vocal Music, $;S2 ; Pencil and Crayon Drawing,
$16 ; Painting in Water Colors, $20 ; Oil Painting, $80 ; Wax Flowers, $5 ; Plain Sewing and
Fancy Work form no extra charge.
* Information received too late for inBertiou in the proper place.
powers. In
B, and other
', but the vil-
only physi-
'esources are
>lunteerB are
blerably full
jhools of all
to be under
3U8 duties in
»re especially
;ise a lasting
sr street, but
ms found in-
ling. A site
one of the
d well-fitted
irity, and at
> of Toronto,
by him.^ It
unity, who
(Chers. The
tary classes to
rawing, paint-
the places in
In the senior
[examinations
romotions are
|iano and use
|on Drawing,
Sewing and
ELEMENTARY, NORMAL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
187
.»•',''•'.;.■ '\*-' .'r.'iir;->V'\'..
y.i. ■ :<
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
^Immm, S^ormAl uA ^mUm ^(^oaU,
' Early Annals — Distinctive Features — Progress.
•
The first school kept in the Province was that of the Franciscan Father
Duplessis, at Three Rivers, in 1616. The Jesuit Father Le Jeune began
a school in 1632, at Quebec, for the benefit of the Indians, and in 1635
he formed the Seminary of Notre Dame des Anges, afterwards the Jesuit College
of Quebec,
In 1 639, the Convent of the Ursulines was founded by Madame LaLapeltrie.
In 1678, Monseigneur do Laval laid the foundation of the building, to be occu-
pied by the Seminary of Quebec, the Petit Seminaire having been founded by him
in 1668. The Bishop endowed the seminary with his own patrimony.
In 1647, the clergy of St. Sulpice, of Paris, founded the Theological Seminary
at Montreal.
In 1653, Sister Margaret Bourgeois founded the Order of the Congregation
de Notre Dame at Montreal, and established certain schools. The Recollets and
the Jesuit College also supported many primary schools. The RecoUet r-jnvent,
Quebec, was founded in 1680-1, and in 1697 that of the Ursulines at Three
Rivers.
In 1737, the Fr6res Chretiens undertook the task of popular instruction, but
their efforts were neutralized by the apathy of the Government and of the settlers.
The Order of Jesuits, who had been active in their devotion to the education of
the people, were suppressed by Royal Instruction in Canada in 1774, and in
1800 their estates became vested in the Crown. It was not till 1831 that these
estates were surrendered to the Provincial Parliament for the* support of educa-
tion, and even then the College buildings at Quebec were still retained as bar-
racks. After the suppression, however, " colleges " continued to be established,
and their names, with the years of their foundation, are given in a subsequent
table.
Lord Dorchester's Commission in 1787-1789 revealed a sad picture of the
ignorance prevailing. The British inhabitants of Quebec petitioned in 1792 for
the restoration of the Jesuit estates for educational purposes, but the petition
was unnoticed till 1801, when the Lieutenant-Governor announced that His
Majesty intended to set apart lands of the Crown whose revenues should be
applied to elementary free schools, where the English tongue should be taught,
and ultimately for institutions of a superior class. In 1801, accordingly, an Act
was passed for the establishment of free schools, under the management of a
" Royal Institution for the Advancement of Learning ;" but the Act was produc-
tive of slight results, being, notwithstanding the Royal instructions, unaccom-
panied by grants, and the appointed trustees, or their policy, being unsuited for
some of the important objects proposed. The principal, if not the only function
of the Royal Institution at present is the government of McGill College, Mon-
treal, the endowment of which was committed to their care by the founder.
If; !
iS: i
188
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
In 1824 the Fabrique Act was passed, of which the provisions are noted
below. Many futile attempts at school legislation were afterwards made ; but
in 1829 an Act passed providing for the appointment of schoolmasters in each
parish or township, and the subsequent Acta respecting general education are em-
bodied in a summary given in pages 139-145.
In 1838, Sir Arthur BuUer, in a report on the educational condition of
Canada, made by instruction of Lord Durham, depicted the utter want of the
means of instruction for the habitans, while he alludes to the ample provision for
secondary education, which the piety of religious communities had established.
The result of Sir Arthur Buller's report was the Act of 1841, providing for the
maintenance and superintendence of a general system of elementary schools. This
law was revised in 1846, when the principle of local taxation was introduced, but
the opposition to a compulsory tax was too strong to be resisted.
In 1842 the Christian Brothers* schools were founded in Quebec.
In 1853 were established the Normal and Model Schools at Montreal, by the
Colonial and Continental Church and School Society, whose Normal School,
however, was transferred to the control of McGill College in 1856.
In 1855, Dr. J. B. Meilleur, the Superintendent of Education, resigned, after
fourteen years' service, and was succeeded by the Hon. P. J. O. Chauveau, under
whose vigorous administration much steady progress was made ; a more satisfac-
torjf mode of distributing the Superior Education Fund was sanctioned by the
Legislature ; a Council of Public Instruction was appointed, which introduced
improved text-books; and a monthly journal was published. Under M. Chauveau's
guidance, and that of his successors, the schools have become more generally
effective, and have conciliated to a large extent the local snppoit so essential to
the firm establishment of a system of national education. The pupils in the
more necessary branches have doubled since 1855, and those learning English
have trebled.
In 1857, the Jacques Cartier and McGill Normal Schools were opened in Mon-
treal, and the Laval Normal School at Quebec. Of these, the first was placed
under the immediate charge of the Superintendent, and the other two were
attached to the respective universities. These schools are for both sexes, and
each has Model Schools attached. They are all under the Council of Publie
Instruction.
Some of the distinctive features of the Quebec system are the following : —
1. Its religious character; the common schools being for the most part dis-
tinctly Koman Catholic, and the dissentient schools being also controlled, as to
religious teaching, by Protestant ministers. Similar features characterize the
higher institutions, and the Council of Public Instruction is constructed on the
same lines, the work of the Council being done by Protestant and Roman
Cathohc Committees. The Roman Catholic Bishops are now exrofficio members,
all other members being appointed by the Government.
2. The large powers of the Superintendent, controlled, however, by the
Council.
3. The large proportion of the teachers who are exempt from examination,
being ecclesiastics, or members of communities.
4. The considerable number of classical and other high class secondary schools
not subject to inspection. They merely report to the Superintendent, and
receive a grant, and each of them fixes its own curriculum.
5. The appointment and payment of the inspectors and examiners entirely
by the Government.
6. The election of commissioners (trustees) for the municipality, not for the
school district.
iS are noted
made ; but
iters in each
ition are em-
ondition of
want of the
)ro vision for
established,
ding for the
chools. This
•oduced, but
breal, by the
mal School,
signed, after
iveau, under
lore satisfac-
oned by the
I introduced
. Chauveau's
re generally
essential to
lupils in the
ing English
ned in Mon-
was placed
two were
sexes, and
of Publie
owing : —
st part dis-
oUed, as to
icterize the
ted on the
nd Roman
members,
er, by the
amination,
ary schools
ident, and
rs entirely
ot for the
SUMMARY OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
Progreta of Education in Twenty Year$.
139
Yeai.
Total
Population.
Number of
Inatitutiima.
(a)
Pupils, (a)
Taaohen. (b)
Amount
expended
from Grants.
(c)
Amount
expended from
local sourceA.
id)
1853
890,261
1,111,666
1,191,675
2,382
3,562
4,237
108,284
193,431
226,719
9
$
166,848
1863
110,534
140,510
564,810
1873
5,016
1,171,8.56
There were 186 Protestant dissentient schools, with 6,156 scholars j and 34
Roman Catholic, with 1,509 scholars in 1873-4.
There were, in 1873, (e)
Elementary Schools under the school laws : 3,254, with 141,990 pupils.
Normal schools 4, " 246
Independent schools 156, " 6,261
Dissentient schools 220, " 7,666
To- ching Convents 129, " 24,236 "
Model schools 343, « 28,588 V
Academies 83, '« 8,252
Colleges 37, " 7,113 «'
Universities 3, " 768
No uniform plan of instruction appears to be laid down for the respective
classes of schools by the central authority, but it may be observed that in the
Model Schools, in addition to the more efficient teaching of elementary English
and French, the classics are sometimes added, while in the Academies and Colleges
a more advanced curriculum is found.
j^ummavj) of tiM Mtumiim ^aw.
N. B. — The Education Law of Quebec is about to be consolidated, and it has been
thought sufficient to give, in place of a complete digest, an accurate summary of the
essential parts of each Act, in a form which facilitates a reference to the Statutes quoted
for details.
Thr. Superior Education Funds — Libraries — Normal Schools.
Chapter 15 of the Lower Canada Consolidated Statutes (1860) enacts: —
1-6. That the estates of " the late Order of Jesuits " shall form a fund, to be called
the " Superior Education Investment Fund ;" and the revenues thereof, toge-
ther with balances and other moneys to be appropriated for the purpose, shall
form the '* Superior Education Income Fund ;" and the Government may
direct the sale of portions of such estates, and the investment of the proceeds ;
$20,000 shall be annually added from the revenue of the Province, and a sufH-
cient amount shall be taken also from the Common School Fund, to make the
annual income ^8,000.
6-9. Said Income Fund shall be annually apportioned by the Superintendent of Edu-
cation among the Universities and all other educational institutions, other
than the ordinary elementary schools, as the Governor in Council may approve;
such grants shall be annual only, and the institutions to be aided sh^U make
(a) Report, p. xxiv. {b) Report, p. 196. (c) This does not seem to include the Sui)erior
Education Grant for Colleges, Academies and Model Schools, which in 1873 (Report, pp. 593-
603) amounted to $76,000. (d) Report, p. xxvi. (e) Report, p. 173.
140
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
application, setting forth full details as to the governing body, staff, pupib, cur-
riculum, property, expenses, liabilities, &c.
10. 92,()00 annually may be granted for parish and township libraries.
11>17- The Oovernor in Oouncil may establish Normal Schools, select their location
and erect btiildings ; 1118,000 of the " Tr>cQnie Fund " may be annually set apart
as a Normal School Building Fund. Provision is made for increasing this
amount, »\nd for defraying the current expenses. The Normal Schools shall be
under tho control of the Superintendent, subject to the direction of the Govern-
ment. Th i Superintendent may grant certificates, valid in any academy, model
or elementary school, to any student certified by the principal as having com-
pleted the c(Mrse.
The Cumicil and the Siiperinteiulent.
18-20.
The Governor may appoint a Council of Public Instruction of 11 to 15 mem-
bers, including the Superintendent ; of whom five shall be a quorum [amended].
21. The Council shall make rules for the schools and for examiners, and select or
cause to be published the books to be used, except those on religion or morals,
and may hold the copyright thereof, the profits of which shall enure to the
Income Fund. The Superintendent shall report to the Council all teachers'
certificates and diplomas granted, and the clerk shall record the same.
22. The Council may revoke a teacher's certificate for cause, after due inqxiiry as here-
in prescribed.
23-26. The Governor may appoint a Superintendent of Education, who shall be
allowed a secretary, &c., and contingent expenses. And the Superintendent
shall distribute the common school money, by population, to the municipalities ;
prepare forms, make recommendations, keep necessary books, examine accounts
and make an annual report. May have a Deputy in certain cases.
' •■' ' The Common Schooh — Commissioners, ' ' '
27-33. In each municipality there shall be common schools, managed by school com-
missioners, and the Governor may alter the limits of school municipalities. The
conimisaioners, or the trustees of dissentient schools, shall divide the municipa-
lities into School districts, and provide schools therein, notifying the Superin-
tendent.
34-49. These sections provide for the election of five school commissioners, by the
landowners and householders of each school municipality, on the 1st Monday in
July annually. The commissioners need not have a property qualification, b\it
thoy must, unless clergymen, be resident. Assessors must have $400 real pro-
perty. Provision is made for deciding contested elections by a judge, and
filling vacancies by the Superintendent, by the electors, or by the Governor.
50-d4. The commissioners' usual term of ofiice is three years. Teachers are ineligible.
They hold the school property as a corporation, with the iisual powers; and in
default of commissioners, it vests in the Superintendent.
The Dissentient Schools. , . -- t. >)
56-58> The minority in religion in any municipality may dissent, and in writing n
to the chairman of the commissioners three trustees, who shall have, in resj
"^ * of the dissentient schools, districts, population and assessments, the same powui »
as the commissioners have in respect of common schools. Such schools shall
receive a grant ; non-residents of the same faith may attend.
The Powers and Duties of Commissioners and the Cvri.
59-63. The commissioners shall appoint a chairman and secretary-treasurer, the latter
of whom shall give security ; render proper statements ; be remunerated ; and
may be called to account.
64. The commissioners shall hold, acquire and keep in order the property, and levy
assessments for building ; but, on appeal, the Superintendent may set such as-
pupilf , cur-
lir looatiun
y set apart
i}asing this
)l8 ahall be
he Oovem-
imy, model
,ving com-
bo 16 mem-
[amended].
I select or
or morals,
lure to the
II teachers'
e.
iry as here-
o shall be
irintendent
licipalities ;
le accounts
chool com-
ities. The
municipa-
e Superin-
jrs, by the
IVIonday in
ation, but
real pro-
udge, and
•vernor.
ineligible,
irs: and in
ting 11
resi/
le poweiH
Lools shall
the latter
[ied ', and
I and levy
such as-
SUMMARY OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
141
sessments aside. Ilates are limited to $\ ,000 for a superior sohoul-houae, and
$500 for a common school. Appeals as to a site maybe made from the commis-
sioners to the Superintendent [amended].
65. The commissioners appoint the teachers, and regulate the studies, fees, &c., but
the books approved by the Council are to bo used, and " the cur6, priest or
officiating minister shall have the exclusive right of selecting the books having
reference to religion and morals for the use of schools for children of his own ro-
ligiouH faith." Besides the rates, the fees payable by heads of families are to
be not more than 40 cents or less than 5 cunts a month, but may be highur in
model schools (in Montreal and Quebec, 25 cents and 50 cents).
The Pupils — Fees — Girls^ Scliuoh, i
6&-69. Children of 5 — 16 years may attend ; only for those of 7 — 14 shall fees be
charged, and certain other pupils may be exempted. In some special schools
the fees go to the teacher. Ihe Superintendent is to receive a report of the fees,
and the grant may be refused in default. ,
70. Separate schools for girls may be established.
71. A census of children and pupils shall be annually sent to the Superintendent.
Visitation — Assessments — Grants. '
72* 'I'he commissioners or trustees shall duly visit the schools, comply with the Su-
perintendent's instructions and keep proper records.
73-78. They shall levy an assessment equal to the grant and other rates required.
79-83. If no valuation has been made of a property, the commissioners may appoint
three assessors, with power to obtain information and assess the value. Pro-
vision is made for amending such assessment.
84-85. The school rate shall be fixed between 1st May and 1st July, and may bo col-
lected by the trustees in the municipality.
86. The Superintendent may cause special assessments to be levied to pay debts.
87. Voluntary contributions may be received in lieu of rates.
88-92. The Superintendent shall receive and pay out the fund semi-annually only
to schools which have been duly open eight months, with at least 15 children,
provided an equal local grant has been raised, except in some special cases of
mdigence, &c.
93-97. Provision is made for securing a sufficient grant to a municipality where the
census is incomplete. The grant to the municipalities shall be divided among
the school districts according to population between 7 and 14, but $80 may be
reserved for a model school, and the model school and girls' separate school
(sec. 70) shall each be reckoned a district. But the grant may be retained if
accounts have not been duly rendered, or if instructions have been disregarded,
or unqualified teachers employed, or if a teacher has been unjustly dismissed,
and the Superintendent may make him compensation oixt of such grant.
98-99- ^"t ')f the Provincial grant, sums may be paid for poor schools, Jownal,
aers' pensions, and building school-houses.
Unexpended local funds may be deposited by the commissioners in a bank,
iterest, or, if the Superintendent approve, may be otherwise applied.
The Examination of Teachers — Exemptions,
103-104 Montreal and Quebec shall
by the Government, through
seven shall 1
separately e
iners for th'
for each <
106-109- On the
may appoiii
valid in its
each have a board of 14 examiners, appointed
the Sxiperintendent, in two divisions : i.e. —
Roman Catholics and seven Protestants, and such division shall
nine and license teachers. There shall also be boards of exam-
stricts of Kamouraska, Gasp6, Three Rivera and Ottawa, and
e counties of Sherbrooke and Stanstead.
ort of thi Superintendent or Council, the Governor in Council
xaminers in any county, who may grant [three-year] certificates,
nits. The boards to be of not less than five or more than ten mem-
bers, and the Government shall decide their times of meeting and whether the
Roman Catholic and Protestant membera shall meet separately [amended].
"''I'
142
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
110-113- Each board of examiners shall organize, shall meet quarterly, and keep
proper records. Candidates must produce certificates of moral character, and
the certificates granted shall describe their qualifications. Teachers of elemen-
tary schools must be able to teach successfully reading, writing, elements of
grammar and geography, and arithmetic to Rule of Three. For a model school
certificate, they must be able to teach also grammar, analysis, arithmetic com-
plete, book-keeping, use of the globes, linear drawing, elements of mensuration
and surveying. For cicademies must be added classics. Other subjects may be
prescribed. No uncertificated teachers are to be employed, bvit every priest,
minister or member of a religious community instituted for educational pur-
poses shall be exempt from examination, also every female member of a re-
ligions community. The Government may modify this detail of duties, and the
Council shall make rules for the examiners.
The Inspectors and Vintors.
114-119. The Governor may appoint inspectors, who, unless otherwise instructed,
shall in their visits, have the powers of the Superintendent, from whom they
shall receive instructions; school officers shall, under a penalty, submit docu-
ments as required for inspection. The Inspector is ex officio a justice of the
peace in hits district, and shall receive from the Income Fund (sec. 2) a salary
not exceeding $1 ,200.
120-122- The resident clergy of the denomination to which the school belongs, the
superior judges, members of the Legislature, resident justice of the peace,
warden or mayor, senior captain and superior resident officers of militia, and
the Superintendent shall be school visitors ; the Superintendent may decide
disputes between trustees and teachers. Visitors may take part in examina-
tions of teachers. Visitors are to have access to documents, &c.
The Special Provisions. — Fabriqiie Schools,
123-124- Commissioners may sue for sums due, and such suit shall not be liable to
p.ppeal or certiorari.
125-127- Penalties are provided for breach of the Act, or of the duties imposed
thereby, or for fraud.
128-134- The same law, except as herein stated, applies to the cities of Quebec and
Montreal, in each of which the corporation shall appoint six Koman Catholic
and six Protestant commissioners, half to be renewed annually, and in default
the Superintendent shall appoint, with the approval of Government. Each
school shall be a district. [The city shall pay an amount equal to the grant,
and may double the amount and add 30 per cent. Montreal shall receive a
fourth only, and Quebec two thirds of the grant to which they would be en-
titled by population . A mended. ]
135-139- Unless otherwise provided, a majority of anybody shall be a quorum. The
Government may appoint officers where there has been a failure to elect, and
may annul such appointments. The law respecting commissioners and munici-
palities applies also to dissentient trustees and districts. All moneys referred to
in sections 1 — 17 shall be duly accounted for to Her Majesty and the Legis-
lature.
Oiapfer 16 {Lower Canada Consolidated Statutes, 1860), provides for Fabrique schools.
Any fabrique* may acquire and hold for a school, property not exceeding $400.
But one acre may be retained of realty, i.e. for a school site. The fabrique
may establish one school for every hundred families. A fourth of the income
of the fabriqviC may be applied to such schools, and an annual account shall be
rendered the third Sunday after Easter.
The fabrique and the school commissioners may agree to ^lace such schools for
one or more years under the school laws, and any fabrique contributing not
less than ^50 a year towards the support of any school under commissioners shall
Chi
1-
• ».& the curd and churchwardens of a parish.
r, and keep
laracter, and
rs of elemen-
, elements of
model school
ihmetic com-
mensuration
jects may be
avery priest,
national pur-
iber of a re-
ties, and the
instructed,
1 whom they
lubmit docu-
istice of the
2) a salary
belongs, the
f the peace,
militia, and
b may decide
in examina-
be liable to
ies imposed
[Quebec and
an Catholic
in default
ant. Each
the grant,
receive a
mid be en-
I)rum. The
elect, and
nd munici-
eferred to
;he Legis-
ue schools,
ding $400.
e fabrique
he income
Lt shall be
shools for
)ating not
ners shall
SUMMARY OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
143'
thereby acquire a right to the cnri and churchwarden to be commissioners.
But no fabrique may unite its school to those managed by commissioners of
another faith, except under an express agreement with them.
■V
Tnosiees of the Royal Institution and McGill College.
Chapter 17 {Lower Canada Consolidated Statutes, I860):
1-3. The Governor may appoint trustees for the institutions of Royal foundation for
the advancement of learning in Lower Canada, and for the administration of
their estates. Such trustees shall be a corporation, with the \isual powers, and
may hold property; and the real property of juch institutions shall vest in them,
and they may grant leases of the same not exceeding 21 years.
4-8. The Governor may appoint a president. The corporation may appoint officers,
and fix the time and manner of their meetings, make by-laws and orders res-
pecting such schools and institutions, and the masters, &c. ; also, for estates or
property granted in any manner for such institutions, but without prejudice to
existing religious communities or sch6ols existing at the time of the Act (41 G.
III. c. 17), or to any corporation or private school.
9. Such by-laws, &c., made after 10th November, 1853, may be disallowed by the
Governor within 60 days.
10. The Governor may appoint a schoolmaster for each free school of Royal foun-
dation.
11-19. These sections enact the mode in which the corporation shall deal with property
held in trust for McGill College, or any institution of Royal foundation , also,
with their investments. The corporation is empowered to obtain loans not
exceeding $20,000, and is to render an attested account to Government annually
by 1 st February.
Sclwol Commissioners^ Powr of Taxation.
27 Vld., rap. 11 and 24, and 29 Vict., cap. 49, enact that the common school corpo-
ration shall have certain of the powers of municipal councils for collecting school
taxes — i. c. taxes are to be paid to the treasurer within 20 days after notice that
the roll is completed, and if not so paid, demand shall be made, and after 15
days the amount may be levied, but non-residents shall pay without demand
made.
Teachers' certificates continue valid unless a re-examination be ordered.
29 Vi<;t., cap. 48, removes the limit of three years from the certificates of teachers, but
provides that the Council may require any teacher to be examined de novo, and
on his failure the previous certificate becomes void.
I Compulsm'y sale of a school site,
30 Vict., cap. 31, amends cap. 16 of Consolidated Acts, by adding to section 64 a pro-
vision for the compulsory sale of a school site, where the owner refuses. Com-
pensation is determined by arbitration, but no church or school property shall
be so taken.
Th^ Minister of Education, or a Superintendent — appointment and powers. <
31 Vict., cap. 10, provides for the appointment of a Minister of Public Instruction, with
all the powers and functions of the Stiperintendent, and such other duties as
may be assigned him by the Governor in Council respecting the encourage-
ment and patronage of science, literature and art. The duties of the Commis-
sioner of Public Works, relating to arts and manufactures and mechanics'
institutes, may be transferred to the Minister, who may establish schools for
mechanics, &c. Provision is made for a secretary and assistant-secretary to the
Department, and for the Minister deputing his powers in certain cases. The
Minister shall be a member of the Executive Council, and nifty be a member of
w. ]■•
;•, 1 1
1 '; V PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
the Legislature. If it be not expedient to appoint a Minister, th« Governor may
'^ appoint a Superintendent.
Local aid in Qiiebec and Montreal — Normal School Students.
31 Vict. , cap. 22, increases the amount which the corporation of Quebec and Montreal
are to pay to the school commissioners, who may set aside one-fourth of their
revenues for school buildings, and the said corporations may levy special rates.
Section 04 of cap. 15 of the Consolidated Act shall be amended by substituting
83,000 for $1,000, and $1,600 for $500. Commissioners may levy special rates
to pay debts. Students (and their guardians) on admission to the Normal
Schools shall sign an obligation to pay board, and the Principal may sue in case
of default.
Constitution of the Council — Superior Education Grant — Dissentients.
32 Vict. cap. 1 6, provides for a modification of the Council of Public Instruction :
1-3. The Council shall consist of two committees of 14 Roman Catholics and 7 Pro-
t'^stants, including the Minister, or Superintendent, who shall have a vote with
the committee of his own faith.
4-8. The superior education grant shall be divided in * proportion to the Roman
Catholic and Protestant populations.
6-9. The Council are empowered, if they deem it advisable, to resolve into a
Roman Catholic Council and a Protestant Council, and the schools shall then be
separately managed, with two Deputy Superintendents, and the normal school
grants shall be divided as is the superior education grant.
10-16. These sections regulate the assessment of dissentients.
Cnmmvisioners, Assessments and Fees in Quebec and Montreal — Poor Schools.
17-20. These sections prescribe the mode of appointment of commissioners for Que-
bec and Montreal ; half by the Lieutenant-Governor and half by the cor-
poration
21-24. The scale of grants for common schools to Quebec and Montreal is modified.
The grants shall be according to population, and subdivided in proportion to
the Roman Catholics and Protestants — [the corporation shall levy three times
the amount of the grant on real estates. Amended] — and pay the respective
boards of commissioners semi-annually.
25-33. Property actually oc9upied by religious, charitable and educational corpora-
tions are exempted. The proprietor, not the tenant, is liable. The assessment
for Quebec and Montreal shall be divided between the Roman Catholic and
Protestant boards in the ratio of the relative value of the real estate belonging
to Roman Catholics and Protestants, and the assessment on the neutral pro-
perty shall be divided according to Roman Catholic and Protestant population.
34. A fee of 25 cents per month for elementary, 50 cents for model schools, and $4 for
academies may be charged by said commissioners for pupils, except in cases of ex-
emption for indigence.
35, 36. The said commissioners may lay aside a fourth of their revenue for twenty
years for school-houses, and under certain regulations may issue debentures (see
p. 146). The secretary-treasurers in the said cities may receive three per cent,
of the income as their remuneration, but not exceeding $600 annually, and shall
render semi-annual returns. [Amended.]
37. The school commissioners in said cities may hold real estate to any amount.
38. $8,000 instead of $4,000 may be granted to poor schools.
Local aid, dhc, in MontreaL
34 Vict. cap. 12 :
1-4. Instead of three times the grant, Montreal shall give the commissioners annually
one-tenth of a cent on the value of its real estate. The commissioners may
set aside $8,000 per annum for school-houses, and their debentures may be
Governor may
and Montreal
ourth of their
' special rates.
Y substituting
y special rates
the Normal
ay sue in case
Hents.
jtruction :
Bs and 7 Pro-
e a vote with
>o the Roman
isolve into a
I shall then be
normal school
Schools.
lers for Que-
' by the cor-
is modified,
proportion to
y three times
le respective
»nal corpora-
assessment
atholic and
ite belonging
neutral pro-
popiilation.
, and $4 for
cases of ex-
for twenty
)entures (see
•ee per cent,
y, and shall
lount.
irs annually
Bioners may
'es may be
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT — COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.
145
made redeemable in twenty years, and may be declared to be secured on the
real estate held.
6-12. The secretary-treasurer in Montreal may have a salary of il,200. These
sections provide certain penalties, and further regulate assessments and
meetings.
Local aid <fcc., in Quebec — The Council,
35 Vict. cap. 12 :
1. Instead of three times the grant, Quebec City shall pay for schools a sum equal to
the grant and 50 per cent, added.
2-5- These sections contain special arrangements as to the assessments and school
taxes in Quebec.
6- The Council of Public Instruction is increased as follows : 24 members, viz. : 16
Roman Catholics, 8 Protestants.
Teachers^ agreements — School Site Arbitrations.
7-8. Teachers whom the commissioners have not notified to the contrary two
months before the expiration of agreement shall be deemed to be re-engaged on
the same terms, and any proceeding for evading this provision shall be of no
effect.
9-11. Amend the provisions on arbitration respecting a school-house site, and pro-
vide that one of the arbitrators shall be appointed by a superior court judge ;
also tfiat the purchase money shall be deposited with the prothonotary and paid
over Dy the judge.
The Superintendent and tlie Council — their Powers, <&c.
The Act passed December 1875, provides :
1-9- That instead of a Minister there shall be a Superintendent, with the usual
powers, and he shall comply with the directions of the Council and either com-
mittee thereof.
The Roman Catholic committee shall be composed of the bishops (ordinaries) or
administrators (or their delegates) of the dioceses, and an equal number of
other Roman Catholics appointed by the Government. If the Roman Catholic
members are augmented by more than seven, the Protestant members shall be
augmented in like proportion. The Superintendent shall be ex officio president,
and shall be a member of each committee, with a vote in that of his own
religion.
The respective committees shall regulate their times of meeting, &c. , and have
jurisdiction in the matters relating to the schools and institutions of Roman
Catholics and Protestants respectively.
Inspectors, professors, directors and principals of normal schools, and examiners,
shall be appointed or removed by the Governor, on the recommendation of such
committees respectively.
An appeal may be had to either committee from any decision or act of the Super-
intendent.
10-12.
13-16.
17.
18.
Hon. C. B. De Boucherville, Minister of Public « astniction ; Dr. Louis Giard,
Secretary; H. H. Miles, LL.D., Assistant-Secretary; Napoleon Legendre, Clerk of
French Correspondence, Assistant-Editor of the Journal, and Librarian ; Patrick
Deianey, Clerk of English Correspondence, and Assistant-Editor ; A. Thomas, Clerk
of Accounts and Statistics ; L. Devisme, J. H. Richardson, L. Lefebvre, J. Lavoie,
C. J. Duchesnaye, P. Prevost, Clerks.
®fce Council of f utitic ^mtmtiion,
C3n*ille Delagrave, Q.C., President.
RomMn Catholic Committee of the Council. — Cyrille Delagrave, Q.C., President;
Most Rev. E. A. Taschereau, Archbishop of Quebec ; Right Rev. Charles Larocque,
J
■iij-
-k
|-','f-S
146
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
Bishop of St. Hyacinthe ; Right Rev. J. Laiigevin, Bishop of Rimouski ; Come Seraphin
Oherrier, Q.C, LL.D. ; Rev. Patrick Dowd, P.P. ; Louis L. L. Desaulniers, M.D. ;
Francois Painchaud, M.D. ; Rev. B. McGauran ; Rev. Olivier Caron, V.G. ; Charlea
Andr^ Leblanc, Q.C. ; Joseph Lachaine, M.D. ; Alfred Basile Routhier ; Hon. Thomas
Ryan.
Protestant i'ommittee of the Cuwncil. — Hon. Charles Dewey Day, President ; Right
Rev. James W. Williams, D.D., Bishop of Quebec ; Hon. Christopher Dunkin, D.C.L. ;
Rev. Joseph Cook, D.D. ; Hon. George Irvine; Ven. William T. Leach, LL.D.,
D.C.L. ; Hon. James Femer, Senator.
The Hon. the Minister of Public Instruction is ex officio a member of both com-
mittees. Louis Giard, M.D., Henry H. Miles, LL.D., D.C.L., Joint Secrcturieii.
There are three of these institutions unrler the jurisdiction c>f the Council of Public
Instruction, two being especially for Roman Catholic teachers in training, and one for
Protestants.
JACQUES OARTIEK SCHOOL, MONTREAL. ?.';?•'
In this school there were, during 1873-4, 37 students, and in the Model Schools
attached there were 174 children. Two students received the Academy Diploma in
1874, seven that for Model Schools, and eleven for Elementary Schools.
Staff.-B,ev. H. Verreau, Principal ; Rev. J. O. Godin, Rev. M, J. Lefebvre, Rev. J. 0.
Cassegrain, Professors ; D. Boudrias, W. Fahey, Associates, also teachers in the
Model School ; M. G. Gervais, J. Godin, Associates ; W. Couture, Professor of Music.
i^riv.'^
LAVAL SCHOOL, QUEBEC.
In this school there were 43 male pupil teachers and 56 female, and of these four
received the Diploma for the Academy, 35 for the Model School, and 31 for the Ele-
mentary School.
Staff. — Rev. P. Legace, Principal; T. G. Rouleau, S. Corriveau, F. X. Toussaint, I^.
Lacasse, Professors; L. Gagnon, J. Ldtourneau, Associate Professors ; J. B. Cloutier,
D. McSweeny, Associates and Teachers of the boys' school; M. B. Saucier, Drill in-
structor.
The boarding department of the female students, and certain departments of instruc-
tion, are in charge of the ladies of the Ursuline Convent.
TJhe following are the subjects of study : —
; ,. ^ , Department of Male l^eachers. . .
Pupili of the Third Year. —Religious instruction ; logic, Latin grammar, Latin translations,
Latin analysis, algebra, trigonometiy, French dictation, literature, general history, theoretical
and practical teaching, reading aloud.
Pupils of the Second Year. — Religious instruction ; theoretical and practical teaching^ French
dictation, grammatical analjrsis, logical analysis, literature, mythology, geography, nistory of
Canada, history of France, history oi England, mental 'calculation, arithmetic, book-keeping,
algebra, geometry, astronomy, physics, chemistry, good p aanship, reading aloud.
Pupils of the First Fear.— Keligious instruction; theoiv.dcal and practical teaching, French
dictation, grammatical analysis, sacred history, history of Canada, mental calculation, arithmetic,
book-keeping, geography, physics, agriculture, gooil i>enman8hip, reading aloud.
All the pupils united.— EnaMtAivea^ng, English grammar, English dictation, English giam-
matical analysis, translation of French into EngUsh, translation of English into French, solfeggio,
piano and organ, military exercises, some lessons on natural history and on the usages of good
company.
Department of Female Teachers.
Pupils of the Second Year. —Religious instruction ; church histoi-y, practical and theoretical
teaching, French dictation, grammatical analysis, logical an ilysis, literature, history of Canada,
history of BVance, history of England, arithmetic, book-keei)i ng, mensuration, algebra, geography
and use of the globes, agriculture, penmanship, reading aloud. ^^ ^
Pupils of the First Year, — Religious instruction ; sacred history, practical and theoretical
teachi
uitbn
A
trannh
A
has pa
Att
School
tliploni
The
ministi
The
inadet
Staffs
Darey,
Lectun
Teachei
Model
inistresi
This
mt popu
Normal f
Thei
luly.
The
0W8 : -
1. St
lemy dip
A cai
lation in j
iroduce a
if sixteen
rears in si
There
i, in or
Atth(
he right t
ilose of tl
chools.
Teachi
leg in aid
r$80intl
t the final
Those
a small i
No boi
Dmfort an
ioard can
Medal
Person
eceive th«
ther subje
ty examii
The fol
This c(
^ginning o
igin : 1st,
id French
Igebrato (
atiiral Hi
Oome Seraphin
ulnicrs, M.D. ;
V.G. ; Charles
; Hon. Thomas
ijHident ; Right
ankin, D.C.L. ;
Leach, LL.D.,
f of both com-
Secrctuneii.
uncil of Public
[ig, and one for
Model Schools
iipy Diploma in
I.
>vre, Rev. J. 0.
eachers in the
esBor of Music
I of these four
31 for the Ele-
. Toussaint, I^ .
J. B. Cloutier,
iicier, Drill in-
lents of instruc-
MoOILL NORMAL SCHOOL.
147
Itin tranMlations,
ftory, theoretical
[eachingj French
\phy, fiiBtory of
\, book-keeping,
id.
baching, French
{tion, arithmetic,
English giam-
^ench, solfeggio,
usages of good
land theoretical
Dry of Canada,
X, geography
teaching, French dictation, grammatical analysis, literature, history of C'anada, mental calculation^
arithmetic, book-keeping, geography, penmanship, rea<ling aloud, agriculture.
All the pupils united. — English grammar, English analysis. English dictation, English reading,
translation, piano and organ, solfeggio, drawing, sewing, knitting, flowers, &c. , &c.
A si)eciality of this school is the instruction in reaiiin^ aloud, for which the Rev. Principal
has particidarly qualifled himself.
McGILL NORMAL SCHOOL, MONTREAL.
At this school, of 112 pupils, G received the Academy diploma, 25 that for the Model
School, and 39 for the Elementary School ; making 866 since the foundation. (The
liplomas are granted on the recommendation of the Principal of each Normal School.)
The pupils assemble on Thursday afternoons to receive religious instruction from the
ministers of the various creeds.
The rooms provided for this school and the attached Model School, are said to be
inadequate.
Btaff. — W. H. Hicks, M.A., Principal ; James McGregor, M.A., Professor; P. J.
Darey, M.A., S. P. Robins, M, A., Associate Professors ; J. B. Edwards, Ph.D., B.Sc,
Lecturer on Chemistry and Natural Philosophy ; J. Duncan, R. J. Fowler, J. Andrew,
Teachers of Drawing, Music and Elocution. F. VV. Hicks, M.A., master of boys'
Model School ; Miss Amy F. Murray, mistress of girls' school ; Miss Lucy H. Derick,
mistress of primary school. <-^
This institution is intended to give a thorough training to teachers, especially for the Protest-
ant population of the Province of Quebec. This end is attained by instruction and training in the
Normal School itself, and by practice in the Model Schools.
The session of the school commences on the first of September, and terminates on the first of
Iidy.
The complete course of study extends over three years, and the students are graded as fol-
lows : -
1. Studying for the Elementary School ; 2. For the Model School diploma ; 3, For the Aca-
lemy diploma.
A candidate for admission into the elementary school class, will be required to pass an exami-
lation in reading, writing, and the elements of grammar, arithmetic and geography ; he must also
)roduce a certificate of character from the clergyman, and testimony that he has attained the age
if sixteen years. He will further be required to sign a pledge^ that he purposes -to teach for three
rears in some public school in the Province of Qxiebec. _
There will be a semi-sessional examination at Christmas, which all students are required to
, in order to continue In the clasi^es.
At the close of the /rs« year of study, students may apply for examination for diplomas, giving
he right to teach in Elementary schools ; and after tvio years' study, or if found qu^ified at the
lose of the first year, they will, on examination, be entitled to diplomas as teachers of Model
chools.
Teachers in Training will be entitled to free tuition, with the use of text books, and to bim4a-
ies in aid of their board, not exceeding $3fi per annum in the case of those in the two first classes,
r ?80 in the case of those in the Academy class, should they be successful in obtaining th* diploma
t the final examination.
Those who reside at a distance of more than ninety miles from Montreal will also be entitled
I) a small allowance for travelling expenses.
No boarding-house is attached to the institution, but every care will be taken to insure the
orafort and good conduct of the students, in private boarding-houses approved by the Principal.
loard can be obtained at from $10 to $14 per month.
Medads and prizes are provided for competition. _ •
Persons holdmgthe degi-ee of B.A. or M.A. of any University ik the Province of Quebec may
eceive the Academy diploma, on passing an examination in the art of teaching, and in such
ther subjects necessary to the Academy diploma, iis may not have been included in their univer-
ty examination.
The following is the course of study :— ,
1. Fcrr the Elementary School Diploma. " ' ';
This course is divided into three terms, for the convenience of those unable to enter at the
tginning of a session, or who may be sufficiently advanced to enter at a later period. The terms
land theoreticiil
Jgin : ist, September Ist ; 2nd, January Ist :
b : .3rd, April 1st. The course comprises English
igraphy, History, Arithmetic to end of Commercial,
il French Grammar and Compobition, Geography, History, A
Igebrato Quadratic Eijuations.Geometry : Euclid, I., II., III., Artof teaching, Physics, French,
atiiral History, Drawmg, Music, Book-keeping, Elementary Chemistry, Religious Instruction.
m
m
ii
1 1
148
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
2. For the Model School Diploma.
StudentH entering this clans must have passed a satisfactory examination in the subjects! lt»wedJ
the Elementary School CJlass. ram'i»a|
English. — Principles of Grammar and Composition, Style ; History of the English Language uestlOB
Lectures on English Literature : Elocution. Geoijrapky. — Mathematioal, with Nautical ProDlem *,**'!
Detailed course of Political and Physical Geography. History. — Mediajval and Modem, with esp ons ml
cial reference to the History of Literature, Science and Art, and Colonization and Commera '"^s <>f|
Education. — Advanced course of lectures on Educational Subjects. Mathematics. — Logarithm^ ^*^"|5'|
Algebraic and Geometric Arithmetic, Recapitulation of Commercial Arithmetic, Quadratic Equi Uowed I
tions continued. Ratios and Progression. Theorem of Undetermined Coefficients, Binomii „ '
and Exponential Theorems. Fifth and Sixth Books of Euclid. Object Lessons. Cheinistry an ^}1 P^
Natural Philosophy. — Affinityj Laws of Combination, Principal groups of Salts, Electricity an 'hnosopi
Electrolysis, Mechanical Physics. Classics. — Elements of the Latin Language, as in Bryce's li mversaj
Latin Reader. French. — Student's Companion. Translation from French into Enjjlish, an i''**** "^^
from English into French ; Darey, Lectures francaises. Agricultural Chemistry. —Principles, an ^^ ^'*^'
application to Canadian Agriculture. Ih'awing. — Figures from the Flat and from Models, Ele
ments of Perspective, l/asic- Instrumental Music, Part Songs, and Rudiments of Harmon;
Religious Instruction throughout the session.
a8t2
id in I
3. For the Academy Diploma.
Abd
fter the|
Fer
Uowed
The I
)n due :
Students entering this class must have passed a satisfactory examination in the subjects of tb '^^^ **^^
Model School Class.
English Literature. — An advanced course. History and Geography, Logic and Ethics, as ii
Abercrombie's Intellectual and Moral Philosophy. Mathematics. — Trigonometry, Solid Geometry,
Theory of Equations, Mechanics and Astronomy, Galbraith and Haughton. Latin. — Sallust fuestion
;he exan
N.B.
Catiline; Virgil, jEneid, Book I V. ; Latin Prose Composition, Roman History. Oreek. — Ne»
Testament, St. John's Gospel ; Xenophon, Anabasis B. I. ; Grammar and Histoiy. Botany, — As ii
Gray's Text-book. French. — Conversation in French, French Literature. Poitevin's Frend
(rrammar, Racine and Molidre. Elocution ; Drawing.
The Model Schools accommodate 300 pupils, and impart an English education to children ova
six years of age.
Fees. — Per week, 25 cents to 40 cents. Primary School, 15 cents.
..,,.... ,,-,,. ,„. . . . ■ ^, f ■
■i. ' _ t
8UMMAKY OF REGULATIONS (APPROVED 18tH MARCH, 1862).
3 . The Roman Catholic and Protestant Boards of Examiners of Quebec and Montreal,
and the Boards of Three Rivers and Sherbrooke only, have power to grant all thre«
kinds of diplomas, viz. : for Academies, Model and Elementary Schools. The Qnehti.
diplomas are valid in the following judiciary districts: Three Rivers, Arthabaska,
Quebec, Beauce, Montmagny, Kamouraska, Rimouski, Chicontimi, Saguenay and
Gasp^. The Montreal diplomas are valid in the districts of Three Rivers, Arthabaska,
Richelieu, Joliette, Terrebonne, St. Hyacinthe, Iberville, Beauharnois, St. ^Francis,
Bedford, Montreal and Ottawa. The examiners of Three Rivers also issue diploma!
for "three Rivers and Arthabaska ; and the examiners of Sherbrooke, for the districte
of Bedford and St. Francis,
2. There are also local boards of examiners, with power to grant diplomas only for
elementary schools, valid in one, two or three counties, at Kamouraska, Stanstead,
Gasp6, Aylmer, Portage-du-Fort, Richmond, Ste. Marie-de-Beauce, Chicoutimi, Ri-
mouslu. New Carlisle, and one, with both a Roman Catholic and a Protestant section,
alternately at Waterloo and Sweetsburgh.
The boards shall meet on the first Tuesdays of February, May, August and November. Can
didates shall give fifteen days' notice of their intention to appear, and shall file " a testimonial of
good morals and religious instruction, signed by the cur6 or the minister of his place of residence;"
also proof that he is 18 years of age, and shall declare that he has not previously been eX'
amined in the Province within six months. The secretary shall keep a record and transmit a sy-
nopsis to the Superintendent in January.
Each candidate shall be examined alone, except in dictation, arithmetic or composition. Candi
dates must first write half a page from, dictation, and if there be a failure in this test shall be re-
jected. Candidates shall then read aloud, and exhibit a capacity for teaching and explaining the
matter read. If vhe diploma is for teaching in both lagnuages, the test shall be applied in English
and French.
The secretary shall, by order of the board, record the result in the above two tests as 1 (very
atisfactory), 2 or i\ So with the remaining subjects. To receive a second-class certificate, at
we at li
In 181
ceived
58 were
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
in
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
J.I
Lud
T. 1
Gr.1
Savi
S. f
Wk
Ed.
P. ]
J. (
F.
Re^
P.
W.
L.
H.
M.
0.
in the BiibjectR(
English Language
N'autical Prolblenii
Modem, with es
on and
tics. — Logarithmii
c, Quadratic
efficients, Binomii
na. Chemistry a
in, Electricity an
, as in Bryce's I
into English, a
y. -Principles, au
from Models, Ele
ents of Harmony
and Ethics, as in
y. Solid Geometry
)ry. Oreek. — Nen
y. Botany. —As ii
Poitevin's Frend
jn to children over
THE INSPECTORS.
149
aat 2 must be obtained in all the testa. For first-class, 1, must be obtained in the first two tests,
111 in at least two-thirds of the subjects. If candidates fail in only two subjects, a fresh trial is
lowed. Candidates for the elementary Hch(K)l certificate are examined in French and English
ram'iiar, geography, sacred history, history of Canada, and art of teaching— not less than four
aestions in each ; also a problem in fractions and another in the rule of three.
For a model school certificate, in addition to the foregoing, at least four more advanced ques-
in (each) grammar, geography, sacred history, history of Canada, universal history, or his-
Commerc#>rie8 of England and France, literature, book-keeping, algebra and geometrj', art of teaching and
mculture ; also problems in compound interest, algebra and mensuration ; and two hours may be
Equi Bowed for an exercise in literary composition.
" For the diploma to uoaoh in academies, those not possessed of the model school certificate
[ pass the above examination, and further shall answer four (questions in (each) natural
hilosophy, chemistry, nattiral history, algebra, geometry and trigonometry, astronomy,
li niversal history, histories of France and England, moral and mental philosophy. The can-
date shall also translate about half a page of Cajsar from the Latin ; one of .^sop's Fables from
18 Oreek, or a passage from Xenophon or the New Testament, with grammatical antdysis.
A board is not re(iuired to examine a candidate who has bpon thrice rejected, fifteen days
fter the examination, the secretary shall report the result to the Superintendent.
Female candidates for academy diplomas are exempt from Grreek and Latin. An option is
Jlowed between universal history, and the histories of France and England together.
The Superintendent furnishes the forms &c., and the expenses are charged to the Department.
)n due notice, the examiners authorized to grant the academy and m;idel school diplomas may de-
the subjects of tb 'ote «me or two quarterly sessions exclusively to those classes. No inspector may be secretary of
;he examiners.
p, ons
idate
h(
N.B. — The questions used at tJiese examinations are draiim by lot from Schedules of
Xattw.—Sallug^ piestions prepared and printed {in 1862-63) for each cUtss of certificate, but the examiners
> ; > , ,
2). /
!c and Montreal,
grant all thre«
Is. The Quebet
Arthabaska,
Saguenay and
rs, Arthabaska,
St. ^Francis,
issue diplomas
or the districta
)lomas only for
ca, Stanstead,
!/hicoutimi, Ri'
)estant section,
November. Can
a testimonial of
e of residence ;'
iviously been ex'
d transmit a sy-
position. Candi-
test shall be re-
explaining the
plied in Englisl
tests as 1 (very
IS certificate, at
%re at liberty to put additional questions.
In 1873, 662 candidates for teachers' certificates were examined, of whom 7 re-
ceived diplomas for academies, 37 for model schools, 560 for elementary schools, and
58 were rejected.
Districts op Inspection, with the Residence of the Inspector.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Residence.
J. B. F. Painohaud, Mt^dalen Islands
Ludger Lussier, County of Bonaventure
T. Tremblay, Coimty of G-asp^
G. Tanguay, Counties of Kamouraska, Rimouski and T^miscouata..
Savard Edouard, County of Chicoutimi I
S. Boivin, Counties of (Jharlevoix and Saguenay
Wm. Thompson, Protestant schools of Counties of M^gantic, Dor-
chester, Beauce, Wolfe and Compton ,
Ed. Carrier, Counties of Dorchester and LSvis
P. F. B€land, Counties of Beauce and Lotbinifire
J. Cr^pault, Counties of Bellechasse, Montmagny and L'lslet
F. E. Juneau, Counties of Quebec, Montmorency, Portneuf and
R. Catholic population of the City of Quebec
Rev. M. M. Fotnergill, Protestant population of the City and CJoun-
ty of Quebec
P. Hubert, Counties of St. Maurice, Maskinongfi and Champlain . .
W. J. Alexander, Counties fif Drummond and Arthabaska, and the
R. C!atholic schools of C!hester, Tingwick, Kingsey and Durham
L. M. Laplante, (Jounties of Nicolet and Yamaska
H. Hubbard, Protestant schools of the Counties of Stanstead, Rich-
mond, Compton, and part of Drummond and Arthabaska
M. Stenson, R. Catholic scnools of the Counties of Wolfe, Richmond,
Compton and of the electoral Town of Sherbrooke
O. A. McLaughlin, Protestant schools of ShefTord, Brome and
Missisquoi
Magdalen Islands.
Carleton.
Grande Rividre,GaHp6.
St. Gervais.
Chicoutimi. "i*
Bale St. Paul.
Leeds.
L6vis.
Ste. .Julie.
St. Valier.
Quebec.
Quebec.
Three Rivers,
Roxton Falls, Shf fford.
St. Gr^goire.
Sherbrooke.
Wotton.
Sweetsburgh.
160
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
No.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Name of tho Inspector and Description of hiw District.
VarennoH.
St. C^Baire.
St. Jean.
J. N. Archamba\ilt, (Vnmties of Kichelicn, Verchdres and Cthambly.
J. B. Delage, Countiew of Bagot, Rouvillo and St. Hyacinthe
Michael Caron, Counties of Napierville, Iberville and St. Jean
George Thompson, Counties of Huntingdon, part of (^^h&teauguay
and Argentenil, and the Protestant population of the City of
Montreal
F. X. Valade, Counties of Jacques-fJartier, Hochelaga, Vaudreuil
and Soulanges, and the R. Catholic population of the City of
Montreal
A. D. Dorval, Counties of Berthier, Joliette, Montcalm and L'As-
somption
L. Grondin, Counties of Beauhamois, Laprairie and Chateauguay,
with the exception of the Protestant schools of Ormstown and
St. Jean Chrysostftme Laprairie,
Anth. Pilon, Counties of Laval, Terrebonne, Deux-Montagnes and
part of Argentenil
B. McGrath, Protestant population of the Counties of Outaouais and
Pontiac
Aug. Gay, R. CJatholic population of the Counties of Outaouais and
Pontiac
D68ir6 B6gin, Coimty Rimouski
Ad. Fontame, Counties of Berthier and Joliette
Rev. W. J. Lyster
Residence.
Huntingdon.
Longueuil.
L'Assomption.
St. Vincent de Paul,
Aylmer.
Wakefield,
i Rimouski.
Joliette.
Cape Cove.
St.
Ste.
Ste.
Ste.
Troisl
QuebJ
Monti
Lennq
The Classical and industrial Colleges occupy a position somewhat analogous to that
of the high schools in Ontario. They are, however, on an average more numerously
attended, and they receive pupils at an earlier stage of advancement. They are chiefly
boarding schools, but admit day scholars also. **
The course of study usually comprises religious instruction, mathematics, physical
science, English, French, Latin, Creek, and sometimes other languages ; geography,
history, rhetoric and Belles Lettres, mental and moral philosophy, agriculture and
commerce; drawing, vocal and instrumental music. Theology and other subjects are
also provided for. The number of years required to complete the courses varies from
4 to 10 years.
In the Industrial Colleges the course is generally somewhat shorter than in the
classical, and a larger proportion of pupils receive a specially commercial training.
In the Roman Catholic Colleges there were 5,586 boys, and in the Protestant Col-
leges, 820 boys and 172 girls in 1873. The total expenditure was ^298,926, and the
total real estate f 1 ,868,517.
Classical Colleges.
College.
L'Assomption
Montreal . . . ,
Nicolet
Quebec
Rigaud
d
<M o
o-^
^^
oa
cs 2
P 3
Q.
o
3
^
PM
1832
220
1773
300
1804
309
lfi63
427
1850
152
Governing Body.
Bishop, Founders, and Offi-
cers
Superior and 5 Sulpicians . .
Seven Directors
Superior and 4 Directors
Bishop, Superior and D'
rector
«, Q *
700001
224000
141000
400000
16200
1.1
a a
X
7000
18000
15327
22000
15200
Teaching Staff.
21 Clergy and Religions
20 do
21 do
20 Priests and Lajrmeu
13 Clergy of St. Viateur
Residence.
no8.
aaire,
m.
igdon.
euil.
imption.
rie.
icent de Paul.
p.
eld.
)ki.
»
ove.
logouB to that
numerously
ley are chiefly
itics, physical
geography,
riculture and
subjects are
varies from
than in the
training,
otestant Col-
926, and the
dng Staff.
lind Religious
do
do
iind Laymen
fSt.Viateur
THE COLLEGES.
151
College.
a
0-n
5 «
Rimouski
St. Anne Lapooatidre
St. Hyacinthe
Ste. Marie
Ste. Marie Monnoir..
Ste. Thfirise
TJ 00
O
1862
1827
1816
1848
1853
1825
Governing Botly.
Trois RiviftreH 1859
Quebec High School.
Montreal High School
Lennoxville
Morrin . . .
St. Francis
1843
1843
1843
1861
1854
126 Eceleaiastics and Laymen
212 A'bishop Quebec, Director
and Curates . .
256 Bishop and 12 Priests
366 R. C. Bishop Montreal and
Rector
173, Cure and 4 Directors
188 R. C. Bishop Montreal and
i 30 Priests
206 A Director and 8 Laymen . .
120 15 Directors
342 McGill College Corporation
and Principal
125 Anglican Bishops Quebec
and Montreal
175 Clergy and Lajrmen
73 StockholderH and Professors
it
6000
170000
147000
240000
25000
81766
9000
12000
30000
I
29694
.34000
8000
16398
7600
4446
12859
Teaching Staff.
28000
8000
4325
1500
16 Clergy and Laymen
26 ('lergy and Religious
24 Clergy
26 Jesuit Clergy
14 Clergy and Laymen
18 do
17 Clergy
4 Laymen
15 do
Professors
7 Clergy and Laymen
6 do
Industrial Colleges.
College.
a
•w O
Joliette
Laval
L'Islet ..
Longueuil
Masson . .
Notre Dame de Levis
St. Laurent
Ste. Marie . .
St. Michel..
Sherbrooke . . . .
Sorel
Varennes
VerchOres
St. CSsaire
Artbabaskaville
Lachute
Governing Body.
§"
(^
Teaching Staff.
1846i 180 2 Directors and 1 Manager.! 21050
1856
1851
18.55
1847
1852
1847
1855
1853
ia55
1849
1855
1854
1855
134
162
305
324
230
333
148
105
74
80
140
100
23;^
113
157
A Director, &c
School CommiHsioners ....
A Director and Manager . .
Superior, Director and Man
ager
Cure of Levis and 4 Lay-
men
President and 6 Directors
School Commissioners . .
Superior,Principal andCom-
missioners
President and 5 others . .
School Commissioners . .
A Director
Director and Commissioners
6 Directors
6000
8400
16000
83000
21920
6500
660
lOClergyofSt.Viateur
and others
- - - 3 Clei^ and Laymen •
6150 '5 Christian Broohers
:i500l7 Clergy of St. Viateur
24755 28 Clergy and liaymen
7000
50000 25954
3600
3000
5000
10000
9000
8092
7000
6000
2.500
560
1000
10
do
32 Nuns
6 Christian Brothers
3 Laymen
600 1 Clergyman
2000 10 Christian Brothers
2000 7 Brothers of St. Joseph
800
4500
1179
1080
4 Clergy of St. Viateur
10
5
Clergy and Laymen
■(!•-'
■■•I..' .'
102
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
tX: ■
,f)
^ti ^nivtt»i\it».
Pr^m atolU^t ana mniveYieiUy, ^
MOMTRRAL. '
McGill OoUege owes its existence to the Hon. James McGill, a merchant of Montreal,
who died in 1813. By his last will, under date 8th January, 1811, he bequeathed the
Estate of Bumside, situate near the City of Montreal, and containing 47 acres, with
the Manor House thereon, and also the sum of £10,000 in money, to the " Royal In-
stitution for the advancement of Learning," constituted by Act of Parliament in the
4l8t year of the reign of his Majesty King George III., to erect and establish a
Uciversity or (College for the purpose of education and the advancenent of learning in
the Province of Lower Canada, with a competent number of professors and teachers
to render i&uch establishment effectual and beneficial for the purposes intended,
requiring that one of the Colleges to be comprised in the said University, should be
named '^McGill College."
The value of the property was estimated at the date of the bequest at $120,000.
The will was contested by the residuary legatees, and sixteen years elapsed before
effect was given to the intention of the founder. The Royal Charter was, however^
obtained in 1821.
The Medical Faculty was established in 1829. In 1835 Dr. Bethune was appointed
Principal of the University, and portions of the buildings on Sherbrooke street were
commenced in 1839. Stu«I<.nts were first received in these buildings in 1843, in which
year also a Chair of Divinity and two Professorshipb in Arts were added to the
Medical Faculty already established, and the College was formally opened on 7th
September. It was not, however, successful under its then regime, and in 1850, new
appointments were made to the Royal Institution, between which board and that of
the Governors under the College Charter there had been muph antagonism. Several
of the newly appointed members entered actively upon their duties ; a draft of a new
Charter was prepared, which was executed by Her Majesty in 1852. Under the
amended Charter, the members of the Royal Institution are Governors ex officio of
the University.
In 1861 the "William Molson Hall," being the west wing of the McGill College
buildings, with the Museum Rooms, and the Chemical Laboratory and Class Rooms,
was erected through the munificent donation of the founder whose name it bears.
Endowed Chairs. — The Molson Chair of English Language and Literature, in 1856,
by the Hon. John Molson, Thomas Molson, Esq., and William Molson, Esq.— $20,000.
The Peter Redpath Chair of Natural Philosophy, in 1871, by Peter Redpath, Esq. —
$20,000. The Logan Chair of Geology, in 1871, by Sir W. E. Logan, LL.D., F.R.S.
and Hart Logan, Esq.— $20,000. The John Frothingham Chair of Mental and Moral
Philosophy in 1873, by Miss Louisa Frothingham— $20,000.
There are sixteen exhibitions and scholarships in the Faculty of Arts, founded by
various benefactors, and of the annual, value of $100 to $120 ; also nine gold and silver
medals, among the several faculties.
The sum of $19,800 was subscribed in Montreal for the general endowment in 1856,
and $27,100 in 1871, in addition to $9,500 for the Department of Natural Science.
Besides these, numerous special contributions of considerable amount for the museum,
building, library and general equipment of the institution have been received.
By the Royal Charter, granted in 1821 and amended in 1852, the Governors, Princi-
pal and Fellows of McGill College, constitute the Corporation of the University, and,
under the statutes framed by the Governors, with approval of the Visitor, have the
power of granting degrees in all the arts and faculties in McGill College, and Colleges
affiliated thereto.
The statutes and regulations of the university have been framed, with the view of
affording to all classes of persons the greatest possible facilities for the attainment of
mental culture and professional training. In its religious character, the University is
of Montreal,
[ueathed the
7 acres, with
'* Royal In-
anient in the
I establish a
f learning in
and teachers
3S intended,
y, should be
at 1120,000.
Eipsed before
ras, however,
as appointed
B street were
143, in which
dded to the
ened on 7th
in 1850, new
and that of
im. Several
aft of a new
Under the
ex officio of
Rill College
ass Rooms,
) bears,
re, in 1856,
—$20,000.
ath, Esq. —
.D.) f .B.o.
and Moral
founded by
and silver
it in 1866,
Science.
museum,
3d.
s, Princi-
bsity, and,
r, have the
|d Colleges
\e view of
linment of
liversity is
McOILL OOLLEOK AND UNIVERSITY.
163
Protestant, but not denominational -, and while all possible attention will be given tu
the character and conduct of studonts, no interference with their peculiar religions
views will be sanctioned.
Affiliated Collajea. — StildentHof Affiliated CollegeH are mfttriculatetl in the Univerhity, and may
pursue their coune of atudy wholly in the Affiliated College, or in part in McGill ColU-ge, and may
come up to the imiversity examinationH on the Hame termH vni\\ the HtudentM of McGrill College.
Morrin Oollege, Quebec, in affiliated in ho far aH re^^ards de^'reoB in ArtH and I^nw.
Affiliated Theoloukal Collcfleg.— The Congregational College of British North America, Mon-
treal ; and the Presbyterian College of Montreal, in connection with the Canada PreBbyterian
Church. Affiliated 'llieological CoTlegeH have the right of obtaining for their BtudentH the advan-
tage, in whole or in part, of the course of study in Arts, with auch facilitieu in legard to exceptions
as may be agreed upon.
Affiliated Schools. — The MoGill Normal School provides the traiting re«iuiHite for teachers of
Elementary and Model Schools and Academies. Teachers trained in this school are entitled to
provincial diplomas. The Model Schools of the McGill Normal School are elementary schools,
divided into a boys' department, girls' department and primary schools.
Visitor. — His Excellency the Earl of Dufferin, Governor-General.
Governors. — Hon. Charles Dewey Day, LL.D., D.C.L., President and Chancellor of
the University; Hon. James Ferrier, Senator, M.L.C.; Andrew Robertson, M.A., Q.C. ;
Hon. Christopher Dunkin,M. A., D.C.L.; Hon. Sir John Rose, Bart., K.C.M.G.; Peter
Redpath, David Torrance, George Moffatt, M.A. ; John H. R. Molson, Hon. Frede-
rick W. Torrance, M.A,, B.C.L. : Charles J. Brydges, Hon. Sir Alexander T. Gait,
K.C.M.G.
Principal. — John William Dawson, M. A., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-Chancellor.
Fellows. — Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L., LL.D., Vice-Principal and Dean of the
Faculty of Arts; Henry Aspinwall Howe, LL.D.; Hon. J. J. C. Abbett, D.C.L.. Q.C.,
Dean of the Faculty of Law; Sir William E. Logan, LL.D., F.R.S.; George W. Camp-
bell, M.A., M.D., LL.D., Dean of the Faculty of Medicine; Rev. John Cooke, D.D.,
Principal of Morrin College, Quebec; Alexander Johnson, M.A., LL.D., Professor of
Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, McGill College; Rev. George Cornish, M.A.,
LL.D., Professor of Classical Literature, McGill University; Rev. Henry Wilkes, M. A. ,
D.D., LL.D., Principal and Professor of Theology and Church History in the Congre-
gational College of British North America; Rev. D. H. McVicar, LL.D., Principal and
Professor of Theology in the Presbyterian College of Montreal ; R. A. Ramsay, M.A.,
B.C.L. , Representative Fellow in Arts ; John Reddy, M.D., Representative Fellow in
Medicine; William H. Hicks, Principal of MoGill Normal School; Rev. John Jenkins,
D.D., Chairman of the Protestant Board of School Commissioners for the City of Mon-
treal; J. J. McLaren, M.A., B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law; Edward Holton,
B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law; Gonzalve Doutre, D.C.L., Professor of Civil
Procedure; D,C. McCallum, M.D., Professor of Midwifery; Samuel B. Schmidt, M.D.,
Representative Fellow in Medicine; John R. Dougall, M.A., Representative Fellow in
Arts.
Secretary, Registrar and Bursar. — William Craig Baynes, B.A., Residence, East Wing,
McGiU College. Office, Bumside Hall. Office hours, 10 to 2.
Assistant Secretary.-j-E^dwaxd Alfred Baynes, B.C.L.
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION.
Professors. — John William Dawson, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Principal, Logan Profes-
sor of Geology and Professor of Natural Philosophy; Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.CL.,
LL.D., Vice-President, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Molson Professor of English
Literature; Heniy Aspinwall Howe, LL.D., Emeritus Professor of Mathematics and
Natural Philosophy; Hon. J. J. C. Abbott, D.C.L., Dean of the Faculty of Law and Pro-
fessor of Commercial Law; George W. Campbell, M. A., LL.D., Dean of the Faculty of
Medicine and Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Medicine ; William E. Scott, M.D.,
Anatomy; William Wright, M.D., Materia Medica and Pharmacy; Robert P. Howard,
M.D., the Theory and Practice of Medicine; Rev. A. de Sola, LL.D., Hebrew and
Oriental Literature; Hon. William Badgley, D.C.L., Public and Criminal Law; R. G.
Laflamme, D.C.L., Law of Real Estate; Charles F. A. Markgraf, M.A., German Lan-
guage and Literature; D. C. McCallum, M.D., Midwifery and Diseases of Woiiien and
Children; Alexander Johnson, M.A., LL.D., Mathematics, and Redpath Professor of .
154
PR0VIN(;K of QUEBEC.
Natural Philosophy; Kov. Goorgo Cominh, MA., LL.D., (Masaical Literature; Pierre
J, Daroy, M.D., B.C.L., French Language and Literature; Robert Craik, M.D., Che-
mistry; Edward Carter, Q.C., B.C.L., Associate Professor of Criminal Law; O. E.
Penwick, M.D., Surgery; Joseph M, Drake, M.D., Emeritus Professor in the Faculty
of Medicine ; N. W. Trenholme, M.A., B.CL., Roman Law; J. S.C. Wurtele, B.C.L.,
Associate Professor of Commercial Law; William H. Kerr. D.C.L., International Law;
Gonzalve Doutre, D.C.L., Civil Procedure; George F.Armstrong, M.A., C.E., F.G.S.,
Civil Engineering and Api)lied Mechanics; Gilbert P. Girdwood, M.D., Practical Che-
mistry; Rev. J. Clark Murray, LL.D., Logic, and John Frothingham Professor of
Mental and Moral Philosophy; H. F. Rainville, LL.B., (Laval) Associate Professor of
Real Estate Law; George Ross, M.A., M.D., Clinical Medicine; Bernard J. Harring-
ton, B. A., Ph. D., Assaying and Mining, and Lecturer on Chemistry; Thomas G. Rod-
dick, M.D., Clinical Surgery; William Osier, M.D., Institutes of Medicine; Robert T.
Godfrey, M.D., Hygeine and Public Health; William Gardner, M.D., Medical Juris-
prudence.
Lecturers. — J. S. Archibald, B.A., B.C.L., Criminal Law; C. H. McLeod, Bachelor
of Applied Science, Superintendent of MeteorogicalObsei'vatory; Christopher A. Geof-
frion, B.C.L., Roman Law; Edmond Lareau, B.C.L., Legal History; Francis J.. She-
pherd, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy.
John Andrew, Instructor in Elocution; Frederick S. Barujum, Instructor in Gym-
nastics.
FACULTY OF AHTH.
m.
;1
'~%
Matriculation ami Admission, / s
" ' '■ ■/
The Hesnion extends from Snptember 15tli to April IWth.
(.'audiilttteH for matriculation are required to present themselveH, on the 15th of September,
for examination ; they may, however, enter after the commencement of the Hession, if found
qualified to join the classes. Subjects : —
Tv CiaHsivD. -Ijatin Grammar, Greek Grammar, and one easy Latin and one easy Greek
author. The authors recommended are (Jaesar ; Hallust ; Virgil ^Eneid. Bk. I. ; Xenophon, Ana-
basis, lik. I. ; Homer, Iliatl, Bk. I.
In Matheniatics.—Arithmetic ; Algelu-a, to Simple Eciuations, inclusive : Euclid's Elements,
Bks. L, II., III.
In Jiiif/Hsh. —Writing trom Dictation. .1 •, .
(/'andidates not matriculated may be admitted to the standing of students of the second year,
provi(ied that they pass the sessional examinations of the first year, or an e(iuivalent examination
at the beginning of the second year.
Special arrangements are made for the attendance of occasional or partial students.
Every student is expected to present, on his entrance, a written intimation from his parent
or guardian, of the name of the minister f)f religion under whose care and instiniction it is desired
that the student shall be placed, who will thereupon be invited to place himself in communication
with the Faculty on the subject. Failing such intimation from the parent or guardian, the
Faculty will endeavour to establish such relations.
, . , , Course for li.A. \ ' '
First Fca?'.— Classics; French or (German ; English Language and Literature; Pure Mathe-
matics ; History ; Elementary Chemistry.
Second Year, — Classics; French or German ; Ijogic ; Pure Mathemalics ; Botany.
Third Fmn— Classics ; Rhetoric; Mental and Moral Philosophy; Mixed Mathematics;
Exi)erimental Physics; Zoology.
Fourth Fca?'.— Classics ; English Literature ; Mental and Moral Philosophy ; Mixed Mathe-
matics ; Experimental Physics ; Mineralogjy and Geology.
If^ndergraduates are required to study either French or German for two years, unless permitted
by the Faculty to take Spanish. Students who intend to join any theological school, may take
Hebrew instead.
At the examination for the degree of B.A., honors are given in the following subjects, for
which special courses are provided :— Classical Languages and Literature ; Mathematics and Phy-
sics ; Logic and Mental and'Moral Philosophy ; English Language, Literature and History ;
Geology and other Natural Sciences. Students taking B. A. honors in any of these courses, may
•mit two of the ordinary subjects in the degree examinatii>n.
Scholarships and ExhVntions.
Scholarships are di\'ided into two classes. Subjects of examination :—
Science Scholarships. — Differential and Integral Calculus ; Analytic Geometry ; Plane and
Spherical Trigonometry ; Higher Algebra and Theory' of Equations ; Pure Mathematics (as in
ordinary ijourse) ; Botany ; ( 'hemistry ; Logic.
re; Pierre
tf.D., Che-
iaw; G. E.
he Faculty
le.B.C.L.,
jonal Law;
S.,F.G.8.,
«tical Ghe-
rofesBor of
•rofeasor of
r. Harrinff-
lafi G. Rod-
Robert T.
iioal Juris-
l, Bachelor
er A. Geof-
icis J.. She-
or in Gyin-
Mt'dlLL (JOLLKOK AND ITNIVKHSITY.
155
E Septomber,
on, if found
I easy Greek
lophon, Ana-
's Elements,
second year,
examination
ts.
n his parent
it iH desired
municat.ion
iiardian, the
i'ure Mathe-
lathematics ;
ixed Mathe-
Iss permitted
V may take
lubjects, for
Ics and Phy-
Id History;
lourses, may
Plane and
latics (as in
Clamical and Motlerti Lun(/u<ii>e SvholarKlnpn. (?reek ; Latin ; KhkHhIi CompoHition ; KnifUih
Lanf/uaf{e and Tiiterature ; French.
r'lnt year exhibitionH are o|.en for competition to t^andidateH for entrani-e into the firHt year.
Second year exhibitions are ouen for competition to stiidentH who have i)aMMe<l the tint year
Isessicmal examination, nrovided tnat not more than two HeHxioiiH have ela]iseii since their matncn-
ation ; and also to caniiidates for entranto into the second year. Huiijects of exandnation :■ —
Firgt Fmr. (JlastiicH. Mathemnti<;s, Kuxlish.
Second Kertr.— (~) lassies, Mathematics, English liangnagu. Chemistry, French.
The first and second year exliihition examinations will, for candidates who have not pre-
viously entered the University, be regarded as matriculati<m examinations.
Eruminatutim.
There are two College exandnations in each year : one at ('hristnias, and tin- other at the end
of the session. In the Fourth year only, the University examination fi>r H. A. takes the place of
the sessional exannnation. Students who fail in uiiy sunject in either of t.hese examinations are
required to pass a supplemental examination.
For the degree of B.A. there are three University examinations : -Tlie Matrinilntion ; the
Intet'tnediate, at the end of the second year ; and the Final, at the end of the fourth year.
In the intermediate examination, the subjects are ( -lasHics and Puie Mathematics, Logic and
the English Languiige, with one other Modern Language, or Botany. Theological students are
allowed to take Hebrew instead of a model ii langua^j'e.
For the final examination, six subjects are appouited, namely : t'lassios, Mixed Mathematics,
Mental and Moral Philosophy, Natunil Science, Experimental Physics, one Modern Language and
literature (or Hebrew), with History. Every candidate must pass in four of these, namely : (51a8sics
and Mixed iVIathematics, which are obligatory; and any two of the remaining subjects, at his
option.
Certain exemptions are allowed to candidates for honors in the third and fourth years.
Exemptions are also allowed students of the third and fourth yeai-s, matriculated in the
faculties of Law or Medicine :
In the third year they may omit Astronomy and Optics, and any one of the following :
Zoology, Experimental Physics or Hhetoric.
In tlie fourth year they may omit Greek ; and also Geology or Experimental Physics. At the
Christmas examinations of the fourth year, they may omit Astronomy and Optics.
In the ordinary B. A. examinations they may, in Classics, pass in liatin alone ; and in Mixed
Mathematics, in Mechanics and Hydrostatics alone.
Degree of M.A. — Bachelors of Arts, of at least three years' standing, are entitled to the de-
gree of Master of Arts after such examination and exercises as may be prescrilnsd by the corpora-
tion. The regulation at present is, that tlie candidate shall prepare a thesis on some literary,
scientific or professional subject, approved hj the faculty. Such thesis shall bo reported on by the
faculty of the corj)oration before the granting of the degree.
Students of A,rfifinted T/ieotmjiral CoHeijen, whether entered as matriculated or occasional, are
subjeot to the regulations of the Faculty of Arts, in the same manner as other students.
The faculty will make formal reports to the governing body of the Theological C'ollege to
which any such students may behmg, as to their conduct and attendance on the classes of the
faculty, and their standing in the several examinations; such repoi-ts to be furnished after the
Christmas and sessional examinations, severally, if called for.
All students shall be subject to the College regulations for attendance and conduct.
Students may borrow books from the LiV)rary on depositing the sum of four dollars with the
librarian, and signing a receipt for the books ; such deposit to be returned to the student on his
returning the books uninjure«i. Those designated " books of reference " may not, however, be so
removed.
/Vcs. — Matriculation fee for the first year (to be paid in the year of entrance only), $4 ; for
the second year (for students who enter in tlie second year, and also those who have failed in the
first year and re-enter in the second year on examination), $(5 ; Sessional fee, 820 ; Library fee, $4 ;
Gymnasium fee, $2. Undergraduates and students in special courses are retjuired to i)ay all the
above fees ; partial students are retjuired to pay the matriculation, library and gymnasium fees,
and $Ti for each class which they attend, or 820 for all the courses ;^occasional students are required
to pay ^5 per session for each course.
DEPARTMENT OF PllACTKML AND APPLIED SCIENCE.
The courses of study in this department are designed to afford a complete preli-
minary training of a technical as well as a theoretical nature, for such students as are
preparing to enter any of the various branches of the professions of Engineering and
Surveying, or are destined to be engatced in Assaying, Practical Chemistry, and the
higher forms of manufacturing art.
Matricufation and Admission.
Junior Year: the subjects for examinatiim will \w.-3fathematic8.- Arithmetic; Algebra, to
nr
156
PROVINCE OF (iUEBEC.
Simple Equations inclusive; Euclid's Elements, Books, I., II., III. J??i(/^m/i.— Writing from
Dictation.
Candidates may enter in the second or middle year, and hk reduce the course necusHary for the
degree in Ajjplied Science, from three to two years, if competent to pass a satisfactory examination.
Occasional students may be admitted to the technical classes upon payment of npecial fees.
Three dibtinct cources of study are provided, each of which extends ovei' three, or unde
certain conditions two .years, and is specially adapted to the prospective pursuits of the student.
(1) Civil and Mech!',.iii)] Eni^neerin^' ; (2) Assaying and Mhiinj, ; (.3) Practical Chemistry.
The degrees '.onferrcd will be "Bachelor of Appli"';! Science," mention being made in the
Diploma of the p;ir,!cular course of study pursued ; and subsequently the degree of " Master of
Engineering," on tiiose who have pursued Course 1st, and of " Mastti' of Applied Science" on
those who have pursued either of the remaining Courses [2 and A.]
Examinations.
There will be a Sessional College Examination at the end of each year, and also a Christmas
Examination, in the same manner as provided for Undergraduates in Arts.
Unire.rsity Examination for the Degree of J'a:hefor of Applied Srienre. - L'andidates must
pass the Sessional Examinations of the Junior and Middle years, or if admitted in the Middle
yePT, of that year >:rly. 'hey muse alsc pass a tliial examination at the end of thi; third year, in
all the subjects of tlv.t year, in iiddition to a special t xamination in Mathematics, in case of those
vho graduate in tlie course of ([Jivil and Mechanical Engineering.
For the Degree of' Master of Ert/ioeerin;/.- Candidates must be Bachelors in Appli"'^' '^'•i'^nce
of at least three years' standing, and must |)roduce satisfactory certificates of having oeenenga (ed
during that time upon bona fide work m either the civil or mechanical branch of engineering.
'I'hey must pass with credit an examination which will extend over the general theory and
practice of Engineering, in which i)aperK will be set having special reference to that particular
branch upon wLlch they have, during tlie three preceding years, been engaged, 'i'he examina-
tion will be held in the second week of December,
For the Degree of Master of Applied .SV/enre.— Candidates must be Bachelors of Applied
Scier je of at least three years' standing, mu.'it present certificates of having been employed during
that tiine under competent '/''idance in some branch of scientific work, and must pass with credit
an examination in the theoi' and practice of tliose branches of scientific work in wliich they may
have been engaged. Tin other conditions as under the last heading.
A special course is also jjiovided for the degree of B.A., with that of Bachelor of Applied
Science.
Fees and Residence. — In the Cturse of Engineering: Classes in Arts, $20; Classes in En-
gineering, Surveying and Drawing, $25 ; Library, §1 ; in all $19 for each sessicm. In the Course
of Mining Engineering: Classes in Arts, $20; Professional Cla(j.-5va, Junior Year, $2.5; Middle
and Senior "Vears, S:ib ; Library, $4 ; in all C 19 to $59 for 'i^ach session. Matiiculation Fee (in
the first year only), $-1 ; Fee for degree of Bachelor of Applied Science, $10 ; Master of Engineer-
ing or Master of Api)lied Science, .$50. Special fees for o'loasional students.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
The annual session of the Medical Faculty opens on October 1st, with a general
introductory lecture. The regular lectures are continued during the six months fol-
lowing. The beautiful and commodious new building erected by the Governors of
the University for the use of the Medical Faculty has been completed and is iiow
oocui)ied.
The class tickets for the various courses are accepted as qualifying candidates for examina-
tion before the uiiiversities and colleges of Creat Britain and Ireland, the medical boards of the
Army and Navy, and the C-ollege of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario.
The student is advised to pass the Matriculation Examination in March, ,so that his four
years of jmpilage may exj)ire at the close of a winter session. A certificate of having passed such
examiaation before the e.\aminers appointed by the ('ollege of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario
(see p. 12i) will be accepted by this Ifniversity.
A medical sessioii consists of eiiregistration aad attendance upoii at leas' two six months'
course.'^, or one .six months' and two three mouths' courses. ,
ill order that nulical students may avail themselves of the unusual o})portunities for the
practical study ol disease afforded by the hospitals of this city, the special course of clinical in-
.struction during the summer months will be continued.
The Fee for each class sh.all be !?12, with the the following exceptions : -for that of Medical
Juri.s])rudence, ;?10 ; for those of (Minical Medicine and Clinical Surgery, .$0 ea^^h ; for Botany and
Zoology, $.5 ; Practical Anatomy, .S5 The class fees are payable in advance.
Any student, after having paid the fees, and attended two courses of any class, shall be enti-
tled to a perpetual ticket for that class.
Exariiinations.
The Matriculation Examination will be held the first Saturday in October and the Last Satur-
day in March in «ach year. The recjuirenieuts are the same as iu Ontario (p. 121).
iting from
ary for the
amination.
cial fees,
e, 01' unde
he Htudent.
Btry.
aade in the
' Master of
science" on
I Christmas
dates must
the Middle
lird year, in
ase of those
fW^A s5ni<'nce
leen enga ?ed
leering.
theory and
\,t particxilar
he examina-
of Applied
loyed during
s with credit
,ch they may
r of Applied
asses in En-
n the Course
§2.5 ; Middle
tion Fee (in
f Engincer-
a gei)eral
luontlis fol-
pvemors of
and is how
Ifor examina-
loards f)f the
Ih&t his four
; passed such
ns of Ontario
1 six months'
ties for the
clinical in-
of Medical
■ liotany and
lliall be enti-
last Satur-
MCGILL COLLECE AND UNIVKRSITY.
157
(iraduates in Arts of recognized Universities are not re<|uired to submit to the Matriculation
Examination, a-id a certificate of having passed this examination before the Crjllege of Physicians
and Kurgeou.H of Ontario will l)e accejited by this ITniversity.
No one shall be admitted to the Dcijree of Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgei-y who
shall not either— Ist, have attended lectures for a period of at least four sessions in this University,
or some other university, college or School of Medicine ai)prove<l of by this University ; or, 2ndly,
have studied Medicine during at least four yt;ai-8, and during that time have attended lectures for
a period of at least three sessions, either in this University, or some other uiiiveraity, college or
School of Medicine approved of by this University.
Candidates for the Final Examination shall furnish testimonials of attendance on the follow-
ing branches of medical education, vi/,. : —
Two courses of six months in Anatomy, ( liemistry, Materia Medica and Pharmacy, Institutes
of Medicine, Principles and Privctice of Surgery, Midwifery and Diseases of Women and Children,
Theory and Practice of Medi<:ine and Practical Anatomy.
Two courses of three months in ( linical Medicine and ( 'linical Surgery.
One course of three months in Medical .Turisi)rndence, Botany and Zoology, and Practical
(chemistry.
The candidate must give proof by tickt^t of having attended during twelve months the prac-
tice of some ho8])ital ajjproved of ; also jjroof of having attended for at least six months the
practice of a lying-in hospital approved of, and of having attended at least six cases of accouche-
uient.
No one shall be permitted to become a candidate for examination who shall not have attended
at least one session of this University, and during that session one full course of all the branches
included m its curricidum.
Every candidate for the Degree must on or before the 1.5th of February present to the Dean
testimonials of hi f qualifications, entitling him to an examination, and also a Thesis or Inaugvu'al
Dissertation; written b" himself, on some Hubje<;t connected with Medical or Surgical Science, in
the Latin, Engli.sh or French languages ; also a declaration that he is 21 years of age, and not
under articles a* a i)upil.
The examinations will be divided into Primary and Final, the former comprehending Anato-
my, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Institutes of Medicine, and Botany or Zoology; the latter-
Practice of M'dicine, Surgery, Midwifery and Medical Jurisprudence. It will be optional with
the student to present himself for the Primary Examination at the end of the third session or the
thiid yep".
FACULTY OF LAW.
The classes in Law commence on the 1st of October, and extend to March Slat.
Students who avail themselves of the privilege of attending two years only, will
nevertheless be required to pass an examination in the subjects comprized in the three
years' co\irs8.
Matriculated students who do not take the whole course are classed as partial stu-
dents, and are not entitled to proceed to the the degree of B.C.L.
Students who have completed their course of three years, or of two years, if they
have commenced in the third year of their indentures, --and have passed a sat-
isfactory examination, will be entitled, upon the certificate and recommendation of
the faculty, to the degree of Bachelor of Civil Law.
Candidates for Matriculation pass an examination, satisfactory to the Facidty of Law, in
l^atin, French, English, Mathematics anrl Ancient and Modern History, and the books upon which
such examination shall be had, shall be from time to time fixed by the faculty.
No student shall be considered as having kept a session, unless he shall have attended r»'gularly
all the coTirses of Lectures, and shall have passed the sessional examinations.
No student shall pass for the degree of P.C.'.L. unless he has prepared a thesis either in French
or English which shall have been approved by the faculty.
Tile subject of such thesis shall be left to the choice of the student, but it must fall within the
range of study of the faculty, and shall not exceed twenty pages of thirty lines each.
Fees. — Matriculation fee, $5; sessional fee by ordinary students, .S20 ; sessional fee by oc-
casional "r i^artial students, for each coiu'se, 85 ; graduation fee, including diploma and case, $10.
All of V 1;' f fiis .liall be paid in advance. But students already on the Ijooks of the l^niversity
shall iiot 'h- I'l'ijuir. 1 to jiay any matriculation fee.
E- ;• ."i,Vidlr)>» « for the degree of D.C'.L. shall lie required to pass within four years from
his gr.iM'- :;, II as '^.TL.. such examinations as shall be prescribed; unless he shall h.-^ve grad-
uated a' P '''./ , ' * *liia Univeisity, either in course or ad (umlcm. And not less than two mimths
bcfore*pro< '; . t>> die degree of D.('.T... tha candidate shall deliver to the faculty twenty-five
jn'inted copies oi a ihesis uj)on a subject selected or ajjjji'oved by the faculty ; sucli thesis to con-
tain not less than twenty-five octavo pages of printed matter, and possessinji; such merit as «hail
justify them in recommending him for that degree. The candidate shall pay annually during the
twelve years a fee of two dollars, to l)e added to the library fund of the if idty.
158
PROVINfJE OF QUEBK(!.
S(!HOOL KXAMINATIONS FOR THE CERTXFKJATB OF THE
ASSOCIATE IN AltTH.
UNIVERSITY AND THK TITLE OF
Siibjectn of Examinatuni. — 1870.
These are divided into two classes : Prdimhuiry, citnsistiiig of those in which every
caiidid<ate must pass ; and Optiunal, consisting of those in which the candidate may
have a choice.
Candidates wlio fail, may come up at the next examination without extra fee.
Tlie examinations will be held in the William Molson Hall, on Thiirsday, May 25th,
and successive days, except Saturday, in the following order : I. Preliminary subjects. —
(May 25th,) English ; Geography ; Grospels ; (26th,) Arithmetic ; British and Canadian
History. II. Optional subjects.— (May 29th,) Latin; French; (30th,) Greek ; Ger-
man ; (31st,) Mathematics, &c. ; (June 1st,) English, &c. ; (June 2nd,) Natural
Science. Hours of examinations, 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. The examination fee ($4) must
be paid by candidates to the Secretary of the University on entering their names.
The Prt'limiuary subjects with their values severally are :—
Engliwh reading, ;iO marks ; English dictation, 40 ; English Grammar (as in Morell), 50 ;
Arithmetic (all the ordinary rules), iK) ; Geogr .phy (acquaintance with the maps of each of the
foxir Continents, and of British North America), 50; British History (as in Collier), and Cana-
dian History, 50.
The canclidatea will also be examined in the Gospels, unless objection be made thereto by their
parents or guardians, and creditable answering in the same will be mentioned in the certificate.
Additional marks, not exceeding 20, may be allowed in the Dictation paper, for quality of
hand-writing.
No candidate can pass unless he .shall have obtained at least one-lhird of the total number of
marks in each of *■><; above subjects, except Keatling and Dictation, in which two-thirds w'lW he
re(|uired.
The Optional subjects are divided into three sections, as follows : —
Laiinuiujea. Latin (l.^O marks), Grammar ; Cajsar, B. G. Bk. I. ; Horace, Odes, Bk. I. ; Vir-
gil, ^]n., Bk. I. Greek (150), Grannuar ; Homer, Iliad, Bk. I. ; Xenophon, Anabasis, Bk. I.
French (100), Grammar ; Heading and translation of a French author ; translation of English into
French. German (100), Grainniar ; Reading and translation of a German author ; transL-vtion of
German into Ji^nglish. ,
Mathemativs, Natural Philonoph)/, See- Geometri/ (loO), VaicUA, I., II., III. Algebra (150)-
to Simple E<iuations. Natural Philosophii (100), Mechanics and Hydrostatics (Loomis). Ele
mentary Mensuration of Surfaces and Solids (100), (Chambers' Course). Mechanical and Archi-
tectural Drawing (100).
En<ilish.—Thc Ea<jlish Lamjaage (100), Earl's Philology of 'the English Tongue, Historic
Sketch and chajw. V.' to VIII. Trench's Study of Words." English Literature (100), Collier's
History of English literature ; Bimyan's Pilgrim's Progress. Additional marks, not exceeding .50,
may he allowed in the Literature paper for (juality of composition. History (100), White's Out-
lines of Universal History. Geography (100), Physical, Political and Commercial. Instead of
passing in one or more subjects of the English Secti(m, Candidates may, if they prefer it, pass in
one or more of the following subjects : -
Natural Science. — Zoology (100), (as in Paterson's Zoologv for Schools.) Botany (100), (as in
Gray's First Lessons.) Geology (100), (as in Dana's Text-Book.) Chemistry (100), (as in Wilson's
School Chemistry.)
Every candidate nuist vass in at least one ri the optional sections.
Every candidate who passes in not less than three of the total number of optional subjects, in
addition to the preliminary subjects, will be entitled to receive the school certificate of the
University.
No candidate will have passed in any optional subject, unless he hiw obtained <i< /c«s< one-
fourth of the marks obtainal)le in that subject.
Any '!anditlate who i>asses in more than one subject of any fsection, and who in at least one
of those subjects obtains inorc than half the total mmiberof marks, will be entitled to a certificate
of creditable answering in t.hat section. No marks in any subjects shall be counted unless the
candidate has gained at least tlie mininmm number of marks in that subject.
C'andidiites passing in French or other Modern Language or languages, and not in Latin or
Greek, shall receive a junior certificate ; candidates passing in Latin and (rreek, or in Latin or
Greek witli a Modern Language, shall receive a senior lertificate.
( 'andidates taking senior certificates sh.all be termed Associates in .Arts of the University
Every candidate shall present certificates of character, and that his age does not exceed
eighteen years.
Those who pass in T-ptin, (jlreck. Fnglisli, Algebra and Geometry, will be received as havmg
passed the Matriculation Examination in the Faculty o( Artn.
; TITLE OF
lich every
lidate may
fee.
May 25th,
iiibjects. —
[ Canadian
eek ; Ger-
) Natural
I ($4) nniat
ames.
lorell), 50;
each of the
, and Caiia-
•eto by their
srtificate.
)r quality of
number of
lirds will be
;k. I. ; Vir-
isis, 6k. I.
English into
[vn^L'^ion of
'ebra (150)-
imis). Ele
nd Archl-
Historic
t'ollier's
enedinff 50,
ite'H Out-
Instead of
it, pass in
LOO), (as in
Wilson's
ibiects, in
,te of the
hast one-
least one
certificate
inless the
Latin or
Ijatiu or
'ersity
t exceed
Is having
I NIVKKSITY OF LAVAL, I5f>
<^he ^nivmiti) of i^nval,
QUEBEC.
The Laval University was founded in I ^.">2 by the Seminary of Quebec. Tht; Royal
Charter granted by Her Majesty boars date 8th December, 1852. Pope Pius IX. in
the following year granted the Visitor of the University authority to bestow the ordi-
nary degrees iu Theology.
The Archbishop of Quebec is ax o^io the Visitor of the University, and has a veto
on all rules and nominations.
The Superior of the Seminary of Quebec is ex officio tlie Rector of the University.
The Council of the University is composed of the Directors of the Quebec Seminary,
and of the three senior professors of each faculty.
There are four faculties, viz. : Theology, Law, Medicine, and Arts. The professors
of Theoh>gy are named by the Visitor ; all the others are named by the Council ; their
appointments are revocable at pleasure. The degrees granted are those of Bachelor,
Master or Licentiate, and Doctor. Good conduct is an essential condition to the ob-
taining of a degree.
The academic year consists of ten months, and is divided into thi-ee terms. The
first begins on the Wednesday next after September 8th, and ends at Christmas ; the
second ends at Easter, and the third at the beginning of July.
Instruction is given hj professeurs titnlaires, professeurs (ujreyes, and professeuiti
chatges tie coti/rs. The first are the only properly styled professors, "being members of
the University Council, and having a voice in .he deliberations of the faculties. A
" professenr titulaire" in one faculty cannot be named " professenr titulaire " in any
other, but iie may be agrSge or charge de conrs therein.
Visitor— His Grace the Most Reverend Elzear- Alexandre Taschereau, Archbishop of
Quebec.
Rector — M. Thomas Etienne Hamel, Superior of the Seminary of Quebec.
Memberti of douncll — M. Louis Beaudet, Director of the Seminary; M. Louis
Nazaire Begin, Professor in Theology; M. Ovide Brunet, Professor in Arts; Honour-
able NapoltJon Casault, Professor in Law; Alfred Jackson, Esq., Professor in Medi-
cine ; Jean Etienne Landry, Professor in Medicine ; Charles Francois Stanislas Lan-
gelier, Professor in Law; M. Adolphe I. I. Legare, M. Cyrille E. Legaie, M. Victor P.
Legare, M. Louis Napoloon Maingui, M. Michel Edouard Me'thot, M. Benjamin Pa-
quet, M. Louis Honor*^ Paquet, M. Pierre Roussel, Directors of the Seminary; Jniuea
Arthur Sewell, Professor in Medicine ; Honourable Ulric Joseph Tessier, Professor
in Law.
Secretunj, M. Pierre Roiissel ; Asulstant-Hccretanj, M. Joseph Clovis K. LaHamme ;
LibrariuH—M. Michel Edouard Methot.
FACULTY iiF THKOLOdV.
Dean, M. Benjamin Paquet; Secretoiii, M. Louis H. Pacjuet; Professors, M. Benjamin
Paquet, D.D., Professor of Moral Theology ; M. Louis H. Paquet, D.D., Professor of
Dogmatic Theology; M. Louis N. Be'gin, D. D. , Professor of Eccles.iastical History; M.
M. E. M(^thot, M.A., Professor of Holy Scripture ; M. P. Roussel, B.A., Professor of
Moral Theology.
FACULTY OF LAW.
Deoit. Hon. U. J. Tesaier; l^ecretary, E.J. Flynn, Esq.; Professors, Hon. V. J. Tessier,
LL.D., Judge of the Superior Court, Civil Procedure; Hon. N. (^asaiilt, LL.D., .Fudge
i)f the Superior Court, Conuuercial and Maritime Law; C. F. S. Langelier, IjL.B.. Civil
and Administrative Law; J. (t. Colston, LL.D., Commercial Law; E.J. Flynn, LL.B..
.\s8ociate Professor of Roman Law; A. E. .\ubry, LL.D. (Paris) (Honorary Professor)!
formerly Professor of Roman Law in the Laval University.
Coiirkf. ill the Faculty nf Law, 1875-7G.
timt Year.- Uoniau Law, t'ivil haw, Administrative Law.
Sw.ond and Third yea?'."*.- -C'ivil Law, Proceihire, Cunmiercial and Maritime Law. Ad-
ministrativt' Law.
160
PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
in!!'
The course of instruction in completed in three years. The Bachelcr'H Degree is obtained
after passing' the nine terminal exammations in all the Ijranches. _ The liicentiates, instead of the
terminal examinationH, munt have paHsed a double special examination, viz.: a written and an
oral examination in all snbjectH of the course. For tne degree of Doctor, Tjioentiates mtist pub-
licly sustain before the Faculty, a thesis on one of the subjects of the course, and a certain num-
ber of prot> Miti.niH embraced therein.
FACULTY Of .MEDICINE.
Dean, J. A. Sewell, M.A,,M.D.; Secretary, L. J. F. Himard, M.D., Professors, J. A.
Sewell, M.A., M.D., of Internal Pathologj' and Special Therapeutics; J. E. Landry,
M.D., External Pathology and of Theoretical Operative Medicine; A. Jackson,
M.D., Midwifery ; C. E. Leinieux, M.D., Descriptive and Topographical Anatomy;
F. H. A. Larue, M. A., M.D., General and Applied Chemistry ; J. C. Tach^, Physiology;
C. Verge, M.D., Materia Medica and Therapeutics; L Catellier, M.D., Practical
Anatomy and Operative Practical Medicine.
Course in the Faculty of Medicine.
First Year. — Chemistry, Botany, Descriptive and Practical Anatomy, Histology, Physiology
and Hygiene. N.B. — Students admitted in spring are also to take Materia Medica.
Second Year. — Chemistry, Botany, Descriptive and Practical Anatomy, Histology, Hygiene,
Physiology, General Pathology and Materia Medica. N.B.— Stndents admitted in spring must
also pursue Midwifery and the Clinics of the Third Teiin.
Third Year. — Materia Medica, Pathology, Forensic Medicine, Midwifery, Practical Medi-
<;ine. Clinics, Diseases of the Eye and Ear, Accouchemeiita.
Fourth Year. — Materia Medica, Pathology, Forensic Medicine, Midwifery, Pre^.ctical Medi-
cine, Clinics, Diseases of the Eye and Ear, Accoiichements.
Tlie course is completed in four years, or in case of necessity in three. The students enjoy
excellent opportunities for the practical study of the profession. The degree of Bachelor is ob-
tained by passing satisfactorily ?i;we termi!^al examinations, except in the special cases, where it
is allowed after six terms.
Only Licentiates or Doctors are regarded as legally entitled to the Provincial Medical Diplo-
ma entitling them to practise. Two examinations are required ; the first at the end of the second
year, and the final at the end of the course.
The examinations of Laval .ire recognized by the Royal College of Surgeons, I^ondon, and its
graduates are admitted to examination for the London dii>loma.
FACULTY OF ART.S.
Decn, M. E. Methot ; Secretary, M. L, Boaudet ; Professors, Th. E. Hamel, M.A.,
of Physics ; O. BTunet, Member of the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, Botany ;
M. F. Methot, M.A., French Literature ; C. E, Legare, M.A., Latin Literature ; L.
Beaddet, M.A., Greek Literature ; J. C. K. Laflamme, B.A., D.D., Mineralogy and
Geology ; F. H. A. Larue, M.A., M.D., General and Applied Chemistry ; B. Paquet,
B.A., D.D., Natural Law ; L. H. Paquet, B.A., D.D., Dogmatic Theology in its re-
lation Lo L. J. A. Simard, M,D.,|Comparative Zoology, Anatomy and Physiology ;
C. F. S. Langelier, B.A. , LL.B., Political Economy ; L. N. Begin, B.A., D.D., Eccle-
siastical History ; L. J. Langis, B.A,, Moral and Intellectual Fliilosophy ; E. Marcou,
B.A.. B.D., Mathematics and Astronomy; T. S. Hunt, Sc. D., F.R.S., Honorary
Professor, formerly Professor of Ch'^iiistry, Mineralogy and Geology.
The year is divided into First, Second and Third terms. Lecturos are delivered
daily in all the Faculties.
Course in the Faculty of Arts, 1875-76. •
First Term. — Physics, Arithmetic and Algebra, Inorganic Chemistry, Logic.
Second 5rer?n.~- Organic Chemistry, Metaphysics, Mineralogy and G-eology, Geometry, Moral
Philosophy.
Third rerm.— Botany, Geometry and Trigonometry, Metaphysics and Ethics, Astronomy.
The complete covu'se in this faculty for the Master's Degree is not organized for want of
students. (Certain professors have, however, received the degree, after eight years' service in the
affiliated colleges. w
The courses actually given are two ; a private and a public course. The private course in-
cludes the matters required for the Bachelor's Degree, ana is for two years, comprising Philoso-
phy, ^latheyiatics, Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, Botany, Astronomy, Mineralogy, Geology,
and Architecture. This course is followed by the 8t\idents in Philosophy of the Petits Seminaires
of Quebec, and partially by students in Medicine and Law.
ITNIVERSITY OF LAVAL.
m
ie is obtained
instead of the
'ritten and an
tes must pub-
a certain num-
(tfessors, J. A.
. E. Landry,
A. Jackson,
:al Anatomy;
;, Physiology ;
.D., Practical
ogy, Physiology
ica.
iology, Hygiene,
I in sirring must
Practical Medi-
Pri^^ctical Medi-
e students enjoy
' Bachelor is ob-
,1 cases, where it
,1 Medical Diplo-
end of the second
, London, and its
Hamel, M.A.,
klphia, Botany ;
[Literature ; L.
[ineralogy and]
B. Paquet,
flogy in its re-
id Physiology ;[
,, D.D., Eccle-
ly ; E. Marcou,
.S., Honorary
are dolivered
The public course con*i«ta of evening lectures of a more popular character.
The three Bachelor's Degrees are the only ones given on examination, viz. : in Arts, in Let-
ters, a.id in Science.
The candidate passes two examinations.
First examination, subjects : Latin and Greek translation ; liatin composition ; Universal
History, History of Canada and Geography ; elements of the History of Literature and of
Rhetoric ; a Literary Composition ; a Fhilosophical Thesis ; Natural Philosophy and Chemistry ;
Astronomy ; Natural History (Botany, Mineralogy and Geology) ; Arithmetic ; Algebra, to the
second degree of Equations ; elements of Geometry and Rectilinear Trigonometry.
The candidates receive the degrees above mentioned, as they acquit themselves in the several
subjects.
The regulations of the University with respect to its internal management are voluminous ;
they may be seen in the "Annuaire."
Fees. —For board for the thi-eo terms, $120. Faculty of Arts, per term, matriculated, |10 ;
other students, $12 ; for any separate course, $5 and $i). Faculty of Law, $10 and $12. Faculty
of Medicine, per term, four years' course, $1.5 and $18 ; morning lectures only, $16.50 and $20 ;
three years' course, $20 and $24 ; Marine Hosi^ital Clinics, $3 per annum. Diplomas : Bachelor,
Faculty of Arts, $2 ; other Faculties, $5 ; Licentiate, $8 ; Doctor, *""
I. The courses are obligatory, in the order indicated, for all students, regular or
occasional ; this order cannot be varied except by express permission of the Rector,
2, All students must pass the quarterly examinations on these courses, 3. Students
in Law and Medicine take at least once the full public course of the Faculty of Arts.
Students in the Faculty of Theology, during 1874-76, 40 ; Law, 37 ; Medicine, 72 ;
Arts, 88.
Since the foundation of Laval University in 1854, degrees have been conferred as
follows : —
Bachelier ^s Sciences, 72 ; Bachelier ^s Lettres, 47 ; Bachelier ^s Arts, 86 ; Bache-
lier en Medecine, 112 ; Bachelier en Droit, 84 ; Bachelier en Th6ologie, 37 ; Maltre
fes Arts, 21 ; Licenci^ en M(?decine, 76 ; Licenci^ en Droit, 14 ; Licencid en Thdologie,
7 ; Docteur hs Sciences, 1 ; Docteur fes Lettres, 2 ; Do<4)itir en Medecine, 44 ; Docteur
en Droit, 12 ; Docteur en Th6ologie, 9.
The Seminary of Quebec possesses a most valuable collection of above 150 pictures,
a catalogue of which is given in the " Annuaire," many of them being works of
eminent artists. In the museum there are of birds, 554 specimens ; of mammalia, 48 ;
of fishes and reptiles, 60,
AFFILIATED COLLEaES OR SCHOOLS,
N,B.— In order to be afiBliattd to Laval University, a college must (1) teach at least the
subjects necessary to enable its pupils to present themselves at the prescribed trials for the degree
of B,A., and (2) require, as a general rule, that its pupils submit to the examination in Literature,
after Rhetoric, and the examination in Science and Philosophy, after the two years of Philosophy.
Le Petit Seminaire de Quebec. 8npenor, Very Rev. T, E, Hamel, M.A.
Le Seminaire de Nicolet, Nicolet. iSuperinr, Very Rev. T. Caiun, V.G.
Le College de Sainte Anne, Ste, Anne La Pocatifere. Suptrior, Rev. F. Buteau.
Le Petit Seminaire de Ste. Th^rfese, Ste. Th«^rfese de BlainviUe. S-uperior, Rev.
Nantel, M.A.
Le College St. Joseph, Trois Rivie'res. Superior, Very Rf v. 0. Caron, V.G.
A.
1
Le Petit Seminaire do
Couture, Sc. B.
St, Germain de Uimuuski, Rimouski. Director, Rev, E.
AFFILIATED GPEAT SEMINARIES.
Ic*
eometry. Moral]
In, Astronomy .
fced for want of
service in the]
ivate course in-
[prising Philos.v
Valogy, Geology,!
htits SeminairesI
N.B-'-'l'he affiliation of Great Seminaries to Laval University consists in the acceptance of
certain fundamental points which may serve as a basis for obtaining degrees in Theology. I'lipil*
of Great Affiliatid Seminarit'S may obtain the title of Bachelor in Theology, by succepsfully
imdergoiug a prescribed number of quarterly examinations in their own Great Seminary.
The Great Seminary of Quebec, comprising all the theological students who aro
under its jurisdiction and who follow it^ course, Quebec.
The Great Seminary of St. Anne's College, St. Anne Lapocatifere.
The Great Seminary of St. Germain de Rimouski, Rimouski.
The Ptminary is the Oollegi.'vte Dcpartintnt of the L:i\al University, Tb« Great
m
162
PROVINCE OF QUEBKC.
Seminary comprises the Theolog'oal Department. The Minor Seminary is a prepara-
toiy school to the higher institutions.
Superior, M. Thomas Etienne Hamel ; Directors, MM. M. E. Mdthot, A. I. I.
Jjegarfe, Procureur, C. E. Legar6, P. Rouasel, L. N. Maingni, Assistant Procxireur,
L. Beaudot, B. Paquet, L. Paquet, V. P. Legarfe ; Additional, M. L. N. Begin ; Asso-
ciate Friests, MM. J. F. Baillairgd, L. J. Langis, A. A. Blais (absent), E. Audette,
A. J. A. Papineau, D. Lemieux, G. Fraser, C. Lallamme, E. Marcoux, F. Gendron, J.
' BiiUantyne.
GREAT 8RMINAKY.
■ '* 'i
Director, M. C. E. Legare ; Professors, MM. M. E. M6?hot, L. H. Paquet, L. N.
B6gin, C. E. Legar6, T. E. Hamel.
MINOR SEMINARY.
Director , M. W P. Legare ; Prefect of Htv,dies, M. P. Roussel ; Professorf, MM. A.
Papineau, C. Laflainme, F. A. H. Larue, T. E. Hamel, E. Marcoux, M. Labrecque,
C. GagnoUj F. X. Belanger, E. Nadeau, O. Godin, L. Savard, O. Mathieu, E. Page,
L. Qu6/,el ; L. Guerin. History, MM. P. Roy, E. Moisan. English, MM. E.
Audette, J. Ballantyne. Peligious Instruction, MM. P. Roussel, C. Laflaninie, L. N.
Be^in, E. Marcoux, F. X. Bellay, G. Fraser, F. Gendron, J. Gauthier, J. Ballantyne ;
M'lUiic, Vocal and Instrumental, MM. G. Eraser, C. Lavigueur, E. Rochette ; iJrav-ing.
<M. P. Genest.
li , !•
.£k LENNOXVILLE.
This institution had its origin in the need of a Theological school for the Church of
England in Lower Canada, but it was established on a wide basis for imparting a
superior general education It was incorporated by the Act 7 Vic. cap. 49 [amended
liy 16 Vic. cap. 60], and opened in September, 1845. The Royal Charter gave it
Vniversity powers in 1853, and its first convocation was held 7th October, 1854.
(No particulars of the course of study were furnished by the authorities.)
I'resident of the Corporation, and Visitor, Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Quebec,
D.D. ; Vice-President of the Corporation and Visitor, the Most Rev. the Lord Bishop
of Montreal, D.D., Metropolitan ; Chancellor, the Hon. George Irvine ; Vice- Chan cello} ,
R W. Heneker ; Trustees, R. W. Heneker (Chairman) ; G. F. Bowen, L. H. Davidson,
R. Hamilton, Rev. R. Lindsay, G. Macrae, J. S. Hall, B. T. Morris, L. E. Morris, H
Pangman, Rev. C. P. Reid, Rev F. Robinson, \V. B. Simpsim, R. H. Smith, W. R.
Wurtel ; College Council, Rev. J. H. Nicholls, D.D. (Chairman), Rev. C. H. Badgley,
S. Bethune, QC. , Rev, J. Brock, E. Carter, E. Chapman, Rev. J. Foster, Rev. C.
Hamilton, Rev. G. V. Housman, Hon. G. Irvine, D. R. McCord, Rev. R. W. Norman,
Hon. Mr. Justice Ramsay, Rev. Prof. Roe, Rev. Prof. Scarth, Rev. Prof. Tambs ;
Officers of the Corporation, E. Chapman, M. A.., Secretary ; E. L. Montizambert, M.A.,
Honorary Counsel; C. Brooks, Auditor; S. T. Morris, M. A., Attorney; Officers <f
the College (Senior Department), Rev. J. H. Nicolls, D.D. , Principal and Prof, of
Classics; Rev. C. H. Badgley, M.A , Vice-Principal; Rev. H. Rowe, M. A., Prof,
of Divinity: Rev. A. C. Scarth, M.A., Prof, of Ecclesiastical Historj' ; Rev. R. C.
Tambs, M.A., Prof, of Mathematics; E. Chapman, M.A., Bursar and Registrar.
Aaron H. David, M.D., Edin., L.R.C.S.E., D.C.L., Professor of Theory and
Practice of Medicine, Dean of the Faculty ; Robert T. Godfrey, M. A., M.D., Professor
of Principles and Practice of Surgery ; John Lukin Leprohon, M.A., M.D., Piofessor
of Hygiene ; Francis W. Campbell, M.D., L.R.C.P., Lond., Professor of Physiology,
and Regiatiar of the Faculty ; Edward H. Trenholme, M.D., CM., B.C.L., Professor
of Midwifeiy and the Diseases of Women and Children ; J. Baker Edwards, M. .\
Ph.D., D.C.L., Professor of Chemistry, Practical Chemistry and Microscopy ; George
B. Shaw, CM,, M.D., Lecturer on Chemistry ; Alexander H. KoUmyer, M.A., M D
IS a prepara-
hot, A. I. I.
nt Procxireur,
B6giii ; Asso-
E. Audette,
. Gendron, J.
*aquet, L. N.
soTK, MM. A.
I. Labrecque,
ieu, E. Page,
lish, MM. E.
flaninie, L. N.
r. Ballantyne ;
tte ; Drav'ing,
COLLEGES AND COLLEGIATE SCHOOLS.
163
Professor of Materia Medicaand Therapeutics ; Richard A. Kennedy, M. A. , M. D. ,0. M. ,
Professor of Anatomy; William Gardner, M.A., M.D., CM., Professor of Medical
Jurisprudence ; George Wilkins, M.D., M.R.C., Eng., Professor of Pathology ; Silas
E. Tabb, M.A., MD., CM., Professor of Botany and Zooloi-y ; James Perrigo, M.A.,
M.D., M.R.CS., Eng., Demonstrator of Anatomy ; Andre Latour, Assistant Demon-
strator of Anatomy ; VVolfred Nelson, CM., M.D., Curator of the Museum.
It
the Church of
or imparting a
49 [amended
art«r gave it
•, 1854.
es.)
}p of Quebec,
Lord Bishop
icc-Chmicelloi ,
H. Davidson,
E. Morris, H.
Smith, W. R.
H. Badgley,
ster, Rev. C.
W. Noruiaii,
rof, Tanibs ;
mbert, M.A.,
y ; Officers of
and Prof, of
M.A., Prof.
; Rev. R. C
egistrar.
Theory and
|D., Professor
., Piofessor
Physiology.
|L., Professor
k'ards, MA
lopy ; Georgt
IM.A., M r»
N.B. — With respect to these, as well as to the schools that follow ^ it is to be observed
that most of thoin are included in the tabular statements already given. A few addi-
tional ireins of information on certain of the institnti^ns have been received, and are
here presented.
This College was founded by the Sulpicians in 1773. The classes are held from
the h.'ginning of September to the beginning of July. There are 300 students.
Director, Rev. C. J. Delavigne ; Bnrmr and Vice-Director, Rev. D. J. Lefebvre ; and
nine professors,
jit. Pan)*? (Tamn^
MONTKKAL. ,.
This College was opened September, 1 848, and was incorporated November, 1852.
The establishment is under the management of the Jesuit Fathers. President, Rev.
Father Le Pinto, S. J.; Vice-President and Prefect of 8tiiAies,'Rev. T. Fleck, S. J., and
15 instructors.
'i'he instruction in the Classical Course is principally imparted in French, and comprises the
Greek, Latin, French and English langiiages and literature, pure and mixed mathematics, history,
geography and natiiral .science, &c. , in eight classes or years.
The Commercial Course is taught chiefly in English, and inchides a complete English and
mathematical education, in four classes. There are also elementary classes. Kfligious instruction
is given in all the cl.a.s.ses.
Fees.— Jioa,rd and tuition, $150 ; washing, $18 ; bed and bedding, $8 ; music lewgons, $25 ;
use of piano, ^i) ; drawing, $15 ; half boarders, $70 ; day scholars, ^'M.
•-^teisiliytcnait d^aVx^f,
MONTKEAL.
This is a Theological school for the Presbyterian Church. Its Board of Manage-
uumt C')nsist8 of thirty -three members. Chair mun. Mr. Scrimger.
Senate. — Principal McVicar, Chairman ; Professor Campbell, Dr. Taylor, Dr.
Jenkins, Rev. Messrs. J. C. Baxter, J Sorhngor, Joseph Elliott, Jas. Watson, Daniel
M. Gordon, C. A. Doudiet ; Principal Dawson, Judge Torrance, Mr. James Croil.
Examiners. — Professor Campbell, Chairman ; Principal McVicar, Dr. McNish,
Messrs. Scrimger, Alexander Young, W. M. Black, Peter Wright, W. Armstrong.
C. A. Doudiet, J. Mackay, Well wood, W. Burns.
Professors and Lectnrers.—Rev. D. H. MacVicar, LL.D. , Principal, and Professor of
Sysl ematic Theology and Homiletics ; Rev. John Campbell, M.A , Professor of Church
History and Apologetics ; Rev John Scrimger, M.A., Lecturer in Old and New Testa-
ment Exegetics ; Rev. D. Coussirat, M.A., B.D., Professor of Sacred Criticism ; Rev.
A. De Sola, LL.D., Professor of Oriental Languages (in McGill College) ; J. Andrews,
Lecturer in Elocution ; S. P. Robins, M..\., Lecturer and Instructor in the Theory
and Practice of Music ; W, J. Dey, B. A., and John Allan, B.A , Classical and Mathe-
iis:<tical Tutors ; M. H. Scott, Librarian.
164 PROVINCE OF QUEBEC,
MONTREAL.
The Lecture Hall of this institution is in Dorchester Street Church.
Frafessor of Theology, IAgv. Q,T)oHg\n&a,hh,I>.
Printipml a7iii'
♦ ' MONTREAL.
This institution was first formally opened in Toronto, September, 1840, the Rev.
A. Lillie being the tutor. The present name was assumed on the closing of Gorham
College, Nova Scotia, in I860, the Canadian institution then acquiring a wider scope.
In 18C4 it was decided, ir. order to secure the advantage of an affiliation with McGill
University, to remove the college to Montreal, and a new Act of incorporation was
obtained. Fifty-four students had completed the course in this and in Gorham College
down to 1874 ; 16 in the last ten years, of whom five took B.A.
Chairman of Board, Rev. C. Chapman, M.A. ; Treasvrer, R. C. Jamieson ; Secre-
tary, Rev. Professor Cornish, LL.D. ; Directors, Rev. Messrs. H. Wilkes, K. M.
Fenwick, A. Duff, R. K. Black, J. F. Stevenson, LL.B., Messrs. C. Alexander, H.
Lyman, J. Baylis, W. R. Ross, T. Robertson, L. E. Rivard, H. Vennor, C. R. Black,
T. Lyman, J. C. Barton, J. Woodrow, W. P. Carter, Hon. Judge Sanborn, J. S.
McLachlan ; Principal, Rev. Henry Wilkes, D.D., LL.D. ; Professors atui Lecturers,
Rev. Dr. Wilkes, Systematic Theology, Homiletics, Pastoral Theology and Church
History; Rev. G. Cornish, M.A., LL.D., Greek Testament Exegesis ; Rev Charles-
Chapman, M. A., Evidences and Biblical /.literature ; Rev. K. M. Fe'.wick, Historical
Theology ; Archibald Duff, M.A., Theological Tutor.
The course now embraces the two first years of the Arts course at McGill College (see page — ).
In the next two years Theology is taken m connection with the subjects in Arts, and the fifth
year is devoted solely to Theology. The Theological curriculum comprises (1) Systematic.
(2) Historica], and (3) Pastoral Thtology ; (4) Homiletics; (.5) Greek Testament Ezegesi*; (6)
Church History ; (7) Evidences and Biblical Literature.
The Act 12 Victoria, cap. 46, incorporated all Advocates, Barristers, Attorneys,,
Solicitors and Proctors-at-Law, in Lower Canda, duly admitted as auch before the
30th May, 1849, under the name of " The Bar of Lower Canada." Previous statutes
respecting the profession were the ordinance of Quebec (25 Geo. III., cap. 4), in 1785,
and the Act 6 William IV., cap. 16.
The coiporation of the Bar is divided into four sections, viz. : one for each of the
sections of Montreal, Quebec, Three Risers and St. Francis. There is a General
Council composed of the members of the Sectional Councils, which meets annually,
appoints a President, Secrets, y and Treasurer, and receives the powers of the corpora-
tion. Each section has the following ofticers : Batonier, Syndic, Treasurer, Secretary
and eight others (for Three Rivers, three only).
The Sectional Council may reprimand and even suspend any member for one year,
subject to the approval of the General Council.
Admissions to practice and all rogulations affecting the profession are entrusted to
the Society.
Examinations for the Admission of StiuLnts, and for Admission to Practise.
N.B. — The (liHtinction between Barriatera and Attorneys does not exl.st in Quubec.
1. ('andidatt'S to bo admitted to study for the Bar of Lower Canada will be required to pass
examinations in the following : —
Latin. — C'teaar, B. V., VI.; Virgil, ^Entid, B. I.; Cicero, Oratio pro Milone ; Horace,
Odea, B. III.
Belles Lettres.—'B\a.ir's Lectures, or any other work used in the French colleges in this Province.
Historii. — Christie's or Garneau's History of T'anaila ; any History of England ; ditto of ITrance.
intipml un«i'
tO, the Rev.
of Gorham
tider scope,
with McGill
•oration was
hara College
Bson ; Secre-
kcB, K. M.
;xander, H.
3. R. Black,
iborn, J. S.
A Lecturers,
and Church
lev Cliarlea
k, Historical
J (see page — ).
and th« fifth
) Systematic.
Exegesis; (6).
Attorneys,,
before the
(ous statutes
4), in 1785,
each of the
Is a General
jts annually,
the corpora-
:, Secretary
ir one year,
hntrusted to
lired to pass
|)ne ; Horace,
nis Province.
Itoof ITraiice.
COLLEGES AND COLLEGIATE SCHOOLS.
165
i{/i«tortV;.— Whatt'ly, or any work UHed in the French collegeH in this Province.
Philotophy.—Tonnvman, or any work used in the French colleges in this Province.
Mathematics. — Arithmetic, as ^ar as vulgar fractions only is necessary ; Euclid, Books I., Til.
2. Candidates for admission to {>racti8e snail piws a satisfactory examination in Constitutional ,
Civil and Criminal Law and Practice, and be prepared to Iw exanuned in such of the following
bjoks as the examiners may select : —
The various Statutes affecting the CouMtitution of Canada ; Lagrani^o, Manuel du Dmit
Romain ; Mayue's Ancient Law; Pothier on ()bligati(ms, Vonte, Communauf' de Biens,
Douaire, Prescrintion? Successions, and Donations entre vifs et Testamentaires ; The Civil Code
of Lower Canada ; the Code of Civil Procedure of Lower Canada ; Smith's Mercantile liaw ;
Byles on Bills ; Stoiy on Sales ; Story on Agency ; Abbott on Shipping ; De liamarre et Le
Poitevin or Pardessus, Droit Commercial ; Arnauld on Marine Insurance ; Buuyan on Fire In-
surance ; Bunyan on Life Insurance and Statutes on Life Insurance ; Guthrie's (Savigny) Pri-
vate International Law ; Foilix, Droit International Privfi ; Archbold's Criminal Practice and
Pleadings ; The Dominion Statutes relating to the C/'riininal Law and Procedure.
€o\\m of f Uyieiiflaniei and ^utflcaiw,
LOWER CANADA. «
The Medical Profession is represented by an organization under the above name.
Pnddent, Dr. W. E. Scott, Montreal ; Vice- Presidents, Dr. R. C. Wellbrenner, Dr.
R." H. Russell ; Registrar and Treasurer, Dr. H. Blanchet, Quebec ; Secretaries, for
Montreal, J. Rattot, M.D. ; for Quebec, P. O. Tessier, M.D.
MONTREAL.
This school is affiliated to Victoria College, Cobourg, Ontario, and the list of the
Faculty will be found on page 102.
in^titttt Pedical At W^i^toU d^mmtmt,
MONTREAL.
President, L. J. Martel ; Vice-Presidents, A. Lamarche, A. Demers ; Secretaries, M.
Ethier, G. Archambault.
^hatmacctttirat giisii8i0dati0tt of the ^tovintt of <*Jufb«c.
Council. — Nathan Mercer, President ; H. R. Gray and E. Giroux, Vice-Presidents ;
James Goulden, Treasurer ; E. Muir, Registrar and Secretary ; John Kerry, W. E.
Brunet, R. Bolton, C. J. Coverntou, Henry Lyman, T. Crathern, A. Mansim.
Bm 'l of Examiners. — Alfred Savage, H. R. Gray, A. Manson, W. E. Brunet, H.
F. Jackson, and the President as ex-ojficio member of the Board.
Potttreal <^chool of f hamacy.
President, John Gaidner; Vice-President, H. Spencer; Tnasurer, John Kerry ;
Secretary, James Matheson.
J>cUool of (»>uttnctM, ** i " battery,
QUEBEC.
This school was formed at the same time and for the same purpose as the school
at Kingston, " A " Battery, described on page 127. A few months after the formation
of this Gunnery School, which has charge of the ancient citadel of Quebec, the fortress
was re-armed, during a severe winter, by the men attending it ; only one rifled gun
having been mounted by the Royal Artillery before their departure, while a con-
166
PROVINCE OP QUEBEC.
Midorablo number of the old guns had b«on di»mouiited to repair platforniB. VahiaMo
practical inntruction was thus aff«)rdtid to ofhoors and men, and important public ser-
vice rendered.
On the lUih May, 1 872, a detachment ^rom the Royal Artillery arrived to act as
instructional staft', consisting «)f a warrant officer and throe non-commissioned officers,
also two armourers.
Besitles rendering services in aid of the civil power in various local disturbances, the
ConmuuKlant received orders, in September, 1872, to send an officer and 25 non-com-
missioned officers, giinnors and drivers for service in Manitoba ; 39 men volunteered, and
the surplus were takon as infantry. Tliey were a tine body of intelligent and trained
soldiers, including many artificers. Each year a draft has been sent to s\Ji>ply the
force in Manitoba, and two drafts wore sent to the N. W. Mounted Police Force.
INSTUUClTIONAli STAFF.
Coviv\andn')d, Lt. Col. T. B. Strange, Major R.A., Inspector of Artillery ; Adjutaiit,
Ciiptain Prevost (Lt. " B" By.) ; Acting Gunnery hi^tnuior, Cai)tnin Short (Brunch
School, Montreal),
Baiiery Offircn. — Cupfain (\immmiding, Major C. E. Montizanibcrt ; LirnleinnifH,
Captains M. Duohesnay, C. J. Short, (). Prevost, C. A. Larue ; Sinycany U. Ncilson,
M.D. ; Qnarterrnaatcr, Mnj(/r .f. Frascr ; l'V-(irmnt Officer, Master GuiU'er J. B. Don-
aldson.
INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF N.-(J. OFFICEKS.
Assutnut (hh: nery Instructors, Staff-.^iergt. Lynden (late R.A.), Staff sergt. J. How-
ard ; Armtitrowj Armourer, Sttiff-sergt. Powell, R. A. ; Laboratory Forcnuin, Stall-
sergt. Lavoie.
The Comm.antlant. being desirous of fostering a spirit of Hcientific observation in the ( 'aiia-
dian Artillery, eHtalilinheil, with the asHiritaiiue of ProfoHSor KingNtnii, a hj'stfin of hi hourly me-
teorological obsi^rvatioiiH. The thermomftrical readings, with the rain and snow fall, aiul the
wird force, are recorded by the master gunntr, and forwarded to the Meteorological Dfiice,
Toronto. Storm signals are hoisted and the noon gun fired.
The course of instruction, &c., is substantially the same as at Kingston.
The periods of admission to the Gxnuiery School are for three or twelve months, and a limited
number of officers .nnd men may be re-admitted for a further penod or enrolled in the l?att<ry for
three years, it being found necessary to do so in order to give fnller instruition as well as to main-
tain a sufficient staff, which, whi'e carrying out the instruction to be ijiven in two languages
(English and French), has to perfonu the nectssary duties of the garrisons of Qutbec and St.
Helen's, Montreal, where there is ahianch school under .an officer; 25 non -commissioned officers
and gunners are stationed there partly for that purpose, as provided by G. O. ' *ctoher 20th,
1871.
Special s(}uads of officers, non-commissioned officers and men, the latter chosen from those
who have shown sufficient intelligence and education to pn)fit by theory as well as drill, are peiiod-
ically relieved from guards and garrison duty to attend lectures and special exercises.
MONTREAL.
1. The Academy. — This academy was founded and built in 1870 l>y the Roman
Catholic School Commissioners of Montreal, at a cost of $125,000, and ihe number of
pupils in the various forms amounts to 507.
The object of the institution is to impart to young men intended for business a
thorough knowledge of trade. Tlie commercial course comprises : — Caiigraj'hy in
French and English languages, Commercial Geography, History of Ci.iuiucrce, Arith-
metic, Book-keeping, Exchange, Foreign Currencies, Commercial l^irre.siiondeiice,
Commercial Law, and knowledge of the prndiicts usually dealt in.
Two other courses (intermediate and primary) are the gradual prejinratiim for the
admission to the commercial course, and comprise the study of the Fr. i eh and English
languages under native teachers, arithmetic, and such other branches ;is will thDroughly
prepare pupils for the business ckss.
Principal, U. E. Archambault j Spiritual Director, Rev. V. Sorin ; Director, F. X.
I. Valnahio
t public ser-
ed to act as
>iied otticorH,
rbances, the
in non-com-
ntoored,and
and tniinod
I mijjply the
Force.
lort (Hmnch
Lir,ifeinnifs,
J. B. Duu-
gt. J.
imnn.
H..VV-
Stiill-
in the ( 'ana-
)i hourly nie-
fjill, iviul the
ogical Office,
111(1 a limited
Battery for
11 as to inaiii-
o laiiyuages
bee and St.
lied otticerfj
ctoher 20th,
from those
,are peiiod-
COLLEOES AND COLLEOIATE SCHOOLS.
167
le Roman
lumber of
tUHiness a
fra]'hy in
20. Avith-
)iult'iice,
)ii for the
i Kiigiish
■roughly
>i; F. X.
P. Deraors ; Profemtra, J. .\hern, F. Andre, J. Archainbault, W. P. J. Bond, K. J.
Houchor, L. A. Brunet, A. Chatiguy, T. p:. Dorais, V. (\. McDonald, J. N. Miller, E.
M. Royncdds, H. Woatorlinck, J. liroiidchoud, M. Saucier.
Primary School. — IHrtctor, H. C. O'Donougluu) ; Professors, M. Adhemar, 0. G.
Caron, M, Sullivan, M. K. Totrault.
KxaminationH tuke place twice a year, ami no pupil can pans to a higher form if hin rxamina-
tion haH iiroved uiiHfttinfactitry.
Fees. Primary conrne, $20 per annum ; Tutermediate, f?.'W) ; Commercial, IRJS- payable quar-
terly in advance. ,
2. The Polyteohnio Sot'ooL. — In 1874 the Roman Catholic School Commission-
ers of the City of Montreal establiahod in the Haiiio building with the Oonnnurci.d
Academy, and with the 8uppt)rt of the IVovincial Government, a F<dytechnic School
for the teaching of the sciences pertaining to industry.
The Polytechnic School, though uiulor the dinction of the Principal of the Acadenvy,
is an institution by itself, luiving its own annual apportionment from the Provincial
Government, which has contributed to the purchase of the scientific apparatus by a
special apportionment of public funds.
Profes.ii>rs, (), A. Pfister, ¥•. Balete, L. Dagron-Richer, J. Haynes.
The course of Htudy euibr.aues three years, and compriseH the following matters :—
First Year. -Arithmetic, (!eof,'raphy and (icologv-, EleiiientH of MfchaiiicH, A Igebrp., Natural
History, C^hemistry, Descriiitive (Jeometry, Natural i'liiloHophy, Linear and Ornamenfc.1 Drawing.
Sc.rond Fm?'. -TraiHcendcntal ( Jeometry, CoHmoifrapliy, (reolngy and MineraIo<,'y, Trigono-
metry, Organic L!hemistry, Mechanics, Architecture, Linear and Ornamental Drawing.
Third Year. -Geodeny, f'oiiMtruction, Htudy and liaying Out_of lloads, &c.. History of
Remarkable Works, Specificati(mH and E.stiniateH, < 'heniintry of Minerals, Metals, Mechanical
Action, Political Kconoiny and Topogriiphical Drawing.
To be admitted, i)upilH inust undergo a satisfactory examination on scientific matters generally
ntudied in classical colleges.
The C'hemical Laboratory, the Cabinet of Natural Philosophy, the (Jeological and Mineralo-
gical collections will pei-mit an eminently practical direction to be given to the studies.
Fees. -$44 per annum.
ST, THOMAS DE MONT.MAONY. '
This establishment was founded in 1864 by M. Cundide Dufresne, its present pro-
prietor and head master. It prepares yoinig men for commercial pursuits.
The course comprises five years' study of the French and English Languaees, Geography,
History, Practical Mathematics and Book-keeping. In the fourth and lifth years there are
added to these branches Astronomy, Mythology, Hygiene, Physiology, Medicine, (^hemistry and
Natural Philosophy. Twice a week, lessons are given in religious instruction and in manners.
Feet. — Boarders, $100 per annum. Day scholars, $10. 'J'h ere is an entrance fee of $1.25,
also 50 cents annually for the library, and .'iO cents for the ( 'huich.
MONTREAL.
This superior school has some 200 scholars, and a preparatory department with 170.
(No particulars were furnished.)
|li0U Jfchool,
QUEBEC.
Incorporated 1840. Recior, Daniel \^ iikie, M.A. ; Masters, M. Miller, Classics and
German ; A. N. McQuarrie, B.A., Math* mutics ; -Jules Pierard, French ; Adam J.
Elliot, Assistant Master ; Cliairmwn of the Board of Directors, Rev. J. Cook, D.D. ;
Treasm-er, Daniel W ilkie, M.A. ; Secretary, VV. Wall^er. The school year is divided
into fcmr terms of equal length, and extends from September 1st to Jxine 30th.
'iu
^>
,w,
^.^ -^"nO
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
/-
t/i
1.0
I.I
1.25
• so '""^^*
|sc 13.2
— 6"
2.5
2.2
M
18
U lllll 1.6
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. MSBO
(716) 872-4503
«
fV
:\
s^
V
\
<*
'^\ ^^\
Ay
6^
^
<,^^
168 PROVINCE OP QUKBEC.
JUNIOR DEPARTMENT OF THE COLLEtiE, LENNOXVILLB.
Rector, Rev. 0. H. Badgley, M.A. ; Unb-ltector, Rev. C. E. Willet8,M.A. ; Assiatant
Moftem, Rev. J. Ambery, IVI.A. ; A. C. Highton, B.A. ; F. C. Emberson, M.A. ; J.
Phinnoy, Book keeping and Instrumental Music ; G. G. NicoUs, Vocal Music and
Chemistry ; Rev. Professor Tambs, M.A. ; Drill. Imlrvctot, Sergeant-Major Roche ;
Lculy Matron of the School House, Mrs. Irving ; Medical Superinte'ncl.ent, D. T.
Robertson, M.D. The school year is divided into three terms, viz. : — Michaelmas
Term, first Saturday in September to December 2l8t ; Lent Term, third Saturday in
January to first Saturday in April; Trinity Term, first Saturday in April to last
Thursday in June.
f )rrd»l ^(U$U,
MONTREAL.
This convent was founded in 1653, and contains about 500 professed sisters and 90
novices.
There are 10 establistabients, containing in Canada and elsewhere some 17,000
pupils, of whom 9,(X)0 are instructed gratuitously. ^
«t|»eriore.v; ^enerai, Rev. Mother St. Victor.
MONTREAL . •
This establishment was founded in 18C2, and is under the direction of the Roman
Catholic Bishop of Montreal ; it receives about 160 pupils, aged from 6 to 16.
Director, Rev. Canon E. Moreau, D.D.
i:adifiei of the <f artrd ifart,
SAULT AV RECOLLET.
■ »
This Community was established in Canada in 1842, and conducts an academy for
young ladies ; also a free school at Sault an Recollet, and a day school at Montreal.
Superior, the Right Rev. the Roman Catholic Bishop of Montreal ; Chaplain at
Sault au Recollet, Rev. Father Huygeas, S.J. ; Snperioi-esfi, Madame Cornelis ; Chap-
lain at Montreal) Rev. Father Fleck, S.J. ; Superioress, Madame Desmarguerests.
(Sloloniat €huvrh mA School J>od(t)),
This Society established (1853) the Normal School, aferwarde transferred to McGill
College. It maintains elementary schools in connection with the Church of England in
the Diocese of Montreal. The Model Schools of Montreal and the country schools at
Kildare, L'Acadie, Aylwin, Laprairie, Mille Islt'P, Brandon, Kilkenny, Cote St. Am-
broise, Ramsay, Berthier, Bronie, Sabrevois (2), Terrebonne, West Farnham, Indian
Village, and St. Luke's, in all 18, receive aid. The rural schools contain 460
piipUs.
The Model Schools at Montreal are taught by Miss Thomber, Miss Hicks and Miss
Cunningham, and are under the control of Principal Hicks, McGill Normal iSohooL
.. ; Assistant
I, M.A. ; J.
Music and
ijor Roche ;
tent, D. T.
-Michaelmas
Saturday in
Lpril to last
isters and 90
some 17,000
16 Roman
academy for
lontreal.
'haplain at
elis ; Chap-
nereBts.
to McGill
England in
schools at
>te St. Am-
am, ladian
ontain 460
s and Miss
iSohooL
SPECIAL SCHOOLS.
President, the Most Rev. the Bishop of Montreal ;
Rev, VV. jj. Bond, LL.D. ; Treasurer, Geo. Moffatt
The Committee consists of 26 members.
169
Vonorary Superintendent, Very
Secretary, Rev, J. G. Baylis.
MONTUEAL.
The object of this institution is to secure to its members the means for their own
welfare, and to givu gratuitous Christian instruction to the young ; the Brothers also
take the management of academies, boarding schools and normal schools.
At the request of Messire Quiblier, ^iperior of the Seminary of St. Sulpice, Mon-
treal, and upon the suggestion of Monseigneur Lartigue, first R. C, Bishop of that city,
Fr^re Anaclet, General Superior of the Brothers of the Christian Schools, sent four
Brothers to Canada, in the year 1837, tc found an establishment of his order.
These four — Brother Aidant, Director, and Brothers Adelbertus, Rombaud and
Surette— opened their first school the 21st Decen)!ier in the same year. Montreal has
thus been the cradle of the Institution of the Brothers of the Christian Schools in the
New World. From that time the institution has rapidly exp^ded in both North
and South America, so that by the year 1873 it possessed in Canada 25 establishments,
242 brothers, 40 schools, and 11,180 scholars ; in the provinces of the United States
and South America, 58 establishments, 605 brothers, 101 schools, and 10,211 scholars.
The course of study in these schools is as follows : —
PriJMor// iScAoo/a.—Catechisu), French and English reading, grammar, arithmetic, nuensura-
tion, book-keening, history, geography, writing, linear drawing, French and English translation,
and singing.
Superior Schooh ',>•■' -V/"'«^jc».— Keligious instruction, French%nd English reading, Frencl
and English grammar, ".(>ti. ..tic, algebra, natural i>hilo80phy, chemistry, ancient and modern
history, geography, use oi v. globe's, mensuration, geometry, linear drawing, penmanship, book-
keeping and telegraphy.
Examinations are held annually.
Fees for Board and Tuition. — The Primary Schools are free. For the ^ujwrior Schools or
Academies, the charges vary from $20 to $40 per annum, '« >-ui- '
'*
MONTREAL. . -
This school was founded in 1859, and is under the direction of the Peres Oblats.
Number of pupils, 180,
Diredor, Rev,
A. Foumier : four assistants.
^tovidencr da ^ntxrit^ofw infant jlrhw!,
'V MONTREAL.
In this institution, (founded May, 1868,) infants are cared for till seven years of age.
Directress, Sister Marie Andr^ ; six nuns ; 160 pupils,
MONTREAL, . '
\
This establishment was founded in 1848, and is conducted by the clergy of St, Via-
teur. Articulation is taught to the dumb. There are 53 pupils. Director, Rot. A .
Belanger, and eight assistants.
f vatcjeitattt iujeitittttitit Ut $eaf PittejU.
Free board and tuition are given to poor deaf mutes of Protestant parents in Que-
bec, Instruction is given in trades, &c President, C. .\lexander ; Vici-President,
m
170 PROVINCE OF QUEBBO.
Thomas Cramp; Secretary-Treamrery F. Mackenzie ; Fhyaician, W. E. Scott, M.D.;
Principal, T. vVidd.
P0tt]ijtitrvy 0f the ($004 Jfli^herAt
MONTREAL.
This etttablishment, in addition to various other classes of inmates, has an Industrial
School with 45 children, and a Reformed School with 26. Founded in 1844. Con-
ducted by the Sisters of Charity of the Good Shepherd.
S(ef0m»t0vy |(eh00t»
MONTREAL.
This establishment is conducted by the Brothers of Charity of St. Vincent de Paul.
Director, Right Rev. S. C. Fabre, Bishop of Gratianop«>lis ; S^iperior, Rev. Brother
EuB^be, and five assistants.
Ti
HI
W.
Til
and
oper
M
mtmxti mA f matUk f odetic$.
gmitut itmUitn,
MONTREAL.
The Institut niaintaiiis a Free Library and Reading Room. President, L. J. A.
Papineau ; Vice-Prendent, W. F. Kay ; Secretary, A. E. Forget.
ittioititttt ^anailiat gvMtixiftt
MONTREAL. I
Pretident, J. A. Chapleau ; Vice-Presidents, y E. Archanibault and L. O. David ;
Secretmries, A. Desjardins and A. Ouimet. •
^0«iite iiijeit0rt<jtte.
Patron, Hon. P. J. O. Chauveau. Founded in 1857, by Commander J. Viger.
Abl)6 H. Verreau, President ; Judge J. U. Baudry, Vice-President ; R. Bellemare,
Secretary ; L. W. Marchand, Treasurer ; L. A. H. Latour, Librarian ; J. R. Danis,
Assistant Secretary. Meets last Wednesday of every month.
«
gatttval iiij6;t0ir)) ^odtin.
G. Barnston, President ; Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, F.R.S., Rev. A. De Sola, LL.D., E.
BiUings, F.G.S., Sir W. E. Logan, LL.D., F.R.S., A. R. C. Selwin, C. Sn.allwood,
M.D., LL.D., D.C.L., Princiral Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., His Lordship the Metropoli-
tan, and Dr. P. Carpenter, Vice-Presidents ; James Ferrier, jun., Treasurer ; Prof.
P. J. Darey, M.A., B.C.L., Corresponding Secretary; J. F. Whiteaves, F.G.S.,
Scientific Curator and Recording Secretary ; G. L. Murler, D. A. P. Watt, D. R.
McCord, M. A., B.C.B., Prof. R. Bell, F.G.S., Ac, E. E. Shelton, Dr. J. B. Edwards,
F.C.S., A. T. Drummond, B.A., LL.B., C. Robb and J. H. Joseph, Council ; A. T.
Drummond, Stanley C. Bagg, Dr. John Bell, Dr. B. J. Harrington and D. R. McC'ord,
Library and Membership Committee.
Scott, M.D.;
an Industrial
1844. Con-
LITERARY AND SGIENTIFIO SOCIETIES.
iJliMtiiiifinatic »n& ^niUinwAm Jfaviet)).
171
Tills aociety was organized in 1862, and incorporated under Act of Parliament 1870..
H. Mutt, President i Daniel Rose and Major L. A. Latour^ Vice-Presidents ; R.
W. McLachlan, Curator and Treasurer ; Qerald E. Hart, Corresponding Secretarv.
The society* meets at the rooms of the Natural Histoiy Society, comer of Catncart
and University Streets, every second Wednesday in each mon^h, at 8 p.m. Museum
open to visitors free, on application to the President or Seci" lary for a pass.
cent de Paul.
Rev. Brother
MONTRKAI..
Founded 1867. Incorporated 1870. The president, secretary and 17 members form
the Council of the Canadian Art Union.
President, C. J. Way ; Honorary Secretary, P. L. Fraser.
f nieititut Atft ^vtitumfi (EmUitna,
MONTREAL.
President, G. Boivin ; Vice-Presidents, J. M. Valois, J. B. AUard ; t^erretariea, C.
D. Tlieriault, N. O. Coursolle, J. H. Leclair.
n^, L. J. A.
O. David;
The institutions known as the "The Fraser Institute" and "The Mercantile.
Library Association," of Montreal, are about to unite. Particulars respecting these
have not been received.
There are Mechanics' Institutes in various towns of the province, similar, in most
respects, to those of Ontario.
From the report of the Minister of Marine, it appears that ' ohools fg^ the instruction
of persons wishing to (pialify themselves as candidates for ce tificatet as masters and
mates of vessels are maintained at Quebec, Halifax and St. John, and that during the
year 166 certificates were granted to masters, and 48 to mates. Only nine of these
were issued at Quebec.
The Major-General commanding the Militia reports 9,902 volunteers under drill in
the province in 1874.
r vv.
■-, h
AW*'
Viger.
Bellemare,
R. Danis,
:' I
LL.D., E.
Jmallwood,
Metropoli-
rer ; Prof.
I, F.G.8.,
itt, D. R.
Edwards,
cil ; A. T.
McC'ord,
172
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
(g^\m<tiiw)i, Sormal nnd S^mnAm f ^(^oU
Special Features of the System — Statistics.
The school system of Nova Scotia is similar in its general outlines to that of
Ontario, but there are several important particulars in which it differs. The plan
is clearly described in the summary of the law which follows, but it may be well
first to note the more salient points of divergence from the other provincial
systems.
1. The Executive Council forms also the Council of Public Instruction, but the
'vSuperintendent is also a member, and is the secretary.
2. Between the Council and the trustee board of sections, there is a county
board of se^ren commissioners, appointed by Government and invested with
cei tain powers of control.
3. The appointments of county inspectors are made by the Council, on the
recommendation of the Superintendent.
4. In addition to county academies (aided by fixed grants), in which classics
are taught, there are certain special academies of a higher class, or collegiate
schools, also aided by grants.
5. The speMal provisions for the school accommodations, required for any
specified number of pupils.
6. The text-books used are loaned to pupils, but remain the property of the
trustees, and are supplied from a list, and at prices published in the Official
Journal, at whicli prices they may also be purchased by pupils.
7. All teachers' licenses issue from the Council, which appoints four provincial
Examiners, who are pai<i at the rate of 1 cents for every paper submitted to
them. A deputy examiner in each county superintends the candidates, and
receives $3 per diem, the candidates paying a fee. The examination for the
academy or classical school diploma, takes place at the same time. The papers
are uniform.
8. The teacher?, besides their salaries,, receive grants from the Province, at
rates regulated by the grades of their certificates, and those of certain high grades
receive an annual bonus after five years' service.
9. The teacher's certificate may be annulled for immorality, &c., by the com-
missioners, who may also withold grants from unfit teachers, and from trustees
neglecting to provide a proper school-house.
10. The Normal School gives a classical education for the high school teachers,
as well as a training for the lower grades. For admission to this class, there is
required a knowledge of Latin and Greek grammar, four books of Euclid, and
algebra to quadratic equations.
1 1. The Principal of the Normal School reports to the Council at the close of
the term the claAsnication of the students, whereupon the certificates are issued.
1 2. The county assessment is a fixed sum of 30 cts. a head, and the sum to be
raised by the section is decided by a section meeting, and is levied (1) by a poll
tax of |1 from every male resident, and (2) the balance by a rate on property.
riA.
5.
SUMMARY OF THE SCHOOL LAW.
173
ines to that of
'ers. The plan
It may be well
ler provincial
iction, but the
sre is a county
invested with
ouncil, on the
which classics
I, or collegiate
ired for any
>perty of the
the Official
>ur provincial
submitted to
id i dates, and
ion for the
The papers
Province, at
high grades
by the com-
rom trustees
)ol teachers,
ass, there is
Euclid, and
the close of
are issued,
sum to be
I) by a poll
roperty.
13. S«Ten of the commissioners for Halifax are appointed by the Government, .
and the remaining six by the city council. The board receives $1000 as remu-
neration for its members.
14. A system of evening schools for persons over 13 years of age, is authorised,
for which grants may be made ; two sessions of 2^ hours, counting as equivalent
to a day.
The examinations of teachers appear sufficiently stringent, and out of 1,198
examined in 1874, only 594 were licensed.
The expenditure on the schools in 1874, is stated as follows : —
Public schools $552,221 of which the Govt, grant was |1S7,481
Normal and Model Schools... 4,733 " « " 4,733
Special academies 26,970 " " " 6,800
College*. 35,338 " " " 6,000
1619,262 $175,014.
The nnmber of teachers (1874) was — academic, 18 ; first-class, 253 ; second-
class, 215; third-class,^ 200. As an indication of progress, it may be observed
that in the summer term of 1866, there were 56,017 pupils registered, and 71,059
different pupils were registered during the year; while in 1874, there were
79,910 in summer, and 93.512 during the year. The number daily present, per
100 registered was 52*9 in winter, and 57*1 in summer. The above figures
include the county academies, of which there are 10 with 2,614 pupils. In
addition to these, there are the 6 special academies or collegiate schools, with 24
teachers and 549 pupils, and an institution for the deaf and dumb, with 39
boarders and 3 day pupils. At the Normal School, there were 118 teachers in
training, of whom 80 received the license. '
Jfummavy of i^ J9di00l %m,
N.B. — In this Summary, the order observed in the manual issued by the Superib-
tendent is observed, but references to the Revised Statutes are given at the end of
each clause.
1. Ihe CoimciZ atid the Superintendent.
1, 3. The Council of Public Instruction is composed of the members of the Executive
Council, five being the quorum. The Superintendent is appointed by the
Governor, and is the secretary of the Council. (1, 2.)
8, 16. The Council appoints an inspector for each county, upon the rocommendiition
of the Superintendent, and, with his concurrence, prescribes school text and
library books, and school-house plans. The Council also makes regulations for
the expenditure of the school grants, for the location, construction and control
•f count}^ academies, and the clasairicatiun of teachers ; appoints four pro-
vincial examiners for teachers' licenses : determines appeals from trustees, and
may take such action as exigencies may require. (3 )
4, 17. The Superintendent has, subject to the (Jouncil, the supervision of the inspectors,
the normal and common schools, and the county academies, also the enforcement
•f the law. He inspects the academies, and, if directed, other schools ; holds
meetings and teachers' institutes ; reports on school management and teachers'
qualifications ; furnishes printed regulations and instructions to school officers,
and makes an annual report, with suggestions. (2, 5.) ^
2. The Commissioners.
6-8. Tke Qoremor in Council may appoint for each district seven or more as a board
I
174
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
• of school oommiuionera, five being a qaorum. The Oouucil may fix the time
and place of the semi-annual meetings of the commissioners, and call special
meetings. Where there have hitherto been two or more such boards in a
county, they mav unite, and the cummissioners may re-number the school
sections. (3i 7, 8 )
9. Each board of commissioners shall —
Meet semi annually, elect a chairman at the aucumn meeting, who shall call a
special meeting if desired by two members, or by the council, of which the
Inspector shall be notified, but if he be absent, a secretary shall keep the record
for nim, &c. (9.) [The Council appoints a day in November and in May for
these meetings. J
10. Name a day when all semi-annual school returns shall be received at the in-
spector's office. (10. )
11. 12. Endorse on each such return their approval or disapproval thereof, and
may authorize, on tho inspector's recommendation, the payment of a grant
to a licensed teacher of a poor section. Returns shall bo sent to the Super-
intendent, accompanied by a certificate from the chairman and inspector that
the distributions of moneys have been duly made. (11, 12.)
13, 15. The commissioners may settle disputes about teachers' siJaries, and may a^<-
point trustees in certain cases, as hereinafter provided. They may also appoint
a committee which shall execute certain of the powers of the commissionerH.
(13> 16') [Their other powers are given under the proper heads, below.]
3. The IiiapectoTH,
2\\
23.
24.1
25.
26.
27.
28, al
'%.
16. The Council may modify the provision requiring an inspector for each county,
and may regulate the pajrmout of inspectors ; but so that thd expense of the
service be not increased. (3.)
18. The inspector shall— (76.)
(1.) Give a bond to Her Majesty, in double the sum granted to his county, for
the faithful discharge of his duty ;
(2.) Act as clerk to each board of commissioners in the county, and in
November and May, dra.v from the Treasury, on the chairman's order, the
Provincial money, and deliver to the licensed teachers their allowances and
drafts on the local treasurer ;
'■■' (3.) Inspect half-yearly each school and academy, and report thereon to the
* ' board ;*8 instructed by the Superintendent, noting the cause of any omis-
sion to inspect ;
(4.^ Duly distribute the blank returns, «fec. ;
(5.) Qive information to trustees and teachers as may be required, and assist
in improving the methods of school management ;
(6.) Aid thi Superintendent in promntiug a uniform system, and enforcing
the regulations ;
(7.) Hold meetings for promoting education, and encourage the establishment
of schools where needed ;
(8. ) Promote improvement in school-houses and grounds ;
♦ * (9.) .Appoint a place where school returns shall be lodged, and give notice
" thereof ;
(10-11.) Report annually to the Superintendent by 1st December, as to the
work performed and the results, with statistics ; also on 1st of December
and June send a statement of the distribution ;
(12.) Keep a record o( section boundaries, and supply the sections with
copies.
19. The ins]pector's certificate of boundaries shall be received as evidence in the
court/j. (77.)
20. The inspector shaU receive from the Treasury semi-annually 91*60 for each school
inspected, and 5 per cunt, of half the average annual grant for teachers, also an
alloTtrance for his expenses as clerk to the commissioners, at the rate of $10 for
each board. j(76.)
i-2.
33.
),y fix the time
id call special
It boards in a
ar the school
lo shall call a
of which the
)ep the record
m in May for
ed at the in-
theraof, and
nt of a grant
to the Super-
insptMStor that
and may a^)-
f also app<jint
^ramissionertt.
»elowr.]
each county,
itpense of the
is county, for
iinty, and in
'a order, the
owanues and
lereon to the
)f any omia-
l, and assist
hd enforcing
jitablishment
I give notice
^r, as to the
December
stions with
ice in the
Bach school
prs, also an
of flO for
SUMMARY OF THE SCHOOL LAW.
4. The Trustees aiui their Secretary.
176
21-22. Each section shall have one board only, of three trustees, elected from among
the qualified voters at the annual meeting. At the second and third annuu
meetings, the ballot shall decide which one of them shall retire, but at sub-
sequent annual meetings the one longest in office shall retire, and if he consent,
may be re-elected. (22^ 23.)
23. Any person liable to poll-tax, if the same be paid, may vote, or bn elected, but a
majority of the trustees shall be persons rated in respect of property. (55.)
24. If a section fails to elect trustees, ot to fill vacancies, the commissioners shall
appoint, on the requisition of a number of rate-payers. So, if trustees elected
or appointed refuse or for twenty days neglect to act, the commissioners shall,
after five days' notice, appoint. (20. )
25. Any person, not being a commissioner, elected trustee and refusing or neglect-
ing to serve, shall forfeit ^20, to be a^iplied to aid the erection of school-
houses. (25 )
26. Any trustee becoming insolvent, assigning his property for his creditors, or becoming
unfitted for busineHs, or a non-resident, shall cease to be a trustee, and another
shall be elected. (24.)
27. Trustees are a corporation, and, if authorized by the school meeting, may borrow
money for purchasing or improving school premises ; such money to be repaid
in not more than five equal yearly instalments, and be a charge upon the section.
(28) V ^ .: >
28,31. The trustees shall— (30.)
(1.) Meet soon after their election, appoint a secretary, and give him in-
struct'ons ;
.,;;.,, , (2.^ They shall holJ the school property, and any property procured for that
purpose, but shall not interfere with the rights of individuals or religious
v:enominationa ;
(3.) Shall kase premises, if necessary, for not less than five months, or three,
, ! ^^ if a poor section ;
(4.) Shall provide school privileges, free of charge, to all residents of five
years of age and upwards who may wish to attend, and when the school
meeting authorize the same, shall provide improved accommodations.
29. Trustees may insure the buildings (29.) ,
.m Trustees shall— (34)
(1.) Employ licensed teacliers for not less than five months, or, if a poor
, . section, three months ;
(2.) Notify the day of opening school ;
(3.) Provide by assessment for the purchase or erection of a school-house, as
decided by the meeting, and let the work ; the assessment therefor to be
in equal annual amounts, for not more than five years ;
(4.) Visit the school four times a year, and be present at the inspections ;
(5.) Adopt necessary measures for preserving the health of the school ;
(6.) Call the necessary scliool meetings ;
(7) Present an annual report at the September school meeting.
(Their other duties may be tbund under the propter heatls.)
r-2. The secretary of the trustees shall give a bond to Her Majesty, with two suretit-s,
i:t a sum equal to that raised by the section in the year, and the bond shall be
lodged witli the clerk of the peace. (30, 38.)
33. The secretary shall keep the accounts and recorils, and collect and disburse
moneys; keep the school-house in good repair, and supply the same with all
requisites ; supply the teachers with the authorised register, and preserve the
old registers ; keep a record of books and apparatus at any time prt^cured ; give
the teachers from time to tftne an inventory of such property in his charge; post
•p collectors' roll; take the care of the library books, according to the regulations
of the Council, and generally attend to the business of the trustees, as directed.
(40.)
34. The secretary shall receive 5 per cent, on all sums collected for current expendi-
ture, and 2^ per cent, on sums for the purchase, erection or improvement of the
house and ground. If any person voluntarily pays the rate within twenty days
176
PROVINCE OF NOTA SCOTIA.
y.
i;
*
1
^1
1
36.
•
1
36.
1
tv -
37.
1
38.
39.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
afier the ooUeotors' roll is pusted up, he shall receive back 2^ per cent, of the 5
feroent. commisaion. (39.)
' 6. 7^ School SeeHon — H<:ho(d Meetinga.
L " section " is defined as the territory, (he school (.r schools of which are under
one board of trustees. A " border section " embraces portions of two or mors
districts. (M.)
Each board of commissioners may alter the boundaries at any semi-annual meet-
ing, after consulting the inspector, and may decide whether the change shall take
effect at once, in six months, or in a year; but in towns and villages, the special
direction of the Council as to such change is necessary. (13.)
At their meeting in May, the commissioners, by a two-thirds vote, may unite two
or more sections into one ; provided a majority of tlie rate-payers of each, in
their petition, state that an arrangement has been agreed to as to existing liabi-
lities. (18.)
Such union shall take effect at the next annual meeting, notice of which shall be
issued by an inspector, and three trustees shall then be elected. (19. )
The trustees may admit to school pupils from other sections, and may charge a
reasonable fee for such pupils. (27.)
The annual school meeting shall bo held the last Monday in September, and b»
convened by the trustees ; or, if there be none, by the inspector. (72- ;
At the annual meeting, the majority of the rate-payers, of both sexes, shall elect a
chairman and secretary, and a chairman shall have a casting vote. The rate-
payers present shall decide what amount shall be raised to supplement the Pro-
Tincial and county grants, and what sum for the purchase, erection or improve-
ment of the school-house and grounds, and for general purposes. (73.)
The trustees shall present an annual report of their proceedings, and of the state
of the school at the September meeting. (34.)
The trustees shall call special meetings when necessary. (34.)
Upo'h the requisition of the majority of the rate-payers, the trustees shall convene a
special meeting for voting money ; the notice to express the object of the
meeting. (37-)
" Rate-payer " is defined as any resident rated in the county rate-roll in respect of
real or personal property. (84.)
If a vote at the meeting be challenged, and if such voter shall make the declaration
set forth in the Act, his vote shall be taken. If the declaration be wilfully false,
the court may inflict a fine of 95 to ^10, or imprisonment. (74-)
- 6. ThA Normal and Model Schools — The Academies.
49. The Governor may appoint a Princip&l of the Normal and Model Schools, who, with
the approval of the Council, shall appoint assistants. (3, 4. 82.)
50, 51. The Superintendent shnll have the general control of the Normal School, under
the control of the Council, which shall make the regulations. (3, 4, 5.)
62. Upon the requisition of the Superintendent, the Council may draw from the
Treasury a sum to pay students' travelling expenses, at 5 cents per mile. (3.)
54. An annual grant of ^600 shall be made to each county academy to be constructed
and located as directed by the council. (71. )
56. The trustees may co-operate with other academic institutions, if there be any, so
that the section may secure educational advantages. (26.)
58,
7. School Lands and Buildings.
The trustees shall — •
Determine the school-house sites, with the sanction of the three nearest com-
missioners residing out of the section. If they do not agree, the matter
shall be refen-ed for the final decision of the board of commissioners,
but in border-sections the reference shall be to the inspector of the county
of the majority, with an appeal to the Superintendent. (30-)
69, 61, 62, 63, 64, 66. Included above..
snt. ('f the 5
oh are under
two or more
mnual meet-
ige shall take
B, the special
lay unite two
ra of each, in
ixisting liabi-
hich shall be
:i9.) ^
aay charge a
nber, and be
(72.) ,
, shall elect a
B. The rate-
lent the Pro-
1 or improve-
(73.)
i of the state
iiall convene a
^bject of the
in respvct of
le declaration
^rilfully false,
Is, who, with
chool, under
I, 5.)
|iw from the
ile. (3.) ^
1 constructed
be any, so
SUBIMARY OF THE SCHOOL LAW.
177
learest com-
Ithe matter
Imissiuners,
I the county
60. The county school rate on a section unable to erect a suitable school -house shall
be retained two years, and such money shall then be applicable for the
purpose, if means be adopted to build. The assessors shall yearly return a
statement of such amounts. (61<)
%5. Any person may convey or devise real estate to the commissioners of a district, for
erecting a sohool-huuse ov houses, but the cummissifmers shall have no control
as against the section trustees other than that stated in such conveyance. (14.)
67. The trustees may exchange school sites, &o., for other more desirable pro-
perties. (31.)
68. A school-house owned in shares may be sold to the section, at a price determined
by a meeting duly called, or bv public sale. (76.)
69. The commissioners may, upon the Inspector's report, declare school premises to
be unfit ; whefeupon the provincial aid to the section shall be withheld if the
necessary improvement be not provided. (18.)
8. School Accommodations and Nwn^ber of Teachers.
70. The accommodation, &c., to be provided shall as far as possible be in accordance
with the following :— (90.)
(a.) For a section with 60 pupils or under, a house with comfortable sittings,
with one teacher.
(b.) If there be from 50 to 80 pupils in the section, there shall also be a good
class-room, with one teacher and an assistant.
(c.) If there be from 80 to 100 pupils, there shall be a house with com-
fortable sittings for the same, and two good class-rooms, with one teacher
and two assistants ; or, a house with two apartments, an elementary and
Kreparatory, with two teachers ; or, if one commodious building cannot be
ad, there may be two houses in diiterent parts of the section, with a
teadier in each, one being for the younger, or elementary, and the other
for the preparatory department.
(d.) If there be from 100 to 160 pupils, there should be two adequate apart-
ments, and a class-room accessible to each, with two teachers, and, if neces-
sary, an assistant ; or, if the form of the section require, there may be an
elementary school at each end, and a preparatory school in the centre.
(e.) If there be from 160 to 200 pupils, there should be a house with three
apartments, an elementary, a preparatory and a high school, with at least
one good class-room common to the two latter, with three teachers, and, if
necessary, an assistant ; or there may be separate houses for the depart-
ments in different parts of the section.
(/.) And, generally, where there are 200 pupils and upwards, accommodations
for the different grades, so that where there are upwards of 600 pupils, the
ratios in elementary, preparatory and high school departments shall be
^ respectively about 8, 3 and 1.
71. If there be twelve or more children in a section over 5 years of age, and taxable
property of 34,000, there shall be for one school term every year a public free
school, and wherever sectional assessment is not required, the trustees shall
establish a public free school. (69.)
72. (Regulations on evening schools.)
73. The Council may regulate the school time, holidays and vacations. (3.)
74. The winter term shall be from 1st Nov. to 30th April ; and the summer term from
1st May to 31st October. (81.)
9. Grading and Clamfication.
76. Includtd above.
76. The teachers shall assist the trustees to classify the pupils, and if requested shall
hold quarterly examinations for promotion. (78.)
77. The Council may make such decisions as they thinK proper, on the recommend-
ation of any inspector, as to separate apartments or buildings for the diflferent
sexes or colors in a section. (3.)
78. If the Council permit such separate departments, the trustees shall neverthelesc^
regulate the attendance at tnem acconling to attainmentfS, as usual. (33*)
L
I.)
li'i
178
79.
PROVINCE OV NOVA SCOTrX*
And in leotioni having more than one department, the truitees, who may be aided
by the teaohen, shall regulate luoh attendance according to attainment*. (32.)
10. Conductf Oovefmment aiUl Uealth.
80,
Every teacher shall teach the required branches and maintain due discipline ; he
AM call the roll twice daily, and, on pain of the forfeiture of grants, shall
keep the register, which shall be open to inspection b^ the authorities ; he shall
" inculcate, by precept and example, a respect for rehgion and the principles of
Christian morabty, and the highest regajrd to truth, iustice, love of country,
loyalty, humanity, benevolence, sobriety, industry, frugality, chastity, tem-
perance and all other virtues." (28.)
81. The trustees shall suspend or expel a disobedient or injuriously vicious pupil. (34.)
82, 83. The trustee and teacher shall adopt efficient measures respecting cleanliness,
health and ventilation, the teacher reporting any appearance <>f contagious
disease. (78.)
11. Text-Books, ApparaiuH and Lihrarie».
84. The Council may, with the concurrence of the Superintendent, prescribe suitable
text and library books and apparatus.
86, 86. The Council may apply a grant of $1,600 for school libraries, but any section
must raise a sum equal to the aid given (except poor sections) : the books to be
selected from the authorized catalogue, and the regulations to be duly ob-
* served. The trustees' secretary is to bo in charge of the library, which shall be
open to the authorized inspection. (3, 40.)
12. School Ex(MninatioH9 — Liceimmg Teachers.
87, 88, 89,91. Included above.
00. Every teacher shall hold a public half-yearly examination, notifying the parents,
trustees and visitors. (78< )
92. None can receive any portion of the grants, unless duly licensed by the
CouncU. (7&)
93. The Council may regulate the classification of teachers ; and may draw a suificient
sum to pay the examiners, and the expenses uf the Superintendent in printing,
&o. ; they prescribe the mode, times and places of the examinations. (3.)
(The provisions respecting the examiners have already been noticed above. )
13. Penalties.
94. The commissioners may cancel or suspend the license of a teacher who falsely cer-
tifies a return. (78.)
96. The commissioners may cancel a certificate for drunkenness or gross immorality,
and may suspend for incapacity or negligence, notifying the trustees and Super-
intendent j they may also withhold the grant from a section making a false
return. (13.)
96. The oommissioners shall withhold the county assessment from trustees making a
false return, and endorse on any return sent by them to the Superintendent
fheir reasons, if they disapprove the teacher, and recommend that his grant be
withheld. (16.)
97. Trustees may suspend or dismiss a teacher for neglect or immorality, reporting to
a commissioner and the Superintendent, and unless the commissioners sustain
his appeal, his payment shall cease. (36.)
|14. Employtneiit and Payment of Teachers, and Distribution «/ Grants.
98. Trustees shall employ a licensed teacher, and if necessary an assistant, not less
tlum five months, or in a poor section diree months in the year. (34. ]l
99. No teacher may establish a school without an agreement with the section trus-
teea. (78.)
ll
l|
ll
id
u
](
HI
127.
130.
131.
SUMMARY or THE SCHOOL LAW.
179
may be aided
nenti. (32.)
!iBcipline ; he
' grantft, shall
ties ; he ahall
) principles of
i of country,
ihaatity, tem-
iiB pupil. (34.)
ig cleanliness,
<.>f contagious
icribe suitable
ut any section
he books to be
o be duly ob-
yrhich shall be
ig the parents,
insed by the
aw a BUificient
|nt in printing,
linations. (3.)
}d above.)
|rho falsely cer-
immorality,
Bes and Super-
Laking a false
^tees making a
iiperintendeut
I his grant be
k reporting to
loners sustain
ranU.
bnt, not less
1(34.) ,
section trus-
100. The commissioners may settle disputes as to salaries. (13.)
101. On the duties of teutihors— (alreaay ombodiod above). Teachers arc liablo to the
trustees for damage to the school property arising from thoir negli^onco. (78.)
102. lOJ), 104, 115, 117. Already iwludcd.
106. The grant from the [*rovinGial treasury for common schools shall be 9117,000, of
which the City of Halifax shall receive $7,.'>00. (4L)
106, 107. The grant shall be divided according to the total days' attendance of registered
pupils at the common schools. ^42. 48.) «
108. Tne distribution for ei-.ch term shall be made upon the attendance of tho corres-
ponding term in the j^'^oceding year. (49. )
109, But the grant shall not be less than in 1872, unless the attendance is 10 per cent,
less than in that year. (44*)
The money thus payable to the counties shall be distributed by the inspectors to
the teachers, according to the number of days the schools have been open, and
the grade of the teacher's license. (40.)
The payment to teachers, according to graeds, shall be in the following propor-
tions: Grade B, one; 0, three-fourths; D, one-half; E, three-eighth:.
Assistants in separate ro.>ms, employed four hours a day, shall receive two-thirds
of the grant fixed for cheir grades, as above.
The empl'^yment of unlicens^ teachers is not authorized. (00. )
Teachers holding licenses of j^^e A or B, except the heads of academies, shall
receive an annual bonus of ^0 after five years' service. (43.)
If the Council approve, the Superintendent shall withhold the grant from any
teacher who has not complied with tho law. (6.)
110.
111.
112.
113.
Hi.
116.
15. The County Fwiul — Aid to Poor Sedious — Sectional Assessment.
IW.
Where counties are divided into districts holding general sessions, the following
provisions shall apply to such districts. (08.)
119. The clerk of the peace (except in Halifax) shall add to the sum voted for general
purposes and cost of collection, an amount equal to 30 cents for every inhabi-
tant. Half the sum thus raised shall be paid by the county treasurer upon the
order of the commissioners. (02.)
120. Such amount shall be apportioned to the trustees of schools for teachers' sala-
ries, according to the average attendance and authorized days the schools are
open. (03.)
] 21. The clerk of the peace shall notify the Superintendent and mspector of the sum
thus provided. (06.)
122. Half the amount assessed on a county school rate shall be advanced from the Pro-
vincial treasury in May (07) [to be refunded by 31s< October'].
123, 125, 126, 128, 129, 131 (2). Included above.
124. The commissioners shall, in May, decide which shall be regarded as poor sections,
and the trustees and teachers thereof shall receive one-third more than the
ordinary grants. (17. )
Any sum required for school purposes besides the grants, shall be determined by
a majority of the ratepayers at a duly called school meeting.
Where sectional assessment for a free school is required, and the ratepayers
neglect to make adequate provision, the trustees may name the sum required
to the commissionen, \»d with their approval may collect the same. (60,)
(1) If the annual meeting decide to raise money for school premises by assessment,
the town clerk or clerk of the peace shall be furnished by the trustees
with the list of the inhabitants resident and liable, and the clerk shall affix
thereto the property assessed in each case, and shidl receive a fee of 12c. or
16c. for each such list. (34.)
132. The amount required to be raised by a section shall be levied ^1) by a poll tax of
91 trom every male person of full age there resident during six months, and (2)
the balance by property rate. But only one poll tax shall be levied in a year.
The trustees shall authorize their secretary in writing to make the collections ;
.and in default of payment, the same shall be collected as are ordinarv county
assessments ; appeals shall be to the sessions, and the trustees shall make a
return thereto. (04.)
127.
130.
131.
■
180
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
133. Property own^d by a non-resident of the county, if not otherwise liable, is liable
in the section where it rs situated. (61.)
134. Section rates on projpertv belonging to a corporation or company are t>ayable
by the agent thereof. (67.)
135. The assessment for ;>>ich property shall be for the benefit of the section where it
is situated, or whei'e the chief works of the company are situated. (68.)
136. The assessment shall be in the name of the company, not of .the agent. If there
be property in more than one section, the assessors must show the value in each
section. (69.)
137. The assessment of a person deceased, or insolvent, or having made an assignment,
is a charge on his estate, and an administrator, &c. , thereof is personally liable
therefor, unless he make oath that there is not sufficient property. (62.)
138. If any person assessed has removed, having disposed of his property, the assess-
ment is a charge thereon, ^nd may be collected from the person named in the
affidavit 'and warrant. (63.)
139. Property held by executors, &c. , shall be assessed in the section where the owner
last resided ; but if in trust for heirs, being minors, it shall be assessed in the
section where they are at school, if in the county where the property is situated.
In default of payment, the collection shall be made as in other cases of default.
(64.)
140. If the roll be defective the trustees shall request the clerk to refer the same back
to the assessors. (70.)
16. Exem'piioiis. • ■
141.
142,
143.
144.
145
Certain necessary personal property is exempt from legal process. (66.)
Commissioners may exempt persons liviiig more than three miles from the school,
or in places where the school is inaccessible ; and they may make special provi-
sion for schools in such places. (21.)
Persons over sixty years of age, regularly ordained ministers occupied in the
ministry, and unmarried women or widows, are exempt to the extent of $500
assessed value. (65-)
The trustees may exempt those unable to pay, and report such cases to the annual
meeting. (36. )
17. The City of Halifax. : ■[..... .-..'_. :"" :'."
Halifax chall be one school section, with thirteen commissionersj who shall be a
corporation, and shall have the powers of trustees, and of whom seven shall be
appointed by the Government, and six by the city council. (86.)
146. Vacancies in the number of commissioners appointed by the city shall be
speedily filled, and after the current year of such vacancy, the same members
may be re-appointed. (86.)
147. The commissioner first named shall be chairman, and in his absence the next.
The board shall appoint their secretary, and fix his salary. (94.)
148. The board shall receive $1,000 as thoir annual remuneration, which they shall
divide according to the work performed. (98.)
149. The Superintendent may pay the board the grants for teachers. (96.)
150. The board may procure school premises and erect buildings, and borrow money
therefor ; but such contracts must first be approyed by the Government. (91.)
151. 152. The commissioners may issue and dispose of debentures, payable (with semi-
annual interest) in twenty-five years, free of taxation. Such debentures shall
be a charge on the city. (92, 97.)
153. All public school property vests in the board except the grammar school, and
may be sold, and the proceeds applied to new sites and houses. (93.)
154. The board shall provide sufficient school accommodation, and shall report their
proceedings, returns, and appropriations to the Superintendent. (87.)
155. The board may make arrangements with, and an allowance to any city school,
provided it be a free school . (88. )
156. On the report of the board, the city council shall add to the ordinary assessment
a sum sufficient for the yearly support of the schools, but the board shall not
assess the city more than $00,000 in any year without the consent of the Govern-
ment. (89.)
liable, is liable
ly are payable
Bction where it
I. (68.)
gent. If there
16 value in eacli
an assignment,
srsonally liable
J. (62.)
ty, the assess-
named in the
here the owner
isseesed in the
)rty is situated,
ises of default.
the same back
(66.)
rom the school,
> special provi-
ccupied in the
extent of $500
s tu the annual
ho shall be a
seven shall be
city shall be
ame members
mce the next,
ich they shall
8.)
orrow money
iment. (91.)
e (with semi-
entures uhall
school, and
»3.) .
report their
37.5
city school,
assessment
Lrd shall not
Ithe Govem-
SUMMARY OF THE REGULATIONS.
181
167. Every male person of full age and resident for six months shall be assessed %\
for schools, if not so assessed in respect of property ; but the city coimcil may
exempt any unable tu pay. (9S.)
168, 160. The sums so provided are to be applied to general school purposes, as author-
ized by law. (80.)
159. The city treasurer shall pay over school moneys to the board. (99.)
161. Pupils in any ward can attend school in any other ward. (101.)
*
18. Miscellaneous.
162. The Council may prescribe a form of school register. (3.)
Ij33. The trustees shall make a due return of all departments of their schools to the
Superintendent, and lodge the same by the day named at the inspector's office.
If a border section, a return with the necessary statistics shall be made to each
board of commissioners concerned. If a trustees' return be false, the grant
will be forfeited. (34.)
164. The Council may draw a sufficient grant to publish an Educational Journal, a copy
of which shall be supplied to each board of trustees, and to each inspector, and
the chairman of commissioners. (3-)
165. The " district " is defined as the territory under a board of commissioners. (84.)
166. The Superintendent, inspectors and teachers, while so employed, are exempt from
statute labour and from juries ; also from all taxes (except school taxes) on
property to the value of $2,000. The Superintendent is exempt from school
tax on property to the amcunt of $2,000. (80.)
SUMMARY OF THE REGULATIONS ON SCHOOLS, AND ON THE EXAMINA-
TION OF TEACHERS.
.- 1-" ;■■■ •" ; '■■■ ■ ■• /■;■ : . '■•■ .■ „. V .
1. Normal School at Truro.
I. There shall be but one term of the Normal School in each year, which shall open on the
first Wednesday in November, and close the Friday preceding the Annual Provincial Examina-
tions in July.
II. Students shall not be admitted after the first week in each session, except by the consent
of the Principal.
III. Applicants holding valid licenses, on presenting their license {or memo.) will be admitted
as students without examination ; those without license will be examined on syllabus not lower
than Grade D.
IV. Before being enrolled a» a student at the Normal School, every pupil-teacher shall make
the following declaration, and subscribe his or her name thereto : " I hereby declare that my ob-
ject in attending the Provincial Normal School is to (lurlify myself for the business of teaching ;
and that my intention is to teach, for a period not less than three years, in the Province of Nova
Scotia." Students who cannot make sucn declaration will be retimred to pay a tuition fee of !?20
for the session. In consideration of this declaration, instraction, stationery for school purpoKes
and the use of text books (except Classical) shall be furnished purnl-teachers free of charge.
Travelling expenses will be paid at the rate of five cents per mile to pupil-teachers whose attend-
ance qualifies them to take nonnal school diplomas.
'V . Persons wishing to enrol as candidates for high school or academy certificates must, ii»
addition to a good knowledge of English, be thoroughly familiar with the Latin and Greek gram-
mars, and be able to parse with ease any passage in some elementary work in each language. lu
mathematics they must be competent to solve any example in the advanced Nova Scotia Arith-
metic, to work quadratic equations in Algebra, and to demonstrate any proposition in^the
first four books of Euclid.
VI. The school year will be divided into thi3e sessions ; the fii-at embracing that part of the
term preceding the Christmas holidays ; the second, extending from the termination of tht
Christmas holidays to the end of April ; the third, extending from the first of May to the close of
the term.
VII. Students whose circumstances do not allow them to attend during the whole term '
should enter at the beginning of a session and remain tn the close of the term. ->*^
VIII. Improvement in scholarship c-"d in the art of teaching are the leading objects of the
institution, about three-fourths of the time being devoted to the former. The last session -from
the first of May to the close of the term — wfll be more particularly devoted to a review an
special preparation for license.
Written examinations, similar to the examination for license, will be conducted at the close
of every month throughout the term.
Every opportunity will be afforded for the study of Latin, Greek, French, German, and such
higher branches as are required of candidates for Grade A.
IX. The professional work during the first session will be directed to a general examinatiou of
182
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
h ^
I
the {jrinCiples of method ; during the second sewiion to the art of teaching, including regular prac-
tice in the model school ; during the third Hession to review, special practice, and more complete
dlaciiBfliun of the principles of teaching as baaed on mentalpmlosophy.
X. Male students holding provincial license of either Grade A or B, female students of Grade
G or such as possess ecjui^'alent scholarship, shall be qualified to take a normal school diploma on
attending two sessions of the annual tern:, one of which must be the second session — that is, they
will be re^iuired to attend either from the first of November to the end of April, or from the first
of January to the end of the term in July. Students of the above named grades will be permitted
to select their own studies, uxcejpt in the professional department.
An average attendance of 75 per cent., of the session will be re«iuired to qualify those holding
a lower grade of license to compete for normal school diploma. Old students will receive credit for
previous attendance if necessary to make th^ reouired average. Students who pay the tuition fee
and do not wish to be classified will be permitted to choose their own studies.
XI. At the close of each session, the principal shall forward to the Superintendent of Edu-
cation a i-eptort, setting forth the name, sex, age, and residence of each pupil-teacher enrolled, and
of each paying pu^iil ; also setting forth the opinion and judgment of the faculty of instructors re-
specting the teachmg ability possessed by each pupil-teacher ; and this opinion and judgment
snail be recitf d in the license issued to such pupil- teacher. Normal school diplomas, embracing
the grades fair, good and superior will be issued by the Council of Public Instruction, distinct
from the provincial license, to pupil- teachers already holding academic or first-class licenses.
XII. There aie by-laws regulating :— (1) The number of hours in session ; (2) the opening of
wio daily session with praise, scripture-reading and prayer ; closing with praise and prayer— those
having conscientious objections oeing excused ; (3-6) punctuality and conduct ; (7, 8) record
books, and monthly review ; (9, 10) weekly reports and Principal's register ; (11) Principars
report to the Superintendent, with classification of students for diploma — principles of the classifi-
cation ; (12, 13) licensed boarding-houses ; (14) publication of By-laws.
2. County Academies.
Reg. I. The chief town of each of the eleven counties named shall be entitled to receive the
Academy Grant on the following conditions :—
1. Ample school accommodation must be provided for all children belonging to the
section.
2. The schools must be thoroughly graded, in accordance with law, kept well supplied with
prescribed books and apparatus, and otherwise efficiently conducted.
3. The first or highest department shall be open, free of charge, to all children belonging to
the county who may be able to pass the refjuired examination. The teacher of this department
shall be head master of all the departments in the section, and must hold a license of grade A.
Keg. II. In any case where tne chief town fails to entitle itself to the grant, or to maintain
an efficient academy, the (Council reserves the right to treat with any other section in the County
for the establishment and proper maintenance of such academy.
3. School Accommodationa.
Sites. I. In reference to the site of a school-house, care should be taken to see that it is in
a situation of readiest accessibility to the majority of the [xipulation of the section ; that it is
located from 15 to 50 yards from the public highway ; that it is removed from poisonous influences
of stagnant pools, low-lying swampy grounds, from the clatter of the mill or factory, and the
noise of a rauroad station or tavern ; that it has a dry, airy position (with a gentle slope and
southern exposure, if possible), and commands as attractive and extensive a prospect as natural
facilities will permit.
II. The amount of land set apart for school purposes should not, in the country, be less than
half an acre ; in thickly peopled localities, not less than a quarter ; and in towns, not less than
one-eighth of an acre. Tlie Council strongly recommends large areas.
^ School Buildings. I. Plans of school-houses have been issued by the Council, and the require-
ments of the law are so explicit as to be a sufficient guide to each board of trustees in deciding on
the character of the house or houses re<iuired for their section.
II. As to the size ana ccftnmodiousness of school-houses, provision should be made for one-
quarter of the population of the section ; and whatever that number may be, the school-house
snould be of such capacity as to furnish to each scholar at least 150 cubic feet of pure atmospheric
air, or seven square feet of floor, with the ceiling from 13 to 16 feet high.
4. Hours and Vacations.
These regulations are very similar to those in Ontario, but the inspector is allowed to give
notice of the day of his visit, and to direct that the schools be then kept in session.
I-ost time is allowed to be made up by teachers on Saturdays, to the extent of six days.
The vacations are four weeks in summer and two weeks at Christmas. In Halifax there are
five additional days in summer and three days at Easter, l>esides Saturdays.
5. Books and Apparatus.
1. The Council prescribes the articles necessary to furnish the different grades of schools.
bel
tM
H regular prac-
more complete
dents of G-rade
ool diploma on
—that is, they
r from the first
U be permitted
r those holding
;eive credit for
the tuition fee
tndent of Edu-
enrolled, and
instructors re-
ind judgment
as, embracing
iction, distinct
licenses.
;he opening of
prayer— those
(7, 8) record
LI) Principal's
of the classifi-
to receive the
nging to the
supplied with
1 belonging to
is department
■ f^rade A.
' to maintain
a the County
e that it is in
on ; that it is
)U8 influences
tory, and the
:le slope and
ct as natural
, be less than
not less than
the require-
deciding on
ade for one-
school-house
atmospheric
>wed to give
dajTB.
ix there are
EXAMINATION OF TEACHERS.
183
schools.
2. A list of the required books and apparatus is published in the Journal, with prices.
3. While there is more than one text-book in a subject on the prescribed list, only one must
be used in the same school.
4. The proi>er books and apparatus must be procured, and are the property of the section ;
books are lent to the scholars, and may be purchased by them at the fixed prices.
Any section Infringing these rules shall be deprived of the privilege of purchasing through
the Education Department.
6. Examinatton of Teachert.
TSiesday after the 16th July.
Twenty-five stations of examination are named, .candidates are required to bring evi-
1. The annual examination shall take place on the fir
2. ~ . ~
dence of their character, and to provide themselves with stationery. A deputy-examiner con
ducts the proceedings as instructed. The following are the grades of license : —
A. Head-master of county academy.
B. Male teachers, class I.
C. Female teachers, clans I ; Males of class II.
D. Female teachers, class II ; Males of class III. '
E. Female teachers, class III.
3. Examination fees.— Candidates Grade E, 37c. ; D, 50c. ; C, 75c. : B, 81 ; A, $4.
4. A deputy-examiner may employ an assistant for a day and a halt.
5. All licenses are under seal of the Council, valid for the province during good behaviour,
but none must teach under 15 years of age unless the inspector approve.
6. Th' printed papers are forwarded to the deputv-exammer (who is under oath), and
opened by him only as required at the examination ; and the answers are returned for submission
to the four provincial examiners.
7. There are special regilations as to marking for spelling.
8. To obtain the ^rade applied for, the average of the candidate's marks must be 50 or up-
wards, in 100 ; to obtain the next grade the average must be 40 or upwiu^s, except in Grade D,
when it shall be 36 ; and to obtain the second below the one applied for, the average must be 30.
9. For B, C, D, E, there must be no ma)-k farther below half the required average than the
actual average is above the requirement, except where there are several papers on one gemral
subject.
10. For grade A, a general average of 50 is required, with no mark in English farther below
37-50 than the average is above 50. In Latin the average must be at least 50, and in Greek 37-50.
There are a few other rules of detail, and for special cases.
SYLLABUa OF EXAMINATION.
(1.) Requirements Common to all Gradea.*
(1.) School System. — The school law and the regulations, especially respecting the office of
teacher. ''
(2.) School Management — How to organize a school, arrange its studies and classes, maintain
order and discipline, and provide for the physical health and comfort of the pupils.
(3.) Beading. — To read English prose and verse with taste ^nd expression ; also, to imderstand
and be able to practise the method of teaching reading by commencing with the sounds or powers
of the letters, instead of their names.
(4.' Spelling. — To spell correctly the words in common use.
(5.) Wnting. — To write in a neat, fluent and legible manner, aad to understand the principles
as given in the prescribed series of copy-books.
. . • (2.) Grade E. (One day.) , ; \
I. Lanouaob. — English Grammar. -1. To answer elementary questions on the classification
and inflection of words. 2. To parse easy sentences, and give the rules of Syntax applicable
thereto.
11. History and GtEOORAVHY. -History.— The History of Nova Scotia.
Geogmphy.—l. The <jeography of Nova Scotia. 2. The main facts of General Greography—
particularly as regards North America and Europe.
III. MATHEHATica. — A rithmetic. — 1. To know the tables in use in Nova Scotia, and to be able
to apply them in the solution of questions in Commercial Arithmetic. 2. To work readily and
correctly any simple question as far as fractions and reduction.
rV. Tbaohino and Management.— 1. To understand the use of the ball-frame in illustrating
the fundamental rules of arithmetic. 2. The best method of giving instruction in each of the
branches embraced in the examination for E. 3. See requirements common to all grades, para-
graph 2.
(3.) Grade D. {A day and a half.)
I. Langitaoe. — English Grammar. — 1. A thorough knowledge of the classification and inflection
of words. 2. To analyze and parse any simple sentence, giving the rules of Ssmtox applicable thereto
* RsMARK.— Every requirement mentioned under any grade is to^ understood fw appl}'ing to all higher
grades, whether actually specified under such higher grades or not.
184
PROVINCE O^ NOVA SCOTIA.
111
Conupoiition.—!, To correct examples of the wrong tue of words. 2. To write an original
composiuon on a subject to be named
II. HiBTOBT AMD Oeooraphy.— fTutory.— History of Great Britain. [History of Nova Scotia,
asinE.]
Geography.— 1. To draw from memory an outline map of Nova Scotia. 2. The pbydoal and
political GTeography of British America. 3. A fair knowledge of Gfeneral Geo^phy. 4. The
use of the terrestrial globe sufficiently to illustrate the succession of day and night, and oi the
seasons.
III. Mathematics.— Arithmetic.— 1. The tables of Sterling and French money. (See also E.)
2. To solve readily and correctly any question, Interest inclusive, as given in the Nova Scotia
Arithmetic, (Advanced).
Algebra. — Simple equations involving one unknown quality.
IV. Teaohimo AMD School Mamaoemsmt.— 1. See under E. 2. The best method of giving
instruction in the chief branches ; also, the means of inciting pupils to diligence. 3. See require
ments common to all grades.
(4.) Orade O. (Two days.)
I. Lamouaoe. — Englith Grammar.— 1. SeeD. 2. Toanalyze and parse any sentence, giving
the rules of Syntax applicable thereto. 3. The principles of iuoalysis, and the terms used.
Composition.— 1. To recognise and define the principal figures of speech. 2. The chief rales
for the structure of sentences, and the use of the punctuation marks. 3. To write the answer
with clearness and attention to grammar.
Prosody. — 1. The metrical structure of English verse, and to scan examples in iambic, tro-
chaic, anapsestic and dactylic measure.
II. HisTOBT AMD Geoorapht. — History.— As in D, but with stricter examination.
Geography. — 1. To draw from memory an outline mAT> f'f Ei^and, or of any of the continents
- -marking the chief mountains, rivers, bays and cities. ... As in D. 3. Full knowledge of General
Greonaphy. 4. The uses of the terrestrial globe.
III. Mathematics.— .^n^Ame^tc.- -1. As in D. 2. To solve readily and correctly any ques-
tion as far as Exchange, as given in the N. S. Arithmetic (Advanced). 3. To give the rule for
any arithmetical process demanded in this grade, nnd to demonstrate the correctness of the role.
Algdira, — To solve simple equations, and any problem involving the same.
Geometry. — The first book of Euclid, or an equivalent.
rV.— Teachimg and School Management.— 1. The use of the ball-frame. 2. The best
method of giving instruction in the several leading branches required to be taught. 3. See re-
quirements common to all grades, paragraph 2. 4. To be familiar with McAdam's Chemistry of
Common Things.
(5.) Grade B. (Two days and a half.)
I. ItASOVAOE.— English Grammar.—!. As in grade D. 2. To analyze and parse any given
sentence. 3. The rules of Syntax and Analysis, and their application to any given sentence.
Composition. — 1, 2 and 3, as in C, but with greater strictness in the application.
Prosody. — 1. As in C. 2. To explain any of the terms used in Prosody.
II. History and Gbogbaphy.— flwtory.- The History of British Amsrica, British History,
and the outlines of Universal History.
Geography. — 1, 2, 3 and 4, as under C.
III. Mathematics.— .^ritAntetic. — 1. As in D. 2. To solve readily and correctly any fair
questions. 3. To give the rule for any arithmetical process, and demonstrate the truth of such
rule.
Algebra. — 1. To understand the principles relating to simple and quadratic equations, and the
solution of problems giving rise to such equations.
Geometry. — The turst four books of Euclid, or an equivalent.
Practical Mathematics. — To be 'veil versed in right and oblique angled Trigonometiy, the
mensuration of surfaces, and the more simple solids, as given in Chambers' series, or an equivalent.
Navigation. — To have a good knowledge of the principles of navigation.
IV. School Management, Teaching, Ac— 1, 2, 3 and 4, as in C. 5. To understand the
keeping of accounts by single and double entry.
(6.) Grade A. (Four days.)
Candidates for license of this grade are to work all the papers of the B grade. The examiners
in this portion of the examination will exact fuller answers and work of a more scholarly character
than in the case of candidates applying for toe B grade simply.
Additional Requirements. — Classics. — To Imow well the Latin and Greek grammars, and b^
ably to translate and parse accurately any of the following : —
1. L{'*in.—CBeaax—De Bello Gallico, Books I., II., III. Horace— Odes, Book I., and Ars
Poeticf ''-gil— ^neid, Booksl., II., III. Livy— Bookl. Cicero— De Amicitia. Tacitus—
Agric
2 «.— Xenophon— Anaba«iB, Books I., II. Memorabilia, Book I. Homer— Iliad, Books
I., II., ill. Euripides— Alcestis.
3. To answer questions in Latin and Greek prosody, and to scan with correctness and expe-
dition passages in Vii-gil, Horace and Homer.
4. To translate English into Latin and Greek.
History. — To have a good knowledge of Grecian and Koman history, including the ancient
geography of Greece and Italy.
Algd
nizav
ofthi
Tl
ofthl
Del
Del
Dd
Del
housii
te an original
' Nova Scotia,
pliysioal and
tphy. 4. The
it, and oi! the
(See also E.)
Nova Scotia
hod of giving
require
itence, giving
3 used.
le chief rales
the answer
i iambic, tro-
>n.
he continents
ge of General
tly any qnes-
e the role for
9 of the mle.
2. The best
t. 3. Seere-
Chemiitry of
e any given
lentence.
iish History,
tly aay fair
jth of such
}n8, and the
pmetiy, the
[equivalent.
stand the
'■ exanuuers
' character
l&rs, and b^
..and Ars
Tacitus —
tad, Books
[and expe-
le ancient
THE COUNCIL OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, ETC.
ISfr-
Mathematie».—\. Two additional books of Euclid. 2. Solid and spherical geometry. 3. ,
Algebra ; to have thoroughly studied the treatise of Oreenleaf or Bourdon, or Chambers' Algebra.
Phytioloffy.—To know the leading features of animal and vegetable physiology.
Chemittry, —To have a tolerable knowledge of chemistry (Inorganic.)
School Management.— To be able to describe the steps necessary to secure the thorough orga-
nization of a graaed school, and the benefits flowing therefrom.
^tu €otmil of ^nhUt itusitvuctidtt.
Hon. MtoZHrn. Stayley Brown, D. McDonald, P. C. Hill, Robert Robertson, Alonzo
J. 'T^hite, John Ferguson, James Cochran, Colin Campbell, J. McKinnon, Members
of the Executive Council.
The Rev. A. S. Hunt, M.A. Superintendent of Education, is ex oj^cio a member
of the Council, and Secretary.
^ht f Yovinctol €uminm, -
Department of Language. — Rev. J. M. Hensley, D.D., King's College.
Department of History ^<md Oeography. — Rev. Thomas J. Daly, St. Mary's College.
Department of Mathematics.— T). F. Higgins, A.M., Acadia College.
Department of School Ma/itagem^nt and Teaching. — Rev. James Ross, D.D., Dal-
housie College.
ISiJut ini9i)iiertovjai.
Name.
Counties.
Name.
' ■' ' -t -^ =■
Counties.
Daniel Macdonald
Picton.
Queens.
Digby (Clare District).
Digby (Digby Dis-
trictj
Victoria.
Lunenburg.
Annapolis.
Shelbume.
Kings.
Guysborough.
G. J. Farish
Yarmouth.
C. P. Andrews
A. Mclsaac
Antigonisk
Cumberland.
A. P. Landry
W. S. Darragh
John Ambrose
R. R. Philp
Hants.
James Little
Colchester.
K. McKenzie
A. McKinnon
Cape Breton.
Halifax.
Richmond.
W. M. B. Lavirson
L, S. Morse
Hinkle Condon
R. Benoit
A. C. A. Doane
J. Y. Gunn
Inverness.
Colin W. Roscoe
William Hartshome —
J. K. Rousselle
(supervisor)
City of Halifax.
TRURO.
Friiwlpal, J. B. Calkin' (Regulations on page 181.)
Academy.
Head Master.
Teachers.
Pupils.*
Annapolis
A. W. Herdmjin
2
5
7
4
4
6
3
6
4
3
192
Cape Breton
A. Cameron
376
Cumberland
W. D. McKenzie
317
Digby
A. McRae
326
Guvsboroucdi
J. W. Wallace
158
Lunenburg
J. T. Ross.
344
Richmond
L.W. Mclnnes
J. W. Wallace
210
Qceens
294
Shelbume
N. Smith
210
Victoria
P. S. McLean, B.A
188
* Of these pupils, an average of about a sixth were in the
master's salary from $460 to fToO.
High School Department. Head
I
186
I i
PROVINCE 0*" NOVA SCOTIA.
Academy.
Principal.
Teachers
and
Assistants.
Pupils.
Pictou (aee page 192)
Alex. H. McKay, B.A
David Allison. M. A
2
7
6
2
4
5
9
120
Mount AllJBon
89
Horton Collef^^ate ?
J. F. Taffts, M.A
145
Yturmouth Seminary
J. Fletcher, M. A
Edward Gilpin, D.D
45
Halifax Grammar Schc al
60
Institution for Deaf and Dumb ....
J. Scott Hutton. M.A.
42
Mount Allison Female Academy. . .
James R. Inch. M.A
90
This school was founded in 1860. For many years it enjoyed the services of Mr,
D. M. McDonald as principal, under whose care it made steady progress. Mr. James
McLean, of Dalhousie College, accepted the principalship, and took charge May Ist,
1875.
The government of the school is vested in three trustees, who hold office for three
years.
The course of study comprises the following subjects : — Latin, Greek, French, His-
tory, Geography, Algebra, Geometry, Higher Mathematics, Chemistry, Grammar and
Arithmetic.
The school is open to all the residents of New Glasgow free of charge, others pay
$10 per year.
itti9ititttti0tt Uv iht §tai mA §vmJ>,
The school is almost entirely free. The pupils are practised daily in the use of
ritten language, and some
pal, J. Scott Hutton, M.A.
written langu^e, and some instruction is given in all the ordinary branches. Princi-
ViJ
D.(
of
PhJ
Ora
II
one!
21
3J
twol
El
the
certl
shii
Mt ItniverisiitUiGi.
WINDSOR.
This University was originated and recommended by a Commit^ of the House of
Assembly, November, 17^. It was founded by Act of Parliament in 1788, under the
title of " King's College, of Nova Scotia," and a Royal Charter was granted by King
George III. in 1802.
Patron, His Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. Board of Governors, Bight Kev.
Hibbert Binney, D.D.,^ Lord Bishop of Nova If^otia, Visitor and President of the
Board ; Rev. George McCawley, D.D., Hon. Mr. Justice Wilkins, B.A., Life Gover-
nors; Hon. Mr. Justice Smith, Rev. Canon Scovil, M.A., Ph.D., Hon. P. C. Hill,
D.O.L., Provincial Secretary, Rev. G. W. Hodgson, M.A., W. J. Almon, M.D.,
Edward Binney, H. S. Poole, M.A., E. W. Dimo^, H. Y. Hind, M.A., F. Allison,
M.A. ; J. C. Haliburton, M.A., Treasurer ; Rev. J. C. Cochran, D.D., Secretary.
J'ocittty.— President of the College, Classics; The Rev, Canon Hensley, D.D.,
king's college and university.
187
irvices of Mr,
Mr. James
irge May lat,
See for three
French, Hia-
jrrammar and
B, others pay
the use of
les. Princi'
e House of
under the
ed by King
Right Key.
dent of tile
life Gover-
■». C. HiU,
on, M.D.,
Allison,
itary.
ey, D.D.,
"Vice-President, Professor of Divinity, including Pastoral Theology ; Henry How,
D.C.L., Professor of Chemistry and Natural History ; John E. Oram, B.E., Professor
of Mathematics, Natural Philosophy, Astronomy and Engineering : H. Stiefelhagtsn,
Ph.D., Professor of Modem Language i ; Professor Hensley, D.D., Bursair ; Professor
Oram, B.E., Assistant Bursar; Professor How, D.C.L., Librarian, Curator and
Proctor.
Students. — There are three classes of students admissible to the College : —
1. Matriculated Sttule}its in Arts : who must pass the matriculation examination in
one of the universities constituted by Royal Charter, or of which the members shall be
admitted to this privilege by the Governors of King's College.
2. Matticulated Students in Civil Engineering : requirements given below.
3. Elective Students : who desire to attend during an academical year or term, one,
two or more courses of lectures.
NOMINATIONS.
Each nominee is exempt from the payment of yearly fees, amounting to $180 for
the three years' course, besides the fee for a B- A. degree. There being some eighty
certiticates conferring this privilege, it is easy for students to obtain it. If a scholar-
ship is held besides, nearly the whole cost of the education will be covered.
Various scholarships and prizes are offered for competition.
FACULTY OF AHT8.
' ' ^ v; Examination for Matriculation.
Classics. — One Greek and one Latin \nwk, to be published by the College Board one year in
advance.
Mathematics. — The ordinary rules of Arithmetic ; Vulgar and Decimal Fractions ; Addition,
Subtraction, Multiplication and Division of Algebraical quantities ; the first two books of Euclid.
English. — Orthography ; writing from dictation ; the grammatical structure of the language.
French or the German Language.-- At the option of the candidate. One passage from some
author for translation into English. The College Board to publish the name one year in advance.
Candidates shall not be approved by the examiners imless they pass in two of the above subjects.,
of which Classics shall be one. It shall also be necessary to pass in Arithmetic.
Subjects for 1876-77 :— Homer, Iliad I., or Xenophon, Anab. I. ; Cicero pre Archia, or
Horace, Ode I. ; French, Charles XII., Voltaire ; German, Adler's Reader, Part I.
Matriculated students are required to attend the Lectures and examinations in all the depart-
ments of their course.
Students who do not intend to take the degree of B.A., are pemdtted to attend the lectures
of any of the Professors, subject to all the usual regulations.
Expenses. — Board and attendance, 33 weeks, at $3 20, $105 60 ; room rent, 3 terms, 96 ; pew
and road, $2 ; fuel and lights, about $33 : library fee, $5. Total, $151 60. %
Only two meals are furnished, at 8 A.M. and 6 P.M. Those who require lunch can obtain it
from the steward at 5 cents per lunch. ■
The rooms are unfurnished, so that a small outlay is required at entrance, to be made by each
student, so as to suit his own means and tastes.
When two students live together, which is the usual arrangement, the expense for fuel and
furniture is greatly diminished, and the cost of board, &c., in college may be set down at about $4
per week.
Students are also permitted, on proper application, to board out of college in any place ap-
proved by the college authorities. ■ " ' •
Terminal Examinations.
Every student will be required to undergo an examination at the end of each term, in all the
subjects in whioh he has attended lectiures.
Every undergraduate, previous to presenting himself for any terminal examination, will have
to obtain from each professor whose lectures he has attended during the term, a certificate of
attendance and good conduct.
No professor will grant such certificate if more than two absences without leave, during the
course ot the term, are recorded against the applicant, or if his condu'^t shall have been in any way
reprehensible.
Besponsions.
Every matriculated student is required to pass a public examination called Responsions, for
whkh he cannot offer himself until he has completed his foiurth term, and no term after the sixth
can be reckoned until it has been passed. This examination is held at the beginning of the Easter
term. The subjects are as follows :—
1. Classics — One Greek and one Latin Book, and liatin writing.
I
1 '
i
u,*^
r
■■h'i i
■ . ■ *'
188
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
2. Divinity— One OoBpel or the Acts of the Apoatles.
3. Mathematics - Algebra to end of Quadratic EqnatiouB ; Enclid, two Booko.
/ 4. Chemical Physics and Chemistry, Inortfanio or Organic.
6. Modem Languages— any one :
French— The two first books of Charles XII. or an etiuivalent. The Etjrmology of the lan-
guage according to Otto's Orammar.
€rerman~The first part of Adler's Reader or an equivalent. The Etymology of the language
according to Otto's Grammar.
B. A. Examination— AtHociatet,
Under^aduates presenting themselves for examination for a degree, shall be required to
produce satisfactory certificates of attendance and conduct during the whole of the three years'
course. Or, if undergraduates shall not have attended the whole time at King's College, they
shall be required to produce similar certificates from the imiversity they have attended.
A shorter period of residence is allowed in the cane of students unable to take the long course,
provided they pass all the examinations.
The exammation shall be carried on mainly by %vritten questions and answers, but the exami-
ners shall at all times have the power of examining viva voce.
A public examination for degrees shall be held towards the end of Michaelmas and EaHter
terms. Students shall not be permitted to offer themselves for this before their ninth term, except
those who intend to offer themselves for honours, who may be examined in the ordinary degree
subjects in their seventh term, between the responsions and this examination. In such case, the
student must pass an examination in the honour-subjects chosen by him before being admitted to
a degree.
Every candidate for a degree must be examined on two days in at least two of the subjects on
which lectures are delivered by the professors. The following (or their equivalents) are the sub-
jects for an ordinary degree : —
Clasnics ; Greek— Two Plays and an Oration of Demostheneb ; Latin— Juvenal, Select Satires,
and Tacitus, Agricola ; Prose Composition.
Divinity: Four Gospels — Bible History and Liturgy.
Mathematics : Algebra to Quadratic Etiuations ; Euclid, Six Books ; Plane Trigonometry.
Chemistry : Chemical Physics ; Inorganic and Organic Chemistry.
Modem Langtuiges : Any one.
French. — The forms and Syntax of the language according to Otto's Grammar. One-half
(either the Ist or 2nd) of the " Causeries Parisienues " by Pescnier, or an equivalent, to be cor-
rectly and fluently read and translated. Candidates must be able to translate ordinary English
prose into French witnout serious errors, and show spme readiness in conversation.
Otrman. — The forms and Syntax according to Otto's Grammar, Adler's Readers and some of
Schiller's Poems. Easy prose to be translated into German, and some readiness in speaking to be
shown.
All candidates for honours in any branch must first pass the ordinary degree examination.
Elective students may also obtain pass certificates, honor certificates, ana diplomas in lieu of
degrees, which shall entitle them to the designation of Associate of Arts.
Honor Subjects.
•»,
Every candidate for a degree in honors shall be examined in one or more of the following
subjects at his own choice : —
I. Classics : Greek — Sophocles, 7 Plays, Thucydides, 2 books. Latin— Juvenal, Tacitus, 6
books, Ciceit) de Oificiis, Prose and Verse Composition.
II. DUnnity. — Hebrew and Greek Scriptures, Evidences, Ecclesiastical History, Systematic
Divinity, Church Polity and Liturgies.
III. Mathematics. — Algebra, Euclid, Trigonometry, Diff. and Int. Calculus, Conic Sections,
Mechanics, Optics, Acoustics, Heat, Electricity, Astronomy or Engineering.
rV. Chemistry and Natural History. — Chemical Physics, Inorganic and Organic Chemistry,
Practical Chemistry, Qual. Analysis of Compounds and Preparations ; Mineralogy, Geology, or
Botany — ^any two,
V. Modern Langv.ages. — Any two.
None shall be admitted into the first two Classes but those who shall have taken honors in
any subject.
An examination fee of one dollar ($1) shaU be paid by each candidate to meet the expenses of
stationery — for the examinations through the year — which shall be provided by the university.
aft
ExI
Del
Pr
tic
of
anti
(^oi|
and!
phyl
of a|
To
not
Elen
Eng
(Fov
SCHOOL OF CIVIL ENOINEERINO.
1. Candidates for the diploma of C. E. shall be required to have been admitted matriculated
students of King's College.
2. To have subsequently studied in the above college the course therein prescribed.
3. To have passed two university examinations.
The examination for matriculation shall be the same as in the school of ai-ts, with the omission
of the classical subjects.
The course for the diploma in Civil Engineering shall tisually extend over three years.
>Iogy of the lan-
' of the language
! be re<iuired to
bhe three years'
:'h College, they
atied.
the loDg course,
, but the ezumi-
man and Easter
th term, except
ordinary degree
1 such case, the
ing admitted to
the subjects on
tu) are the sub-
Select Satires,
gonometry.
nar. One-half
ent, to be cor-
linary English
rs and some of
speaking to be
unination.
aas in lieu of
le following
d, Tacitus, 6
Systematic
aic Sections,
Chemistry,
Geology, or
in honors in
expenses of
liversity.
latriculated
le omission
ars.
KIN08 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY.
189
Candidates shall, for special reawns, to be approved by the board, be admitted to the diploma
after one or two years' residence, instead of three.
The cotu«e for the first university examination shall include Mathematics (1st and 2nd counes)
Experimental Phjrsics, Mensuration, Levelling, Mapping, and a Modem Continental Languaire '
The first course in Mathematics shall include :— 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 6th books of Euclid and
Definitions of Book 6 } Arithmetic, Algebra ; including the usual rules to the end of Quadratics ■
Proportion, " Binomial Theorem," for positive integral exponents, ** Geometrical and Arithme-
tical Progressions," and nature and use of Ijogarithms ; Plane Trigonometry to the end of Solution
of Triangles. The second course shall include : — Algebra with the " Theory of Equations " Plane
and Spherical Trigonometry, Analytical Geometry as far as the " Equation of the Second hegne "
Conic Sections, "Differential and Integral Calculus." '
Experimental Physics shall be represented by the Professor's Lectures to the Arts Students
and part of Ganot's Physics.
The examination for the diploma in Civil Engineering shall embrace the following subieots :
Engineering, Mensuration, Levelling and Mapping, Mathematical Physics, Natural Philoso-
phy (applied). Chemistry, Geolojry, Mineralogy.
'Each candidate will be requiml to produce at this examination the Field Xotes and Drawings
of a Survey made by him.
The course in Mathematical Science will be represented by such books as Newth's Mechanics
Todhunter's Mechanics for Bt-ginners, Galbraith and Haughton's Hydrostatics, Optics and Astro-
nomy.
The course in Natural Philosophy (applied) will include : — Twisden's Practical Mechanics
Elements of Thermo-Dynamics and parts of Ganot's Physics. Galbraith and Haughton's Steam
Engine.
The course of Chemistrj' will include Chemical Physics (Fownes), Inorganic Chemistry
(Fownes), Practical Chemistry, Qualitative Analysis (Fresenius),
Mineralogy (Dana's Manual). Geology (Dana's Alanual).
The fiic for the diploma in Civil Engineering will be $12 ; it must be lodged with the Bursar
before the examination begins.
TERMS AND DIBCIPLINE.
The Academical year shall begin in October, and shall contain three terms, in which all
scholastic exercises shall be performed and all degrees conferred. Michaelmas 'Term shall extend
from the first Saturday of October to Decomber 22nd ; Lent Term from the second Saturday of
January to the Saturday before Palm Sunday ; Faster Term from the Monday after Blaster
Monday to the last Thursday in June.
The following days shall be observed as hoUdays in the University :— All Saints' Day, Ash
Wednesday, Ascension Day, Whit Monday, dnd the Birth-day of the reigning Sovereign.
The resident students are under the immediate charge of the President and Vice-President.
A register shall be kept of the attendance of all students at lecture and chapel. No student, shall
be out of college after 9.30 p.m., unless b)r permission. No visitors shall be allowed to remain in
college after 9.30 p.m., unless by permission. No undergraduate shall resort to any public-
house, except for some cause approved by the President, or shall sjpend his time in the streets of
the town. The introduction of spirituous liquors into the college is absolutely prohibited.
Hours of prayer, 7 a.m. and 9.30 p.m. ; hours of meals— breakfast, S a.m. ; dinner, 6 p.m. •
meming bell, 6.30 a.m. ; evening bell, 9.30 p.m. " * '
THE LIBRARY AND MUSEUM.
The foundation of the Libraryis due to the efforts of the first Bishop of Nova Scotia, and
may be placed in the year 1789, The large collection of books, now numbering over 6,000 volumes
contained till the year 1870 in a single room in the college building, was then removed to the new
hall specially built for the purpose, and presented to the University by the Incorporated Alumni.
It contains a large number of standard works of reference in Theology, which is by far the richest
department in the library — and a fair selection of the great Greek and Latin classics.
The Museum contains fine collections in the various departments of Natural History and
many other interesting objects. '
Officers of the Incorporated Alumni of King', t College for the year ending June, 1876.
N.B. — The Alumni were incorporated by an Act passed 30th March, 1848, for the
purpose of raising and expending sums of money in aid of the college and the col-
legiate school.
Henry Pryor, D.C.L., President ; Rev. Henry Pryor Almon, D.C.L., Vice-Presi-
dent; Rev. Canon Cochran, D.D., Hon. S. L. Shannon, D.C.L., Rev. Richmond
Shreve, M.A., Charles H. Carman, Edward Jennings, M.D., Andrew J. Cowie, M.D.,
C. Beverley Bullock, B.A., Committee; Hon. S. L, Shannon, D.C.L., Treasurer •
€harles H. Carman, Secretary.
190
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
WINUHOK.
Rev. John Butler, M.A., Head Master. The school was re-opened September Ist,
1876. It is in direct connection with King's College, and is subject to the supervision
of the President and Vice-President of the College, under instructions from the Board
of Governors.
The coui'se of instruction includes all the ordinary branches ui an English education,
Latin, Greek, &o. Classes will be formed in modern languages for those who desire
it, and facilities will be afforded to the senior pupils for attending courses of lectures
by the professors of the College. The school is open to all denominations without re-
striction. Pupils belonging to the Church of England will attend the services in the
College chapel, but those of other denominations may, if required by their parents,
attend the Sunday services of the denomination lo which they belong. In the latter
cases certificates of proper attendance and good conduct will be required from the
minister. Applications to be made to the Head Master, under cover to Rev. Canon
Hensley, D.D., King's College.
-Day pupils for the ordinary branches, 810 \)er quarter ; boarders, J60 ; modem lan-
Temu.-
guages, 83.
fulhauieiif itoWt^t mA WinivmiiiA'
Board of Govenwrs. — Hon. Sir William Young, Knight, Chief Justice of Nova Scotia,
Chairman ; Hon. Charles Tupper, C.B,, M.D., M.P.; Hon. J. W. Ritchie, Judge of
Supreme Court of Nova Scotia; Hon. S. L. Shannon, Q.C.; Rev. George M. Grant,
M. A.; James F. Avery, M.D.; Charles Robson, Alexander Forrest, M.D.; Rev. G.W.
HiU, M.A.; George Thomson, Secretary and Treasurer.
S&iuxte of the University. — Very Rev. James Ross, D.D., Principal ; Rev. William
Lyall, LL.D.; Charles Macdonald, M. A., Secretary of the Senate; John Johnson, M.A.;
George Lawson, Ph. D., LL.D.; James Del\Jill, M.A.
Facility of Arts. — Very Rev. Principal Ross, D.D., Professor of Ethics and Political
Economy; Rev. William Lyall, LL.D., Professor of Logic and Metaphysics ; Charles
Macdonald, M. A., Professorof Mathematics; John Johnson, M. A., Professor of Classics;
George Lawson, Ph. D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy; James DeMiU,
M. A., Professor of History and Rhetoric; James Liechti, Tutor in Modem Languages.
John Wilson, Janitor.
The winter session commences about the end of October, and continues seven months.
Students may enter the college : (1) As undergraduates, with the intention of apply-
ing for a university degree, at the end of the course ; or, (2) as general students, who
do not look forward to a university degree.
The usual course for undergraduates <)xtends over four winter sessions.
But students may shorten their attendance by one year, by passing the matriculation
examination of the second Jrear.
General students are not required to pass any preliminary examination, and may
attend such classes as they choose.
Undergraduates from other universities will, on producing satisfactory certificates,
be admitted to similar standing in this university, if, on examination, they be found
qualified to enter the classes proper to their years.
Matriculation Examinations.
The subjects of examination for entrance into the first year of the course are :
I. In Classics. — Latin Grammar, Greek Grammar; one Latin, one Greek Author. Latin. —
Csesar, one book ; Virgil, one book ; Cicero, two Orations ; Horace, one book of Odes. Greek.—
Xenophon, one book ; Homer, one book ; Lucian'H Select Dialogues ; New Testament, one Gospel.
II. In McAheniMtics. — Arithmetic : Euclid's Elements of Geometry, Book I.; Algebra, to the
end of Fractions.
III. In English. — Grammar; History of England ; Greometry; Composition.
Special stress will be laid upon accuracy in Latin and Greek Grammar.
In order to matriculate for the three years' course, a student must pass an examination :
L In the Classics of the first year or their equivalents. Z,a< in.— Cicero, "First Oration against
Call
Dr
Vt
met!
Ine
and
trio
Gall
choll
phj
Ger
mail
DALHOUSIE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY.
i9r
September l«t,
the supervision
from the Board
glish education,
ose who desire
:^eB of lectures
>ii8 without re-
services in the
their parents,
In the latter
iiired from the
to Rev. Canon
50; modern Isn-
•f Nova Scotia,
chie, Judge of
)rge M. Grant,
).; Rev. G.W.
Rev. William
ohnson, M.A.;
and Political
rsic8 ; Charles
lorof Classics;
ames DeMill,
Languages.
even months,
ion of apply-
tudents, who
aatriculation
on, and may
certificates,
ey be found
01'. Latin. —
es. Greek,—
one Grospel.
gebra, to the
lation :
Ation against
Catiline, Third Oration againrt Catiline ; Virgil, ifhieid, Book V. ti>reeA^-Luoian, Timon ; the
Dream. Comp<m(ton.— Prinoipia Latina, Part iV.
2. In the McUhematicd of tne first vear : Arithmetic— 'ReviMion of thefTheory of Proportion ;
Vnlf^and Dedmal Fractions. .i4/^«6n(.— Common Measure, Involution, Evolution, the Arith-
metioal ifxtraction of Roots, Fractionn, E<|uatiunH f the First and Second DegrceH, Proportion,
Inemialitiea, Variation, Progressions. (^eom«(>^.- First Book of Euclid, revised ; oeconu, Thini
and Fourth Books: Definitions of Fifth and Sixth Book to the Eighth Proposition, with Geome-
trical Exercises ana Practical Applications. Plane TVi^ronomctr;/.— Solution of Plane Triangles.
3. In English Orammar, Enf/linh Jfiitory, Oeoyraphy, and Composition.
4. Ancient History and Oeoi/raphtf.—Hmory of Rome to B.C.|31 ; Geography : Italia, Sioilia,.
Gallia, Britannia.
CourM for Degree of B. A.
(2)C
(2)
Greek. (3) Mathematics. (4) English Language and Rhetoric,
Greek. (3) Mathematics. (4) Chemistry. (6) Logic and Psy
Experimental Physics. (4) Meta-
(3) HUtory. (4) French <y
FirH Year.— (I) Latin.
Second Year.—{l) Latin
cholqgy.
Third yeor.— (1) Latin. (2) Mathematical Physics,
physics. (6) French or German. (6) Greek or Chemistry.
Fourth Fear.— (1) Latin. (2) Ethics and Political Economy
German. (5) Mathematical Physics or Greek.
Two scholarships, entitling the holden to free tuition in the undergrailuate course, while they
maintain the standmg of class I. or II., are offered for competition at matriculation.
The degree of B. A. may be obtained by potwini^ the proper matriculation examination, attend
ing the prescribed courses of lectures, and passing the sessional examinations at the close of the
several years.
The fee for diploma, payable before the final uossional examination, is Jine dollars. Fee re-
turned in cose of failure at the examinations.
Honor Courses.
Examinations in these courses are held at the final examination for the degree of B. A.; and a
student passing first or second class in any of the above groups of subjects obtains the degree ot
B. A., with honors in such subjects. But first class honors shall not be awarded to any one who
has not passed first class in the corresponding subjects of the ordinary course of the fourth year :
nor second class honors to one who has not passed second class in the ordinary.
The following course in addition to the Ordinary, is prescribed for Classical Hon ')rs in the
fourth year : —
2^ttn.—Plautus, Miles Gloriosus; Terence, Heautontimorumenos ; Virgil, Geomcs, Bookx
I., IV. ; Horace, Epistles, Books I., II. ; Ars Poetica : Juvenal, Satires III., X., Xin. ; Cicero,
Tnsculan Questions, Book I. ; Tacitus, Annals, Book I.
GfrceA.— .^Eschylus, Prometheus Vinctus ; Sophocles, (Edipus Rex. ; Homer, Iliad, XVIII..
XXIV. ; Thucydides, Book II. ; Plato, Phsedo ; Demosthenes, De Corona.
Composition. — Latin Prose.
Literature. — Muller and Donaldson's History of Ancient Greek Literature ; Roman Classical
Literature (Brown's) ; Theatre of the Greeks (Donaldson's).
Philology. — Muller's Science of Language, Vols. I., 11^ Clark's Comparative Philology ;
Donaldson's Varronianus, chaps. VI,, VII., VIII., IX., aL, XIV.; Donaldson's Cratylus,
Book I., chap. 5, Book III., chap. 2, Book IV., chap. 4 ; Lewis's Essay on the Romance Lan-
There are also the following honor courses : —
In Mathematics. — Trigonometry; Analytical Geometry; Differential Calculus; Integral
Calcidus.
In Mental and Moral Philosophy. — Logic ; Metaphysics and Esthetics ; Ethics.
AJso in History, English Language and Literatun, and Political Economy,
Various prizes are awarded annually.
Degree of M. A. . ■
A Bachelor oi Arts, of at least three years' standing, maintaining meanwhile a good reputa-
tion, shidl be entitled to the degree of M. A. on producing an approved Thesis on a literary or
professional subject.
Fee for diploma, which must accompany the Thesis, twenty dollarSf except in case of those
who entered as undergraduates prior to 1869, who ^p&yfive dollars. Thesis to be handed in before
the end of March.
All nndergraduatfs, and general students attending more classes than one, are required to
provide themselves with caps and gowns, and wear them in going to and from college. Gowim
are to be worn at lectures and at all meetings of the University.
Students not residing with parents or guardians must report to the Principal their places. of
residence within one week after their entering college, and the Principal may disallow such
residence if he see good cause. Any change of residence must also be reported.
It is expected that every student will attend divine worship regularly, in one of the city
churches or chapels.
192
PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.
The Library embrMen in all upwards of 1,600 voluniM. All atudentfl are entitled to the use
if the boolu, on {layment of the annual fee of $1.
The total fees of undergraduateH, who talce the ordinary B. A. course in Arta, are aa follows ,-
ClasstM of fint year, with library and matricnlation fee, 921 ; classes of second year, with
library fee, tlR ; classpa of third year, with library fee, 913 ; olasseH of fourth year, with library
fee, 913.
The summer sension oommenoes on lat May, 1876, and closea at the end of June.
OlaMOB are opened for instruction in the following subjects : —
Glassies, Theory of Equations, Applied Logic, Optics, Chemistry, History of English
Literature, Modern Languages.
This University has a Medical Faculty, but no information has been receired re-
specting it other than that contained in the tabular statement.
The same remark applies to other Colleges mwntioned in the table. The Mount
Allison Institution is referred to in the Province of New Brunswick.
^imam 9( tiu mu%ttt%
gysl
College.
President.
Professors.
Endowment.
Expenditure,
1874.
Kinir's
5
6
11
7
3
6
4
9
106,891
99,233
9
7,141
9,69S
1,4«0
Dalnoufiie
Rev. J. Ross, D.D., Arts
A. P. Reid, M.D. , Medicine ....
Rev. A. W. Sawyer, D.D
Rev. A. Chisholm, D.D
Rev. D. Allison, D.D
Brother Victorian
Acadia
85,000
6,500
St. Francis Xavier . .
1,5M
Mount Allison
St. Marv's
25,000
25,000
6,009
2,499
(N.B.— Academy included in table on page 186, but the following additional particulars have
beea received. )
This institution wea founded about the year 1816, " for the purpose of affording a
sound and useful education in the higher branches of learning to all, without religious
distinctions." It was established on the plan of a Scottish College, but without the
power of confening degrees. Although the academy is said to have been deprived of
a just participation in the public funds, it was successful for twenty years in giving a
sound literary training. The University of Dalhousie now fills the place for many
years virtually occupied by the academy. The institution was governed by a board of
twelve trustees, who filled vacancies in the board by election, subject to the approval
of the governor. It is now, however, organized as the highest or academic grade of
the schools of the town, under joint management. There are two teachers — A. H.
McKay, A.B., Principal of the Academy and of the Public Schools, and F. W. George,
A.M. The course of study is thorough and comprehensive, e.iibracing Arithmetic,
Accounts, Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry, Navigation and Surveying, Geography
and Natural Science in one department ; and in the other, Englisli Grammar, Litera-
ture and Classics, History, Latin, Greek, French and German.
The Major-General Commanding reports 3,225 volunteers under training.
titled to the uw
I, are m foUowi :
)cond ye»r. with
9ar, with Ubrftry
nd of June,
iory of Sngliih
n reoeired re-
I. The Mount
ELEMENTARY, NORMAL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
193
particulars have
of affording a
bhout religious
it without the
deprived of
in giving a
) for many
Iby a board of
Ithe approval
[mio grade of
jhers — A. H.
W. George,
Arithmetic,
, Geography
Imar, Litera-
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
(^UmtnUv\if IB^^m^i mi ^mnAm Sfiho^U-
DiHTiNCTivE Features — Statistics.
The school system of Now Brunswick has many features in common with the
systems of Ontario and Nova Scotia ; it has, however, peculiaritios of its own.
1. The Lieutenant-Governor and the President of the University are mem-
bers of the Board of Education, in addition to the members of the Executive
Council and the Superintendent. The powers of the Board are also more 'exten-
sive than in the other Provinces.
2. The inspectors, in addition to their other powers, may appoint school trus-
tees in certain emergencies.
3. The mode of payment of the common school teachers, now about to come'
into operation, takes into account both the quality of the instruction imparted,
and the grade of the license.
4. A system of superior schools is established, aided by Provincial grants to
the extent of $200 to $300 annually for each school, on condition of an equal
local amount being raised for the teacher. But one such school may bo estab-
lished in a parish, and it must not be in the same district with a grammar
school.
5. There is a grammar school in each county, the ordinary grant for each being
$400. These schools are allowed to unite with the lower schools, under the joint
management of the grammar and district school trustees, so as to secure a due
gradation of schools.
6. The sanction* of the inspector is required to school sites chosen by the
trustees.
7. All candidates for license as teachers, not already holding a license granted
before January 15th, 1872, must ^ther have been duly train^, or be graduates
of a university. The latter may be fully examined, or in reading and professional
subjects only, at their option.
8. The admirable system pursued for improving the school accommodations,
and the success with which it has been attended, should also be noticed.
From the Superintendent's Report, it appears that the attendance at the Public
Schools, for the winter term in 1861, was 25,618, and in 1874, 44,785 ; for the
summer term, the figures are respectively, 27,982 and 45,530. The estimated
number of different pupils attending, some part of the year was, in 1866, 39,708,
and in 1874, 60,467.
The proportion of the population attending school, was 1 in 6*72 in summer,*
and 1 in €*39 in winter. Of teachers, there were 1,041. Of "superior" schools,
there were 43, with 2,507 pupils. Grammar schools 14 (12 of these united with
common schools), attendance 644. At the Training School, there were 74 in
vinter, and 16 in summer; 61 received the license. Since 1872, 681 school dis-
tricts have either built new school-houses, or enlarged existing ones. ■
In 1874, 151 candidates for the teacher's license were examined, of wliom 121
H
mm
194
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
had been trained, 16 had already been licensed, and 14 were graduates of col-
leges; 138 licenses were granted.
The average salary of male common school teachers is $404, and of female
teachers, $250.
The provincial grant for grammai^ superior, and common school teachers' sala-
ries was $101,(^19. The county grants to trustees were $80,024.
■:»^
N.B. — The School Laws of New Brunswick are contained i& " The Common School
Act, 1871;" "The Amendment Act, 1873;" the 37 Vic, cap. 19; and 38 Vic, cap. 8.
The numbering of the sections here given follows that of the Departmental Manual ;
references to the Acts would too much encumber the text, they are therefore omitted .
1 . " District " is defined as the territory under a local school government ; a " border
district " embraces parts of two or more parishes ; ' ' sessions " includes the
councils of incorporated counties.
1. The Board of Edfication and the Superinteiulent.
2, 3. Tne Governor'*' shall appoint a Chief Superintendent and a clerk, and may issue
warrants for this service.
4. The Governor, the members of the Executive Council, the President of the Uni-
versity of the Province of New Brunswick, and the Superintendent, shall con-
stitute a Board of Education. The Governor, three members of the Execiitive
Council, and the Superintendent, who shall be secretary, shall constitute a
quorum.
5. The Board may —
(I.) Establish a Training and Model School, and appoint a principal, who,
with their approval, shall appoint assistants. An allowance ($24) to
pupil teachers may be made ;
* (2.) Appoint fourteen inspectors, and prescribe the conditions of issuing cer-
tificates of eligibility for that office ;
(3.) Divide the province into school districts, and alter the same, as may be
necessary ; no district to contain less than fifty children, unless the area
be four miles ;
(4.) Make regulations for schools and for examination of teachers ; appoint
examiners, and grant licenses ;
*' (5 .) Prescribe text and library books and school-house plans ;
(6.) Determine appeals from inspectors' decisions ; make regulations for the
expenditure of moneys, &c., and generally provide for exigencies ;
6-8. When the Board unites or alters districts, it may remove, or appoint trustees,
trustees, as may be necessary, and may relieve ratepayerp from uncollected
assessments, and generally order all things necessary to give efiect to such
alterations. ^
9. The Superintendent shall —
(1, 2.) Have, subject to the Board, a general supervision, and enforce the Act
and regulations ;
(3.) Apportion the county school fund, and withhold moneys where returns
are insufficient, dealuig with balances as the Board directs ;
(4.) Furnish boundaries of districts to clerks of the peace, whose certificate
" .' shall be evidence thereof ;
(5.) Furnish the Act, regulations and instructions to inspectors, trustees and
teachers ;
(6.) Prepare an annual report, with statistics and suggestions, to be laid
before the legislature.
21.
* Thro\ighout this summary " The Governor " means " The Lieutenant-Governor in Council."
25.
26.
iites of col-
1 of female
chers' sala-
mon School
i^'ic, cap. 8.
al Manual ;
)re omitted.
a ** border
ncludes the
id may issue
of the Uni-
, shall con-
e Executive
constitute a
loipal, who,
ice ($24) to
ssiiing cer-
as may be
ss the area
's ; appoint
)n8 for the
sies ;
it trustees,
uncollected
ct to such
ce the Act
)re returns
certificate
ustees and
to be laid
Council."
SUMMAKY OF THE SCHOOL LAW.
195
2. The Inspectors.
10. Each inspector shall —
(1.) Visit and inspect the schools, their registers, &c., and report to the
Superintendent as often as the Board may direct ;
(2, 3.) Inform and advise teachers, and aid in carrying out the system ;
(4, 6.) Appoint trustees and auditors in certain cases, and investigate election
complaints ; recommend districts to the Superintendent for special aid.
3. Payment of Teachers — Provinciad Aid — Assessments.
11. Teachers' salaries are provided for from (1) the provincial ti jsury ; (2) the county
school fund ; (3) district assessment, which also supplies all other expenditures ;
but loans for school premises may extend to seven years.
12. Heretofore teachers in duly conducted schools received from the provincial
treasury 'at the following rates :— Males, class I., $150 ; II., $120 ; III., $90 ;
females, class I., $110 ; II., $90 ; III., $70. Assistants, with a separate class*
room, employed four hours a day, receive half the above sums, half of which
are paid semi-annually, or rateably according to the time of satisfactory teach-
ing.
13. But after five years {i.e., in 1876) the amounts shall be regulated partly by the
license, and partly by the quality of instruction as tested semi-annually- by an
inspector, thus : — Males, I., at the rate per year of $110 ; II., $80 ; III., $60 ;
females, I., $70 ; II,, $60 ; III., $40 ; and for quality of instruction, if ranked
I., at the rate of $40 ; II., $25 ; III., $10 ; assistants at one-half of such rates.
14. The clerk of the peace in each county shall annually, at the time of other assess-
ments, determine upon a sum sufficient to yield an amount equal to 30 cents for
. every inhabitant, according to the census, together with an amount not ex-
ceeding 10 per cent. , for cost of collection, and apportion the same among the
several parishes, cities and towns, in the same proportion as other rates, or
according to the valuation of property and income, and order the assessors to
levy the same — the expense, if at the same time as other rates, being for
assesfiing 2^ per cent., collecting, 5 per cent. ; but if at another time, 5 per
cent, and 10 percent.
15. The Superintendent shall be informed of the amount so assessed, and of the sums
received therefrom. The county treasurer shall disburse the same, as a county
school fund, upon the Superintendent's order, and may himself receive one per
cent, thereof.
16. The Superintendent shall apportion half the amount semi-annually to the trustees
for teachers' salaries, viz. : in respect of each qualified teacher, besides assistants,
$30 per year, and the balance according to average attendance and time. The
province advances half the county assessment after the spring term, to be re-
funded in October.
17. 18. The county treasurer shall give a satisfactory bond to the Queen for the due
discharge of his duty, in the probable amount of the sum to be raised.
19. If directed by the Governor, the county treasurer shall pay all orders drawn on
him by the Superintendent for the school fund.
20. The Warden of York and the Mayor of Fredericton shall annually, by Ist January,
determine upon a sum to yield 30 cents for every inhabitant of the county, and
how much shall be raised by the municipality and the city respectively ; said
amount shall be levied' and paid to the secretary-treasurer, who shall hold and
pay out the same, as provided in section 15.
21. If the Warden and the Mayor cannot ajp'ee on the amount, the Governor shall
decide.
22. 23. (Relate to assessments in York and Fredericton for 1873.^
24. If in any county no warrant for such assessment be issued before the 1st of May
in any year, or if a warrant or assessment be found defective, or proceedings be
taken for quashing the same, the Governor may direct the issue of a new war-
• rant, whereupon the former assessment shall be abandoned, and any payment
made thereon shall apply to the new "".te.
26. (Confirms the rates levied prior to 14th April, 1873).
26. Any sum required by a district for salaries and other school purposes, besides the
196
PROVINCE OF
Vl^
BRUNSWICK.
^^'i^-. -4
• amounts provided by the province and the county, may be determined by a dis-
trict meeting haying power to vote money, and such sum shall be levied (1) by
a poll-tax on every male person of full age, there resident for one month, and
(2) the balance by a rate on property and income. But not more than one poll-
tax shall be levied in a year, and no clergyman, or person 60 years of age, is
liable to poll-tax.
27. The assessors, upon receiving a warrant for the collection of any rate, shall call
upon the trustees of any district affected thereby for a copy of the district
boundaries and names of non-residents, corporations, &c., liable to be rated
therein for real property, and the trustees shall give the necessary information.
28. The trustees may also give the assessors a list of other persons and property liable
in the district.
29. The assessors, in making up their assessment list, shall show the taxable valuation
of the property of non-residents or corporations, in each district severally.
30. And if the assessors fail to specify such valuation, they may, by request of the
trustees, be required to amend the lists, but names so added shall be held as
added solely for district assessment.
31. Neglect of the duties here specified shall render the assessors liable to the penalty
imposed under chapter 53 of the Revised Statutes.
32. A non-resident, or corporation, so liable to be rated in separate districts, may fur-
nish the H'jsessors with a statement on oath of the relative value of his or their
property in the several districts, and the property shall be so rated.
33. If the clerk of the peace finds, from the lists furnished him by the trustees, that a
person is liable for rates in a district, but that no district rate has been levied
for four months after the annual meeting, the clerk shall, after notice, require
from the assessors a valuation of such property, and place it upon the list for
assessment; but if another assessment be made within the year in such person's
own district, the valuation made as aforesaid shall be deducted therefrom.
34. The assessors are liable to a penalty of $4 for neglect to rate persons whose names
and property have been furnished them by the trustees, together with the dis-
trict boundaries.
35. The trustees, and the owner of island property, may call upon the assessors to in-
clude the value of such property in the assessment of his district, and section 30
shall apply to such cases.
36. The trustees may exempt from the district rate persons unable to pay, parents of «
deaf and dumb children, persons residing more than two miles from the school-
house, or on islands where the children cannot get to school ; such exemptions
to be reported at the annual meeting.
37 ■ The trustees shall, if required by the inspector, exempt persons having children
between 5 and 20 years of age, and residing more than two miles from tiie school-
house.
38. Rates may be collected at any time after they have been imposed.
39. Defects in the parish assessment list shall not invalidate the district amess-
ment.
40. The trustees may, before the next rating, correct any error in the list submitted to
clerk, or in the assessment made thereon.
41. The district assessment is legal, if the aggregate does not exceed the amount or-
dered more than 10 per cent.
42. If the sessions relieve a person over-rated by the assessors, his district assessment
shall be rectified accordingly. *
43. Sums ordered to be assessed for difierent purposes are not required to be so distin-
guished in the assessment.
44. If a trustees' assessment b^ set aside, they shall forthwith order a new assessment,
and any payment made on the former shall apply on the new assessment.
45. When the trustees are unable to discharge the duties imposed on them by section
71, through failure of the school meeting to provide means, they shall transmit
their estimates, with the lists of persons liable for poll-tax and rates, to the
Superintendent, and the Board of Education may diroct the trustees to collect
so much thereof as the Board may think proper.
46. Each inspector shall, as directed by the Botutl, report the poor districts requiring
I special aid to the Superintendent, who may allow them an addition, not to ex-
by a dis-
ed (1) by
>nth, and
one poU-
if age, is
shall call
I district
be rated
trmation.
rty liable
valuation
Oly.
ist of the
e held as
e penalty
may fur-
3 or their
QS, that a
en levied
>, require
le list for
1 person's
'om.
tse names
1 the dis-
ors to in-
ection 30
arents of ,
e school-
mptions
children
le school-
acmess-
litted to
aunt or-
lessment
distin-
Issment,
section
imsmit
to the
collect
|uirmg
to ex-
SUMMARY OF THE SCHOOL LAW.
• 197
be elected by the ratepayers,
and decide other questions by
minutes to the trustees within
oeed oue-third more than the ordinary shares of provincial and county funds.
The fixed sum from the county fund for the teacher of such a school shall be
SlO.
4. The ISchool District.
47. The district may elect trustees and an auditor, and decide respecting the local
support of the schools.
48. An annual district meeting shall be held on the second Thursday in January. The
first meeting shall be caJIed by the inspector on six days' notice.
40. Subsequent meetings shall be called by the trustees on similar notice, or, in default,
by the inspector.
50. The trustees or their secretary, or another person authorized in writing, shall pre-
side till the election of a qualified voter as chairman, by the voters present. The
chairman shall have but one vote.
61. At all meetings, the chairman and secretary shall
The chairman shall decide questions of order,
the majority of legal votes. He shall send the
ten days, signed by himself and the secretary.
62. If a vote be challenged, the voter shall be required to declare that he is a rate-
payer, and has paid his rates.. The vote shaU then be taken, but any one
wilfully making a false declaration is liable to a penalty of $20.
63. Meetings shall be held at 10 a. m. , and may be continued till 4 p. m. , and may be
adjourned to the next day only, with the same hours.
54. At the annual meeting, the district shalfelecta trustee or trustees and an auditor,
and shall decide what school accommodation shall be provided, and what sifms
■ shall be raised for school purposes. The meeting shall receive and decide on
the trustees' report.
55. Special meetings may be held on six days' notice by the trustees —
(1.) For electing a trustee, or for any purpose other than voting money ;
(2.) On requisition of a majority of the ratepayers, for voting money.
56. The Board of Education may direct tiie Superintendent to call —
(1.) A district general meeting, which shall have the powers of an annual
meeting ;
(2.) A special meeting for special business.
57. The school accommodation to be provided by the district shall as far as possible,
be as follows. [The requirements are the same as in the Nova Scotia law,
page 177. J
5. Trustees : their Bights, Duties, and Assessments — Audit.
58.
59.
60.
61.
There shall be three trustees for a district, who shall be resident voters thereof,
and the trustee corporation shall be perpetual.
Of the trustees first elected, one shall retire by lot at each of the next two
annual meetings.
At each annual meeting, a trustee shall be elected to fill the vacancy, and his
term of oflice shall be three y^ars.
A trustee elected to an occasional vacaacy shall be in office for the unexpired
term, and unless a trustee be re-elected with his own consent, he is exempt for
three years.
62. A trustee may resign, with the consent of his colleagues and the inspector, but if
he refuse to act without such consenl, he shall forfeit $20 to the district.
63. A trustee neglecting to declare before the chairman of the meeting, within ten
days, that he accepts office, shall be held to have refused ; but if he act as trus-
tee, he shall be liable to the responsibilities of the oflice.
64. If the chairman be elected trustee, he shall declare before the secretary ; and a
trustee appointed by the inspector, shall declare before the inspector, or his
substitute.
65. 66. Where a district, at the annual meeting, fails to elect, or a trustee fails to act,
one or more trustees may be appointed, on the requisition of seven ratepayers,
by the inspector, who, if there be further neglect, may make other appoint-
ments.
I
198,
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
67. No teacher shall be a trustee, and a continuous non-residence of six months va-
cates the office.
6. Duties of Trustees.
68. No trustee shall be personally interested in a contract with the trustee corpora-
tion, except for the sale of a school site, and then only with the inspector's
consent.
69. Trustees are personally responsible for neglect to exercise their corporate powers.
70. The trustees shall —
(1.) Hold the school property, duly apply the same, or sell and apply the
proceeds, if so authorised by the district meeting.
(2.) Provide school lands, buildings and furniture, as authorised by the
meeting ;
(3.) Borrow, when so authorized, for procuring or improving the premises
and furniture ; such loans to be repaid in ,not more than seven equal
annual payments ; such money to be a charge upon the district, and the
trustees may give certificates of indebtedness ;
(4.) Determine the site of the school-house, subject to the inspector's sanction ;
and if a site be selected 10 rods from any dwelling-house (in districts other
than cities, towns or villages), if the owner does not agree to the sale, the
trustees may lay out a school lot, not exceedmg 40 square rods, to be
appraised as follows : a jury of five non-resident freeholders shall be ap-
pointed by the sheriff or other officer under warrant from a justice of the
peace, who shall, after due notice to the said owner, decide the amount,
and on tender of such damages the trustees may hold the lot.
7J. The trustees shall —
(I.) Provide free school privileges for all residents between the ages of 5 and
20 years, and accommodations, if authorized by the meeting, in accordance
with section 57 ; a fee may be charged for pupils from other districts, un-
less the parent or guardian is a ratepayer in the district ; residents over
20 shall be admitted if there be room.
(2.) Regulate, aided by the teachers, the attendance at the several depart-
ments according to attainments, and suspend or expel any pupil reported
as disobedient or injuriously vicious.
(3.) Employ teachers by written contract, and suspend a teacher for neglect
. or immondity, reporting to the Superintendent, who, if satisfied of the facta
^ shall deprive such teacher of grants.
(4.) Visit their schools monthly, and see that they are duly conducted ; see
to their health, and that there is a proper supply of authorized books and
none others ; give notice of opening school.
(6.) If any pupil is unprovided with the proper books, the trustees shall, after
due notice, supply them, and collect the cost from the parent or guardian,
&c., except in the case of ijidigent persons.
7. Trustees* Secretai'y — Assessments — Returns — Audit.
72. The trustees shall meet soon after Uieir appointment, and appoint a secretary, who
shall give a bond to Her Majesty with two sureties, for a sum equal to the
receipts for the year ; the bond shall be lodged with the clerk of the peace . The
secretary shall collect and disburse moneys ; have charge of the property ; keep
and deliver up the records, &c., when required; may receive 5 per ceivt. com-
mission on collections, but shall deduct 2^ per cent, from the commission if the
rates be voluntarily paid to him.
73. If the bond be for one year, it shall nevertheless be a continuing security.
74. The trustees shall —
(].) Furnish the clerk of the peace of the county with a list of persons liable
to be rated, and the clerk shall proceed, according to the statute, to set
the amounts, as assessed, opposite the names, and shall receive from the
sessions an allowance of 26c or 60o for each list;
(2.) Apportion the amoant to be raised, viz. : $1 to be levied as poll-tax, and
the balance according to the valuation in the list aforesaid ;
months va-
.ee corpora-
inspector's
ate powers.
d apply the
ised by the
le premises
even equal
ict, and the
's sanction ;
itricts other
le sale, the
rods, to be
shall be ap-
istice of the
he amount,
es of 6 and
accordance
istricts, un-
lidents over
)ral depart-
il reported
for neglect
of the facts
ucted ; see
books and
shall, after
guardian,
etary, who
ual to the
>eace. The
jrty ; keep
sei^t. com-
sionif the
ions liable
ute, to set
from the
1-tax, and
SUMMARY OP THE SCHOOL LAW.
199
(3.) Furnish the list and instructions for collecting to the secretary, who shall
proceed as in the collection of other taxes.
75. The assessment shall be signed by two trustees, and collected by the secretary, or
else by the parish collector, and paid to the secretary.
76. The rates shall be collected with the parish rates, if the collector receives the list
in time ; otherwise he may collect on receiving the list ; he may receive 5 per
cent, for collections.
77. The clerk of the peace may certify any proceeding on collections by the secretary
or other collector, with the same efiiect as in other rates.
78. If a judgment be recovered against the trustee board, they shall cause an assess-
ment, to satisfy the same.
79. The trustees shall make a full financial report to the annual meeting, and a sworn
return respecting the school to the Superintendent, in the form provided ; they
shall call all meetings as provided for.
80. The auditors shall, before the annual meeting, audit the trustees' accounts, and
shall report to the mefiing anv unlawful .expenditure ; the meeting shall deter-
mine thereon, or submit the same to the inspector for a final decision.
8. Teachers — Superior Schools — Libraries.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
Ever]; teacher shall — call the roll twice daily ; shall be liable to loss of grants unless
he duly keeps a register, which shall lie open to inspection ; shaJl faithfully
teach and maintain due discipline ;
care for the health, JScc. , of the school ; enforce cleanliness, and report to the
trustees if an infectious disease appear ;
hold a public half-yearly examination, and give notice of the same ;
append an affidavit on the attendance to the trustees' half-yearly return.
When any district has engaged, with the inspector's consent, a competent teacher,.
and paid for his salary $200 or upwards, the teacher may receive an equal sum
from the province, not exceeding $300, if the Superintendent be satisfied ; but
there shall be only one such superior school in a parish.
86- The Board of Education may aid a district library oy adding $20 in any year, if
the sum raised be $40 ; if the sum raised be less, the grant shall be less.
/ 9. fecial Provisions.
87- Orders for assessments and proceedings of meetings shall not be i^ppeached in any
court for defects, for seven years from 17th IM^^, 1871,»but such complaints
shall be decided by the inspector, subject, within 14 days, to a final appeal to
the Superintendent.
88. After the time limited by the preceding section, the county judge shall, within 20
days after the meeting, determine on such complaints, and make such order as
justice may require.
89. Penalties and forfeitures shall be recovered by action of debt, or under the Act re-
lating to summary convictions.
90. [The trustees of district No. 5, Moncton, and of No. 2, Lancastet, are by this sec-
tion specially authorized to issue debentures for procuring school premises.]
91. A school-house owned in shares may h^ sold to the district, at a meeting held
after ten days' notice, or at public sale.
10. Cities and Towns. •.
92. The schools in the Cities of St. John and Fredericton shall be managed as
follows :
(1.) Each of such cities shall be one district, with a -board of trustees, which
shall be a corporate body.
(2.) The board shall consist of seven members, of whom three shall be ap-
pointed by the Governor, one of whom shall be designated as chairman,
and four by the city council, to hold office daring pleasuris ; a majority
shall be a quorum.
200
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNsVlCK.
m
■"'m
93.
(3.) The trustees shall serve without reward, and shall not be personally in-
terested in any oontraot The meetings shall be at least monthly.
(4.^ The board shall appoint a secretary, whose certificate to the record shall
be evidence in the courts of the board's proceedings ; records and books
shall be open to the inspection of the Superintendent, or a committee of the
city council.
(5.) The board shall provide free .hool accommodation to all residents be-
tween the ages of 6 and 20, and notify the city council of the amounts re-
quired for the yearly support of the schools ; shall report annually to the
city council, and semi-annually to the Superintendent.
(6.) The board may borrow money for procuring school premises, and, if the
city consent, for permanent repairs and furnishing.
(7.) The board may issue debentures, redeemable in 26 years, with interest
not exceeding 6 per cent ; but, unless with the consent of the Government,
such debentures, for St. John, shall not exceed $100,000 ; the fixed limit
for Fredericton is ^0,000. The citv coun^ shall levy the amount in the
year the debentures fall due. * ^
(8.) The county apportionment shall be paid to the boards by the Super-
intendent.
(9.) The board shall notify the city council of the amount required for the
permanent repairs and furnishing of school buildings, and the council shall
decide whether the same shall be raised by debentures or by assessment.
(10.) The board shall annually, before the time that city or town rates are re-
quired to be ordered, make their estimate of sums reqiiired, and notify the
council of the aggregate, requesting that the same be levied ;
(11.) Such sum, not exceeding, for St. John, $56,000 ; Fredericton, $14,000 ;
Portland, $22,000 ; St. Stephen and Woodstock, $10,000, together witk
the further amount required for debenture interest, and for repairs and
furniture, shall be levied by the councils of the respective cities lind towns.
(12.) The said rates shall be maile (1) by a poll-tax of $1 on every male in-
habitant of full age, not indigent ; (2) the balance as in the case of other
assessments. The sum so raised shall be paid to the order of the board.
(13.) With the sanction of the city council, the board may co-operate with
the governing body of any school existent on 17th May, 3871 ; but such
, arrangement shall be annual, and no public fimds shall be granted unless
the school be free, and conducted according to the Act and Regulations.
(14.) "fhe city council shall annually appoint two auditors to audit the ac-
coimts of the board.
(15.) The title of school property shall vest in the board, and it shall be free
from taxation ; the amount of any judgment against the board shall be
levied by the city council.
(16.) All the provisions of the Act, with the above exceptions, shall extend to
the two cities.
The provisions relating to St. John and Fredericton may extend to other towns,
if the town council shall certify such a desire to the Governor, who shall appoint
a proportion of the trustees, but in such a case the debentures shall not exceed
$14,000, and shall be payable in 20 years.
11. Orammar SchooU — The Schoels N on- Sectarian.
with the district
94. The trustees of the Grammar School in any county may unite
trustees, if the Board of Education approve.
95. All schools conducted under the provisions of this Act shall be non-sectarian.
H
fel
to|
anl
^1
rool
SUMMARY OF THE SCHOOL REGULATIONS.
1. Boundaries — Agreements —Accommodations.
1. Applications for change of district boundaries shall be made through the inspector.
2. Teachers and trustees shall enter intf» written agreements.
3. The contract with the teacher is to name a fixed amount for the salary.
4. Unless in exceptional cases, no attendance in excess of 50 (average) in a department will be
recognised.
Braonally ui>
record shall
and books
aittee of the
'esidents he-
amounts re-
aallyto the
and, if the
ith interest
fOTemment,
fixed limit
loont in the
1 the Super-
lired for the
louncil shall
sessment.
rates are re-
d notify the
tn, $14,000 ;
igether witk
repairs and
) &nd towns,
sry male in-
le of other
e board,
[perate with
; but such
ted unless
lations.
dit the ac-
lall be free
rd shall be
extend to
cher towns,
lall appoint
■not exceed
le district
ian-
SUMMARY OF THE SCHOOL REGULATIONS.
201
or.
lent will be
5. At least 160 cubic feet of air, or 7 square feet of area, Bhall be allowed for each eiitting.
6. Separated halls or rooms for the boys and girls, with hooks, should be provided.
7. In providing new furniture, trustees shall not seat more than two at a desk ; the chairs t*
be of proper heights to allow the feet to rest on the floor.
8. Ventilation shall be fully provided.
9. Separated and commodious out-houses shall be provided (and kejit clean), for pupils of dif-
ferent sexes
10. The school site shall be suitably situated and well drained.
11-14. The rural school lot shall be from a half to one acre ; in villages a c{uarter acre ; in
towns an eighth, with separate play grounds for boys and girls, and with proper walks, grounds
and fences.
* 2. Pretcribed Apparatus, Books, die.
15. The apparatus shall be sufficient in each school.
16. The parents shall provide the prescribed text-books, unless unable from poverty.
English Beading Books. — The Royal Readers (New Brunswick School Series), viz. : Wall Cards
(set of six for school-room, for use with the Primer) ; Primer ; Readers Nos. I, II, III, IV, Y,
V I. ; Monroe's Manual of Physical and Vocal Training (for teachers only).
French Jteadinr/ £ooA;a.— (NewBrunswick School Series), viz.: Wall CJards (set of six for school-
room, for use with Reader No. I). ; Readers Nos. I, II, III.
Spelling Book. — Manning's Classified Speller (N. B. Series). English Cframmar. — Robertson's.
English Composition. — Laurie's First Steps in Composition ; Dalgleish's (boimd separately);
viz.: Part I, Introductory Text- Book ; Part ll, Advanced Text-Book.
English I>k;<ion«j"M.— Collins' Illustrated, Collins' Cabinet, or Collins' Library Dictionary.
Mtisic. —Campbell's Canadian School Song Book ; Mason's Boston Music Readers and Charts ;
Mason's Music Teacher (for teachers only).
^ntAm««ic.— MulhoUand's Elementuy ; Sangster's National
Book-keeping. -Eaton & Frazee's Elementary (for Schools) ; Blank Forms (for use with book).
.4?f/e/>ra.— Todhunter's for Beginners. Plane Geometry. — Chambers' Euclid. Solid and
Spherical G'eo»i«<r?/.— Wormell's. Practical Mathematics and Tables. — (Under consideration.)
Writing.— Staples' Copy-Book and Wall Charts; Payson, Dunton & Scribner's Coi)y-Books.
Industrial Drawing. — Walter Smith's Drawing Senes, and Manuals for teachers.
Modern Geography. — A Terrestrial Globe ; Calkin's Introduction (New Brunswick edition) ;
Calkin's School Geography of the World (New Brunswick edition) ; M'Millan's Map of New
Brunswick, or Wilkinson's Mat of New Brunswick ; Map of the Maritime Provinces ; Collins'
Collegiate Atlas ; Nelson & Son s Series of Wall Maps, viz. : Western Hpraisphere, Eastern Hemis-
phere, North America, Dominion of Canada, Europe, British Isles, England, Ireland, Scotland,
Palestine.
Ancient Geography. — Bryce's : Johnston's Ancient Wall Maps, viz.: Orbis Veteribus NotuB,
Italia Antiqua, Grsecia Antiqua^ Asia Minor Antiqua, Orbis Romanus.
History. — Archer's School History of Canada (New Brunswick School Series) ; Curtis' Chro-
nological Outlines of English History ; Thompson's History of England ; Collier's History of Rome ;
Colher's History of Greece.
Natural History. — Prang's Natural History Series (Set).
Economic Science. — Macadam's Chemistry of Common Things. *
Natural Philosophy. — (Text-Book under consideration. ) * _
Where any of the following subjects are taught in superior, high or grammar schools, it is
prescribed that the text-books used shall be those named therein, viz. : —
Natural Science. — Elements of Physical Geography, Guyot's ; Elements of Botany, Gray's ,
" How Plants Grow;" Elements of Animal Physiology and of Geology" (Text-Books under con-
sideration) ; Elements of Astronomy, Lockyer's. !■; •
French. — Pujol's Complete French Class-Book (New Brunswick edition). '
Classics. — Latin — First Latin Book (Bryce) ; Second Latin Book (Bryce) ; L.atin Grammar,
; Latin-English Dictionarv (White's Junior Scholar's] ; Authors, Oxford Editions : Virgil,
^ueid ; Horace, Odes ; Cicero, De Senectute, and Pro Arclua. Greek — First Greek Book (Bryce) ;
Second Greek Book (Biyce) ; Greek Grammar, ; Greek-English Lexicon (Liddell & Scott
abridged) ; Authors, Oxford Editions : Xenophon, Anabasis ; Homer, Ilia<l ; Euripides, Alcestis.
' 3. Evening Schools— Terms — Devotions— ^Daty of Teacher and Pvpils.
17. In evening schools established for pupils of 13-20, two sessions of 2i liours shall count as
one day for grants.
18-19. Winter term lasts from November 1st to April 30th ; summer, from May Ist to October
31st. The Christmas vacation is for two weeks, and the summer vacation three weeks. There is
also an addition in the towns of 10 days of Midsummer and 3 days at Easter. Certain national
and provincial holidays are also observed. Saturdays are holidays, but within certain limitations
the teachers may make up lost time by teaching on Saturday. The teaching hours shall not exceed
six in a day, and there shall be both a morning and an afternoon recess.
20. No distinctive emblems shall be em4)loyed in the school-room, but the cross or other em-
blem may be worn upon the person.
21. The teacher may open and close the school daily by a reading from either version of the
Scriptures and offering the liord's Prayer. Any other prayer permitted by the trustees may be
202
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
23.
24.
I
uHed. No pupil may be compelled to be present on these occasions against the written request of
• thu parent or guardian.
22. The teacher shall—
(1.) Maintain a becoming deportment, and inculcate the principles of Christian morality;
(2.) While employed in public school duties, not use any religious catechism, or permit
interference with the reugious tenets of any pupil ;
(3. 1 Maintain a proper supervision in the playground, &c. ;
(4.) Not enrol a pupil, if there are two departments, without a permit from the trustees'
secretary ; enter all transfers ;
6.) DtUy keep the register ;
6, 7.) Keep pupils well employed, and practise due discipline :
8-10.) See to cleanliness, ventilation and temperature of the school-room, and the care of the
property ; put up the time-table ; not be absent without leave, or notification in case of
siclmess ; attend teachers' meetings ; keep due records ; assist the trustees with their re-
turns and classification, &c. , &c.
Teachers shall attend any meeting or institute convened by the Superintendent.
No collections or subscnptions are allowed without the trustees' sanction, nor presents to
' the teacher, except on his retiring. No teacher may sell stationery, or act as book agent, or award
prizes of his own.
25. The teachci of the highest department of a school shall be principal, and shall have a re-
' sponsible supervision.
26. No danger of contagions disease shall be admitted into a schooL
27. Proi>erty injured by a pupil shall be made good by the parent.
28. Pupils shall—
Come to school tidy, and be well behaved ;
Bring a written excuse for lateness or absence ; '
,4.) Attend the department where placed, and be present at examinations.
(5, 6). Be amenable to the teacher for misconduct at school, or on the way from or to
their homes ; bring to school the prescribed books.
4. Teachers' License* — The Examinations,
29. Licenses issued before 15th January, 1872, continue to be valid during pleasure according
•• to their terms :
30. (1. ) Male candidates must be at least 18, and females 16 years of age, of good|character, and
have attended a term at some normal school, or else be a graduate of a university. The
latter may, at his option, be fully examined, or only in reading and professional
subjects.
(2.) Licenses are provincial, valid during good behaviour, and are issued by the Board
of Education.
(3.) Examinations are held at Fredericton in March and September, and St. John and
Chatham in September, on the third Turaday of the month.
(4-6.) The examinations are in writing, on uniform papers ; the Superintendent or his
Deputy presides, and first examines in reading. Due pretrautions are taken against
copying, &c.
(7-10.) The papers are sent to the provincial examiners, who determine their value on the
same principles as in Nova Scotia.
81. Syllabus of Examination :—
REQUIREHENT8 OF ALL CANDIDATES.
(1) The School System. — The leading principles of the School Law and the Regulations.
(2) School Management. — School organization, classification, arrangement of studies, dis-
cipline, ventilation of school-room, &c.
(3) Teaching. — A knowledge of method, notes of lessons on any given subject of in-
Gtruction.
(4) Spelling. —To sijell correctly the words they make use of.
(5) Writing.— To write a fair legible hand, and be able to give systematic instruction in
writing.
ADDITIONAL REQUIBBHENTS.
Class III.
Language. -Reading. —To read with distinct utterance, and due attention to the punctuation
English Grammar. — 1. To classify and inflect any words of the language. 2. To parse any
ordinary sentence, and apply the rules of Syntax. 3. To analyse simple sentences. (Robertson's
English Grammar. )
Conipositimi.—\. To correct simple examples of the wrong use of words. 2. To write nar-
rative composition from questions on a given reading lesson. '
History and Geography.— JTigtory. —The chief events in the history of New Brunswick.
Ckography. — 1. Geography of New Brunswick. 2. To draw from memory an outline map of
the province, with the chief rivers and towns. 3. To be familiar with the mst five pages of the
chapter " Tlie Earth as a Planet," the leading principles of " Physical Geography," and the Gen-
eral
the!
bool
giv«r
Titten request of
itian morality ;
hism, or permit
sm tlie trostees'
id the care of the
[cation in case of
tea Mrith their re-
indent.
, nor presents to
agent, or award
shall have a re-
EXAMINATIONS FOR TEACH BRS' LICENSES.
203
way from or to
easure according
id|character, and
mversity. The
^nd professional
i by the Board
1 St. John and
itendent or his
taken against
eir value on the
:nlations.
studies, dis-
kubject of in-
instruction in
le punctuation
To parse any
(Robertson's
To write nar-
Brunswick,
putline map of
pftges of the
' and the Gen-
eral Geography of North America and the British Islands, as contained in Calkin's Orography of
the World.
Mathematics. -./IrttAme^t'c.- 1. Simple queHtions in mental arithmetic. 2. The prescribed text-
book on elementary arithmetic, and to apply the methods therein employed to the solution of
given arithmetical questions.
Clots II.
Lanouaok. - Reading. — 1. To read prose and verse with distinctness, correct pronunciation,
fluency and a due regard to pauses ; Royal Readers, Nos. I. to VI. , and Munroe's Manual
Englith (Grammar.— \. To classify grammatically any promiscuous assemblage of words, wth
reasons for the classification adopted. 2. To inflect any given words. 3. To analyze and parse any
ordinary sentence. (Robertson's English Grammar.)
Composition. — 1. To write narrative composition from the questions on a given reading lesson,
and to be familiar with the contents of Dalgleish's Introductory Text-Book.
History and Gsoan\PHy.~ History. — History of Canada and Great Britain.
Geography. — 1. To draw from memory an outline map of any Province of Canada, with the
chief rivers and towns. 2. To draw an outline map of North America from memorjr, and to indi-
cate the great mountain ranges and chief rivers. .3. To have a good knowledge of Calkin's Geo-
graphy ot the World, including the use of the terrestrial globe.
Mathematics. — Arit,hmetic. — 1. Mental arithmetic. 2. The prescribed elementary arithmetic,
and also Sangster's National Arithmetic as far as compound interest inclusive, and to give the
reasons for any rule.
Algebra. — To the end of simple equations. (Todhunter's Algebra for Beginners.)
Geometry.— The First Book of Euclid.
Note. — Female candidates of this class will not be required to work exercises in Algebra or
(Jeometry, but when worked, credit will be given, and the subjects will not ^be reckoned in the
divisor.
Book-Keeping. — Single entry. (Eaton and Frazee's Elementacy Treatise.)
Chemistry of Omnmon Things. — Macadam's Chemistry of Common Things.
Cla^s I. ' »■ •>
Language. — Beading. — 1. To read a passage in prose and another in verse, with distinct
utterance, correct pronunciation, proper pauses, nuency, and a just expression of the sentiments
of the passage.
English Gramm/ir. — To answer any question founded on Robertson's English Grammar, and
to anal3^e and parse any English sentence.
Composition. — To write narrative composition from the reading lessons, and to answer any
questions founded on Dalgleish's Text-Books.
HiSTOBY AND Grogbaphy. —JSTiatoj-j/. —Canadian History, British History, and Outlines of
General History.
Geography. — 1. To draw from memoiy an outline map of any of the provinces, and of the con-
tinents, with the mountain ranges and chief rivers. 2. "I^ answer any questions founded on Cal-
kin's Geography of the World.
Mathematics. — Arithmetic. — 1. Questions in mental arithmetic. 2. Questions founded on
the prescribed elementary arithmetic and Sangster's Natioaal. 3. To give the rule for any arith-
metical process, and demonstrate the truth of such rule.
Algebra. — To understand Algebra as far as the end of quadratic e(]|uations. (Todhunter's
Algebra.) [Quadratics will not be required of female candidates, but credit will be g^iven for any
questions wrought.]
Geometry. — The first four books of Euclid. [The first two books only will be required of fe-
male candidates, but credit will be given for any additional work.]
Practical Mathematics. — To be versed in right and oblique-angled trigonometry, the mensura-
tion of surfaces and simple solids, and to have a fair knowledge of land surveying and navi-
gation. [Practical Mathematics will not be required of female candidates, but credit will be given
for any questions worked, while the subject will not be reckoned in the divisor.]
Book-Keeping. — As given in Eaton and Frazee^e Elementary Treatise. >>,
C%€»ii«<ry.— The Chemistry of Common Things (Macadam). .'
Natural Philosophy. — A good knowledge of elementary mechanics. *
additional requirements fob grammar school clah.s.
Candidates making application for examination in this class are to work all the papers of
Class 1. , but University graduates may, at their option, omit all subjects but reading and pro-
fessional subjects.
English Literature.
Latin. — 1. The Latin Grammar. 2. To translate and parse any of the following : — Caesar,
De Bello Gallico, Bks. I., II., IIL ; Horace, Odes, Bk. I. and Ars Poetica ; Virgil, Jjneid, Bks.
I., II., III. : Cicero, l»e Senectute and Pro Archia.
Greek. — 1. The Greek Grammar. 2. To translate and parse accurately any of the following :
Xenophon, Anabasis, Bks. I., II. ; Homer, Iliad, Bks. I., II., III. ; Euripides, Alcestis.
204
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
HlBVORY AND Okooi APH\.—Histori/.—\ good knowledge of Grecian and Roman History.
Oeoffraphy. — The ancient GeoCTaphy of Greece and Italy. (Bryce.)
Mathematioh.— 1. Two additional BcmIch of Euclid. 2. Solid and Spherical Geometry (Wor-
mill's). 3. Algebra (Twlhunwr's advanced Algebra or an equivalent).
Chtmiitry, —Inorganic.
Phi/»ialo{Ji/.—T\ie leadini^ principles of Animal and Vegetable Physiolcgjr.
32. The inspector may give a temporary license once to a teacher, valid till the next examina-
tion, and report to the Superintendent.
6. LibrarUt— Superior and Grammar Sckool Grants, die— The Training School.
3.3. No book hostile to the Christian religion, or of an immoral or sectarian character, will ht
permitted in the school library. The trustees shall regulate the distribution.
34. The grant to the sunerior schools is conditional upon such a school not being in the same
rlistrict as a grammar school ; it must be taught by a male teacher, class I. ; the accommodations
must be satisfactory.
35. I^he trustees applying for such grant shall notify the inspector by the first week in Decem-
ber or the first week in June.
36. Grammar and district schools may unite, (1) if all the schools of the district are a graded
series ; (2) if the highest department be the grammar school, under the joint board ; (3) if both
be ^ree ; (4) (if kthe provincial, county and grammar school grants be received ; and the teacher*
be dnly licensed, the highest being of class I.
37. The two sessions of the Training School shall be from November to March, and from May
to September.
38. The qualifications for admission are the same as those f( ? class III. certificate, except the
professional loiowledge ; an allowance is made to the teachers in training ; they engage to return
to the Board the expense of their training if they do not teach three years in New Brunswick.
39. The course of instruction is specially directed to school organization, management and
method. ,
The training school by-laws are similar to those in Nova Scotia.
His Honor Samuel Leonard Tilley, C.B., Lieutenant-Governor, Hon. Messrs. Robert
Young, G. E. King, J. J. Eraser, B. R. Stevenson, W. M. Kelly, E. Willis, A. McQueen,
J. H. Crawford, Members of the Executive Council ; W. B^done Jack, D.C.L., Presi-
dent of the Provincial University; Theodore H. Rand, D.C.L., Superintendent of
Education.
Wht f tovinrial if xaminevis!.
W. Brydone, Jack, D.C.L.; Thomas Harrison, LL.D.; Rev. Charles Spurden, D.D. ;
George Roberts, Ph. D.
Names.
Counties.
Names.
Counties.
James Camwath
James H, Jacques
.Tames Mitchell
James Smith
Albert.
Carleton.
Charlotte.
Gloucester.
Kent.
King's.
Queen's.
Charles Kamsay
Thomas Nicholson
Edmund H. Duval
J. M. H. Bridges
Dr. X. Bernier
Richard Wilson, jun
E. C. Freeze
Northumberland.
Restigouche.
Saint John.
Sunbury.
Victoria & Madawaska
Westmoreland.
York.
Thomas W. Wood
D. P. Wetmore
Benjamin Shaw
AU
trvstees.
The I
provi(
and f (
"has bi
«, the
shey ar(
iffendei
The 8
ihall be
lirectoi
ations
ke dirt
Any]
ipparei
loned i
or plac
ions f(
lower c
I such
im sep
Theg
uitors.
She ^ommX ^ttiool
W. Crocket, A.M., Principal ; H. C. Creed, A.M.; Miss Gregory.
Model Bepartmeut .— Miss Tweedie ; Miss Minard.
man History.
I Geometry (Wor-
ihe next examina-
Iff School.
character, will bf
)eiDg in the same
le accommodations
st week in Deoeni-
;rict are a graded
joard ; (3) if both
; and the teacher*
rch, and from May
tificate, except the
engage to return
(w Bninswick.
management and
THE URAMMAR, REFORMATORY AND INDUSTRIAL SCHOOLS
295
Counties.
Albert
Carleton
Charlotte
Gloucester
Kent
King's
Noruiumberland
Queen's
Restigouche
St. John
Sunbury
Victoria
VTestmoreland . .
York
. Messrs. Robert
is, A. McQueen,
, D.C.L., Presi-
lerintendent of
Parishes.
Name of the Principal.
Hillsboro' . . .
Woodstock . .
St. Andrew's
Bathurst . . .
Richibucto . .
Hampton . . .
Chatham . , .
GagetoMm . . .
Dalhousie . . .
City St. John
Sheffield
Grand Falls .
Shediac \
Fredericton .
George W. Beatty, A.B.
James M'Coy
Charles M. Sills, A.B...,
J. A. Freeze, A.B
J. B. Oakes, A.B
John Raymond
R. Shreve, A.M
Philip Cox, A. B
A. Ross, A.B
Rev. C. G. Coster, Ph.D.
George F. Taylor
George W. Fen wick, A.B,
David B. White
Henry S. Bridges, A.M. .
Total
351617
36
55
51
77
;»
46
51
97
45
101
27
31
45
52
Grants to
Principal.
i
744
$ cts.
275 00
275 00
275 00
57 89
275 00
200 00
133 33
261 73
2&6 35
375 00
173 68
174 89
265 35
572 83
3580 05
t oti.
100 00
ssoo
125 00
26 31
100 00
144 00
70 00
50 00
125 00
600 00
126 31
62 14
175 60
360 00
2108 76
5piirdeii, D.D. ;
Counties.
imberland.
louche.
Fohn.
la&Madawaska
loreland.
All the schools except Chatham and Hampton have boards united with the district school
Inistees. ^ ,
The preamble of the Act 38 Vic, cap. 11 (1875), declares that '' the importance •£
' providing separate places of confinement for the reformation of juvenile offenders,
' and for the education and training of vagrant and destitute children, in this province,
"has been long and universally felt and acknowledged." The sessions of each county
tre, therefore, empowered to provide a Reformatory and an Industrial School ; if both,
Ihey are to be under one management, but distinct institutions ; the one for juvenile
iffenders, the other for vagrant or destitute children.
The sessions mav contract a loan for the erection of the building, and the institutioa
ihall be recognized as soon as the government is satisfied with its equipment. The
lirectors are to be five justices of the county, appointed by the sessions, and the regu-
ations made are to be conditional on the sanction of the governor. The province pays
he directors $80 per annum for each juvenile offender committed.
Any person may bring before two justices of the peace or a police magistrate, a child
{»parently Tinder the age of fourteen, and suffering from evils similar to those men-
ioned in the Ontario Act (see page 135), and, with a few exceptions, the proceedings
or placing the child in the Industrial School are the same as in that Act ; the provi-
ions for his detention and maintenance are also similar to those in Ontario. The
lower of discharging an inmate is given to the county judge. A minister of the creed
if such child or his parents is to have due access and opportunity for ministering to
m. separately.
The governor, the members of the government, and the grand jury are constituted
isitors.
w
206
PROVINCK OF NEW URUNLWIGK.
Site mnivttfAm,
%nivmitti of llrw llvunieiwklt,
I
i
FRRDBRICTON.
Hii Honor S. L. Tilley, O.B., Lieutenant-Governor, Visitor on behalf of Her
Majesty.
Corporaiion and Members of Senate. — Wm. B. Jack, A.M., D.C.L., President ; Hon.
L. A. WUmot, D.C.L., Hon. John 8. Saundora, Hon. David Wark, Hon. A. M«L
Seeley, Hon. Charles Fisher, D.O.L., Alfred B. Atherton, A.B., M.D., Ezekiel
M'Leod, LL.B., Archibald Harrison, M.PP., Frederick E. Barker, A.M., D.C.L. ;
Edward H. Wilmot, A.M., Rugiatrar and Treasurer.
Academical Faculty. — William B. Jack, A.M., D.C.L., President of the University,
Professor of Mathematics, Natural Philosophy and Astronomy ; Loring W. Bailey,
A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry and Natural Science ; Thomas Harrison, LL.D.,
Professor of English Language and Literature, and Mental and Moral Philosophy ;
George E. Foater, A.B., Professor of Classical Literature and History; Francis P.
Rivet, Professor of French Language and Literature ; George P. H. Hildebrand, in-
structor in the German Language.
Examiner in Civil Laiv. — Frederick Barker, A.M., D.C.L. Examiners for Degrees. —
Rev. Charles G. Coster, Ph.D., Rev. Charles Paisley, A.M., Rev. Goodridge Roberts,
A.M., Rev. John M. Brooke, D.D., Rev. Charles Spurden, D.D., William Crockett,
A.M. F. P. Rivet, Librarian.
There are four classes of students recognised by the Act establishing the University,
viz. : —
1. Undergraduates, who are regularly matriculated, and undertake the whole course
of study required for the Degree of A.B. This course extends over a period of three
years.
2. SUidents in special Undergraduate Courses, who are matriculated, and pursue the
studies for the diploma in such special courses.
3. Partial Stiidents, who are matriculated, and attend two or more courses of
lectures.
4. Occasional Students, who, on application to the President, may be admitted to a
particular course or courses of lectures.
Candidates for matriculation as Undergraduates are required to present themselves
for examination on or before the first Thursday in September.
Candidates as St^tdents in any special Undergraduate Course must pass in the same
subjects, omitting the Greek and Latin.
Candidates as Fartial Students must pass an examination in the classes they wish to
join.
Persons desirous of entering as Occasional Students must apply for permission to the
President.
Admmion Examinations.
Genkbal Course.— G'ref A' and Latin Languages, — Iliad, Bk. I. ; Horace, Odes, Bk. I. ;
iEneid, Bka. I. , II. ; CiEsar, Bk. I. ; translation of aimple English sentences into Latin Prose ;
Greek and Latin Grammar.
Candidates may substitute for the Iliad the extracts from Xenophon and Bks. I. , III. , Iliad,
given in Bryce's Second Book ; and for Ctesar, the Invasions of Britain and the Manners of the
Gaula and Germans, together with the extracts from the Metamorphoses, given in Bryce's Second
Book.
Mathematics.— Axithmetic — a thorough knowledge of Vulgar and Decimal Fractions will be
insisted upon ; Algebra, to. Quadratic Equations ; Euclid, first four books.
English Language, History and Ckography. — English Grammar and Composition, including
Dictation Exercise and Theme ; Modem History, chiefly History of England ; Koman History,
to the end of the Republic ; Grecian History, to the Rise of the Theban Power ; Geography, and
particularly the Geography of British North America.
Candiaates may be admitted after the conomencement, provided they can pass not only the
Matiiculation, but also a further examination.
Every candidate is required to produce a written statement from the person having charge of
his education, setting forth the name of some minister of religion in or near Fredericton, under
whose religious instruction he is to be placed ; and in order to the keeping and allowance of any
Ml
)half of Her
ident ; Hon.
,n. A. M«L
D., Ezekiel
M., D.C.L. ;
> University,
W. Bailey,
ison, LL.D.,
Philosophy ;
} FranciB P.
lebrand, In-
br Degrees, —
dge Roberta,
im Crockett,
e University,
whole course
riod of three
I pursue the
3 courses of
mitted to a
; themselves
Ln the same
they wish to
ssion to the
ies, Bk. I. ;
latin Prose ;
, III., Iliad,
^nners of the
ryce's Second
tions will be
^n, inclading
lan History,
igraphy, and
aot only the
ig charge of
cton, nnder
ance of any
UNIVEIWITY OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
WT
term, every student must procure a written certificate from hlH reliKious inntnictor for the time
' itf. that he has regularlv attended Divine i»ervice on Sundays during Huch term.
Portions of the Holy Dcriptures are read by one of the proftyuuirs daily in the University, and
beinv. that he has regidarlv attended Divine service on Bimdays durint; Huch term.
Portions of the Holy Dcriptures are read by one of the proftyuuirs daily in the 1
morning and evening prayers offered acconling to the form prescribed by the Senate ; and all
resident studontH are reiiuired to attend Huoh riadingw and prayerw, except wlieii the persons
iiaving charge of their education may have signified to the contrary in writing.
The Academical year begins on the first Thursday in Septemlwr, and is divided into three
terms. ' The first, or Michaelmas Term, commences with the Academical year, and ends on the
third Wednesday in December; the second, or Lent Term, begins on the fifteenth of January,
and ends on the Thursday before Easter ; the third, or Easter Term, begins on the Wednesday
after Easter, and ends on or about the last Thursday in June.
Various scholarships and prizes are annually awarde<l.
I Frethnum Year.
t^ree^.—Xenophon's Anabasis, Bits. II., III. ; Homer's Iliad, Bks. V., VI.
liaWn.— Virgil's yEneid, Bks. V., VI. : Cicero de Senectute ; Horace's Odes, Bks. III., IV. ;
Greek and Latin Grananar, Prosody and Coniposition.
Afa<A«/io<»t«.— Chambers' Euclid, Bks. I., 11^ III., IV., VI., with definitions of Bk.
V. ; Todhunter's Algebra ; C'onstniction and use of Logarithmic Tables.
(7A«mt«tr^.— Lectures on Heat, Light and Electricity ; Nichols' Abridgment of Eliot and
Storer's Chemistry ; Practical instruction in Experimental Chemistry and the Principle** of Qual-
itative Analysis.
iktnj/tuif/e.— Angus' Handbook of the English Tongue ; Angus' English Literature ; Exercise*
in English Composition.
French.— De Fivas' Grammaire des Grammaires ; Molidre ; Dictation ; Collo(iuial Exercises.
(■'erman.— Woodbury's Practical Course.
Oeography, Chronoloyy and /Tiator^.—Bryce's Classical Geography; Examinations on Smitli's
student's History of Greece, every Saturday.
Books for Honor Certificates in Freshman Year. > ■
Classics. -■Komer'a Iliad, Bks. XVII., XVIII.; Cicero de Amicitia; Horace de Arte
Poetica ; Greek and Latin Grammar, Prosody and Comirasition.
MathenuUics. — First term, Methotls of Modem Geometry ; 2nd and 3rd terms, Todhunter'a
Theory of Equations. . .
CAeniwtrj/.— Cooke's New Chemistry. ' • •,
French Lanyttagc—MoM^re ; Le Misanthrope.
English Language.—ElemcnU ; Portions of Authors. ,4
Junior Year. ' '
Classical Litei'ature. — Greek. — Herodotus, Bks. I., II. ; Euripides, Hecuba ; Xenophon's Me-
morabilia of Socrates.
Xiattn.— Epistles and Satires of Horace ; Livy, Bks. XXI,, XXII. ; Greek and Latin Com-
[wsition.
Mathematics and Physics.— hoomis^ Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, with applications to
Mensuration, Surveying and Navigation ; Hann and Young's Analytical Geometiy ; Galbraith
and Haughton's Optics and Astronomy.
Natural Science.— hatdnet'B Animcl Physics ; Lectures on Zoology, and Principles of Classi-
fication ; Gray's Botany.
Literature.— Angua' English Language and Literature ; Whately's Logic, with Essays and
Exercises.
French. — Grammar; Racine; Translation into French ; Dictation and Composition.
G'crmam.— Woodbury's Eclectic German Reader.
Chronology and History. — Examinations on Smith's Student's History of Greece, every Sa-
turday.
Books for Honor Certificates for Junior Year.
Classics, — Demosthenes de Corona ; Terence, .cVndrea ; Virgil's GeorgicB, Bks. I. , IV. ; Greek
ivnd Latin Composition.
Mathematics.— First term, Hann's Plane Trigonometry, Chaps. II., IV., V. ; 2nd and .3rd
terms. Young's Navigation and Nautical Astronomy.
i\ra<«ro/ <Sctertcc.— Carpenter's Physiology. 1 ;
French Literature.— "La. Fontaine's Fahles.
English Language and Literature. — Pope to Tennyson. • ' ' ,
StnioT Year.
Classical Z>itera<Mre.— Prometheus Vinctus of ^schylus ;^ Thucydides, Bks. I., II.; Satires of
Juvenal ; Germania and Agricola of Tacitus ; Cicero pro Milone: Greek and Latin Composition.
MathmuUics and Phmics.-HaYL's Differential andlntegral Calculus; Galbraith and Haugh-
ton's Mechanics and Hydrostatics.
208
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
^1
Natural .Science— -Dana's Mineralogy, embracing Metallurgy and Manual of Geology'; Lec-
tured on the Mineralo^ and (reology of Acadia.
Metaphysics and Ethics. — Sir William Hamilton'H Metaphysics, by Bowen; Stewart's Out-
lineH of Moral Philosophy ; EHsays and Exercises.
French. — Larousse, (rrammaire Oomplfite ; Comeille ; Translation into French from (Gold-
smith's Vicar i f Wakefield ; Frencii Tiomposition ; Dictation ; Lectures on French Literature ;
Geruzez' Lituriiture Fran(;aiHe.
Chronology and History. — Examinations on Smith's Student's History of Greece, every
Saturday.
Books for Honor Certificates fw Senior Year.
Classical Literature. — i^^nnals of Tacitus, Bk, T. ; Cicero, Letters (selected).
Mathematics. — First term, Haddon's Differential Calculus, and Hann's Integral Calculus ; 2nd
and 3rd ti^rms. Young's Analytical Mechanics.
JVa<Mra? Scjcncc— Dawson's Story of the Earth and Man. ,
French Literal ure.-^hea Ouvres poetiques de.Boileau.
Metaphysics and Ethics. —Locke ; Mansel ; Hamilton ; Mill ; Schwegler ; Stewart ; Butler ;
Mackintosh. *
A prominent feature in this University is the very full Science Course provided.
Each regular student spends with the professors m lectures or recitations at least fotu- hours
daily, on five days of the week, and two hours on Saturday. All the students attend the Saturday
i (jctures on History.
Credit for a term will not be allowed if a student should, through negligence, insufficient pre-
paration, or non-attendance, lose more than one-fifth of the whole number of lectures for that
term in any one subject.
College examinations, by written questions and answers, are held in every department at
the end of every term.
At the close of the academical year, the University examination for advanced standing is
held, and embraces all the subjects which have engaged the attention of the several cla.sses durmg
the year.
Students may graduate with Honors in one or more of the five divisions of study named
below:— (a. j Classics and Classical Literature and History ; (b.) Mathematics, pure and applied:
(c.) Natural Science; (d.) Logic, Mental and Moral I*hilos«phy and Political Economy; (e.)
Modem Languages (English and French), and Modem Literature and History.
Graduates of the University are allowed to enter the Medical Hall of the University of Edin-
burgh without usual preliminary examination.
''::'■"■ The Higher Degrees. ,\\ .. ■.' >' v >'. '
No person shall be admitted A.M. imtil two years from taking A.B. ; nor until he shall
hare passed a satisfactory examination in the higher Mathematics and the Greek and Latin
Luiguages.
No person shall be admitted Sc B. until six years from taking A.B. ; nor until he shall
have passed a satisfactory examination in Chemistry, Mechanical Philosophy, and Natural Science.
No person shall be admitted Ph. D. until five years from taking Sc. B. ; nor until he
nhall have passed a satisfactory examination in General Physics and Mental Science.
No person shall be admitted B.C.L, until six years from taking A.B. ; nor until be shall
have penormed such exercises as may be prescribed by the President and the examiner.
No person shall be admitted D.C.L. until five years from taking B.C.L. ; nor until he
shall have performed such exercises as may be prescribed by the President and the examiner.
The degree of LL.D. shall be regarded as strictly honorary, and shall be conferred only on
tvch persons as the Senate may consider worthy of the distinction.
N.B. — Candidates for any degree must, on or before the first Monday in April, send to
the President a written notice of their intention to present themselves for examination.
The subjects on which they propose to be examined must also be specifically stated ; aad if
tVese so-e lound satisfactory, arrangements will be made for holding the examinations.
Scholarships — Residence — Expenses.
The Act establishing the University provides thvt there shall be in the institution one
■choUrship of 160 for each county in the province. Taking exemption from fees into account,
the annual value of each county scholarship is $82 50.
Students are either accommodated with apartments in the college, or obtain a dispensation
for non-residence. The houses in which non-resident students are permitted to board must be
approved of by the President.
Board and lodging can be obtained in town for $2 60 per week and upwards, according to the
means of the student. ,
/"ee*.— The annhal average exT>enses of an undergraduate residing in the University may be
estimated as follows :— Board for 40 weeks, at J3 per week, $120 ; tuition fees, $22 50 ; text-hooks
(uvera^e), $9; subscription for library, $1^; for plate, 60c.; fuel and light, $13; washing, $8;
gymnasium, $1 ; total, $175.
Every student, on his nr ^e being first entered, must pay $2, and give a bond to the amount of
$40 ; he ought also to provide himself with a college cap and go'^/n, price about $6.
sology'; Lec-
awart's Out-
1 from Gold-
Literature ;
rreece, every
alculua ; 2nd
art; Butler;
»t four hours
the Saturday
sufficient pre-
;ures for that
lepartment at
ed standing is
classes during
study named
and applied:
Sconomy; (e.)
rsity of Edin-
„itil he shidl
)ek and Latin
he shall
tural Science,
nor until he
atil he shall
until he
Examiner,
irred only on
pril, send to
Examination.
; and if
Ititution one
}tto account,
^ ensation
'muat be
iing to the
Ity may be
1 text-books
shing, $8 ;
amount of
MOUNT ALLISON WESLEYAN COLLEGE AND ACADEMIES.
209
No undergraduate shall resort to any inn, tavern m* place of public amusement, without speci£^l
permission of the President.
No undergraduate shall purchase or keep in his room, or make use of, intoxicating liquors of
any kind.
Associated Altmini of the University of Nev) Brunswick.
Incorporated by the Act 33rd Victoria, cap. 8.
This society was organized on the 14th May, 1863, aiDong the graduates of the
Universit]^, for the purpose of promoting sound education and furthering the interests
of the University, renewing old friendships, and cultivating a kindly feeling among
the Alumni, and establishing Alumni prizes for competition among the undergra-
duates.
President, F. E. Barker, A.M., D.C.L. ; Vice-Presidents, Thomas Grego:^, A.M.,
M.D., Rev. C-. Goodrich Roberts, A.M., Hurd Peters, A.M. ; Secretary and Treasurer,
James A. 'f'anwart, A.M. ; Members of Council, E. L. Wetmore, A.B., C. A. M'Donald,
A.B., H. S. Bridges, A.M., G. E. Coulthard, A.M., M.D., Rev. C. H. Paisley, A.M.,
Wm. Crocket, A.M., Rev. Charles G. Costar, Ph.D.
«. ■ ■
^ ' • SACKVIIiLE.
Corpora TiON, 1875-6. — Trustees aixd Governors. — Rev. J. McMurray, Chairman ;
Mariner Wood, Treasurer ; Rev. Joseph Hart, Secretary; Rev. H. Pickard, D.D.,
Rev. H. Pope, jr., Rev. C. Stewart, D.D., Rev. James Taylor, Rev. A. W. Nicolson,
Rev. John Lathem, Henry B. Allison, John Starr, Hon. A. R. McLellan, Joseph
Prichard, James Dixon, David Allison, LL.D., James R. Inch, A.M., A. A. Stockton,
LL.B.,.Geo. W. Burbidge, A.M.
There is a College Board, consisting of the trustees and the faculty.
Faculty, 1876-6. — David Allison, LL.D., President and Professor of Mental Philo-
sophy ; R«v. C. Ste^ -^rt, D.D., Professor of Moral Philosophy and Christian Bvi-
dences; James R. In i, A.M., Professor of Rhetoric, Logic, &c. ; Alfred D. Smith,
A,M., Professor of Classics ; Rev. John Burwash, A.M., Professor of Natural Science ;
Richard C. Weldon, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics and PoUtical Science.
The Male Academy, the oldest of the Sackville institutions, was founded in 1842.
It was a gift to the Methodist Church of the Lower Provinces of Canada by Charles
F. Allison, Esq., a merchant of Sackville. The Female Academy was added in 1854.
This owed its origin chiefly to the benevolence of the same gentleman. The Mount
Allison Wesleyan College, which was formally organized in 1862, under a charter from
the New Brunswick Legislature, obtained several years previous to i'.i opening, also
shared in Mr. Allison's benefactions. These institutions are governed by a board of
governors, appointed by the General Conference of the Methodist Church of Canada.
Though thub denominational in their character, their halls are frequented by students
connected with the various leading denominations of the Lower Provinces. They are
extensively patronized.
Requirements for Admission.
Candidates for admission are required to be of a good moral character, and of at least fourteen
years of age.
Those who wish to pursue the full course of atudy should be well acquainted with English
Grammar ; Geography ; English History ; Arithmetic ; Algebra, to Quadratic Equations ; three
books of Geometry ; Latin Grammar, including Prosody (Andrews & .Stoddard's, Bnrce's or
Harkness' preferred) ; Caesar's Commentaries, two books ; Cicero's Orations against Catiline ;
Villi's -(Eneid, two books ; Greek Grammar (Bryce's or Hadley's preferred) ; Xenophon's Ana-
basis, two books ; and two books of Homer's Iliad.
Those who wish to pursue the Literary or Scientific course of study should be well acquainted
with all the above named subjects, except Latin and Greek, and also with the elements of the
French language.
Those who wish to pursue only a partial course of skidv must be prepared to pass examina-
tions in such subjects as are deemed preparatory to the work in the classes which they may wish
to join.
i'leea.— College fee, per term, $8— per annum, 824 ; class fees (say four, each $3), per term,
|!12 -per annum, ?36 ; for board, &c. (in the Academy), use of furnished room, fuel, lights, &c.,
N
210
PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.
N
per tenn, $33.34— per annum, ilOO : total, for board, &c., ftc, and tuition, 9160i An adTanced
payment of $60 ehonld be made at the commencement of each term.
Special i%c«.— Diploma, $5 ; certificate, on parcbmont, $4 : certificate, on paper, $2.
In the ArtH course the usual term is four years, but it is allowable to graduate in three years.
The curriculum for B. A. includes Classics, Mathematics and Science, out the specific portions
of the authors read are not statvd in the calendar.
•
Faculty op Theology. — David Allison, LL.D., President (e«-oj^io), Professor of
New Testament Exegesis ; Rev. C, Stewart, D.D., Dean, Professor of Old Testament
Exegesis and Systematic Theology; Rev.D. Kennedy, B. D., Professor of Biblical
Literature and Ecclesiastical History ; Rev. J. Burwash, M. A., Professor of Homi-
letics ; James B. Inch, M. A., Logic ; A. D. Smith, M. A., Greek.
Degree of B. D.
Candidates for this degree must be graduates in Arts of at least two years' stanlUng. Thej'
are required to nve evidence of satisfactory acquaintance with the subjects assigned as prelinu-
nMrylstudies, and all the subjects of the three years' course of study.
THE MOUNT ALLISON WE8LBYAN MALE ACADEMY, 1875-6.
David Allibon, LL.D., Principal ; Rev. David Kennedy, A.M., B.D., Vice-Principal;
Leonard Allison, A.B.; Henry A. Powell, A.B.; Samuel E. Whiston.
THE MOUNT ALLISON COMMERCIAL COLLEGE.
Samuel E. Whiston, Principal ; J. Alder Davis, Assistant in Banking.
The course of study is designed to ensure thorough preparation for colIe)(e or W
entrance iipon a course of special training for agricultural, mechanical, or commercial
pursuits, or of specific study for professional life. '
^ee«.— For board, washing, fuel, light, kc, and tuition in primary department— per year,
$135 ; for ditto, for less than a term— per week, $3 50 ; for tuition and incidenttds to day pupils —
per war, $16 ; library and reading room fee— per term, $1.
For tuition in each branch of study in the intermediate department, an additional charge of
$1 50 per term wUl be made, but in no case shall the expense of board, &c., and tuition in the
Uterary department of the academy exceed $160 per annum.
Students remaining during winter vacation will be charged $4; the charge for class instruction
(two lessons a week) in vocal music is- per year, $6 ; instruction in instrumental music— per year,
fee ; use of piano— per year, $8.
An advance payment of $45 is required at the commencement of each term.
Commercial Dqpartment — Fee for full coiuve (time unlimited), in advance, $30 ; fee per term
of 13 weeks, in advance, $12. Academic charge for board (including furnished room, fuel, light,
washing, &c.), per term, strictly in advance, $45.
- 1;
THE MOUNT ALLISON WESLEYAN FEMALE ACADEMY, 1875-6.
The Mount Allison Ladies' Academy was opened for the reception of students on
Thursday, the 17th of Au|pst, 1854. The edifice was planned and finished for the
express purpose of affordmc a pleasant, healthy and desirable residence for young
ladies requiring a course of liberal educational training.
James R. Inch, A.M. , Principal ; Mrs. J. R. Inch, Matron ; Miss A. A. Chesley,
M.L.A., Chief Preceptress ; Miss Blanche Bennett, Miss Hannah Johnson, M.L.A.;
Miss Maria S. Tuttle, Miss Luella B. Wheeler, Professor Max Sterne, Miss M. E.
Pickard, M.L.A.; Miss Lavinia M. Stewart; Miss Miriam Fullerton, Stewardess.
There are two courses of study. The first is the regular course for the Baccalaureate Degree,
preceded by the course preparatory to matriculation. All collegiate privileges and honors are open
to young women attending the Ladies' Academy, subject to such prudential regulations as the
Faculty may deem advisable.
The other coiuse is designed for those who prefer to substitute for the classics the modem
languages and natural science.
Eimen»es.—¥oT board, washing, fuel, light, ftc, and tuition in primary department — per year
(40 we^j, $136 ; for ditto, for less than m term— per week, $3 60 ; for tuition and incidentals to
day pupils — per year, $16 ; reading room and library fee — per term, $1.
For tuition m each branch of study in the intermediate department, an additional charge of
$1 60, and in the collegiate department of $3 per term will be made ; out in no case shall the
In adTanced
, three years,
cific portions
Professor of
Testament
of Biblical
)r of Homi-
Hling. The^
d as prelimi-
e-Principal;
>llege or iFor
commercial
snt — per year,
) day pupils—
inal charge of
tuition in the
L88 instruction
ric— per year,
fee per term
1, fuel, light.
itudents on
hed for the
for young
h.. Chesley,
1, M.L.A.;
Bs M. E.
rdesB.
leate Degree,
liors are open
Itions as the
I the modem
it — per year
licidentals to
charge of
se shall the
MOUNT ALLISON WESLEYAN COLLEGE AND ACADEMIES.
211
expense for board, &r., and ttiition in the literary departments of the institution exceed 9165 per
annum.
Students remaining in the institution during Christmas vacation will be chaived $i for board.
The chaige for class instruction (two lessons a week) in vocal music, is- per year, §6; instruction in
instnunental music— per year, 930 ; cultivation of voice— per term, $12 ; tnorough bass and har-
mony, $5 ; oil painting— per term, 98 ; water colours- per term, 97 ; pastel— per term, 97 ; Cray-
oning— ger wrm, 95 ; pencil drafting, 94 ; use of piano (one hour a day)— per year ,'98 ;,fee for di-
ploma, 92 to 94.
An advance payment of 946 is required at the commencement of each term.
The Gei^ral Commanding the Militia reports 2,376 volunteers under drill in 1874.
:i:i. b
.'^<--S ^r r-iJ" \f
, .'!;.■ T<t (i.p ■> ■ j.i.;: ''-^'. 'i •■-. i:..iic ■»:!
.'j' vi '^ ','■ % "ft.
v.;,i:C'.:*MiW M^HT^iifi l%Ji)<*. li h
1'.'- .■■-■■•'■ .'■■.■.,' ■ '"■•,"■' J. i- _.,...-;VU'a:
Jl
V"'^
* 1 ■*■•
212
PROVINCE OF PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND.
PROVINCE OF PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND.
a^lmtnimf 3mUm\i mA iomal f cftoolisi.
The chief provisions of the Education Act are briefly summarized below. The
existing law is a consolidation and amendment of previous Statutes, and has been
in operation since 1st June, 1868.
From the reports of the School Visitors, it would seem that the system requires
important modifications, before the efficiency of the schools can be secured. The
supply of well qualified and trained teachers is said to be inadequate, and the
salaries are poor. Among other desiderata, aie mentioned increased powers
of local taxation for providing school accommodation, equipment and salaries ;
a defined course of instruction ; a re-examinatJon of the teachers ; the better
regulation of elections and district boundaries, and compulsory attendance.
The number of schools in operation on the island is 355, of which 18 are gram-
mar schools, although some appear to be merely nominally so. There are 16,292
scholars, and 453 teachers. In 1874, 4 teachers received the grammar school
license ; 5 class II. (the higher), for district schools ; and 37 class I. (lowest).
In the Normal School, there were 27 pupil teachers.
<fttmma(j) of tfce jlrteool ^m» '' ' , <)</
1. Board of Education — Er/Mnmers — Districts. ■' * *
1. The Lieutenant-Governor in Council appoints the Board of Education, consisting
of eleven membera, including the two provincial examiners.
2. The Board* meets monthly, and each member is paid 15 shillings for every monthly
meeting attended. The examining members receive £20 each per year, the
examination being held every two months.
3. The Board may cancel a teacher's certificate on proof of misconduct.
4. The secretary of the Board keeps a register of school districts, and the sanction of
the Governor* is required to the erection •f new districts.
5. The Board (instead of the trustees) may receive conveyances of school sites, if the
owners so prefer, and may alter a site on the requisition of two-thirds of the
householders. They may also alter district boundaries, and may appoint com-
missioners of inquiry in such cases.
6. A special inquiry is authorized where schools are too near, and the Board may
direct one of them to be closed.
7. When five householders desire a new district, the Board shall appoint a justice of
the peace to hold a meeting, and recommend a scho«l site and boundaries to the
'' Board. The law is contained in cap. G of 31 Victoria ; it is much condensed,
and the numbers of the paragraphs are not those of the Act. .... *
2. School-hoiises — Attetidance — Teachers^ Allowa'n^ies, i , -
8. The Governor may grant £5 to a poor district towards building a school-house.
9. No new school-house shall have less clear area than 400 square feet, or less than
10 feet clear from floor to ceiling, or be nearer than 10 yards to the highway.
* Throughout this summary, "the Bpard" means " the Board of Education," and " the Governor" means
'• the Lieutenant-Governor in Council."
N.B.— Tlie paragraph numbers do not rotor to sections of the Statute.
AND.
•elow. The
ad has been
em requires
cured. The
ite, and the
ised powers
ud salaries ;
; the better
iance.
.8 are gram-
5 are 16,292
imar school
(lowest).
n, consisting
ery monthly
er yesu:, the
) sanction of
sites, if the
lirds of the
Ippoint corn-
Board may
la justice of
jlaries to the
condensed,
)l-house.
kr less than
[highway.
yernor" mean;'
SUMMARY OF THE SCHOOL LAW.
213
10. A school-house on church property may be leased to the Board, to render the Act
appUcable to the school.
11. The trustees may allow the school-house to be used as a place of worship ; and may
allow the teacher to hold an evening school therein ; but the Board may forbid
its use during the school hours for other than school purposes.
12. In districts where there are from 40 to 50 children, from 5 to 16 years of age, and
the average attendance is less than 20 — and where, with 60 to 60 such children,
the average is less than 25 — or, with 60 children, less than 30, and so on — the
teachers' provincial allowance shall be reduced; such reduction to be in the same
proportion to the number of such deficient schools as the salary bears to such
average ; and the parents of children in such district shall be liable to make up
the deficiency.
13. Nor shall any schoolmaster be entitled to an allowance if the school-house be in-
sufficient, or if there be less than 40 children from 5 to 16 in the district, unless
the average attendance amounts to 20. Where, however, the population is
sparse, minor districts may be formed, and, on productifm of the usual certifi-
cates, a male teacher may receive for every scholar in average attendance therem
30 shillings from the province, and a female teacher 20 shillings.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25,
26.
. '■ ' ■ 3. Classijkati(»i of Teachers — Exemptions — Pupils.
Exclusive of grammar school masters, there are two classes of teachers ; the lower
grade of whom must be competent to teach book-keeping, English grammar,
reading, arithmetic and geography ; and the higher class are to be able to teach
algebra, geometry, trigonometry, mensuration, land surveying, navigation, and
the use of the globes.
The Board may deprive a school of all allowances, if the books or the system
adopted are unsatisfactory.
Teachers are exempt from statute labour, juries, the militia, and educational assess-
ments. Teachers under 21 years of age may not be engaged without the Board's
consent; nor shall any teacher whUe receiving pay be a trader or tavern
keeper.
If the school of his own district be not in operation, a child may attend the nearest
school open, unless the attendance there exceeds 50. . , .
Trustees may expel pupils for gross misconduct.
All residents from 5 to 17 years of age are entitled to attend the district school.
4. Vcuiatiotis — Free Schooh — Trastees — Assessments — Visitors,
The vacations are from the 10th to Slst May, and 21 days in October ; every alter-
nate Saturday is a holiday.
There are five trustees for each district, elected by the resident householders ; the
trustees may assess the resident householders who are parents or guardians of
children of from 5 to 17 years of age, according to the number of their children,
for the sums necessary to provide the school with books, maps, and fuel.
In schools where the teacher receives the public money, none shall be liable to a
charge for the attendance of a pupil ; but any of the inhabitants of a district
may themselves voluntarily supplement a teacher's allowance.
Two trustees shall be elected, and two shall retire annually, in J'lly, subject to
re-election; any vacancy ma" be filled by special election; a person elected may
decline to serve, without penalty.
The Board may settle disputed trustee elections or resignations, and order new
elections ; any witness summoned must attend, under a penalty of $1 to 85,
payable to the complainant.
The trustees must record their proceedings, the elections, assessments, &c. , and
such record shall be open to any householder, and to the school visitors.
When a new district has been sanctioned by the Governor, or when a majority of
householders desire a nev/ or improved school-house, or new furniture, a meet-
ing shall be called to decide upon plans, and direct an assessment, whereupon the
trustees shall make the assessment, having " due regard to the circumstances
2U
PROVINCE OF PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND.
and meana of each householdor, sud the benefit to be derived by him ;" the
amount may be varied by the court on appeal.
27. Clergymen, judges, magistrates and members of the legislature, may visit any
school, inquire into its management, and make notes in the visitors' book.
28. Every teacher shall keep a journal of the attendance,'&o., which the school autho-
rities may inspect ; this journal shall be sent to the Board at the close of the
teacher's engagement. •
6. Gutrlottetown.
29. There shall only be nine male district schools in the town; the electors for such
districts are householders with children under 17 years of age.
30. There shall not be more than three masters of the highest class, and the Board, with
consent of the trustees, shall assign. these to certain districts ; the remaining
districts shall have teachers of the lower grades ; the children of one district may
go to the school of another on certain conditions ; pupils pay a quarterly fee of
1b, 6d. to 3s., applicable to rent, repairs and fuelj and the Board may direct the
accommodation to be improved, and may appomt a competent teacher, if the
trustees neglect to do so.
31. There may be from six to eight sirls' schools in the town.
32. The teacher of the school for orjmans and destffcute children may be appointed by
the Board, at a salary of £60. ' Orphans are preferred in admission. None are
admitted under 4, or retained above 12 years of age. The province supports the
school, which is regulated by the Board.
6. Georgetown.
33. The senior justice calls an annual meeting in June, of householders having children
aged 5-16, to elect two trustees in place of the two retiring.
34. The children of the town may attend the schools for a quarterly fee of 2s. 6d.
to 58.
35. The teachers throughout the island are required to open their schools daily " with
the reading of the Sacred Scriptures by those children whose parents desire it,
without comment, explanation, or remark thereupon by the teacher, but no
children shall be required to attend during such reading unless desired by the
parents or guardian."
36. A licensed teacher qualified to teach French, who has taught that lang^iage to a
class of ten, shall receive an additional allowance of £5, if a like sum be made
up by voluntary subscription. .
7. Normal School.
^i
&>'. .
37.
38.
39.
40.
41
42.
43.
44.
46.
The Normal School is under the regulations of the Board, subject to the approval
of Government. The teacher is appointed by Government, and is aided by the
teachera-in-training in instructing the children. Pupils, other than teachers-in-
training, pay £2 per annum, and their number is regulated by the Board and
the Government.
The Board admits students whom they think fit, free of charge, for five months.
A visitor is appointed for each county by the Governor, who inspects the schools
and their afiairs, and reports to the Board.
Clergy and teachers are exempt from assessment.
A grammar school may be established instead of two adjoining district schools,
and in other cases, under certain limitations. The Board appoints the teacher.
The Board may require any unsuccessful candidate for a license to attend five
months at the Normal School.
Grammar school teachers are to satisfy the Board of their ability to teach Latin,
Greek and French.
Grammar school trustees and masters for Georgetown and Summerside are ap-
pointed by the Governor ; but in other grammar schools, the appointments are
made as in district schools.
The annual salaries of teachers are fixed by law, and range from £40 to £100 ;
they are paid from the provincial treasury.
T him ;" the
ay viflit any
'book.
Qhool autho-
close of the
on for auoh
Board, with
e remaining
diittrict may
rterly fee of
y direct the
cher, if the
ppointed by
None are
iupports the
ing children
e of 2s. 6d.
laily " with
■A desire it,
ler, but no
ired by the
g'lage to a
a be made
B approval
ed by the
lachera-in-
'Oard and
[months,
le schools
|t schools,
teacher.
Intend five
ch Latin,
are ap-
iients are
£100;
THE VISITORS— THE NORMAL SOHOOL.
215
^fa mmm.
John McSwain, King's County, Grand River ; WUIiam MoPhail, Queen's County,
Orwell Head ; Norman A. Stewart, Prince County, St. Eleanor's.
Principal, D. Montgomen^ ; AatHdami, E. Roche ; Teachers of Model 8ch9ol, Miss
Elizabeth McKinnon and Miss Annie Gregor. .
There are two terms annually, viz. : fst September to Slst January, and Ist Feb-
ruary to 30th June.
For admission, students must be upwards of sixteen years of ace, and of certified
moral character. They must be able to read and write with ease, have a knowledge of
Parsing and Elementary Geography, end of Arithmetic to Fractions.
The principal recommends to tne Board, at the close of the term, a classification of
the pupils, in two grades of merit. Average number of pupil teachers, 40 ; Model
School average, 120. Model School Fees from $3 to $6.60 yer year.
The quota of Volunteers under training is stated as 788 (provisionally).
216
PROVINCE OF PRINCE BRITISH COLUMBIA.
PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.
Although a common school ordinance was made in 1869, and amended in 1870,
the real foundation of the educational system in this province was the Public
School Act of 1872. This law is an adaptation of the Ontario Act to the sister
province, and its enactment was advised by the Superintendent, himself a teacher
trained in the Toronto Normal School. Amendments were made to the first Act
in 1873, and a further Act was passed in 1874.
The estimated number of children of school age in the province is about 2,240,
of whom 1,245 attended some portion of the year (1874); this was an increase of
711 over 1872. In consequence of the exceedingly scattered character of the
population, the boarding system has recently been introduced, and one such school
established with marked success. The compulsory clause of the Act does not
work, its enforcement being optional with the local authorities.
Out of 13 candidates for certificates in 1874, 11 were successful, and three
obtained the highest grade.
The Superintendent advocates the establishment of High Schools at Victoria
and New Westminster. More recent intelligence has been received of the
appointment of the Rev. A. B. Nicholson, B.A.,'a8 Head Master of a High
School at Victoria.
The total expenditure on the public schools for the year was, $35,287, of which
$22,219 was paid to the teachers. An additional sum of $1,368 was spent in
supplying books and apparatus, by the Superintendent.
There are 36 teachers in the service.
The Act provides for an annual grant of $40,000 as a Public School Fund, and for
the appointment by the Governor of six persons, to hold office during pleasure, as a
Board of Education ; also of an exDerienced person to be Superintendent of Educa-
tion, who shall be ex officw chairmaa of the Board.
2. School districts are established, and altered by the Government, which also
makes grants for teachers' salaries, on requbion from the trustees, and also provides
the school-house, equipment and current expenses ; it also establishes other schools,
without a district, where needed.
3. The Board of Education prescribes a uniform series of text-books to be used, and
provides for their supply to the schools ; makes general regulations ; examines teachers
and grants certificates ; appoints teachers and fixes their salaries ; purchases and dis-
tributes school apparatus ; the Board may establish high schools.
4. The Superintendent visits each school once a year ; gives instructions ; enforces
the law ; suspends, if necessary, a teacher's certificate till the meeting of the Board ;
grants temporary certificates ; settles disputed elections ; makes an annual report.
5. An annual meeting for the trustee election is held in each district in January ;
there are three trustees, of whom one retires at the annnal meeting, and no trus-
tee may be Superintendent or teacher.
6. The trustees are to fix the place of, and call the annual meeting, on ten days'
notice. The duties of trustees and teachers, and the proceedings at meetings are very
similar to those in Ontario (pages 12, 13, 19).
7. No I ncertificatud teacher shall be engaged in a public school.
8. "All public schools shall be conducted upon strictly non-sectarian principles.
The highest morality shall be inculcated, but no religious dogma or creed shall be
tlA.
led in 1870,
i the Pablic
bo the sister
i[{ a teacher
the first Act
ibout 2,240,
L increase of
Acter of the
) such school
LCt does not
, and three
at Victoria
ived of the
r of a High
B7, of which
as spent in
md, and for
easure, as a
t of Educa-
which also
80 provides
ler schools,
used, and
i teachers
and dis-
•
enforces
|the Board ;
report.
January ;
^d no tras-
ten days'
are very
principles,
shall be
THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, ETC.
217
taught." Judges, clergymen, members of the Legislature and others interested are
visitora.
9. There is a penalty for disturbing a school.
10. The compulsory clause provides i^at trustees may make By-laws, with the sanc-
tion of the Superintendent, for requiring the attendance, at some school, of children
aged from 7 to 14 years, wiiJi certain limitations as to distance, &o.
11. The Met of 1874 provides for the establishment of public boarding schools
Such a school is to be managed by three trustees appointea by the Governor, who
hold office during pleasure, and appoint the teachers.
12. The Regulations of the Board provide that the teachers under the Board shall
be paid on the following scale :— If the average be from 10 to 20 pupils, $50 a month ;.
20-30, 160 ; 30-40, f70 ; 40-60, $80. When the average exceeds 60, the school shall
be entitled to an assistant. Teachers whose work is far inland, receive 910 a month
more.
The rule for the opening and closing prayers for schools is the same as in On-
and the duties of teachers and pupils are very similar to those of that pro-
13.
tario,
vince
14.
Candidates, except in the oral subjects, are examined on uniform papers, with
the following maxima of marks -.—Spelling, 200 ; Beading, 200 ; Writiing, 200 ; Com-
position, 20^ ; Qrammar, 200 ; Mathematics, 100 for each branch ; Latin, 100 ^
French, 60 ; Drawing, 60 ; Mudio, 60. The percentage of marks for the different
grades is as follows : — 80 per cent, for Class I A ; 70 for I B ; 60 for II A ; 50 for
II B ; 40 for III A ; 30 for III B.
' 15. lAst of Authorized Text Books.
Canadian Series of Readers ; Canadian Spelling Book ; Lennie's Grammar ; Easy
Lessons in Geography (Hodgins) ; Modem Geography and Atlas (Campbell) ; Elemen-
tary and Advanced Arithmetic (Smith and McMurchy^ ; Outlines of General History
(Collier) ; British Empire (Collier); British Historji^Collier) ; Algebra — Part I. (Colen-
so) ; Euclid — ^ooks I. and II. ( loung) ; Fulton and Eastman's Book-keeping.
^oavd at iBAwuHon,
John Jessop, Superintendent of Education, Chairman ; W. F. Tolmie ; M. W. T.
Drake ; A. Munro j A. J. Langley; R. Williams ; E. Marvin.
Mt ^mV» ^tlhoalf ^minima,
^ A school connected with St. Paul's Church, established to meet a great need in the
rising City of Nanaimo, of an institution where the rising generation can receive a
liberal education, combined with religious teaching.
It was originally established in 1862, but closed in 1870, and re-opened September,
1874. Principal, the Rector of St. Paul's Church ; Lady Principal, Mrs. Mason :
Assistant for Junior Department, Miss ; Professor, Rev. George Mason, M.A.,
Oxford.
Course of study in the upper department ; Elementaiv Algebra^ Latin ; Arithmetic, as far as
Decimal Fractions ; Composition ^ French ; Eoman and Grecian History ; English ; Music.
Number of pupils 30, Examinations held half-yearly, i^'eca.— For tuition, $4 monthly.
PititHYj) ^rill.
126 Volunteers are reported as trained.
i
u&
218
PROVINCE OF MANITOBA.
PROVINCE OF MANITOBA.
h
K' - ''^
%..^.
The system of common schools in this Province, is based upon the division of
the population by the Legislature into two sections, viz. : Protestants and Roman
Cathohcs. A Superintendent is appointed for each of these sections, while there
is one Board of Education, in which both are represented.
The Legislative grant (which in 1874, amounted to 17,000) is, according to
law, divided between the two sections of the Board, in the proportion of the rela-
tive average attendance at the schools of each. For 1874, it was, however, for
some reason, divided equally.
The Protestant common schools received $160 each, irrespective of attendance;
there are 22 of them, with 1,248 pupils, and an average of 635. The Superin-
intendent complains of the want of training esshibited oy the teachers ; 17 were
licensed in 1874.
The Roman Catholic Superintendent reports 21 schools, containing 998 children
reristered, with 21 teachers.
The chief function of the Board is the formation of school districts. The exam-
inations are conducted by each section separately. The duties of the Superin-
tendents are not clearly defined.
jlummttv)) 0( tlte Kegutntiottiei.
•
In the Protestant schools, for the opening and closing of schools daily, the forms of
Erayer provided in Ontario, and a reading from Holy Scripture are used, or else the
lord's Prayer and the reading.
The school hours are to be not less than five daily, for five days in the week ; with a
morning and an afternoon recess. The school year is divided into two parts of 100
days each.
The usual duties are prescribed- for teachers. One of their rules is " to observe him-
self, and to impress upon his pupils the principles and morab of the Christian religion,
especially those of truth, honesty, piety and humanity ; and the duties of respect to
superiors, and obedience to all persons who are placed in authority over them.''
The Roman Catholic Superintendent does not report any regulations.
Rev. W. Cyprian Pinkham, Protestant Superintendent and Secretary of the Pro-
testant Section of the Board, Winnipeg ; Rev. Elie Tass6, Roman Catholic Superin-
tendent, St. Boniface.
PanitQba ^tfHt^m fttieititute.
This school was opened in October, 1873. It provides a sufficiently advanced edu-
cation to enable its pupils to enter the universities.
Board of MaiMgement. — Appointed by the Methodist Conference of Canada : Rev.
George Young, Chairman; Hon. W. N. Kennedy, Secretary.
_ Staff of Teachers. — Rev, A. Bowerman, Principal and Professor of Classics and Eng-
lish ; Rev. T. E. Morden, B. A., Professor of Classics and Modem Languages; Miss
Frazer, Primary Teacher.
Course of Study, <fcc.
Engligh.— Grnxam9x, Arithmetic, Greography, Historjr, and Natural Pbilosopby. Special
attention paid to Reading, Elocution, Spelling, and Composition.
Chuaics and AtatfienuUics. — This coiuse will correspond with that of the high schools and
division of
and Roman
while there
30ording to
of the rela-
9wever, for
ittendance ;
lie Superin-
8 ; 17 were
98 children
The exam-
le Superin-
;he forms of
or else the
sek ; with a
)arts of 100
>serve him-
m religion,
speot to
am
1>
the Pro-
Superin-
iced edu-
kda : Rev.
and Eng-
l^ges; Miss ^
Special
bhools and
MANITOBA GOLLliaE.
219
eoUegos of Ontario, preparing fully for matriculation in the university. It embraces the following
subjects : Latin — Harkness' Grammar anti Fint Book ; Caesar, Salliut, and Virgil, fihreek — Hark-
ness' Fint Book : Bullion's (]rreek Grammar ; Xonophon, Lucian and Homer. MathtnuUict—
Algebra, Euclid, Trigonometry and Land Surveying.
Afo(i«m £>un(;ua^;e«.— FrencA— Fasfiuelle, TelemaohuH. Oerman — Woodbury.
Classea will be formed, in connection with the English course, in Botany, Physiology and
Chemistry.
IVrw«.— First term, September 2ftth to ChriRtraas ; second term, January 4th to Easter ; third
term, Easter to June 30tb ; vacations, eight days each at Ohristmus and Easter.
Fua.—9S per term for English course ; 82 additional for Classical and Matheniktical course ;
and §2 for Modem Languages. All fees strictly in advance.
The principal's scholarship, of the value of $40, will this vear be given to the pupil gaining the
highest aggregate of marks. Prizes are given in the various branches.
Arrangements ^ire made for board in private families.
This College was incorporated in 1873. The corporation oonsists of ^' such persons
as may become members of the Cana4it* Presbyterian Church in Manitoba," and its
affairs are conducted by a Board appointed by the General Assembly of that
Church.
The session of Manitoba College commences on the first Tuesday of October.
The College Building, while in the City of Winnipeg, is yet sufficiently remote from
the business centre to ensure retirement. " The College is connected with the Pres-
byterian Church in Canada, but in its regular and commercial courses is perfectly
unsectarian in character. While non-sectarian, the Bible will be taught, and the plan
so successfully followed in Princeton College in the United States of avoiding points
controverted between the different religious denominations will be followed. "
Officers of InHruction : Rev. George Bryce, M.A., Prof essOr of Science and Lit-
erature ; Rev. Thomas Hart, M.A., Professor of Classics and Modem Languages;
Rev. John Black, Rev. Jas. Robertson, Lecturers in Special Course ; Mr. A. Fer-
guson, Business Instructor and Resident Tutor. «
Board of Management, 1875-76 : Hon. A. G. B. Bannatyne, Chairman ; Rev.
Thomas Hart, M. A., Secretary; Duncan Macarthur, Treasurer; Rev. John Black,
Gilbert McMicken, Hon. William Fraser, Rev. Alexander Matheson, John Sutherland,
M.P.P., Rev. James Robertsoi^ Hon. Donald A. Smith, M.P,, DunAn Sinclair, Ken-
neth McKenzie,M.P.P., D. Young, M.D., John Bain, B.A., Rev. Prof. Bryce.
Senate, 1875-6 : Rev. Prof. Bryce, Chairman ; Rev. Thomas Hart, M.A., Secretary,
Rev. John Black, Rev. Alexander Matheson, Rev. Jfi^es Robertson.
The curriculum of study of the college is divided into three courses, viz : —
The regular course includes the subjects every student must take, unless exempt as bein^ in
another department. This course is divided into four forms, each of which is considered sufficient
to K^uire a college year for passing through it.
Students in the commercial and special courses are exempt from such subjects of the reg-
ular course as the college senate may from time to time decide.
The course fits for passing Matriculation and First year examinations in the University of
Toronto, for Matriculation in Law or Medicine, as well as |for entrance on the courses of Agri-
culture, Civil Engineering, and for beginning Theology in any of the Canadian colleges.
The course in commercial subjects, incUiuing PenmanBhip, Business correspondence. Book-
keeping and Banking will form a prominent feature of the college.
Medals, bursaries and prizes, are liberally awarded.
Terms.— Fall term, October, November, December ; Wiilter term, January, February and
March ; Spring term, April, May and Juqe.
Holidays. — Christmas holidays, two weeks ; Spring term holidays, one week ; Summer hol-
idays, July to end of September ; all National holidays.
Fees.— For the regular course, $7 50.
Board. — Students for whole session, $3 50 per week ; Five day boarders, $3 per week ;
Boarders for dinner, $1 50 ; Washing at current rates.
The numbers in attendance for the first four years have been 17, 24, 33, 45,
Special Course. —Three theological students are placed imder instruction for the purpose of
studying for the Ministry, during a four years' course.
Preparatory Department. On account of the imperfect facilities for education in the Province,
especially in the north-western territories, the authorities of the college have found it neces-
sary to organize an elementary course. It is the object of the college to foster the public
school system of the Province, and this department will not be allowed to interfere with the pub-
lic schools of the city ; but to meet the lack spoken of, will supply instruction in subjects
required.
220
|} f
PROVINCE OF MANITOBA.
jit. Ithtt'id ^oUegf, pnnitoba.
Chancellor and fVarden, The Moii Reverend R. Maohray, D.D., LL.D., Fellow
Sidney College, Cambridge, Bishop of Ruporfn Land, and Metropolitan of Rupert's
Land.
7he Council. — The RiuhtRev. J. MoLean, D.D., D.O.L., Bishop of Saskatchewan;
Right Rev. J. Horden, D.D., Bishop of Moosanee ; Right Rev. W; 0. Bompas, D.D.,
Bishop of Mhabasca ; Yen. A. Cowley, Archdeacon of Cumberland ; the Hon. the
Chief Justice of Manitoba; Hon. Dr. Bird, M. P.P. ; Hon. C. Inkster, President of
Executive Council ; Molyneux St. John ; Rev. Canon Orisdalo, B. D. ; Rev. Canon
O'Meara, M.A. ; the Hon. J. Norquay, M.P.P., Provincial Secretfury.
The Theological College. — The Rev. (Canon Qrisdale, B.D., Professor of Syst*
TheoloE^ ; the Bishop of Rupert's Land, Professor of Ecclesiastical History; the jv.
Canon O'Meara, M.A., Professor of Exegetical Theology; the Rev. Walter Beck, Pife-
centor in St. John's Cathedral, Lecturer in Music.
The College School. — The Bishop of Rupert'a Land, Head Master ; Rev. Canon Qris-
dale B. D. ; Rev. Canon O'Meara, M.A. , and Gold Medallist of the University of Toronto
(late Head Master of Brantford Grammar School); Rev. W. Beck, Diocesan Inspector
of Choirs and Precentor in St. John's Cathedral ; Mons. Gauvin, R. Bourne, M.A.,
and Licentiate of the Art of Engineering, Trinity College Dublin, and Dominion Land
Surv^or; Rev.S. P. Matheson, Resident IV^asters; R. Bourne, M.A., Rev. S. P. Mathe-
son, Tutors; Bishop of Ruport's Land, R. Bourne, M.A., A.LL., Superintendents df
the Meteoroloffical Observatory ; R. Machray, First Assistant Observer; Rev. Canon
O'Meara, B. MoKenzie, Assistaijt Observers ; the Bishop of Rupert's Land, Bursar
Rev. Canon O'Meara, Dean; Rev. Canon Grisdale, Senior Steward; R. Machray, Junior
Steward.
There are two terms in the year for the collesre school, each consisting of 20 weeks. The i''<\-
summer term begins on the T5th January. The Christmas terms on the Ist August.
Feet per Term. — For tuition in Eiglish, Classics, Mathematics, including Surveyin(
Mathematical Drawing, French and Vocal Music, •)12 50 ; Instnimental Music (Harmoniur
School Library, 50 cents; boarding for boys under 10, 375; boarding for students over 16, $6.> i
dinner for day scholars, if practicable, $^^2 ; cathedral, 50 cents.
Application fo^admission has to be marie to the Warden of the College — the Bishop of Ru-
pert's Land. §
No boy can in future be admitted as a pupil of the college school, unless he can pass an exa-
mination in the second reader ; or as a boarder under the age of 8 years ; and no boy over the age
of 15, can be admitted as a boarder m the college school, except on the nomination of the Church
Missionary Society to one of their scholarships, or in other special circumstances to be approved
by the Warden.
St. .John's College School is now full, having 70 boys, of whom .55 are boarders. The Theolo-
gical College has six students.
Tlie Volunteers trained are stated as 120.
D., Fellow
I of Rupert's
ukatohewan;
>inpa8, D.D.,
10 Hon. the
President of
; Rev. Canon
I Systt J
ry; the jv.
ir Beck, Pye-
Canon Gris-
ly of Toronto
an Inspector
mrne, M.A.,
minion Land
S. P. Mathe-
ntendonts <5f
Rev. Oanon
nd, Bursar
ihray, Junior
ke. The J''i-
lurveyini
irmoniiir
I over 16, %b., ;
Bishop of Rii-
pafls an exa-
over the age
the Church
39 approved
The Theolo-
RELI0I0U8 INSTRUCTION. 221
|^fU))ititt$ in$tnt(tion.
Ab the country reliea chiefly upon other agencies than those of the State, for
providing for the religions education of her growinsr vouth, and as the several deno-
minations, upon which, in a great measure, the public must depend for assistance
in this matter, should deal with the question as it affects flie whole Dominion, it
may be useful to put together a summary of the enactments bearing on the subject,
although they have been severally noticed with the other information relating to
each province.
It has been thought fit to draw attention separately to this speciul subject, first,
because most men are willing to concede that it is one of importance (and if so,
it must be of supreme importance), and secondly, because there now seems a
general tendency, notwithstanding that admission, even on the part of those
whose characters have received the impress of careful training in their own youth,
quietly to ignore any obligation to see ' hat such benefits are extended to others ;
and even if the obligation be not ignored, the means adopted for the fulfilling it
may still be utterly inadequate. In both church and school, religion is ma4e too
much the luxury of the well-to-do.
Attention is not so much directed to the colleges, or other institutions provided
for those who can afford to pay considerable fees. Information about these schools
may be found in previous parts of the book. The tendency to increase their
number is steadily setting in, and in most of then^ thore is direct provision for
religious teaching, which, we may trustfully presume, is duly imparted, as pro-
mised by the founders. In fact, one of the reasons often given for such founda-
tions is that religious teaching may be distinctly given. Scarcely any important
religious body is without one or more of si ti schools where the spiritual welfare
of the children of tJme that can pay is supposed to be sedulously guarded. It is
to be hoped that the training received will be beneficial to the recipients ; but,
except very remotely and indirectly, it can never influence th^ mass of the
population.
In the popular schools, which contain the vast majority of the children, there
will be found very many who are carefully nurtured at home, while very many
are the offspring of parents ignorant, indifferent, or vicious. The claim of these
children to be freely taught necessary secular knowledge has been allowed and
provided for by the State. Does not the Church believe that what she has to
teach them must also be freely provided ? That it may be seen what is possible
in Ontario, an extract from a previous page (10) is quoted.
'* In both High and Public Schools it is provided that, at prayers and religious
instruction, none are required to be present if the parents object, but the pupils
may receive such religious instruction as the parents desire. Forms of prayer for
opening and closing the schools are provided, and are generally used ; the Holy
Scriptures are also read in most of the schools. The trustees are required to ar-
range that ministers of any denomination, or their representatives, shall have the
use of their school-house at stated times for instructing the children of their respective
persuasions, after the regular school hours, and as trustees are authorized to shorten
the school hours at their discretion, such instruction can be imparted within the ordin-
ary school day. "
The existence of the separate school law removes some difficulties ; and it
facilitates the introduction of the Bible in the public schools, where it is now
generally used. It is also to be observed that there are daily prayers in 4,133
public and high schools, while the ten commandments are taught in 3,167
n
RELIOIOUS INSTRUCTION.
Rchools. Our Koman Catholic brethren have provided that their children shall
be duly catechized. It is in the power of other bodies, without separate schools,
to achieve the same result. The principle of giving instruction in the Christian
religion in the schools is distinctly recognized by the Regulations.
In Quebec, the law provides that —
"The cur6, priest or ofBciating minister shall have the exclusive right of selecting
the books having reference to religion and morals for the use of schools for children
of his own religious faith."
• This applies of course to the Protestant schools of the Eastern Townships, and
to the dissentient schools as much as to the ordinary public schools.
It should be remarked that both in Ontario and Quebec, the teachers in
training at the Normal Schools receive, once a week, besides Sunday, religious
teaching from their respective ministers. *
In Nova Scotia the statute requires that— ^i •'•i)?.' ;^';t.M
" Every teacher shall inculcate, by precept and example, a respect for religion and
the principles of Christian morality, and the highest regard to truth, justice, love of
countfy, loyalty, humanity, benevolence, sobriety, industry, frugality, chastity, tem-
perance and all other virtues." < tf-f
The official instruction states that —
'.' While the law does not sanction the teaching in the public schools of the peculiar
views which characterize the different denominations of Christians, it does instruct
the teacher to inculcate a respect for religion and the principles of morality."
The Council have directed that —
" Where the parents of children in attendance signify in writing to the trustees
their conscientious objection to any portion of such devotional exercises as may be
conducted therein under the sanction of the trustees, such devotional exercises shall
either be so modified as not to offend the religious feelings of those objectors, or
shtdl be held imuediately before the time fixed for the opening, or after the time for
the close of the daily work." The children of such objectors are not to be required
to be present. ,,.r -•;.•>)■;■■ .^Ji !,?dj • •!!,.■.* I<hf>'vf .b-^-i_m->!{ 4<f-/fi:« '-i/r -At ■-:
In New Brunswick, the Law declares that " all schools conducted under this
Act shall be non-sectarian ; " and it is provided by the Regulations that the
teacher may open and close the school daily by a reading from either the ordin-
ary or the Douay version oi iloly Scripture, and offering the Lord's Prayer.
Any other prayer permitted by the trustees may be used. No pupil may be
compelled to be present on these occasions against the written request of the
parent or guardian. The teacher is also to maintain* a becoming deportment,
and inculcate the principles of Christian morality ; he may not, while employed
in public school duties, use any religious catechism, or permit interference with
the religious tenets of any pupil.
The provisions relating to this subject in Prince Edward Island, British Co-
lumbia and Manitoba may be seen on pages 214, 216-218.
It would seem clear that the Legislatures recognize the importance of religious
teaching, and will give as extensive facilities for imparting it as the denomin-
ations will permit. A teacher who holds the faith of a Christian, if he be a man
of any judgment, may safely give much Christian teaching under any system, for
almost all the people are willing that their children should learn the truths
of the primitive creed ; but much more might be done were it not the apparent
feeling of the denominations that a child had better hear no such teaching than
that, in the inculcation of great and vita truths .even the faintest scintilla of sup-
RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION.
223:
ildren shall
ate schools,
le Christian
of selecting
for children
Qships, and
teachers in
', religious
religion and
ice, love of
astity, tem-
the peculiar
>eB instruct
r."
|he trustees
as may be
ircises shall
jectors, or
le time for
required
nder this
that th«
le ordin-
Prayer.
may be
st of the
)ortment,
mployed
nee with
itish Co-
posed error should reach his mind. There may be plenty of error mixed with the
boy's secular lessons also — still they are valued.
Convictions are to be respected, but let it be remembered that the miserable
strifes of Christians were the first cause of the divorce of religious from secular
education, and are still the most fruitful source of unbelief, which \\ ill continue
to thrive while churches think more of their internecine struggles than of the
future of their children.
But granting that little may be done by the regular schoolmaster, we have seen
the faculties offered by the rules in Ontario. In country places, it may be found
that there would be difficulty in working them, owing to the distance of the clergy- ,
men, and inability to find a suitable representative. But 130,000 of the children
of Ontario are in cities, town and villages. In two municipalities only, so far as
known, has the experiment been tried, of making application to the Board, and in
both with success. In both Toronto and Hamilton, the trustees shortened the
hours of secular instruction on one day in the week, to allow of religious instruc-
tion by the clergy being given before four o'clock. Why, out of 150 cities, towns
and villages, this has only been tried in two, and in one of these, in only one
or two out of fifteen schools, has not been explained. It may arise, first, from
the fact that the clergy are already overworked, and that they have not provided
suitable representatives. Admitting, however, the necessity of the work, the
churches should furnish them with substitutes, who, as the clergymen's represen-
tatives, would have the same rights in the schoojs as themselves. Just enough
seems to have been done to show how practicable it was to do a hundred times
more. It might have been feared that the trustees would have used their option
and declined to reduce on any day, the hours for secular instruction, but the per-
mission was gladly given as soon as it was applied for.
Or secondly, the neglect may arise from a conviction that the parent and the
Sunday-school will provide for the child's instruction in religion. If the parent
could and would impart this instruction, that would be the best, as it is the
Divinely appointed provision for such training, but if it had not been found that
this could not be depended on, Sunday-schools would not have been instituteil,
and would not now be maintained, "rhose who have undertaken Sunday-school
work, we may be assured, would much prefer that the parent would do this duty,
instead of its being cast upon others. Any one, however, who is not a mere
theorist, but has given some practical attention to the matter, knows that with
many parents there is no inclination, with many there is no ability, with many
there is little time, to give any adequate religious teaching to their children.
The writer would be the last to disparage Sunday-schools. But if the Christian
community believes that the rising generation will receive a thorough grounding
in the truths of their religion, and a due impression of their importance by what
they lea^n one hour a week in Sunday-school, they are in danger of being much
mistaken.* Much of the Sunday-school teaching, as well as that of the parent,
is vague, indefinite and inefficient. Sunday-schools may be better than they were,
and may continue to improve, but an hour a week can scarcely be considered
enough, even if| the teaching were much better than it is.
There is enough happening around us to make it the duty of those who
• It may be worth observing that, prior to 1869, the Irish National series of reading books was
in use in the schools throughout Ontario. These books contained carefully prepared and copious
summaries of the Biblical narratives, which had been approved by the Irish National Board, includ-
ing the Boman Catholic members. The substitution of a new series of books was of course neces-
sary, or it would not have been done ; but one of the consequences was the abolition of one of the
aids to the cause of religion. A knowledge of the principal Biblical narratives is an essential ingre-
dient in a system of Christian instruction, and it was formerly provided for by the State in the
manner above mentioned. It would surprise many to find how general is the ignorance of these
matters among children.
224
ADDENDA.
1
believe in the restraining influence of religion, to examine whether all that is
possible is being done co strengthen and promote that influence on the rising
youth of both town and country.
A fresh incentive to exertion is found in the existence, not only of honr«t
doubt, but of au activ) propaganda of the new Gospel of Disbelief, whose only
creed appears to be the infidlibility of the Intellect, and which attacks all f^th
with the rancour of a Sadducee.
Another word may be ventured. Some will say that more harm than good
will be done by dogmatic teaching in the schools. But it must be replied that
the Founder of Christianity was intensely dogmatic, and while all religious
teaching to be effective must be based on definite belief, there is no teaching
which children so gladly receive. It should be remembered, however, that it
must be imparted by a Teacher. One who is dull, unprepared, unsympathetic,
and unsystematic, may do harm rather than good ; but if the Christian com-
munity send the best qualified men to teach the most important subject, there
will be no complaint, but a full appreciation of such instruction.
It may be confidently asserted that a fair trial has not been gi/en to the On-
tario Regulations. Their successful working depends entirely upon the energy of
the several religious bodies in providing the men, and in not attempting to inter-
fere with one another.
Theee regulations are based upon the principle that it is better that each de-
nomination should teach its vei^ion of divine truth to its own children than that
an attempt should be made to water it down to suit the notions of all. The
future may bring a time when all will believe alike, in the meantime let th<e
Presbyterians teach their own catechism, let the Methodists and Baptists teach
theirs', and let the Anglicans teach their ancient creeds as explained by their
own authorities. All children alike would learn much of a God whom they must
not offend, and of One who can bless them and save them from debasement.
Can we say that the children of the country, however much their wits may
be sharpened, are rightly educated, while this is undone 1
giMen^A.
a. Note the change made by the Education Department Act, 1876 (see preface), as
to the Chief Superintendent and the Council of Public Instruction.
h. Since the High School Statistical table was printed, the following changes have
been made : —
Aylmer, to be Head Mastdlr E. M. Bigg, M. A.
Brockville,
Campbellford,
Cayuga,
Colbome,
Markham,
Newburgh,
Richmond Hill,
((
((
.. .W. H. Law, B.A., M.D., Vic.
. . .L. V. Bristow, B.A., Lo)ui.
. ..T. H. Smyth, B.A., To.
. . .J. R. Ross, M. A., B.D., Vic.
. . . Rev. J. Carmichael.
...P. D. Borland, B.A.
. . .James McMurchie, B.A., To.
. . .^. G. Morgan, B.A. ^
Vienna,
The following schools are continued : —
Port Rowan, Co. Norfolk, Head Master. . Villeroi Switzer, B. t\.., Vic.
Stirling, Co. Hastings, " . . J. N, Muir, B.A., ideOUl.
The High Schools at Scotland and Metcalfe are discontinued.
Mr. W. T. Herridge is appointed Mathematical Master at WhitVy High School.
Mr. W. G. Kidd is appointed Inspector for the City of Kingsto i.
c. In the Regulations for the apportionment of the High School Grant, page 63,
under section I v ., instead of groups (d) and (e) to be examined on alternately, there
is to be one group (d) of chemistry, natural philosophy (and b juk-keeping, for every
semi-annual examination.
U that ifi
ihe rising
»f honc«t
[lose ouly
aU Faith
ihan good
)lied that
religious
> teaching
ir, that it
apathetic,
stian oom-
ect, there
a the On-
energy of
gto inter-
it each de-
than that
^aU. The
ne let th6
itists teach
L by their
: they must
ment.
wits may
IbVBBTlSEMENTS.
refaoe), as
nges have
lool.
page 63,
V, there
jr every
STANDARD TEXT BOOKS,
Largely used in the Public and Priuate Schools of the Dominion of
Canada, and to be had of the Book-trade generally.
iiray'*, How I'luiitH Im'Iiuvc, Hww tlit^y Move, ('limit, Eiiinloy liiHcrtH lo work for them, An,
niitanti for Vounij People. By Prof. Asa Giiay. lieautiftilly illustrated, aiid printed on lino paper. 4to.
Price 75 nents. By mail on receipt of the price.
" How Plants Behave," u not upevially intended /••• class use, but is more adapted to instructive reading.
We have no introductory price for it.
liray's How PIniitM Grow. A simple introducfion to Structural Botany ; with a Popular Flora, or an
arrani4cmunt and description uf Common Plaiitu, both wild and cultivated. Intended for younj; people and
Common Schools. Illustrated iiy more than aOO onsfraviniifs. 232 pages. Small quarto. Price ^l 12.
This book, in cmmcction with the " School and Field Book," supplies a complete course in Botany for Com-
mon Schools, Academies and Seminaries.
Vray'H Hcliuol iiii«l Field Rook of Hotiiny. Comprising the "Lesson.s in Botany," and the "Field,
Forest, and Garden Botany." A most popular and comprehensive School hook, adapted to beginners and
advanced classes. 1 vol., avo. cloth. 022 pages. Price i2 50.
This book, in connection with "How Plants Grow," supplies a complete course in Botany for Common
Schools, Academies and Seminaries.
ttray's .VlHnual or Btitaiiy. Arranged according to the natural system, and containing twenty plates, illus-
trating the Sedges, Grasses, Fenis, etc. Fifth edition, 1867. Second issue, 1808. Cloth 8vo. 700 pages.
Price 12 25.
ApgulH* Plant AiialyslH.
Cloth. Price 80 oei\ts.
A valuable companion for Students in the science of Botany. Bound in flexible
Bryant A S^tratton's <'omnion !^t*liool Kook>kcf^plns. Hm))racing Sixteen distinct Sets of Books-
eigh't in Sins^le Kntry and eight in Double Kntry— with ample Exercises for the Learner, Examples for Prac-
tice, etc. Cloth, rimo., 192 pages. Price «S1 12. ,
BLANKS for same, per set of flVe, 90 cents.
Bryant A Htratton'H High Mrliool Book-kvt'iilng. An Analytical and Progressive Treatise oi> the
Science of Accounts, and its Collateral Branches, prepared for High Schools and Academies. Cloth, 8vo.,
210 pages. Price 82 .50.
BLANKS for same, iier set of six, .^2 50.
Bryant A §trattoik*H <'oniitiii!(-h'«"«c Book-kroplng. Embracing complete Sets of Books in every
Department of Merchandise Buslnt(is - . nporting, Jobbing and Retail ; Fanning; Settlement of Estates;
Commission, Forwarding, Banking, Brokerage and Exchange ; with full Explanations and ap|)ropriate Re-
marks on the Customs of Trade ; and Examples of the njost important Busi'iess Forms in use. Cloth large
8vo., 374 pages. Price $3 75.
Rohlnson'H Higher Arlthnirtlc For Schools, Academies, and Mercantile Colleges. Combining the Ana-
lytic and Synthetic Methods ; and forming a complete treatise on Arithmetical Science, and its Commercial
and Business Applications. 450 pages, Cloth, Price )*l 38. Key to same, !?1 25.
Swlnton'8 Wonl AnalyHln ; A Graded Class Book of English Derivative Words, with proxtical exercises in
Spelling, Analyzing, Defining, Synonyms, and the Use of Words. 1 vol., 128 puges. Price 40 cents.
SwInton'H •nllliic!* of the World's History. Ancient, Mediioval and .Modern, with special reference to
the History of Mankind. 1 vol., with numerous ina|>s and illustrations. 500 pages, 12mo. Price $2.
*** When not otherwise obtainable, we will forward either or all of the above books by mail, on re-
ceipt qf the appetided prices.
A Descriptive Catalogue of the American Educational Series, comprising
notices of more than 300 School and Collegiate Text-Books, will be mailed on
receipt of 6 cents to cover postage.
IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR & CO.,
138 & 140 GRAND STREET, NEW YORK.
ADYBRTISEBiEin'S.
GALT COLLEGIATE INSTITUTE.
m, .'^
Rev. J. K. Smith, M.A., Chairman ; P. Keefer, Esq., Treasurer and Secretary.
Religious Instruction, Very Rev. Dean Boomer, B.A., LL.D., Rev. J. K. Smith,
M.A., Rev. W. B. Curran, M.A. ; Head Master (Classics and Englisli), Wm.
Tassie, M.A. (Univ. Coll.), LL.1). ; Classics, Alex. Stewart Tassie, B.A., Geo.
Acheson ; Mathematics, Alex Murray, M.A,(U.Coll.), Alex. S. Tassie,B.A., James
McRae, Esq. ; Natural Science, Alex. Murray, M.A., James McRae, Esq. ; Pre-
paratory Class, Wm.Wallace (Undergr.) ; Drawing, H. Martin, P^sq. ; Modern Lan-
guages and English Classics, George A. Chase, B.A.(Medallist), Miss Crawford, G.
Acheson j English, James McRae, Alex. S. Tassie, B.A., William Wallace ; His-
tory, George A. Chase, B.A., Alex. S. Tassie, B.A., William Wallace ; Book-keep-
ing, Charles Girdlestone, Esq. ; Music, Prof. Baker and Miss Miller ; Gymnastics,
Fencing, Drill, &c., Lieut. J. B. Sharpe, Angelo's Fencing, ike, School, London,
England. The Head Master, in order that he may make himself acquainteu
with the character and disposition of each pupil, in addition to his own special
work, teaches during each day every form on some subject or other.
HUNTER, ROSE & CO,
|j]rinti[i[K, |J0a|kmici(«, ;]ttWi^kr^,
WAWWk Sl&lEi
9
eu'fJti^i
Electro. Sr Stei\eotypei\s, ^c,
2B Wellington Street West,
TO10MTO,
[TE.
ADVKRTiaSMBNTS.
IMPORTANT TO EDUCATIONISTS.
Secretary.
K. Smith,
lish), Wm.
B.A., Geo.
J. A., James
Esq. ; Pre-
odern Lan-
rawford, G.
lace ; His-
Book-keep-
lymnastics,
il, London,
acquainteu
wn special
I-
est,
WILLING & WILLIAMSON,
12 KING STREET EAST, TORONTO,
''5lft..j
Import and keep in Stock the latest and most improved Works and Editions in
the following departments, viz. : —
Classics and Mathem9.tibs, ' *
Natural and Applied Sciences,
Oriental and Modern Languages,
History and Geography,
Literature and Philology,
, -•> ' Works of Reference,
. J etc., etc., etc.
nn
r'T^iTj^'TY-* ¥
AUTHORISED SCHOOL AND COLLEGE TEXT BOOKS,
MACMILLAN'S SCIENCE & LITERATURE PRIMERS
NEW BOOKS IN ALL DEPARTMENTS. . ^ ,. '
i®oks m% ia St^@k will \% imporiei witMa the slofUsi poiilMi Umt
Teache78 and others interested in Education are cordially invited to
examine our Stock. . ,,. . .^^.-r^*^.™;,^;,,^;^
Books mailed to any part of the Dominion free of Postage.
WILLIfiQ & WILLIAMSOH. ^^ a<?
V.J' %,^,mt
12 KING STREET EAST,
TORONTO.
ADYBBTIBEMBNTS.
NEW AND POPULAR BOOKS.
L \
The New PoeniH of Jenn Inaclofv, J. U. M'lilttler, II. ^'. IrfiiiKfellow. 1 vul. 8vo.. cloth, elctfant
$1.00, lull gilt $1 25. Tliis volunie (jontftins -'Tho Shepherd Ijidv," and other poems, by Jean Innrelow ;
" Mabel Martin," by J. G. Whltt!«r ; " The Masque of Pandora" and other poems, by H. W. Loniffellow.
"TiiK SiiKPiiRRD Lady.— A volume of rare swoctnesH There arc Hixteen poems, nut one of
which is included in Miss Ingelow's published volume, though one of them— 'At One'— charmed thousands of
readers in tho pages of Harper')' Monthly. We know not u sweeter poem in the language tlian ' Lilte a Lave-
rock in the Lift,'— a simple, yet touching drama, whose homely words and easy cadence brlr.jr tears to the eyes."
— Boston TAternrj/ World.
"Mabkl Martin.— No reatler, endowed with the .sense of the beautiful and graceful, could put down this
last poem from the pen of Whittier, without a keen feeling of enjoyment and a thorough admiration of the
poets strength and fertility of expression."- Boston Traveller.
"Thk Mahijiik of Pandoha and othkii Pokmh. —There is aiunit them an undeflnable charju of tone, a purity,
a calnmess, a molanclioly,- that belongs only to this poet, and could belong to him i)erfeutly onl^in the fulness
of age." — Scnbner' 8 Monthly.
Farm lieKeiiilN. By Will Carleton, author of " Farm Ballads." 8vo., illustrated, cloth elegant :?1.00, full gilt
81.25, morocco 84.00.
" The im)>er, print, binding and illustrations are as pretty as could be turned out in English or American
cities The ballads arc (^harming — full of the atm()K])here of home and country life, and human
thoughts and affections."— J'oro/tto Daily Mail.
" Wo have every confidence in recommending ' Farm Legends,' "—Otielph Herald.
Marlon Ilarland, author of
Common SciiHe In the HAnNclioM t a Manual of Practical Hobsewifery. By
" Alone," " Hidden Path," " Nemesis,'' &c., &c. 1 vol. 8vo., cloth, .*;i.OO.
" Such a directory will be a great help to one who goes to the book for aid in preparing a ))lea8ant and
savoury meal without much exi>erience in cooking. Tlie language is so simple, and the directions so plain, that
a reasonably intelligent cook might avail herself of it to vary her manner of preparing even ordinary dishes.
The inlioduction to the book should be jjrinted as a tract and put in every bouse." — Harper'x Monthly.
" In the hands of tlie author, whose name is well known in another department of literature, the subject
has been treated with thoroughness and skill, showing that a little common sense may be as successful m con-
coction of a toothsome viand as in the composition of a romance."— JV. }'. Daily Tribune.
ProtestantlHin and C'ntholiciHni in their bearing upon the Liberty and Prosperity of Nations ; a Study
. of Social Economy. By Emile de Laveleye, Member of the " Institut de Droit International," of the "oyal
Academies of Belgium, Madrid and Lisbon ; Correspondent of the " Institut de France," Academy Oiflcer
of the University of France, &c. With an Introductory Letter by the Right Hon. W. E. Gladstone, M.P.
Price 95c.
EverlaHtlnK Pnnlshmcnt, considered in a Letter to the Hon. W. E. Gladstone, M.P., by the Rev. F. N.
Oxenham, M.A. Price 25 c.
" . . . . It may be added, in conclusion, that Mr. Oxenhain's tetter deserves serious pervisal at a time
when men are proving all things, and endeavouring to hold fust to that which is good."— Canadian Monthly. .
Betty'H BrlKht Men. By Harriet Beecher Stowe, author of " We and our Neighbours," &c. With illustra-
tfons. Price, paper cover, 25c.
•> The stories are impregnated with true religious feeling and kindly human sympathy, and are therefore
adapted to improve the heart as well as to afford pleasant reading'" -Christian Guardian.
"There is much in the stories amusing and clever, besides commending them to the thoughtfid reader."
— Toronto Daily Mail.
Second Edition.
Sermons 'JUt of Clinrcta. By Miss Mulock, author of "John Halifax, Gentleman," &c. Price, cloth, $1.00 :
paper, 75c.
"This is a book that we can conscientiously recommend to our readere. Those who have read 'John Halifax*
will recognise with pleasure Miss Mulock's ])leasant style in her serious mood all through these sermons. They
are six in number,. and are devoted to ini)>ortant and suggestive subjects. In this age, when, notwithstanding
the death of most of the great novelists, a fresh novel appears every day, it isa relief to turn to something serious,
sensible, instructive and well-written -a something that will rcjiav perusal, and nut send one away weary and
diss-usted. Those who have undergone the infliction of 'IJlueljell' and kindred rubbish will find a bahn in Miss
Mulock's 'Sermons Out of Chmch.'"- Toronto Nation.
'•- Third Edition.
We nn<l oiir \el|{libourN; or, the Records of an Unfashionable Street. By Harriet Beecher Stowe. Illus-
trated, 8vo., jirice, cloth jil.OO, pajxir 75o.
" It is one of the best of Mrs. Stowe's novels ; and Mrs. Stowe is incapable of writing a poor one."— S<.
Louis Globe.
" ' We and Our Neighbours' is written in Mrs. Stowe's genial, hearty style, with the sparkle of fun, wit and
humour, and the touches of dee)) imthos which characterize her work."— Worcester Spy.
For sate by all booksellers, 07i irains, or mailed post paid on receipt of price l»j
BELFORD BROS., Publishers, Toronto
KS.
., cloth, elotfant
I Jean In);elow ;
Lonfitcllow.
eniR, iiut one of
ed thousands of
in * Like a Lave-
ars to the eyes."
J j)nt down this
miration of the
f tone, a purity,
l> in the fulness
It 81.00. full Kilt
Ish or American
life, and human
rland, author of
i a i)lea8ant and
us so ]jlain, that
ordinary dishes.
onthlji.
ure, the subject
Liccessful in con-
.tinnn ; a Study
I," of the Poyal
icttdemy Oiiicer
^.ladstonc, M.P.
|the Rev. F. N.
3rusal at a time
in Monthly. .
With iilustra-
are therefore
Irhtfid reader."
. cloth, .W.OO ;
1 Halifax'
nons. They
fithstandinj^
Ihinji: serious,
Iv weiiry and
Tbalni ill Miss
|(i\ve. Illus-
• one."— S^
jn, wit and
hy
Ironto
ADVKRTISBMBNTS.
ONTARIO SCHOOL-BOOK DEPOT.
11 WELLINGTON STREET WEST.
AWAm Mi^ifi
tpw-
®f
r»UBLTSHE:HS,
BOOKSELLERS, BOOKBINDERS,
AND WHOLESALE DEALERS IN
Iptata^i'jg mi ttatuiQ 'Affih,
HAVE ON HAND LARGE STOCKS OF
Ii€lllA1101i 1
Standard Novels,
Sabbath School Literature, ' :.l '
School Text-books,
'.\ - , . , ■ ■ • •
/ Bibles, Hymn and Prayer Books, etc., etc.
' ' ■ TOUKTHER WITH CAREFULLY ASSORTED LINES OF ,
\
a
6^
HarJcn^ latin Readfr
Harkness' I^tin. Grammar.
8 & 10 WGlIfno.fnn O* . ^''"^'" *^t Book.
HART & RAWLINSoiT^
BOOKS ON GENERAL LITEBATOBE
PHOTO, AUTO, FLORAL AND SCRAP
ALBUMS.
T* "» ■"««»«. »».v„ r*^
SHOUSB.
stationer,
Books.
k., A Companion
saders-
r.
9rs First Book-
IRONTO.
N,
[Y, ■
;hes.
\W^i